Skip to main content

Full text of "Undergraduate consolidated catalog / the University of Maryland at College Park"

yOJL^-^^e^ 




universtTY 

of marYLanD 

aT coLLeGe parK 



unDerGraDuaTe 

caiaLOG 

1973-74 




Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation 



http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1973tenn 



CAMPUS REORGANIZATION 

On March 8, 1972, a new Campus organiza- 
tion was approved for the College Park 
Campus. 

As this edition of the Catalog goes to press, 
transition to the new organization is in prog- 
ress. This transition is reflected in the sec- 
tions dealing with general information, de- 
scriptions of the academic divisions of the 
Campus, the departments, the course list- 
ings and the faculty. In a transition period 
a book such as this one cannot reflect 
thoroughly the progress of all changes. You 
can, however, use this book as a starting 
point in planning your work and can then 
check with your advisor. 

The Editors 



oiJOini) 



I 1 

I 

I 5 



< < O D W u. 



(A 
0) 

_ c c 
° row 
g w E 

1 r a 

5 <I 



111 

U5 O D 



iii jiioS 



I S 



ram 3 



O iC330®0 

u <<mmuJOO 





</> 


■o 


CO 


c 


O 


n 


C 




CD 


n 


o 


OW 


> 


ro 


^ 


o 


0) 


o 


m</> 



F F 






■ 














R 










































E o 




b 


2 




























en 


fj 


t 











~ a 




UJ 












c E 
































b « 




t 


T3 


n 


r 


o 




2 


Q 

< 


o 


S 


3 


8 


3 




c 5 
■ z 




■e 


XJ 


a 




LU 


i 


F S 


1 


= 


° 





a 


5 


£ 
















LL £ 




h 


3 


a 


X 


CL 


a 



8 2 

i si 

~ UJ 

- 5 t 






a> -o 

E tuj 



'<OOUJ±5u)05 



o 

(A 

S 

cc 

■o >. 

c .t; 
ra c 

si 

E E 

3 O 
XO 



suuBiz 



cog 

II i 



Hlfltfll 



(/> 


3 


(1) 
o 


"5 


c 


o 


0) 


fta 


o 


O. 


<o< 


o-o 


jt 


C 


_j 


n 



? 2 






1 1 i 1 1 1 s 

< o o - £ 2 f 



1 < o O UJ u. 2 







l/> 






0) 






o 






c 






CO 












o 


^ 




CO 


ro "o 




o 


r 


u» 




ro 


£_ 


E 
a) 


a 


0) 
0) 

r 


.c 


</> 






>> O) 


III 


^ 


c 


^ 


a. uj 



LU 


a 


LU 


-J * 


-J CC 


o< 


OQ. 



TJ p >% = a) 

co 2 £ 

„ to oi _ ■= "a 

IIP-.I 

18||||! 

~ ,_ CB CO — — - 

K — O Q to fa — 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AT COLLEGE PARK 

UNDERGRADUATE 

CATALOG 

1973-74 



The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student 
and the University of Maryland. Changes are effected from time to time in the general regulations and 
in the academic requirements. There are established procedures for making changes, procedures which 
protect the institution's integrity and the individual student's interest and welfare. A curriculum or grad- 
uation requirement, when altered, is not made retroactive unless the alteration is to the student's ad- 
vantage and can be accommodated within the span of years normally required for graduation. When the 
actions of a student are judged by competent authority, using established procedure, to be detrimental 
to the interests of the University community, that person may be required to withdraw from the Uni- 
versity. 

The University of Maryland, in all its branches and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal educa- 
tional and employment opportunity for people of every race, creed, ethnic origin and sex. 



College Park Publications Office 
POJ 672-817 



iii 



CONTENTS 

I— GENERAL INFORMATION 1 

THE UNIVERSITY 1 

ADMISSION AND ORIENTATION 3 

EXPENSES, FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS 7 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS, HONORS AND AWARDS 15 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 21 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 29 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 32 

II— ACADEMIC DIVISIONS, COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS 47 

DIVISION OF LIFE SCIENCES AND AGRICULTURE 47 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 48 

DIVISION OF MATHEMATICAL, PHYSICAL AND ENGINEERING SCIENCES 51 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 52 

DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 57 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT 58 

DIVISION OF ARTS AND HUMANITIES 60 

COLLEGE OF JOURNALISM 63 

SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 64 

DIVISION OF HUMAN AND COMMUNITY RESOURCES 65 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 65 

COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY 69 

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION 72 

SCHOOL OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SERVICES 76 

PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS 77 

III— DEPARTMENTS, PROGRAMS AND CURRICULA 81 

ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION AND CURRICULUM 81 

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 81 

AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 83 

AGRICULTURE-GENERAL CURRICULUM 83 

AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 83 

AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 84 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 85 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 85 

AGRONOMY 86 

AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 86 

ANIMAL SCIENCES 87 

ANTHROPOLOGY PROGRAM 88 

ARCHITECTURE 88 

ART 90 

ASTRONOMY PROGRAM 91 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM 93 

BOTANY 93 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 94 

BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 99 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 99 

CHEMISTRY 100 

CHILD STUDY 101 

CHINESE PROGRAM 101 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 102 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 103 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE PROGRAM 103 

COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM 104 

COUNSELING AND PERSONNEL SERVICES 105 

CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY 105 

DANCE 106 

EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 106 

ECONOMICS 109 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 109 

ENGINEERING MATERIALS PROGRAM 111 

ENGINEERING SCIENCES PROGRAM 111 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 112 

ENTOMOLOGY 112 

FAMILY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 112 



CONTENTS 

FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING PROGRAM 115 

FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS .116 

FOOD, NUTRITION AND INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION 117 

FOOD SCIENCE PROGRAM 119 

FRENCH AND ITALIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE ...... 119 

GENERAL HONORS 120 

GEOGRAPHY 120 

GEOLOGY PROGRAM 122 

GERMANIC AND SLAVIC LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 122 

GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH, BUREAU OF 124 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 124 

HEALTH EDUCATION 125 

HEARING AND SPEECH SCIENCES 125 

HEBREW PROGRAM 126 

HISTORY 126 

HORTICULTURE 127 

HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN 127 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 130 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 133 

JAPANESE 133 

JOURNALISM 134 

LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 134 

LINGUISTICS PROGRAM 135 

MATERIALS RESEARCH 135 

MATHEMATICS 136 

MEASUREMENT AND STATISTICS 137 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 137 

METEOROLOGY PROGRAM 139 

MICROBIOLOGY 139 

MOLECULAR PHYSICS, INSTITUTE FOR 140 

MUSIC 140 

NATURAL RESOURCES INSTITUTE 141 

NUCLEAR ENGINEERING PROGRAM 141 

PHILOSOPHY 142 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION 143 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM 145 

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 146 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 147 

PRE-DENTISTRY 148 

PRE-FORESTRY 148 

PRE-LAW 148 

PRE-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 149 

PRE-MEDICINE 149 

PRE-NURSING 150 

PRE-PHARMACY 150 

PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 151 

PRE-THEOLOGY 151 

PRE-VETERINARY MEDICINE PROGRAM 151 

OTHER PRE-PROFESSIONAL AREAS 152 

PSYCHOLOGY 152 

RECREATION 153 

RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM 154 

SECONDARY EDUCATION 154 

SOCIOLOGY 163 

SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 164 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 164 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 165 

TEXTILES AND CONSUMER ECONOMICS 166 

URBAN STUDIES 167 

ZOOLOGY 168 

IV COURSE OFFERINGS (Alphabetical Order by Course Number) 171 

V— FACULTY 275 

INDEX 325 



CHANCELLOR'S MESSAGE 




A spirit of scholarly growth and intellectual 
achievement characterizes the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The classrooms, 
laboratories and the community offer crea- 
tive and satisfying educational experiences. 
The wide range of educational opportunities 
assures the flexibility needed to develop a 
program consistent with the interests and 
academic potential of each individual. I am 
confident that your stay on the Campus will 
provide you with an exciting adventure in 
learning. 

Chancellor, College Park Campus 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND CATALOGS 
AVAILABLE TO YOU 



CATALOGS 

1. Undergraduate 

The Undergraduate Catalog lor College Park 1973-74 
(this book) is lor students and faculty at College Park, 
lor high school counselors in the State, lor public libraries 
in the State and for colleges and universities around the 
country. This book is an internal document, not a free 
offering to the public. 



2. Summer Sessions Catalog 



3. Graduate Bulletin 

This book will soon be replaced by the new Graduate 
Catalog for College Park. See below. 
Graduate Catalog: College Park 

This book which is intended to take the place of the 
Graduate Bulletin will contain not only the information 
presently contained in the Bulletin, but also course in- 
formation and faculty listings. Hopefully this book will 
appear in the fall of 1973. 

4. Graduate School Catalog: 
University-wide 

Similar to the Graduate Catalog 

College Park but including information about other Uni- 
versity campuses. 

5. University College Campus Catalog 
(Programs, courses, faculty) 



6. Professional Schools of: 

Dentistry 

Law 

Medicine 

Nursing 

Pharmacy 

Social Work and Community Planning 

7. Eastern Shore Campus Catalog 



UMBC (Baltimore County Campus) 
Areas of Study, courses, faculty 



9. School ol Library and Information Services Bulletin 



WHERE TO GET THEM 

Students at College Park will be able to secure a free 
copy in March 1973. in the new Undergraduate Library. 
An announcement about the arrival time will appear in 
the Diamondback. Students are urged to pick up a copy 
in good time Last year 25,000 copies were picked up in 
three weeks. All 50.000 copies were in circulation within 
two months ol delivery. 

Applicants tor Admission. Copies of the Catalog are sent 
by mail to all students who confirm their intention to 
enroll. 

The Inquiring Public. A special booklet has been pre- 
pared lor high school students in Maryland, for prospec- 
tive students and for the public about the College Park 
Campus, called Prospectus. A copy of Prospectus may 
be obtained by sending a self-addressed, self-adhesive 
label to Catalog Mailing, 4910 Calvert Road, College 
Park, Maryland 20740. 

A. In Person — Summer Sessions Office, 2nd floor, Turner 
Laboratory, University of Maryland, College, Park, Mary- 
land 20742. 

B. By Mail — Summer Sessions, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. 

C. By Phone: 454-3347. 

A. In Person — 2nd floor, South Administration Building. Col- 
lege Park Campus. 

B. By Mail — The Graduate Office, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 



A. In Person — Graduate Admissions Office. Room 205, South 
Administration Building, College Park Campus. 

B. By Mail — Graduate Registrations. University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

A. In Person — Dean's Office, 2nd floor, Center of Adult Edu- 
cation, College Park Campus. 

B. By Mail — Registrations, University College, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 

A. In Person — at the respective schools on the Baltimore 
Campus. 

B. By Mail — Dean's Office at the respective schools, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 



A. In Person — Admissions Office, Eastern Shore Campus 

B. By Mail — Admissions, University of Maryland, Eastern 
Shore Campus, Princess Anne, Maryland 21853. 

A. In Person — at the Admissions Office, Baltimore County 
Campus 

B. By Mail — Admissions and Registrations. UMBC, 5401 
Wilkins Avenue, Baltimore. Maryland 21228. 

C. By Phone: (301) 455-2291. 

A. In Person — Admissions Office. School of Library and In- 
formation Services, New Undergraduate Library, College 
Park Campus. 

B. By Mail — Admissions Office, School of Library and Infor- 
mation Services, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Maryland 20742. 



VII 



*>tp 



o 



3«fc* 



9 






i 



n 9- "' 



s 



• t « 

'i • :l | 



si lp 






.-/ 



» t- ■ 



"-'/, 



pjLD(H>inog auouniivg 



NOXOHIHSVH 01 



H 



■ ! 

r 

si 




-C c 



ajj(j aii&Bau 



Si 



i I ,a 



I 



8 8 



o -o 

5il 



s 

3 r, 



5 

*> 1 



s a 



/; 






u 



o ^6 



*© CO 



■ I J 

• 



/> 



/ t 

7 



a 2 



2 

<5 *■* 



a 1 



J 



>' 



/ s i jL 






22 -'/ «» S * C 



H O- 

— u.ss 



-D.2 «> 



I 1 






:•••' 



yt* 



•% 



: : > . 



U 




""» *<^, 



CO 
CO CO 

O CD 

CO = 

*T O 

CD o 

i° 



o 



u 



% e g E_ g g g 

u-J 8 -g 8 i 8 8 =8 

: ^ J S s i gJ = J ? x i 



*. < = d E 



r U^ £U ?U=iU » J 



f C 1 <' 



^0^ 



i § 






.= 5 

1 1-1 

.5 £ "5 .E ■ 

' w X E 






:= iX x «= g^ . J | | § 



E ?g g S | 

ill |J« s 

^ u ? u u :i 

x >-_>•£ -I , 



j ,5 J g 3 



ijiiiii^iisistujiijijjsiiHiiiijjiUnsliiiiMiHilJizlii^ 



■* a. a oc ». ^ -< w \^ u 



!u.itCoOxii_ = -, 



, 2 Z O O 

jdjjzzooa.00, 



.2= x-_2 



Eh3D>> J JX>N 



■ I I X X X ' 



-o=x-s-£ I =.-x 
2 ° « x £ ° = = ° * "? 5 



x xoo~ z -^oo < u 

= ioSi>»»i J iii»=.Mii.V{»oi;JS-.£. ;. c :2;t 



|"io Io< j i- x ■§, 8 • § - ° ~ = 












s< 


E 
p S 


j 








i 1 *: 


- < 




















= 


Z i = 


o i 




£ 


X 


pS 1 
fcS.S 


^jjx 


« X 


£ 



9 3333S3$Ri 



8 2 o o 5 i 



■o N B> ff.' o '^ « ri ■» ' 



■0 J "O lll 'Ol)-' i 0"l30IS" ,I " u HIZ5' 



-.^i^-'-'siKO"'" 6 * * — * * 5 o ■ 









-;5 

x -l 



-= ?< = 




3- 



OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY 



BOARD OF REGENTS 

DR. LOUIS L. KAPLAN 
Chairman 

RICHARD W. CASE 
Vice Chairman 

B. HERBERT BROWN 
Secretary 

MRS. ALICE H. MORGAN 
Assistant Secretary 

F. GROVE MILLER, JR. 
Assistant Treasurer 

mrs. michael j. deegan, jr. 

george c. fry 

samuel h. hoover, d.d.s. 

edward v. hurley 

hugh a. Mcmullen 

l. mercer smith 

emerson c. walden, m.d. 



CENTRAL ADMINISTRATION 

WILSON H. ELKINS 
President 

R. LEE HORNBAKE 

Vice President for Academic Affairs 

MICHAEL J. PELCZAR, JR. 

Vice President for Graduate Studies 
and Research 

FRANK L. BENTZ, JR. 

Vice President for Agricultural Affairs 

College Park Campus Administration 

CHARLES E. BISHOP 
Chancellor 

DANIEL L. BRATTON 

Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 

GEORGE H. CALLCOTT 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Affairs 

THOMAS B. DAY 

Vice Chancellor for Academic Planning 
and Policy 

JOHN W. DORSEY 

Vice Chancellor for Administrative Affairs 



CALENDAR FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1973-74 



FIRST SUMMER SESSION, 1973: 

May 24, 25 
May 28 
May 29 
July 3 

SECOND SUMMER SESSION, 1973: 

July 5, 6 
July 9 
August 14 

FALL SEMESTER, 1973: 

August 27-31 
August 29 
September 3 
November 21-23 
December 12 
December 13 
December 14-21 

SPRING SEMESTER, 1974: 

January 7-11 
January 9 
March 11-15 
May 1 
May 2 
May 3-10 

May 12 



1973 SUMMER SESSIONS 

Thursday, Friday 
Monday 
Tuesday 
Tuesday 



Thursday, Friday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

1973-74 ACADEMIC YEAR 

Monday-Friday 

Wednesday 

Monday 

Wednesday-Friday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday-Friday 



Monday-Friday 

Wednesday 

Monday-Friday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday-Friday 

Sunday, 3:00 P.M. 



Registration 
Memorial Day Holiday 
Classes Begin 
Last Day of Classes 

Registration 

Classes Begin 

Last Day of Classes 



Registration 
Classes Begin 
Labor Day Holiday 
Thanksgiving Recess 
Last Day of Classes 
Exam Study Day 
Fall Semester 
Examination Period 

Registration 
Classes Begin 
Spring Recess 
Last Day of Classes 
Exam Study Day 
Spring Semester 

Examination Period 
Graduation 



SPECIAL ANNOUNCEMENT 



THE GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 

Just as this Catalog went to press the Board of 
Regents approved a major revision of the under- 
graduate requirements. What is known as "General 
Education Requirements," referred to in academic 
programs throughout this Catalog, is henceforth 
replaced by "General University Requirements," 
which are described on page 21. 

Any student who entered the University prior to 
August, 1973, has the option of completing either 
the General Education Requirements, or the Gen- 
eral University Requirements. Students first enter- 
ing the University in August, 1973, or after must 
comply with the new General University Require- 
ments. 



THE UNIVERSITY 



I 



GENERAL INFORMATION 



GOALS FOR COLLEGE PARK 

Our objectives are simply stated: to enrich our 
students; to encourage them to develop those har- 
monious ideals and fine relationships which char- 
acterize cultured individuals; to provide an at- 
mosphere for self-enlightenment in its widest 
sense, a complement to systematic learning in the 
arts, the humanities, the basic and applied sci- 
ences and the professional curricula; and to pro- 
mote beneficial research and scholarship as a 
contribution to the welfare of the State, of the 
nation, and of the community of knowledge every- 
where. 



UNIVERSITIES IN GENERAL 

The contemporary university is a comprehen- 
sive educational institution offering a multiplicity 
of undergraduate programs that are closely re- 
lated to the graduate and professional programs. 

Comprehensive universities as we know them in 
the United States have existed for less than a 
century, but their roots can be traced back to 
medieval history. The English college system 
served as the model for earliest American efforts 
at higher education. The ancient German univer- 
sity tradition was joined with this in the 1870's to 
form the basic outlines of our present institutions. 
Practical studies were grafted onto these more 
classically and theoretically oriented traditions by 
the agricultural emphasis of the land grant move- 
ment. 



With the explosion of scientific and technologi- 
cal knowledge in the early twentieth century, the 
role of the university in American society attained 
increased importance, and today almost all 
aspects of national life — social, economic, sci- 
entific, and cultural — benefit from their education- 
al, research and service functions. 

COLLEGE PARK AND THE 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The College Park Campus of the University was 
opened in 1859 as the Maryland Agricultural Col- 
lege under a charter secured by a group of Mary- 
land planters. After a disastrous fire in 1912, the 
State acquired control of the College and bore the 
cost of rebuilding. In 1920 the State took over the 
faculty-owned University in Baltimore founded in 
1807, merging it with the State-owned institution 
at College Park to form the present-day University 
of Maryland. 

In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy was 
founded by the Methodist Church in Princess 
Anne, Maryland. Title to the institution was 
acquired by the State of Maryland in 1926, and it 
became a division of the University of Maryland 
in 1948. It was made an integral part of the Uni- 
versity system with the name, University of Mary- 
land Eastern Shore (UMES), in 1970. 

A new undergraduate branch campus known as 
University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC), 
was opened at Catonsville in 1966. 



General Information / 1 



LIBRARIES AT COLLEGE PARK 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the gen- 
eral library of the University, containing reference 
works, periodicals, circulating books, and other 
materials in all fields of research and instruction 
Branch libraries include the Undergraduate Li- 
brary, the Engineering and Physical Sciences Li- 
brary, the Architecture Library, and the Chemistry 
Library. 

The libraries on the College Park Campus in- 
clude approximately 1,200,000 volumes and 14,000 
subscriptions to periodicals and newspapers, as 
well as many uncatalogued government docu- 
ments, phonorecords, films and filmstrips, etc. 

The Undergraduate Library, located just north 
of Campus Drive, seats approximately 4,000 read- 
ers and shelves up to 200,000 volumes. It is in- 
tended to meet most library needs of undergradu- 
ates. The McKeldin Library mainly supports the 
graduate and research programs of the University, 
but is also open to undergraduates. 

Special collections in the library system include 
those of Richard Van Mises in mathematics and 
applied mechanics; Max Born in the physical sci- 
ences; Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo 
Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine 
Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S. government publica- 
tions (for which the University is a regional deposi- 
tory); documents of the United Nations, the League 
of Nations, and other international organizations; 
agricultural experiment station and extension 
service publications; maps from the U.S. Army 
Map Service; the files of the Industrial Union of 
Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America; the 
Wallenstein collection of musical scores; the 
Andre Kostelanetz Music Library; and research 
collections of the American Bandmasters Asso- 
ciation, the National Association of Wind and Per- 
cussion Instructors and the Music Educators Na- 
tional Conference. In addition, the collections in- 
clude microfilm productions of government docu- 
ments, rare books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Other Area Resources 

The College Park Campus area is in a region 
rich in research collections. In the Washington 
area are the Library of Congress, the National 
Archives, the Folger Library, the National Library 
of Medicine, the National Agricultural Library, and 
various academic and special libraries. In the Bal- 
timore area, in addition to the University's own 
libraries at UMBC and on the professional campus, 
are the Enoch Pratt Free Library and the Mary- 
land Historical Association Library. The Maryland 
Hall of Records is located in Annapolis. 

CAMPUS RESEARCH FACILITIES 

The research programs at the University derive 
their existence and vigor from a faculty comprised 
of internationally recognized scholars and scien- 
tists. It is an advantage for undergraduate students 



to be aware of the University's research facilities 
as they plan their programs. 

In addition to fine library resources and the 
usual laboratory facilities for undergraduate 
studies, the University has developed outstanding 
opportunities for research in the biological, physi- 
cal, and social sciences. Among the exceptional 
facilities are the Institute for Child Study; the Na- 
tural Resources Institute; a Computer Science 
Center with a UNIVAC 1108, an IBM 7094, and 
two IBM 1401 's; a laboratory for basic behavioral 
research on animals; a Center of Materials Re- 
search; Van de Graaff accelerators; a training 
nuclear reactor; a full-scale, low-velocity wind tun- 
nel; a psycho-pharmacology laboratory; and lab- 
oratory models for meteorological phenomena. 
Collaborative arrangements with many nearby gov- 
ernment agencies permit University students and 
faculty to utilize their research facilities. The Uni- 
versity owns and operates the world's longest 
radio telescope, located in California. A 160 MeV 
cyclotron for research in nuclear studies is located 
on the College Park Campus. 

Investigation in agriculture is an important 
aspect of University research. University farms 
total more than 2,000 acres. Breeding, selection in 
farm crops, and soil research are a part of the 
program. Work in these areas is augmented by 
X-ray equipment and an electron microscope. 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

Beginning in 1973, two six-week summer ses- 
sions will be held. The first session will run from 
from May 24 to July 3. The second session will 
run from July 5 to August 14. New freshmen stu- 
dents who have met the regular University admis- 
sion requirements for fall enrollment may begin 
their studies during the summer rather than await 
August. The student who enters on this basis and 
who continues attending summer sessions can 
shorten his college career by up to a year, de- 
pending upon his curriculum and the progress 
he makes in it. 

Courses offered during the summer are the 
same in content and in instruction as those offered 
during the fall and spring semesters. Many stu- 
dents have found the transition from secondary 
school to college facilitated by attending the sum- 
mer session. 

The Summer Cultural and Recreational Program 
is an important part of "Summer at Maryland." A 
Fine Arts Festival offers a series of programs in 
art, dance, drama, film and music, and outstand- 
ing performers in these media appear on the 
College Park Campus. Available to the student 
are facilities for swimming, tennis, bowling, etc.. 
plus an intramural program in several team and 
individual sports. 

For additional information write for a Summer 
Sessions Catalog, which may be obtained from 
the Administrative Dean for Summer Programs. 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 



2 / General Information 



ADMISSION AND ORIENTATION 

UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION 

The University of Maryland, in all its branches 
and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal edu- 
cational opportunity for all people regardless of 
race, sex, creed or ethnic origin. 

FRESHMAN ADMISSION 
General Requirements 

Admission from secondary school is based on 
evidence indicating the applicant's probable suc- 
cess in the program of his choice. 

All applicants must: 

1. Meet academic requirements; 

2. Be recommended for admission by their high 
school principal or counselor; 

3. Have received their high school diploma be- 
fore their first registration with the Uni- 
versity; 

4. Have successfully completed the high school 
subjects required for the college/division 
and curriculum for which application is 
made; 

5. Have completed the Scholastic Aptitude 
Test and have requested that the results be 
submitted directly to the University by the 
Educational Testing Service. It is strongly 
recommended that applicants take the SAT 
at the end of their junior year in high school. 
For further information on the SAT, appli- 
cants should consult their high school coun- 
selor or write to the Educational Testing 
Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. To 
have the test results sent to the University 
of Maryland at College Park, use the College 
Park code number (5814) in the proper place 
on the test. 

ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR 
MARYLAND RESIDENTS 

Minimum Academic Criteria 

The minimum criteria to be eligible for con- 
sideration for admission are a C average (when 
D is the lowest passing grade) in academic 
courses and rank in the upper half of the high 
school class or a predicted grade point average 
at the end of the first year at the University of 1.75 
(prediction based on high school grade point aver- 
age, class rank and SAT scores). 

Guaranteed Admission 

Applicants who predict a grade point average 
of 1.90 or better and who meet other require- 
ments will be offered admission as soon as neces- 
sary documents are received and processing is 
completed. The predicted grade point average will 
be calculated using either an equation which in- 
cludes high school grade point average, class 



rank and SAT scores or an equation which con- 
siders only high school grade point average and 
class rank. 

Deferred Decision 

Applicants who predict 1.75 but less than 1.90 
(when SAT scores are included in the prediction 
equation) or who have a C and rank in the upper 
half of their class but predict less than 1.75 will 
be placed in a deferred decision group. Those ap- 
plicants to be offered admission will be chosen on 
the basis of random selection. 

Decisions through the random selection process 
will be made in April and July. Applicants consid- 
ered in the random selection process in April 
will not be eligible for consideration in the July 
group. Consult the admissions calendar on page 6 
for appropriate deadlines. 

Predictive Index 

A predictive index or predicted grade point 
average, as it has been developed and used at 
the University of Maryland, is the academic aver- 
age predicted for a student at the end of the 
freshman year. The predictive index is simply 
forecasting an average at the end of the freshman 
year. 

Four components in varying combinations are 
used to compute the University of Maryland pre- 
dictive index: (1) grades earned in academic 
courses in high school, (2) high school class rank, 
(3) SAT verbal scores, and (4) SAT math scores. 

The Out-of-State Applicant 

The University will offer admission to a limited 
number of non-resident freshman applicants of 
proven academic ability for whom particular pro- 
grams at the University are especially relevant. 

School of Architecture 

Admission to the School of Architecture is com- 
petitive with selection based on previous aca- 
demic achievement. The School of Architecture 
does not accept entering students for the spring 
semester. 

TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION 

General Requirements 

An applicant must be in good standing in schol- 
arship and character to be considered for admis- 
sion. 

Academic Requirements For Maryland Residents 

Transfer applicants who are residents of Mary- 
land are required to have at least a C average 
(2.0 on a 4.0 scale) in all previous work or the 
Associate of Arts degree. 

Applicants from Maryland community colleges 
to be eligible to matriculate beginning with the 



General Information / 3 



summer 1973 must have completed the Associ- 
ate of Arts degree or at least 56 semester hours 
with at least a C average prior to entering the Uni- 
versity. 

Maryland residents who are not admissible as 
high school seniors and who are attending a col- 
lege other than a Maryland community college 
must complete at least 28 credit hours with a C 
average to become eligible for admission to the 
University. 



The Academic Retention Plan 

The academic average of a transfer student at 
the University of Maryland is based only on those 
courses actually taken at the University. Credit 
hours for courses taken at other institutions may 
be transferred, but grades and quality points do 
not transfer. The level of expectation of academic 
performance, however, is determined by the total 
number of credit hours transferred plus the num- 
ber of hours attempted at the University. 



The Out-of-State Transfer Applicant 

The University will offer admission to a limited 
number of non-resident transfer applicants of 
proven academic ability for whom particular pro- 
grams are especially relevant. While not guar- 
anteeing admission, non-resident transfer students 
are expected to have at least a B average in all 
previous college work to be considered. 

School of Architecture 

Admission to the School of Architecture in the 
Division of Arts and Humanities is competitive 
with selection based on the transfer student's 
previous academic achievement. The School of 
Architecture does not accept entering students 
for the spring semester. 

Transfer Credit 

Advanced standing is assigned to transfer stu- 
dents from accredited institutions prior to regis- 
tration. Academic courses carrying a grade of C 
or higher usually are transferable provided they 
are applicable to the curriculum into which the 
student is transferring. 

Transfer of Credit from Community Colleges 

A maximum of sixty (60) academic credits are 
transferable from community colleges. Community 
college students who have earned credit at a 
four year institution must include those earned 
credits in the maximum of sixty (60) academic 
credits transferable. In general, courses taken at 
a community college which are equivalent to jun- 
ior or senior level courses at the University may 
not be transferred. 

Foreign Language Credit 

Transfer foreign language credit is usually ac- 
ceptable in meeting requirements. Prospective 
students should consult the appropriate sections 
of this catalog to determine the specific require- 
ments of various colleges and curricula. 

Credit By Examination 

Transfer credit will not be granted when earned 
only by examination at other institutions. 



RESIDENCY POLICY 

The Office of Admissions is responsible for 
undergraduate residence classifications. The Ad- 
missions staff is available to render assistance 
with any questions a student may have regarding 
his residence classification. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy 
of the University of Maryland residence require- 
ments or who wish assistance with their residence 
classification should contact: 

Office of Admissions 
North Administration Building 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 
(301) 454-4137 

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY RECRUITMENT 
PROGRAM 

The Equal Opportunity Recruitment Program 
(EORP) is designed to intensify recruitment ef- 
forts of minority and disadvantaged students. The 
rationale for intensive, prolonged efforts in re- 
cruitment and supporting services for these stu- 
dents lies not only in the potential benefit given 
to the students themselves, but in the contribu- 
tions they may make to the Campus community 
and ultimately to the State. 

Further information may be obtained from the 
EORP office, Admissions and Registrations Office. 
North Administration Building, University of Mary- 
land, College Park, Maryland 20742 or by phone 
at 454-4535. 

SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION 

Applicants over 21 years of age who qualify for 
admission but who do not desire to work toward 
a baccalaureate degree may be admitted as spe- 
cial students. These students are ineligible to 
matriculate for a degree until they have submitted 
all required documents. Permission from the aca- 
demic office of the various units of the University 
is often needed in order to enroll as a special stu- 
dent. 

Special students who have received a bacca- 
laureate degree are advised that no credit earned 
while enrolled as special students may be applied 
at a later date to a graduate program. These post- 



4 / General Information 



baccalaureate students may enroll in undergradu- 
ate courses for which they possess the necessary 
prerequisites, but may not enroll in courses re- 
stricted to graduate students only. 

FOREIGN STUDENT ADMISSION 

The foreign student applying for admission to 
the undergraduate schools of the University of 
Maryland should make application at least six 
months in advance of the term for which he is 
applying. He will be required to submit (1) an ap- 
plication for admission on a form furnished by the 
Admissions Office of the University upon request, 
(2) official copies of his secondary school prepa- 
ration, (3) certificates of completion of state sec- 
ondary school examinations, and (4) records of 
college or university studies completed in schools 
in the United States or elsewhere (documents in- 
dicated in (2), (3), and (4) must be accompanied 
by certified English translations when original 
documents are in languages other than English). 
He will also be required to furnish proof of ade- 
quate finances (students on F visas are not per- 
mitted to work). Further he will need to furnish 
proof of his ability to read, write, speak, and 
understand English sufficiently well to pursue 
satisfactorily an approved course of study in one 
of the colleges/divisions of the University. Infor- 
mation can be obtained from the Office of the 
Director of International Education Services and 
Foreign Student Affairs regarding the administra- 
tion of the Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) both in the United States and abroad. 
TOEFL is the standard test used by the University 
to determine English proficiency. 

Because the University of Maryland is a state 
university, it is limited in the number of foreign 
students whom it can admit each year. Conse- 
quently, admission is extremely competitive and 
offered only to those applicants who are most 
highly qualified. 

The foreign student accepted for admission to 
the University will receive from the Director of 
Foreign Student Affairs the appropriate immigra- 
tion form needed to secure a student visa from 
the American consul. 

Every foreign student is expected to notify the 
Director of Foreign Student Affairs as to the ap- 
proximate date of his arrival at the University and 
arrange to arrive in time for the special orienta- 
tion program that precedes registration. The office 
of the Director is located in the North Administra- 
tion Building, Room 222-A. 

GRADUATE STUDENT ADMISSION 

Admission to graduate study at the University 
of Maryland is the responsibility of The Graduate 
School. Correspondence concerning application 
for admission to The Graduate School should be 
addressed to The Graduate School, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 



APPLICATION PROCEDURES 

Application Forms 

Application forms may be obtained by writing 
to: 

Director, Office of Admissions 
North Administration Building 
University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 
Application forms are available in the high 
school guidance offices and college counseling 
centers. 

All applicants must comply fully with the direc- 
tions printed on the application form. Incomplete 
forms cannot be processed. 

Application Fee 

A non-refundable $15.00 application fee is re- 
quired with each application received after June 
1, 1973. 

Deposit 

An applicant who receives an offer of admission 
is required to submit a deposit of $50 within three 
weeks after the date of the offer of admission. 
Failure to submit the deposit within the required 
time limit will be considered evidence that the 
applicant does not plan to matriculate at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park Campus, and 
the offer of admission will be cancelled. 

Refunds of the $50 deposit will be made pro- 
vided a written request for refund is received by 
the Admissions Office not later than June 1. 

CLOSING DATES FOR APPLICATIONS 

Fall Semester 

All applications for undergraduate admission 
for the fall semester at the College Park Campus 
must be received by the Admissions Office not 
later than May 1. The University strongly urges 
an early application for all applicants. The Uni- 
versity reserves the right to return the unpro- 
cessed applications of non-resident freshmen and 
transfer students when the quota for such students 
has been reached. Because of space limitations, 
the University cannot offer admission to all quali- 
fied out-of-State applicants. An early application 
is, therefore, essential. 

All supporting documents for an application for 
admission must be received by the appropriate 
University office not later than June 15 in the case 
of freshman applicants and not later than July 1 
for transfer applicants. Supporting documents in- 
clude education records, SAT scores (in the case 
of new freshmen), and medical examination re- 
ports. 

Spring Semester 

The deadline for the receipt of applications for 
the spring semester is November 1. All support- 
ing documents for an application must be received 
not later than November 15. 



General Information / 5 



Exceptions 

Applications for the School of Architecture in- 
cluding supporting documents must be received 
not later than March 1. 

Foreign students are required to submit their 
applications not later than February 1 for the Fall 
semester and not later than August 1 for the 
spring semester. 

ADMISSIONS CALENDAR 

Applicants for Fall 1973 
February — 

1 — Deadline for foreign student applications 

March — 

1 — Deadline for receipt of applications and 
documents to be eligible for inclusion in 
April random selection process 
May — 

1 — Deadline for undergraduate applications 

June — 

15 — Deadline for documents for freshman ap- 



plicants 



July- 



1 — Deadline for all documents for transfer ap- 
plicants 

Applicants for Spring 1974 

June — 

1 — Begin accepting applications for spring 

August — 

1 — Deadline for foreign student applications 

November — 

1 — Deadline for undergraduate applications 
15 — Deadline for all documents 

READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT 

Students who do not maintain continuous regis- 
tration must apply for readmission or reinstate- 
ment when they desire to return to the University. 
See sections below on Withdrawals from the Uni- 
versity and Minimum Requirements for Retention 
and Graduation. 

Readmission 

A student who has interrupted his registration 
for one or more semesters and who was in good 
academic standing or on scholastic probation at 
the conclusion of his last semester must apply 
for readmission. 



Reinstatement 

A student must apply for reinstatement if he has 
been academically dismissed, is ineligible for re- 
admission, or has withdrawn from all courses in 
his last previous semester. 

Deadlines 

To be considered for immediate reinstatement 
following dismissal at the end of the fall or spring 
terms, a currently enrolled student must apply 
no later than seven days before the first day of 
registration of the spring or second summer term. 
If dismissed at the end of the spring semester, a 
student may not apply for the first summer term. 

All other students must apply in accordance 
with the following deadlines: 



Fall term 
Spring term 
Summer term 



July 1 

November 1 
May 1 



Applications 

Application forms for readmission and reinstate- 
ment may be obtained from the Office of Admis- 
sions. 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

For additional information contact the Admis- 
sions Office, North Administration Building, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742; 
telephone number (301) 454-5550. 

ORIENTATION PROGRAMS 

Freshmen Orientation and Registration 

Upon final admission to the University the stu- 
dent will receive materials pertaining to his par- 
ticipation in The Freshmen Orientation and Regis- 
tration Program for the University of Maryland. 
All entering freshmen are urged to attend this 
program which is administered by the Director of 
Orientation of the Office of Student Activities. 
The primary goals of the program are to inform 
the student about the University and help him 
register for the fall semester. The program is op- 
erated at the College Park Campus during the 
summer months. Each freshman will attend with 
a group of his future classmates. He will engage 
in the following: 

1. Formal and informal discussions about Uni- 
versity life and the standards of perform- 
ance the University will expect of him. 

2. A conference with a faculty advisor in his 
college who will assist him in selecting and 
registering for fall semester courses. (To 
assure the success of this conference, 
please have the SAT scores submitted to 
the University early in the spring.) 



6 / General Information 



Through this program, the entering student re- 
ceives a personalized and individual introduction 
to the University. 

Transfer Student Orientation 

Upon admission to the University, the transfer 
student receives information concerning an ori- 
entation program that is held during the summer. 
This program includes a conference with advisors 
to explain academic requirements, registration for 
fall classes, and a general orientation to the 
campus itself. The program is particularly geared 
to the needs of upper class students and their 
special concerns. 

Parent Orientation 

Running concurrently with the summer programs 
for freshmen and transfer students is an orienta- 
tion program for the parents of new students. 
Here, parents have an opportunity to learn about 
the academic, cultural, and social aspects of Uni- 
versity life, from administrators and staff as well 
as from the student sponsors who lead the stu- 
dent groups. 

Foreign Student Orientation 

All foreign students admitted to the University 
including transfer students are required to attend 
the special orientation program arranged by the 
Office of Foreign Student Affairs with the coopera- 
tion of the International Club. This program is held 
during the week preceding registration each se- 
mester. The program is designed to help new stu- 
dents become acquainted with the University and 
the community in order to understand the oppor- 
tunities and responsibilities presented by their new 
educational and cultural environment. 



EXPENSES, FINANCIAL AID 
AND SCHOLARSHIPS 

EXPENSES 

Returning students will not be permitted to com- 
plete registration until all financial obligations to 
the University including library fines, parking vio- 
lation assessments and other penalty fees and 
service charges are paid in full. 

All checks or money orders should be made 
payable to the University of Maryland for the ex- 
act amount due. In cases where the University has 
awarded a grant, scholarship, or workship, the ap- 
propriate amount will be deducted on the bill. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, 
certificate, or transcript of record issued to a stu- 
dent who has not made satisfactory settlement of 
his account. 

Although changes in fees and charges ordinar- 
ily will be announced in advance, the University 



reserves the right to make such changes without 
prior announcement. 

FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON RESIDENTS 
1973-74 ACADEMIC YEAR 



Fees lor lull-lime Undergraduate 

Students: 
Maryland Resident! 

General Fee ' 

Board Contract " 
Lodging 



Residents ol District ol Columbia. 
Other States and Other Counties 
General Fee * 

Board Contract ■• 
Lodging 



Fee lor part-time Undergraduate ' 
Credit Hour Fee (each credit) 



Fall 
Semester 



Spring 
Semester 



S 349 00 $ 349 00 



305 00 
23500 



305.00 
235 00 



$ 68900 $ 88900 



$ 84900 % 84900 



305.00 
285 00 



305.00 
28500 



610.00 
47000 



61000 
570.00 



$ 28.00 



•General Fee includes Fixed Fee of $560 (or Maryland residents or 
$1,560 lor residents of the District ot Columbia, other states and 
foreign countries plus mandatory (ees lor the following: Instructional 
Materials. Athletics, Student Activities, Recreational Facilities, and 
Auxiliary Facilities. 

"Board Contract— the amount stated above is for a 7 day a week food 
plan: an optional 5 day plan is available at $275 a semester or $550 
for an academic year. Board charges may be increased prior to the 
1973-74 academic year if required by cost increases. 

"'The term "part-time student" is interpreted to mean undergraduate 
student taking 8 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying 9 
semester hours are considered to be full-time and must pay the 
regular full-time fees. 

Explanation of Fees 

The application fee for the undergraduate col- 
leges and the summer session partially defrays 
the cost of processing applications for admission 
to the University. If a student enrolls for the term 
for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu 
of the matriculation fee. Applicants who have en- 
rolled with the University of Maryland in its Eve- 
ning Division at College Park or Baltimore, or at 
one of its off-campus centers are not required to 
pay the fee since they have already paid a ma- 
triculation fee. 

The Fixed Charges Fee is charged to help de- 
fray the cost of operating the University's pro- 
gram at College Park. 

The Instructional Materials Fee represents a 
charge for instructional materials and/or labora- 
tory supplies furnished to students. 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of 
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. All stu- 
dents are encouraged to participate in all of the 
activities of this department or to attend the con- 
tests if they do not participate. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee 
included at the request of the Student Govern- 
ment Association. It covers class dues and is used 
in sponsoring various student activities, student 
publications and cultural programs. 

The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a 
fund which will be used to expand the recreation- 
al facilities on the College Park Campus, especial- 
ly the Student Union Building. 



General Information / 7 



The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid into a fund 
which is used for expansion and operation of var- 
ious facilities such as roads, walks, campus light- 
ing and other campus facilities. These facilities 
are not funded or are funded only in part from 
other sources. 

OTHER FEES 

Application Fee $ 15.00 

Enrollment Deposit Fee 50.00 

This fee is non-refundable after June 1st. 
Pre-College Orientation Program Registration Fee . . 15.00 
Registration Fee (Charged as a separate fee for all 

registrants except full-time undergraduates) 5.00 

Late Application Fee 25.00 

Matriculation Fee 15.00 

Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree 15.00 

Room Deposit Fee payable upon application for 

dormitory room 50.00 

(To be deducted from the first semester room 
charges at registration.) 

Vehicle Registration Fee 12.00 

(12.00 for first vehicle and $3.00 for each addi- 
tional vehicle in accordance with published regu- 
lations. Payable each academic year by all stu- 
dents registered for classes on the College Park 
Campus and who drive on the Campus. For cars 
registered for the spring semester only the fee is 
$6.00 for the first car and $1.50 for each additional 
vehicle.) 
Special Fee for students requiring additional prepa- 
ration in Mathematics per semester 75.00 

(Required of students whose curriculum calls for 
MATH 010 or 018 and who fail in qualifying exam- 
ination for these courses. Students enrolled in 
this course and concurrently enrolled for 6 or more 
credit hours will be considered as full-time stu- 
dents for purposes of assessing fees.) 
Fees for Auditors and courses taken for audit are 
the same as those charged for courses taken for 
credit at both the undergraduate and graduate 
levels. Audited credit hours will be added to hours 
taken for credit to determine whether or not an 
undergraduate student is full-time or part-time 
for fee assessment purposes. 
Special students are assessed fees in accordance 
with the schedule for the comparable undergrad- 
uate or graduate classification. 

Late Registration Fee 20.00 

(All students are expected to complete their reg- 
istration, including the filing of class cards on the 
regular registration days. Those who do not com- 
plete their registration during the prescribed days 
must pay this fee.) 
Change of Registration Fee (for each course drop- 
ped or added after registration period) 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college 

credit — per semester hour 5.00 

Transcript of Record Fee (each copy) 2.00 

Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged 
for damage to property or equipment. Where re- 
sponsibility for the damage can be fixed, the in- 
dividual student will be billed for it; where respon- 
sibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the 
damage or replacing equipment will be prorated. 
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: Payable for 
each check which is returned unpaid by the 
drawee bank on initial presentation because of in- 
sufficient funds, payment stopped, post-dating, 
drawn against uncollected items, etc. 



For checks up to $50.00 5.00 

For checks from $50.01 to $100.00 10.00 

For checks over $100.00 20.00 

Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from General 
Library before expiration of loan period 

per day .25 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf 
before expiration of loan period 

First hour overdue on first day 1.00 

After first hour on first day 2.00 

Each additional day 2.00 

In case of loss or multilation of a book, satisfactory 

restitution must be made. 
Motor Vehicle Penalties — See page 45. 

TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES 

Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs 
vary with the course pursued, but will average 
per semester 85.00 

Payment of Fees: All checks, money orders, or postal 
notes should be made payable to the University 
of Maryland. 

WITHDRAWAL OR REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University 
at any time during the academic year should file 
an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper 
signature, in the Registrations Office. If this is not 
done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter 
of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, 
and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he 
would otherwise be entitled. The date used in com- 
puting refunds is the date the application for with- 
drawal is filed in the Registrations Office. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be per- 
mitted only with the written consent of the stu- 
dent's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will 
be credited for all academic fees charged to them 
in accordance with the following schedule: 

Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 00% 

No part of the charges for room and board is re- 
fundable except when the student officially with- 
draws from the University or when he is given 
permission by the appropriate officials of the Uni- 
versity to move from the residence halls and/or 
to discontinue dining hall privileges. In these 
cases, the room refund will be computed by de- 
ducting a $20 service charge for the semester 
and the remainder will be pro-rated on a weekly 
basis. Refunds to students having full board con- 
tracts will be calculated in the same manner. No 
room and/or board refunds will be made after 
the fourteenth week of the semester. 

The Food Service identification cards (FSID) 
must be surrendered to the Administrative Office 
of the Main Dining Hall before any refund will be 
processed. 



8 / General Information 



In computing refunds to students who have re- 
ceived the benefit of scholarships and loans from 
University Funds, the computation will be made in 
such a way as to return the maximum amount to 
the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to 
the University. 

A student who registers as a full time under- 
graduate will receive no refund of the General Fee 
when courses are dropped until sufficient courses 
are dropped to change status from full time under- 
graduate to part time undergraduate. The differ- 
ence between general fees assessed as a full time 
undergraduate and the credit hour fees assessed 
as a part time student will be refunded in accord- 
ance with the above refund schedule. 

A student who registers as a part time under- 
graduate student will be given a refund of the 
credit hour fee in accordance with the above re- 
fund schedule for courses dropped. 

A special refund schedule applies to full-time 
students who are drafted into the Armed Services 
or called up as Reservists. 

TRANSCRIPT OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of 
their scholastic records from the Registrations 
Office. There is a charge of $2.00 for each tran- 
script. Checks should be made payable to the 
University of Maryland. Transcripts of records 
should normally be requested in writing at least 
two weeks in advance of the date when the rec- 
ords are actually needed. No transcript of a stu- 
dent's record will be furnished any student or 
alumnus whose financial obligations to the Uni- 
versity have not been satisfied. 

FUNDS TO MEET PERSONAL EXPENSES 

In the past new students have sometimes ar- 
rived on campus with a check payable to the Uni- 
versity for an amount larger than that required to 
meet tuition costs and related expenses. They 
often expect to pay their University bill and receive 
a refund to meet personal expenses. However, 
the University is unable to accept such checks or 
to make refunds to students. 

Any students arriving early should have ade- 
quate personal funds to meet expenses. 

We recommend that those students arriving 
early and receiving financial aid from various 
sources request that their check be made pay- 
able to them instead of the University. This will 
allow the establishment of a personal bank ac- 
count which can be used to pay for personal ex- 
penses and for University fees. 

FINANCIAL AID 

The Office of Student Aid provides advice and 
assistance in the formulation of student financial 
plans and, in cooperation with other University 
offices, participates in the awarding of scholar- 
ships, loans, and part-time employment to deserv- 



ing students. Scholarships, grants and loans are 
awarded on the basis of evident academic ability 
and financial need. In making awards, considera- 
tion is also given to character, achievement, par- 
ticipation in student activities, and to other attri- 
butes which may indicate success in college. It is 
the intent of the committee to make awards to 
those qualified who might not otherwise be able to 
pursue college studies. Part-time employment op- 
portunities on campus are open to all students, but 
are dependent upon the availability of jobs and 
the student's particular skills and abilities. 

Additional information is available from the Di- 
rector, Office of Student Aid, Room 222, North Ad- 
ministration Building, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS 

Most scholarships are awarded to students be- 
fore they enter the University. However, students 
who have completed one or more terms, and have 
not received such an award, are eligible to apply. 
Most of these scholarships are awarded to stu- 
dents who have earned a cumulative grade point 
average of 3.0 (B) or better. Entering freshmen 
must submit applications before March 1; stu- 
dents already enrolled in the University may sub- 
mit applications between February 1 and May 1 
in order to receive consideration for scholarship 
assistance for the ensuing year. 

Scholarship award letters are normally mailed 
between March 15 and June 15. Any applicant 
who does not receive an award letter during this 
period should assume that he has not been se- 
lected for a scholarship. 

FULL SCHOLARSHIPS. The University awards 
56 full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed 
charges, and fees. Not more than twenty of these 
scholarships may be held by out-of-state students, 
and at least twelve are reserved for women. Scho- 
lastic achievement and participation in student ac- 
tivities are given primary consideration. 

UNIVERSITY GRANTS. The University awards 
to deserving and qualified secondary school grad- 
uates a limited number of grants covering fixed 
charges only. 

SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS. A lim- 
ited number of scholarships are awarded each 
year to students of exceptional ability out of 
funds derived from campus enterprises. The 
amount of these scholarships varies, depending 
upon the extent of need. 

ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS. The 
University has a number of endowed scholarships 
and special grants. These range in value from $100 
to $1,000. Recipients are chosen by the University 
in accordance with terms established by the don- 
or. It is usually inadvisable for a student to apply 
for a specific scholarship. Each applicant will re- 
ceive consideration for all scholarships for which 
he is eligible. 



General Information / 9 



EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS. Under 
provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965, 
limited grants are available to encourage youths 
of exceptional financial need to continue their 
post-secondary school education. A recipient must 
be a United States citizen enrolled as a full-time 
undergraduate. The amount of the grant must be 
matched by an equal amount of some other type of 
aid provided through the University. 

NURSING SCHOLARSHIPS. Nursing students of 
exceptional financial need are eligible to receive 
assistance under the provisions of the Health Man- 
power Act of 1968. Students submitting applica- 
tions for financial aid will be automatically consid- 
ered for both scholarship and loan. 

MARYLAND STATE SCHOLARSHIPS. The Gen- 
eral Assembly of Maryland has created several 
programs of scholarships for Maryland residents 
who need financial help to obtain a college edu- 
cation. The undergraduate programs are (1) Gen- 
eral State scholarships, (2) Senatorial scholar- 
ships, and (3) House of Delegates scholarships. 
Students wishing to apply for these scholarships 
should contact their guidance counselor if a high 
school senior or the Office of Student Aid if pres- 
ently attending the University of Maryland. Stu- 
dents who are entering college for the first time 
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in Novem- 
ber or December of their senior year. The test is 
not required of college students who have com- 
pleted at least one academic year. A general ap- 
plication and a Parent's Confidential Statement 
should be filed with College Scholarship Service 
in Princeton, N.J. and a senatorial application with 
the student's state senator by December 1 for the 
following academic year. For additional informa- 
tion, contact the Maryland State Scholarship 
Board, 2100 Guilford Avenue, Baltimore, Mary- 
land 21218. 

LOCAL AND NATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In ad- 
dition to the scholarships provided by the Univer- 
sity of Maryland, a student should give careful 
consideration to scholarship aid provided by local 
and national scholarship programs. Ordinarily, the 
high school principal or counselor will be well in- 
formed as to these opportunities. 

LOANS 

Loan funds to meet educational expenses are 
available for students enrolled in the University. 
The extent of financial need must be clearly estab- 
lished by providing a complete statement of the 
applicant's financial resources and estimated ex- 
penses for the academic year. 

Loan awards are normally granted on a yearly 
basis, although short-term and emergency loans 
are granted for shorter periods. 

To apply for a long-term loan, an application 
should normally be filed before June 15 for the en- 
suing year. If funds are available, applications may 



be considered at other times, but the student 
should bear in mind that it generally takes about 
six weeks to process a loan. 

Students applying for a loan must have a 2.0 (C) 
average for courses taken the preceding semester. 
New students need a 2.5 average in academic sub- 
jects for the previous two years of school. 

Loans are not available for non-educational ex- 
penses, nor are they available for repayment of 
previously incurred indebtedness. 

NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN PRO- 
GRAM. This loan fund was established by the 
Federal government in agreement with the Uni- 
versity of Maryland to make low-interest loans 
available to students with clearly established fi- 
nancial need. Applicants must be United States 
nationals (citizens and permanent resident status) 
and must be enrolled for eight or more credit 
hours at day school on the College Park Campus. 

The average approved loan is about $600 per 
year. The borrower must sign a note. Repayment 
begins one year after the borrower leaves school 
and must be completed within ten years there- 
after. No interest is charged until the beginning 
of the repayment schedule. Interest after that date 
is charged at the rate of three percent per annum. 

U. S. LOAN PROGRAM FOR CUBAN STU- 
DENTS. Loan funds are available to Cuban na- 
tionals under terms similar to the NDSL Loans. 

NURSING STUDENT LOANS. Loans up to $2,500 
per year are available under provision of the 
Nurses Training Act of 1964 as amended. The bor- 
rower must be a full-time student pursuing a bac- 
calaureate or graduate degree in nursing and able 
to establish financial need. Repayment begins 
one year after the borrower ceases to be a full- 
time student and must be completed within ten 
years thereafter. No interest is charged until the 
beginning of the repayment schedule. Interest 
after that date accrues at the rate of three percent 
per annum. 

Up to eighty-five percent of the loan plus in- 
terest may be cancelled in the event that the bor- 
rower is employed full-time as a nurse in a pub- 
lic or nonprofit institution or agency. In the event 
of total or permanent disability or death, the bor- 
rower's obligation is automatically cancelled. 

INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT LOANS. Institution- 
al loan funds have been established through the 
generosity of University organizations, alumni, fac- 
ulty, staff, and friends. These loans are normally 
available at low interest rates to upperclassmen 
only. For specific information, the student should 
inquire at the Office of Student Aid. 

LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAM 
LOAN AND GRANT. Loans: Qualified full-time 
pre-service students in approved fields may apply 
for loan assistance up to 51,800 per academic 
year. The loan is cancelled at the rate of 25 per- 
cent per year of full-time employment in criminal 



10 / General Information 



justice or repaid at the rate of 7 percent simple in- 
terest, commencing six months after termination 
of full-time study. Grants: In-service employees of 
police, courts and corrections agencies enrolled 
in courses related to law enforcement can receive 
up to $300 per semester (not to exceed cost of 
tuition and fees). Grant recipients must agree to 
remain in the service of their employing law en- 
forcement agency for at least two years following 
completion of their courses. Any student who 
meets the eligibility requirements for both a loan 
and a grant may receive both concurrently. Inter- 
ested students should contact either the Dean, 
University College, or Director, Institute of Crimi- 
nal Justice and Criminology, College of Arts and 
Sciences. 

BANK LOANS. Loan programs have been estab- 
lished through the Maryland Higher Education 
Loan Corporation and the United Student Aid Fund 
which permit students to borrow money from their 
hometown banks. The programs enable under- 
graduates in good standing to borrow up to $1,250 
per year, and notes may not bear more than seven 
percent simple interest. Monthly repayments be- 
gin ten months after graduation or withdrawal 
from school. The Federal government will pay the 
interest for eligible students, while the student is 
in school. Further details and a listing of partici- 
pating banks may be secured from the Office of 
Student Aid. 

PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT 

More than one-half of the students at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland earn a portion of their ex- 
penses. The Office of Student Aid serves without 
charge as a clearing house for students seeking 
part-time work and employers seeking help. Many 
jobs are available in the residence halls, dining 
halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere on 
campus and off campus. 

Working during college years may offer advan- 
tages in addition to the obvious one of financing a 
college education. The employed student has a 
special opportunity to learn new skills, to develop 
good work habits, and to learn how to get along 
with people. Part-time employment experience of- 
ten is helpful to the student in making his career 
choice. 

The Office of Student Aid welcomes the oppor- 
tunity to counsel a student about employment. 
However, securing a position through intelligent 
application and retaining that position through 
good work is the individual's responsibility. 

Freshman students who do not need financial 
aid probably should not attempt to work during 
the first year at the University. Adjustment to col- 
lege study and to the changes from life at home 
usually require the student's best efforts without 
the added responsibility of partial self-support. 

However, freshman students who need to work 
in order to attend the University are advised to 
consider employment in one of the dining halls. 



A student may earn approximately one-half of his 
board and room by working nine hours per week. 
After one successful semester the student may 
earn full board and room by working a maximum 
of 17 hours per week. 

For positions other than food service, a student 
normally cannot arrange for employment until he 
is on campus at the beginnng of a school session. 
Application must be made in person and the ap- 
plicant should have a schedule of his classes and 
study hours so that he can seek employment best 
suited to his free time. 

Foreign students must have clearance from the 
Office of Foreign Student Affairs before they may 
engage in employment. 

COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM 

Under provisions of the Economic Opportunity 
Act of 1964, employment may be awarded to stu- 
dents who, (1) are in need of employment in order 
to pursue a course of study at a college or uni- 
versity, and (2) are capable of maintaining good 
standing in the course of study while employed. 
Under the work-study program, students may work 
up to fifteen hours per week during the school 
year and full time during the summer. 

It is the intent of the Student Aid Committee to 
combine his type of assistance with scholarships 
and loans so that students from low income fam- 
ilies will be able to attend the University. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

Regulations and procedures for the awarding of 
scholarships are formulated by the Committee on 
Financial Aids. The Board of Regents of the Uni- 
versity authorizes the award of a limited number 
of scholarships each year to deserving students. 
Applicants are subject to the approval of the Di- 
rector of Admissions, insofar as qualifications for 
admission to the University are concerned. All re- 
cipients are subject to the academic and non- 
academic regulations and requirements of the 
University. 

The recipient of the scholarship or grant is ex- 
pected to make at least normal progress toward a 
degree, as defined by the Academic Regulations. 

The Committee reserves the right to review the 
scholarship program annually and to make adjust- 
ments in the amount and recipients of awards in 
accordance with the funds available and scholas- 
tic attainment. 

The general types of scholarships and grants 
are listed on pages 10 and 11. Specific endowed 
programs are: 

ENDOWED AND ANNUAL 
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS 

AFROTC COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— This pro- 
gram provides scholarships for selected cadets each year in 
the four-year AFROTC program. Those selected receive 
money for full tuition, laboratory expenses, incidental fees. 



General Information / 11 



and an allowance for books for up to eight semesters. In 
addition, they receive nontaxable pay of $50 per month. One 
must be in the program at the University of Maryland before 
he can apply for this scholarship. 

AIR FORCE WARRANT OFFICERS ASSOCIATION STU- 
DENT AID PROGRAM— Scholarship aid has been made 
available by the Air Force Warrant Officers Association for 
worthy male or female undergraduate or graduate students 
in good standing, with preference given to children of Air 
Force Warrent Officers or other military personnel. 

ALBRIGHT SCHOLARSHIP— The Victor E. Albright Schol- 
arship is open to graduates of Garret County high schools 
who were born and reared in that county. 

AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION— A num- 
ber of awards are made to agricultural students from a fund 
contributed by donors for general agricultural development. 

ALCOA FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS of $750 
are given to outstanding students majoring in transportation, 
mechanical engineering, and fire protection engineering. 

ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholar- 
ships are made possible through the gifts of alumni and 
friends to the Alumni Annual Giving Program of the Office 
of Endowment and Gifts. 

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 
SCHOLARSHIPS— The Alumni Association of the School of 
Pharmacy of the University of Maryland makes available 
annually scholarships to qualified prepharmacy students on 
the basis of character, achievement and need. These scholar- 
ships are open only to residents of the State of Maryland. 
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per academic year is 
applied to expenses at College Park. 

ALUMNI BAND SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of 
awards to freshmen are sponsored by the University of 
Maryland Band Alumni Organization. Recipients are recom- 
mended by the Music Department after a competitive audi- 
tion held in the spring. 

ETHEL R ARTHUR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— This 
memorial scholarship fund has been established by Irving 
J. Cohen, M.D. At least one $250 award is made each year 
by the Scholarship Committee. A preference is given to stu- 
dents from Baltimore. 

ALVIN L AUBINOE STUDENT AID PROGRAM— Scholar- 
ship grants up to $500 per school year to students in engi- 
neering, preferably those studying for careers in civil 
engineering, architecture or light construction. 

BALTIMORE PANHELLENIC ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR- 
SHIP — A scholarship is awarded annually by the Baltimore 
Panhellenic Association to a student entering the junior or 
senior class, who is an active member of a sorority, who is 
outstanding in leadership and scholarship and who needs 
financial assistance. 

BALTIMORE SUNPAPERS SCHOLARSHIP IN JOURNAL- 
ISM — The Board of Trustees of the A. S. Abell Foundation, 
Inc.. contributes funds to provide one or more $500 scholar- 
ships to students majoring in editorial journalism. 

BAYSHORE FOODS, INC. SCHOLARSHIP— A grant of $500 
is made available annually to sons and daughters of em- 
ployees of Bayshore Foods, Inc. of Easton, Md. 

BLACK AND DECKER MANUFACTURING COMPANY 
SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 per year is provided 
for a Maryland resident who promises to teach Industrial 
Arts or Vocational-Industrial Education in Maryland for two 
years after graduation. 

CAMPUS AND NEWCOMERS SCHOLARSHIP— Awards are 
made from a fund created by the campus and Newcomers 
Club of the University 

CAPITOL MILK PRODUCERS COOPERATIVE, INC. 
SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship of $500 is awarded annually 
in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student pre- 
paring for a career in the dairy industry. 

GEORGE C COOK SCHOLARSHIP— A full scholarship is 
made available by the Maryland Educational Foundation in 



memory of the late George C. Cook. Preference shall be 
given to students interested in a career in business admin- 
istration or marketing. 

DR. ERNEST N. CORY SCHOLARSHIP— This memorial 
award is made annually to an outstanding junior or senior 
recommended by the College of Agriculture, preferably one 
majoring in entomology. 

DAIRY TECHNOLOGY SCHOLARSHIP AND GRANTS— The 
Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and the District of 
Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and 
grants-in-aid for students majoring in dairy products tech- 
nology. 

DELAWARE-MARYLAND PLANT FOOD ASSOCIATION 
SCHOLARSHIP— A $200 annual award is made to an under- 
graduate who has an interest in agronomy and soil fertility 
work. 

DELMARVA TRAFFIC CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— An annual 
award of $250 is made to a transportation student from the 
Delmarva Peninsula. 

EXEL SCHOLARSHIP— A substantial grant for endowed 
scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel. 

JAMES R. FERGUSON MEMORIAL FUND— A scholarship 
award is made annually to a student enrolled in Animal 
Science on the basis of academic achievement and financial 
need. 

FMC CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award 
of $500 is made available for a senior in chemical engineer- 
ing. 

ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S 
ASSOCIATION GRANT— This tuition and fees grant is 
awarded to a high school graduate who will enroll in the 
fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. The 
award is normally for four years. 

BALTIMORE COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMAN'S ASSOCIA- 
TION GRANT — This tuition and fees grant is awarded to a 
student who will enroll in the fire protection curriculum in 
the College of Engineering. The award is normally for four 
years. 

LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIRE- 
MEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— This $750 grant is awarded 
to an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the 
fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. The 
award is normally available for four years. 

MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— 
A tuition and fees scholarship is awarded annually to an 
outstanding high school student who enrolls in the fire pro- 
tection curriculum of the College of Engineering. This 
scholarship is for four years 

PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN S 
ASSOCIATION GRANT— An annual tuition and fees scholar- 
ship is awarded to an outstanding high school student who 
enrolls in the fire protection curriculum of the College of 
Engineering. 

FOOD FAIR STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS— 
Several scholarships are available for $250 per academic 
year. 

LESTER M. FRALEY HONOR AWARD— An annual honor 
award based upon high standards of citizenship and scholar- 
ship to an undergraduate student in Health, Physical Educa- 
tion or Recreation. 

FREDERICK COUNTY HOLSTEIN ASSOCIATION SCHOL- 
ARSHIP—A scholarship of $200 is awarded annually to a 
resident of Frederick County enrolled in the College of 
Agriculture. 

VICTOR FRENKIL SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $250 
is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to a 
student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the 
University. 

GENERAL FOODS SCHOLARSHIPS— Three scholarships 
of $400 each are available to students in the College of 
Agriculture majoring in Animal Science. Food Science or 
Dairy Science. Two awards are to be granted to students 



12 / General Information 



majoring in Food Science and the remaining one awarded 
to a student in the other areas. 

GENERAL MOTORS SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship is 
granted to an outstanding individual entering the freshman 
year. 

JOHN D. GILMORE SCHOLARSHIP has been estab- 
lished for the purpose of assisting deserving student ath- 
letes to obtain an education and participate in varsity 
athletics at the University of Maryland. The recipients should 
possess, as does John D. Gilmore, outstanding dedication, 
determination and an undeniable will to win in athletic com- 
petition and to succeed in life. 

GODDARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— Several schol- 
arships are available annually under the terms of the James 
and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through 
the wills of Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. 

ROSE L. GRANT SCHOLARSHIP— At least $500 each year 
is made available to be awarded by the Scholarship Com- 
mittee. 

JOHN WILLIAM GUCKEYSON MEMORIAL SCHOLAR- 
SHIP—A scholarship of $100 is granted annually by Mrs. 
Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William Guckeyson. 
an honored Maryland alumnus. 

GUDELSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— The Gudelsky 
Foundation, Inc., has established a scholarship in memory 
of Harry Gudelsky and Isadore M Gudelsky. 

STALEY AND EUGENE HAHN MEMORIAL SCHOLAR- 
SHIP FUND — Annual awards of $500 are made by Mr. and 
Mrs. Walter J. Hahn in memory of their sons to aid outstand- 
ing agricultural students from Frederick County. 

JAMES HARTIN ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP AND 
DONALD PETER SHAW MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— These 
two scholarships of $300 each are made available annually 
by Mr. and Mrs. David C. Hartin. The first is awarded to a 
male student in the College of Engineering and the second 
to a male student in any college other than Education, or to 
a female student in nursing These awards will be made to 
worthy students who are helping to earn their own college 
expenses. 

WILLIAM RANDOLPH HEARST FOUNDATION SCHOLAR- 
SHIPS — These scholarships are made available through a gift 
of the Baltimore News American, one of the Hearst news- 
papers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships 
up to $1,000 are awarded annually to undergraduates pur- 
suing a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to 
$1,000 are awarded annually for graduate study in history. 

ROBERT MICHAEL HIGGINBOTHAM MEMORIAL AWARD 
FUND — This Fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. Charles 
A. Higginbotham in memory of their son who was killed in 
Vietnam. Annual awards are made to promising junior stu- 
dents majoring in mathematics. 

A. M. HOFFMAN MEMORIAL GRANT— This gift of $250 
per year is normally awarded as a supplement to some 
other type of student aid to a student with exceptional need. 
A preference is given to students from Montgomery County. 
The gift is made available by Mr. and Mrs. David B. Schwartz. 

HYATTSVILLE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP 
— A scholarship of $200 is awarded to a student enrolled 
in Horticulture. 

INTER-STATE MILK PRODUCERS' COOPERATIVE, INC. 
SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship of $300 is made available 
to a student in agriculture in honor of Raymond Marvel, 
past-president of the cooperative. 

IOTA LAMBDA SIGMA (NU CHAPTER) SCHOLARSHIP— 
This $200 scholarship is awarded annually to a male student 
in the industrial education curriculum. The student must be 
a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention 
of teaching in Maryland. 

KAPPA KAPPA GAMMA NURSING SCHOLARSHIP— This 
S100 Scholarship is made available annually by the Gamma 
Psi chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority to a worthy 
student preparing for a career in nursing 



PAUL H. KEA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND— This 
fund was established by the Potomac Valley Chapter of the 
American Institute of Architects in memory of Paul H. Kea, 
a highly respected member of the chapter. 

VENIA M KELLER GRANT— The Maryland State Council 
of Homemakers' Club makes available this grant of $100 
which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise 
who is recommended by the College of Home Economics. 

KINGHORNE FUND SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship in hon- 
or of Mr. Joseph W. Kinghorne of the Class of 1911 of the 
College of Agriculture shall be awarded to the student 
specializing in poultry science having the highest general 
average at the end of his or her sophomore year. The 
amount of the scholarship shall equal the tuition on the 
College Park Campus. 

KIWANIS SCHOLARSHIP— The J S. Ray Memorial Schol- 
arship covering tuition is awarded by the Prince George's 
Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince George's County, 
Maryland, who, in addition to possessing the necessary qua- 
lifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record 
must have a reputation of high character and attainment in 
general all-around citizenship. 

KIWANIS CLUB OF LAUREL SCHOLARSHIP— An annual 
award of $400 is made available to be awarded by the Schol- 
arship Committee to needy students, preferably from the 
Laurel area. 

LAUREL RACE COURSE, INC. SCHOLARSHIP— This fund 
has been established to provide scholarships for students 
who are participating in the University Band. 

LEIDY CHEMICAL FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP— A schol- 
arship of $500 is granted annually to a graduate or under- 
graduate student preparing for a career in the general field 
of chemistry. 

CHRISTIAN R. AND MARY F. LINDBACK FOUNDATION 
SCHOLARSHIP— The Trustees of the Christian R. and Mary 
F. Lindback Foundation provide an annual gift to the Univer- 
sity, one-half of which is given for scholarships in agriculture 
and one-half for awards to the faculty for distinguished teach- 
ing. 

HELEN ALETTA LINTHICUM SCHOLARSHIP— These schol- 
arships, several in number, were established through the 
benefaction of the late Mrs. Aletta Linthicum, widow of the 
late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Con- 
gress from the Fourth District of Maryland for many years. 

LIONS INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP— An award of 
$500 is available to a freshman who competes in the Lions 
Club. (District 22-C) Annual Band Festival. A recipient is 
recommended by the Music Department after a competitive 
audition in the spring. 

LOUGHBOROUGH LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— A schol- 
arship providing tuition and fees is awarded to a graduate 
of Bethesda-Chevy Chase, Walt Whitman or Walter Johnson 
High Schools. The recipient is selected by the University on 
the basis of character and financial need. 

M CLUB GRANTS— The M Club of the University of 
Maryland provides each year a limited number of awards. 

MARYLAND COOPERATIVE MILK PRODUCERS, INC. 
SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 is awarded annually 
in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student pre- 
paring for a career in the dairy industry. 

MARYLAND-DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA ASSOCIATION OF 
PHYSICAL PLANT ADMINISTRATORS SCHOLARSHIP— A 
scho'arship for fixed charges and fees is made available to 
a junior or senior who is interested in making the adminis- 
tration of a physical plant his career. The recipient must be 
a resident of Maryland or the District of Columbia. 

MARYLAND EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION GRANTS— This 

fund has been established to provide assistance to worthy 
students. 

MARYLAND ELECTRIFICATION COUNCIL SCHOLARSHIP 
— This scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to an enter- 
ing freshman or junior college transfer student enrolled in 



General Information / 13 



the agricultural engineering curriculum in either the College 
of Agriculture or the College of Engineering. 

MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA MILK PRODUCERS ASSOCIA- 
TION SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 is awarded 
annually in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student 
preparing for a career in the dairy industry. 

MARYLAND PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR- 
SHIP— The Maryland Pharmaceutical Association makes 
available annually scholarships to prepharmacy students on 
the basis of character, achievement and need. Each scholar- 
ship not exceeding $500 per academic year is used in partial 
defrayment of fees and expenses at College Park. These 
scholarships are open only to residents of the State of Mary- 
land. 

MARYLAND STATE GOLF ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS 
—A limited number of $500 scholarships are available to 
undergraduates in the Agronomy Department who have an 
interest in golf turf work. 

MARYLAND TURFGRASS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP— 
A $250 annual award is made to an undergraduate who has 
an interest in agronomy and commercial sod production. 

LOREN L. MURRAY AND ASSOCIATES SCHOLARSHIPS— 
This fund has been created to provide scholarships for Mary- 
land residents who are admitted to the College of Education. 

DR. RAY A. MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP— This award, spon- 
sored by Maryland Chapter No. 32 of the National Institute 
of Farm and Land Brokers, is to be made to a worthy sopho- 
more in the Department of Agricultural and Resource Eco- 
nomics, College of Agriculture. 

PENINSULA HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP— 
The Peninsula Horticultural Society provides annually a $200 
scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student, 
a resident of Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who 
is majoring in horticulture or related subjects. 

PHI ETA SIGMA SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of 
$100 scholarships are available to young men entering the 
sophomore class who have achieved an academic average 
of 3.5 or higher during the freshman year. 

DOUGLAS HOWARD PHILLIPS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 
— This scholarship fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. 
Albanus Phillips. Jr. in honor of their son who met his un- 
timely death in the spring before he was scheduled to attend 
the University, in order that worthy young male graduates of 
Cambridge. Maryland High School may have the opportunity 
he missed. 

WILLIAM H. PRICE SCHOLARSHIP— This award is made 
annually to a worthy student who is already working to de- 
fray part of his college expenses. 

PRESSER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP— Awards are 
made to undergraduate students who are pursuing their 
studies with the intention of becoming music teachers. 

PURCHASING MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION OF BALTI- 
MORE. INC.. SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award of $500 is 
given annually to a junior or senior student in the College of 
Business and Public Administration preparing for a career 
in business administration or business management. 

RALSTON PURINA SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 
is awarded annually to an incoming senior or junior of the 
College of Agriculture. 

ENSIGN RICHARD TURNER REA MEMORIAL SCHOLAR- 
SHIP— This scholarship fund has been established by Captain 
and Mrs. Richard F. Rea in honor of their late son who gave 
his life while on active duty in the US. Coast Guard. Two 
scholarships up to $500 each are awarded annually to stu- 
dents in engineering. 

READ'S DRUG STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS— 
The Read's Drug Stores Foundation contributes annually 
several scholarships to prepharmacy students on the basis 
of achievement, character and need. Each scholarship not 
exceeding S500 per academic year is applied to the fees and 
expenses at College Park. Recipients must be residents of 
the State of Maryland. 



MARY ELIZABETH ROBY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— An 
endowed scholarship has been established by the University 
Park Republican Women's Club. Limited awards are made to 
women entering the junior or senior years who are studying 
m the field of political science. A preference is given to 
residents of Prince Georges County. 

VIVIAN F. ROBY SCHOLARSHIPS— This endowed fund 
was established through a bequest to the University of Mary- 
land by Evalyn S. Roby in memory of her husband, class of 
1912, to provide undergraduate scholarships to needy boys 
from Baltimore City and Charles County. 

JACK B. SACKS FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP— A scholar- 
ship is available on behalf of the Women's Advertising Club 
of Washington, D. C. for a senior student majoring in the 
area of marketing with specific interests in advertising. 

SCHLUDERBERG FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP GRANT— 
This Grant of $500 is awarded in the College of Agriculture 
to a student enrolled in the animal science or food science 
curriculum. 

DR. FERN DUEY SCHNEIDER GRANT— A S100 grant is 
available to a foreign woman student enrolled In the College 
of Education, who has completed at least one semester in 
lesidence at the University. Funds for the grant are con- 
tributed by the Montgomery and Prince George's County 
Chapters of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society. 

F. DOUGLASS SEARS INSURANCE SCHOLARSHIP— 
Scholarships for Maryland students preparing for careers In 
the insurance industry are made available annually from a 
fund established by friends and associates of former State 
Insurance Commissioner F. Douglas Sears. 

SOUTHERN STATES COOPERATIVE SCHOLARSHIPS— 
Two scholarships are awarded each year to sons of Southern 
States members — one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and 
the other for outstanding work in FFA. The amount of each 
scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for four years. 

LEANDER F. STUART MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— This 
scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to a student enrolled 
in the College of Agriculture. 

T. B. SYMONS MEMORIAL FUND— A scholarship award is 
made annually to a student enrolled in agriculture on the 
basis of academic achievement and financial need. 

THOMAS H. TALIAFERRO SCHOLARSHIP— Under the 
terms of the will of the late Jane G. S. Taliaferro a bequest 
has been made to the University of Maryland to provide 
scholarship aid to worthy students. 

TAU BETA PI SCHOLARSHIP FUND— A limited number 
of scholarships are made available each year to worthy en- 
gineering students by members and alumni of Maryland 
Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, Inc.. national 
engineering honor society. 

UNIVERSITY WOMEN'S CLUB, INC. MEMORIAL SCHOL- 
ARSHIP FUND— A scholarship of $150 is awarded each year 
to a junior or senior woman student on the basis of academic 
record, financial need and qualities of leadership and char- 
acter. The funds are contributed by the Memorial Fund Com- 
mittee of the University Women's Club of Washington. D C. 

VETERINARY SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of 
$300, provided by the veterinarians of Maryland, will be 
awarded to a student enrolled in Veterinary Science, se- 
lected on the basis of leadership, academic competence and 
financial need. 

JOSEPH M VIAL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP IN AGRI- 
CULTURE— Scholarships totaling $600 per year are made 
available by Mr and Mrs. A H Seidenspinner to be awarded 
upon the recommendation of the College of Agriculture. 

WESTERN ELECTRIC SCHOLARSHIP— Two scholarships 
are awarded to students in the College of Engineering The 
amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and 
fees not to exceed $800 nor to be less than S400. 

WESTINGHOUSE AEROSPACE DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP— 
The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established a 
scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineer- 



14 / General Information 



ing and the physical sciences. The scholarship is awarded 
to a sophomore student and is over a period ol three years 
In six installments of S250. Students in electrical or mechan- 
ical engineering, engineering physics or applied mathematics 
are eligible for the award. 

WOMEN'S ADVERTISING CLUB OF BALTIMORE WORK 
EXPERIENCE SCHOLARSHIP— This award is available to an 
outstanding sophomore or junior interested in an advertising 
career. 

WOMEN'S ARCHITECTURAL LEAGUE SCHOLARSHIP— 
This fund has been established to aid worthy students in 
the School of Architecture. 

WOMEN'S CLUB OF BETHESDA SCHOLARSHIP— Several 
scholarships are available to young women residents of 
Montgomery County. Recipients must be accepted in the 
College of Education or the School of Nursing. 

NICHOLAS BRICE WORTHINGTON SCHOLARSHIP— A 
$500 memorial scholarship is made available to a student in 
the College of Agriculture by the descendants of Nicholas 
Brice Worthington, one of the founders of the Agricultural 
College. 

ACADEMIC PROGRAMS, 
HONORS, AND AWARDS 

The University of Maryland is accredited by the 
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secon- 
dary Schools and is a member of the Association 
of American Universities. In addition, individual 
schools and departments are accredited by such 
groups as the American Association of Collegiate 
Schools of Business, the American Chemical So- 
ciety, the National Association of Schools of Music, 
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to 
the Bar of the American Bar Association, the 
American Council of Education for Journalism, the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education, 
the Council on Dental Education of the American 
Dental Association, the Committee on Accredita- 
tion of the American Library Association, the 
American Psychological Association, the Commis- 
sion on Accreditation of the Council on Social 
Work Education, the Council on Medical Educa- 
tion of the American Medical Association, the 
Engineers' Council for Professional Development, 
the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education, and the National League for Nursing. 

OFFICE OF THE DEAN OF 
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES 

In addition to student services provided by the 
academic departments, the deans and the divi- 
sional offices, the Office of the Dean of Under- 
graduate Studies is a source of further assistance. 
This office coordinates all student advising, su- 
pervises the Bachelor of General Studies Degree 
Program, General University Requirements, Uni- 
versity Honors Programs, assists in the develop- 
ment and coordination of interdepartmental and 
interdivisional studies and is responsible for a 
number of other student academic interests. Stu- 
dents with special academic problems or students 
who have not declared a major will be advised 
through the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate 
Studies, Room 1115, Undergraduate Library. 



BACHELOR OF GENERAL STUDIES 
DEGREE PROGRAM 

The Bachelor of General Studies degree differs 
from other current degrees in that it is a degree 
without a concentration in a specific discipline or 
department. 

The BGS program permits the student to obtain 
an education in as broad a set of disciplines or 
thought patterns as are offered at the College Park 
Campus without insisting that he adhere to a previ- 
ously defined curriculum with a departmental or 
divisional orientation. 

In this BGS program, the burden for motivation 
and direction is on the student. Good advice will 
guide him, but institutional commands will not 
compel him. Although this program is clearly a 
significant departure from current practices at this 
Campus, it does not depart from the high quality 
academic standards required of other programs. 

Students who elect this program should spe- 
cifically be aware that it is not designed to satisfy 
graduate school admission requirements or pro- 
fessional employment requirements. The very con- 
cept of the BGS is predicated on a broad ranging 
educational objective and not on the more specific 
requirements of graduate school and professional 
employment. It will be some time before the atti- 
tude of employers and graduate schools become 
clear toward the graduate of the BGS program. 
Students electing it must be aware of the uncer- 
tainties and accept the responsibilities. 

Additional information may be obtained from 
Dr. Margaret Carthy in the Office of the Dean of 
Undergraduate Studies (telephone: 2530/31). 

REQUIREMENTS 

To receive a Bachelor of General Studies de- 
gree, a student must satisfy the following require- 
ments: 

1. A minimum of 120 credits must be accumu- 
lated with a grade point average of at least 
2.0 in all courses. 

2. No more than 30 credits in any one depart- 
ment may be applied toward the required 
120 credits. 

3. The courses taken must be distributed over 
at least three divisions with a maximum of 
60 credits in any one division counted to- 
ward the required 120 credits. 

4. At least 45 credits must be taken at the up- 
per level (courses numbered 300 or higher); 
a 2.0 average must be obtained in all upper 
level courses. 

5. The student must be registered as only a 
Bachelor of General Studies major for at 
least the last 30 credits immediately pre- 
ceding the awarding of the degree. A stu- 
dent who wishes to earn a second bacca- 
laureate must satisfy all University require- 
ments for the earning of two degrees. 



General Information / 15 



6. The student pursuing the BGS program shall 
be advised by a faculty member either ap- 
pointed by or acceptable to the Dean of 
Undergraduate Studies. 

ACADEMIC ADVISORS 

Each student is assigned a faculty advisor 
whose function is to aid the student in designing 
his program of study. 

Special advisors are assigned to students in the 
preprofessional curricula. 

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS 

One major advantage of attending a university 
campus is the broad range of programs available. 
This diversity allows the student to change from 
one major to another without leaving the institu- 
tion, to choose from a wide spectrum of elective 
courses, and to benefit from daily contact with stu- 
dents of diverse academic interests and back- 
grounds. 

The undergraduate majors available at College 
Park are as follows: 

Aerospace Engineering 

Agricultural Chemistry 

Agricultural and Resource Economics 

Agricultural Engineering 

Agricultural and Extension Education 

Agriculture, General 

Agronomy 

American Studies 

Animal Science 

Anthropology 

Architecture 

Art 

Astronomy 

Biological Sciences 

Botany 

Business Administration 

Chemical Engineering 

Chemistry and Biochemistry 

Civil Engineering 

Comparative Literature 

Conservation and Resource Development 

Cooperative Engineering Program 

Dance 

Early Childhood and Elementary Education 

Economics 

Education 

Education for Industry 

Electrical Engineering 

Engineering, Undesignated 

English 

Entomology 

Family and Community Development 

Fire Protection 

Food, Nutrition and Institutional Administration 

Food Science 

French 

General Studies 



Geography 

Geology 

German 

Government and Politics 

Health Education 

History 

Home Economics Education 

Horticulture 

Housing and Applied Design 

Industrial Education 

Information Systems Management 

Journalism 

Latin 

Library Science Education 

Law Enforcement 

Mathematics 

Mechanical Engineering 

Microbiology 

Music 

Philosophy 

Psychology 

Physical Education 

Physical Sciences 

Physics 

Recreation 

Russian 

Russian Area Studies 

Secondary Education 

Sociology 

Spanish 

Special Education 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

Textiles and Consumer Economics 

Zoology 

GENERAL UNDERGRADUATE ADVISEMENT 

The Office of General Undergraduate Advise- 
ment is responsible for advising students who are 
completely undecided as to their choice of major. 

This office also serves as a clearing house for 
information about all curricula and provides stu- 
dents with the opportunity of receiving advise- 
ment for curriculum choice. 

The Office of General Undergraduate Advise- 
ment is located in Room 3149 of the Undergradu- 
ate Library. The telephone number is 454-2733. 

INTENSIVE EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT 

The Intensive Educational Development (IED) 
Program provides an opportunity for education- 
ally, economically and politically disadvantaged 
students who, despite a rich cultural heritage, 
need additional assistance in order to realize 
their potential. The program seeks to meet the 
intellectual, physical and emotional needs of stu- 
dents. 

The purpose of the program is to utilize the 
services of the University of Maryland to ensure 
a fair opportunity for learning and to develop new 
services which will guarantee that each student 
develops to the fullest extent possible his edu- 



16 / General Information 



cational, psychological and economic potential. 
These services include: academic advising, coun- 
seling, tutoring, academic skills improvement, 
and career development. 

A summer academic program to provide a com- 
prehensive orientation to the IED program and 
the University is designed to help entering stu- 
dents and enhance their adjustment to the college 
environment. 

All students are given an opportunity to take 
part in program planning and developing through 
participating in the Student Board activities and 
working as a part of the staff. 

For further information, please contact the IED 
Office, 217 North Administration Building, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

No baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 
120 semester hours. Actual classifications run as 
follows: freshman, 1-27 semester hours; sopho- 
more, 28-55; junior, 56-85; and senior, 86 to at 
least 120. 

A student may register for upper division 
courses when granted junior standing by his col- 
lege. This shall be based upon earning a minimum 
of 56 academic hours toward his degree, complet- 
ing such course requirements as the college may 
direct, and possessing the minimum required 
grade point average to remain in the University. 

A senior at the University of Maryland who is 
within seven hours of completing the requirements 
for the undergraduate degree may, with the ap- 
proval of his division chairman, undergraduate 
dean, the chairman of the department concerned, 
and the Graduate School, register in the under- 
graduate division for graduate courses, which may 
later be counted for graduate credit toward an 
advanced degree at this University. The student 
must be within seven credit hours of completing 
his undergraduate work and the total of under- 
graduate and graduate courses must not exceed 
fifteen credits for the semester. Excess credits in 
the senior year cannot be used for graduate cred- 
it unless proper pre-arrangement is made. Seniors 
who wish to register for graduate credit should 
apply to the Graduate School. 

SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES 

Advanced Placement 

Students entering the University from secondary 
school may obtain advanced placement and col- 
lege credit on the basis of their performance on 
the College Board Advanced Placement examina- 
tions. These examinations are normally given to 
eligible high school seniors during the May pre- 
ceding matriculation in college. 

For achievement of a score of five or four on a 
given examination, the student will be granted Ad- 
vanced Placement and the credit equivalent of two 
semester courses in that field; for achievement of 



a score of three, Advanced Placement and the 
credit equivalent of either one or two semester 
courses, depending upon the field of the examina- 
tion, will be granted. A student earning a score of 
2 on the English advanced placement examination 
will not need to take English Composition, but no 
credit will be given. 

The program allows students a maximum of 
thirty hours credit, which may be used to meet 
major, minor, or elective requirements; or, where 
appropriate, General University Requirements. 
The University's program includes the advanced 
Placement examinations in the following areas: bi- 
ology, chemistry, English, French, German, his- 
tory, Latin, mathematics, physics and Spanish. 

Questions about the program may be addressed 
to the Director of Admissions and Registrations, 
or the Dean of Undergraduate Studies. For de- 
tailed information about examinations and pro- 
cedures in taking them, write to Director of Ad- 
vanced Placement Program, College Entrance 
Examination Board, 475 Riverside Drive, New 
York, New York 10027. 

Honors Program 

A number of unusual opportunities are available 
to the superior student through the establishment 
of Honors Programs. Under the Office of the Dean 
of Undergraduate Studies, a General Honors Pro- 
gram is available to qualified students throughout 
the campus. In addition, departmental honors pro- 
grams are offered for qualified majors by a num- 
ber of the academic departments. 

General Honors, as its name suggests, enlarges 
the breadth of the student's generalized knowl- 
edge; the Departmental Honors increases the 
depth of his knowledge in his major discipline. 
Both offer the student challenging academic ex- 
periences characterized by small sections, active 
student participation, and an Honors faculty that 
encourages dialogue. Individually guided research 
and independent study are important features of 
Honors work. 

Each year a selected group of entering fresh- 
men is invited into the General Honors Program 
on the basis of their high school records and 
standardized test scores. 

The more than 20 Departmental Honors Pro- 
grams ordinarily begin in the junior year, although 
a few programs begin as early as the freshman 
year. By agreement, students in Secondary Educa- 
tion in the College of Education may participate in 
the departmental Honors Programs of the Division 
of Arts and Humanities and the Division of Mathe- 
matical, Physical and Engineering Sciences. 

The student who completes his Honors curricu- 
lum successfully is graduated with a citation in 
General or Departmental Honors, or with both. 

Intrested high school students should write to 
the Director of Honors, 104 Francis Scott Key 
Hall, University of Maryland, College Park, Mary- 
land 20742. 



General Information / 17 



Agriculture 
The College of Agriculture has instituted a De- 
partmental Honors Program in Agricultural Eco- 
nomics. 

HONOR SOCIETIES 

Students who excel in scholarship and leader- 
ship may be invited to join the appropriate honor 
society. These include: 

•Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology) 
•Alpha Lambda Delta 

(Scholarship-Freshmen Women) 
Alpha Sigma Lambda 

(Adult Education) 
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture) 
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting) 
Beta Gamma Sigma (Business Administration) 
•Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering) 
•Eta Kappa Nu 

(Electrical Engineering) 
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography) 
lota Lambda Sigma 

(Industrial Education) 
Kappa Delta Pi (Education) 
'Mortar Board (Women's Scholarship 

and Leadership) 
Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics) 
•Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's 

Scholarship and Leadership) 
Omicron Nu (Home Economics) 
Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education) 
"Phi Alpha Theta (History) 
Phi Beta Kappa 

(Arts and Sciences) 
Phi Delta Kappa (Educational) 
'Phi Eta Sigma 

(Scholarship — Freshmen Men) 
•Phi Kappa Phi (Senior and Graduate Scholarship) 
*Phi Sigma (Biology) 
Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture) 
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics) 
•Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science) 
"Pi Tau Sigma 

(Mechanical Engineering) 
*Psi Chi (Psychology) 
Sigma Alpha Eta (Speech Therapy) 
Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music) 
Sigma Alpha Omicron (Bacteriology) 
'Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics) 
•Tau Beta Pi (Engineering) 

•Members of Association ot College Honor Societies. 

HONORS 

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS— Final honors for excellence in 
scholarship are awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class 
in each College. "HIGH HONORS" are awarded to the upper 
half of this group; "HONORS" to the lower half. To be eligible 
for honors, a student must complete at least two years of 
resident work (60 semester hours) at the University with an 
average of B (3.0) or higher. 

MILTON ABRAMOWITZ MEMORIAL PRIZE IN MATHE- 
MATICS — A prize is awarded annually to a junior or senior 
student majoring in mathematics who has demonstrated su- 
perior competence and promise for future development in 
the field of mathematics and its applications. 

AGRICULTURAL ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to a senior 
who during his collegiate career contributed most toward 
the advancement of the College of Agriculture. 



ALPHA CHI SIGMA AWARD— The Alpha Rho Chapter of 
the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary Fraternity offers annually a 
year's membership in the Ameiican Chemical Society to a 
senior majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose 
average has been above 3.0 for three and one-half years. 

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA AWARD— Presented to the senior 
member of the group who has maintained the highest average 
for three and a half years. She must have been in attendance 
in the institution for the entire time. 

ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR CERTIFICATE AWARD— 
Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta, honorary scholastic 
society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5, 
receive this certificate. 

ALPHA ZETA MEDAL— The Professional Agricultural Fra- 
ternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a medal to the agricul- 
tural student in the freshman class who maintains the highest 
average in academic work. 

ALUMNI HAMILTON AWARD— This award is offered by the 
Engineering Alumni Chapter to the graduating senior in the 
College of Engineering who has most successfully combined 
proficiency in his major field of study with achievements — 
either academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the social 
sciences or humanities. 

AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN AN- 
NUAL GRADUATE PRIZE. 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AERONAUTICS AND ASTRO- 
NAUTICS AWARD— Free memberships in the Institute for one 
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Stu- 
dent Branch meeting and for the graduating aeronautical 
senior with the highest academic standing. 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS 
AWARD — A certificate, pin and magazine subscription are 
awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who 
attained the highest overall scholastic average during his 
freshman and sophomore years. 

AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTS AWARD— Pre- 
sented for outstanding scholarship in chemistry and for high 
character. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS AWARD— The 
Maryland Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers 
awards annually the first year's dues of an associate mem- 
bership in the Society to a senior member of the Student 
Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of the Department 
of Civil Engineering. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS 
AWARD — Presented to the Senior member who contributed 
most to the local chapter. 

AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS— A stu- 
dent membership prize is awarded to an engineering senior 
in recognition of superior scholastic ability and demon- 
strated interest in engineering materials and their evalua- 
tion. 

APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD IN BOTANY— The De- 
partment of Botany offers a scholarship award of $100 in 
honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S. 
Norton to a senior major in Botany who is considered worthy 
on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence in 
scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the committee 
on scholarships upon the recommendation of a committee ol 
the faculty of the Department of Botany. 

ASSOCIATED WOMEN STUDENTS AWARDS— Presented 
for outstanding achievement, character, and service to the 
University. 

DINAH BERMAN MEMORIAL MEDAL— The Dinah Berman 
Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the sophomore who 
has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in 
the College of Engineering. This medal is given by Mr 
Benjamin Berman. 

B'NAI B'RITH AWARD— The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince 
George's County present a Book Award for excellence in 
Hebrew Studies. 



18 / General Information 



BUSINESS EDUCATION AWARD OF MERIT— To a student 
in Business Education in recognition of outstanding achieve- 
ment as a student. 

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR MEN— President Emeritus H. C. 
Byrd of the Class of 1908, annually presents this award to 
the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate 
career, has most nearly typified the model citizen and who 
has done most for the general advancement of the interests 
of the University. 

CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR WOMEN— This prize is pre- 
sented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling Boyd, by her 
children, to that member of the senior class who best exem- 
plifies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These 
qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, 
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sac- 
rifice for others, strength of character, and those other qual- 
ities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a funda- 
mental part in the building of the nation. 

THE CARROLL E. COX GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP 
AWARD IN BOTANY— To the outstanding graduate student 
in the Department of Botany during the last year. 

BERNARD L. CROZIER AWARD— The Maryland Associa- 
tion of Engineers awards a cash prize of twenty-five dollars 
to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opin- 
ion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in 
scholarship during his stay at the University. 

VIRGINIA DARE AWARD— The Virginia Dare Extract 
Company awards annually a plaque and $25.00 to the out- 
standing student in ice cream manufacturing with an overall 
good standing in dairy science. 

THE DANFORTH FOUNDATION AND THE RALSTON 
PURINA AWARDS— The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston 
Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer awards to 
outstanding men students in the College of Agriculture, one 
for a student who has successfully completed his junior year, 
the other for a student who has successfully completed his 
freshman year. The purpose of these awards is to bring to- 
gether outstanding young men for leadership training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Com- 
pany of St. Louis offer two summer awards to outstanding 
Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one 
to a freshman. The purpose of these is to bring together 
outstanding young women for leadership training. 

DELTA DELTA DELTA MEDAL— This sorority awards a 
medal annually to the woman who attains the highest average 
in academic work during the sophomore year. 

DELTA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP AWARD— This award is 
offered to the woman member of the graduating class who 
has maintained the highest average during three and one- 
half years at the University. 

DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY— This award is 
offered to a member of the graduating class who has main- 
tained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year 
course in the College of Business and Public Administration 

NATHAN L. DRAKE AWARD— Presented by the Alpha 
Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the most promising stu- 
dent who is majoring in chemistry and has completed the 
sophomore year. 

EDUCATION ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the out- 
standing senior man and senior woman in the College of 
Education. 

GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY prize to the outstanding 
first year graduate student in physics and to the outstanding 
first year graduate student in astronomy. 

GODDARD MEDAL— The James Douglass Goddard Me- 
morial Medal is awarded annually to the male resident of 
Prince George's County born therein, who makes the high- 
est average in his studies and who at the same time em- 
bodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by 
Mrs. Anne G. Goddard James of Washington, D.C. 

CHARLES B. HALE DRAMATIC AWARDS— The University 
Theatre recognizes annually the man and woman members of 



the senior class who have done most for the advancement 
of dramatics at the University. 

THE HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATIONS, INC. AWARD 
to the senior student in the College of Business and Public 
Administration concentrating in accounting who has dem- 
onstrated excellent ability in this field of study. 

HOME ECONOMICS ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the 
female student outstanding in application of home economics 
in her present living and who shows promise of carrying 
these into her future home and community. 

INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS EN- 
GINEERING AWARD— The Washington Section of the Insti- 
tute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers defrays the ex- 
penses of a year's membership as an associate in the insti- 
tute for the senior doing the most to promote student branch 
activities. 

JOE ELBERT JAMES MEMORIAL AWARD— Gold watch 
annually awarded to the graduating senior in horticulture on 
basis of scholarship and promise of future achievement. 

LEIDY CHEMICAL COMPANY AWARD to an outstanding 
student majoring In chemistry. 

MARYLAND BANKERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP to 
the Virginia-Maryland Bankers Schools, University of Vir- 
ginia. Awarded annually to a student majoring in finance In 
the College of Business and Public Administration. 

MARYLAND-DELAWARE PRESS ASSOCIATION ANNUAL 
CITATION— Presented to the outstanding senior in journal- 
ism. 

MARYLAND RECREATION AND PARKS SOCIETY AWARD 
to outstanding senior majoring in recreation. 

THE MENS LEAGUE AWARD to the male senior who 
gave the most to sports. 

MEN'S LEAGUE CERTIFICATES— Offered for outstanding 
achievement, character and service to the University. 

MEN'S LEAGUE CUP— This award is offered by the Men's 
League to the graduating male senior who has done the most 
for the male student body. 

MOTOR FLEET SUPERVISORS AWARD to a student ma- 
joring in transportation in the College of Business and Public 
Administration. 

NATIONAL SOCIETY OF FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERS 
AWARDS— Presented to the most outstanding senior and 
sophomore in the fire protection curriculum. 

NOXZEMA CHEMICAL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP AWARD 
to an undergraduate student in chemistry. 

OMICRON NU SORORITY MEDAL— This honorary sorority 
awards a medal annually to the freshman woman in the 
College of Home Economics who attains the highest scho- 
lastic average during the first semester. 

PHI BETA KAPPA JUNIOR AWARD— An award to be pre- 
sented to the junior initiate into Phi Beta Kappa who has 
attained the highest academic average. 

PHI BETA KAPPA— LEON P. SMITH AWARD— The award 
of the Gamma of Maryland Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa is 
presented to the graduating senior with the highest cumula- 
tive scholastic average whose basic course program has 
been in the liberal studies. 

PHI CHI THETA KEY— The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded 
to the outstanding graduating senior woman in the College 
of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scho- 
larship, activities and leadership 

PHI SIGMA AWARDS for outstanding achievement in the 
biological sciences to an undergraduate student and a grad- 
uate student. 

PI DELTA EPSILON NATIONAL MEDAL OF MERIT 
AWARDS— Offered by the National Council of Pi Delta Epsi- 
lon to the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding 
senior man in journalism activities. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to 
communications in the field of broadcasting. 



General Information / 19 



PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to 
communications in the field of business. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD to the outstanding freshman 
in the field of communications. 

PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to 
communications in the field of editorial journalism. 

PI TAU SIGMA AWARD— An annual handbook award to 
the most outstanding sophomore in mechanical engineering 
on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings. 

PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS, INC. AWARD to the senior 
student in the College of Business and Public Administration 
who has majored in transportation and who has demon- 
strated competence in this field of study. 

PUBLIC RELATIONS SOCIETY OF AMERICA— The Balti- 
more Chapter of PRSA presents an annual citation to the 
outstanding senior majoring in public relations. 

SIGMA ALPHA OMICRON AWARD— This award is pre- 
sented to a senior student majoring in microbiology for high 
scholarship, character and leadership. 

THE SIGMA CHAPTER, PHI DELTA GAMMA AWARD To 
an outstanding woman who has completed requirements for 
the doctoral degree. 

DR. LEO AND RITA SKLAR GENERAL HONORS AWARDS 
— Dr. Leo Sklar, A&S '37, and his wife, Rita Sklar, annually 
fund four awards for excellence in the General Honors Pro- 
gram of the College of Arts and Sciences. These awards are 
given to the Outstanding Student in the General Honors 
Program ($400), the Outstanding General Honors senior 
(S300), the Outstanding General Honors junior ($300), and the 
Outstanding General Honors sophomore ($300). 

ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARD— The New York 
Southern Society, in memory of its first president, awards 
annually medallions and certificates to one man and one 
woman of the graduating class and one non-student who 
evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness 
to other men and women. 

TAU BETA PI AWARD— The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau 
Beta Pi Association, national engineering honor society, 
awards an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College 
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the 
greatest improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman 
year. 

THE HOMER ULRICH AWARD— The Homer Ulrich Honors 
Awards in Performance are present=d each spring in honor of 
Homer Ulrich, Professor Emeritus and former Chairman of the 
Music Department. Three undergraduate and three graduate 
performers are selected in a departmental competition to 
appear in a specially designated honors recital and to re- 
ceive an honorarium. 

WALL STREET JOURNAL STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT 
AWARD — Awarded annually to the graduating senior who has 
maintained the highest scholastic achievement in the field 
of financial administration. The award consists of a silver 
medal embedded in clear plastic and one year's subscription 
to the Wall Street Journal. 

AIR FORCE ROTC AWARDS 

AEROSPACE EDUCATION FOUNDATION. 

W. RANDOLPH LOVELACE MEMORIAL AWARD recognizes 
the most outstanding Air Force Association Award winner 
from each of the nine geographical areas. 

AFROTC ANGEL FLIGHT AWARD to the outstanding fresh- 
man cadet displaying outstanding leadership and showing 
the most promise for the Professional Officer Course. 

AIR COMMAND AND STAFF COLLEGE AWARD recognizes 
the most outstanding AFROTC cadet in the nation for his 
military and scholastic excellence. 

AIR FORCE TIMES AWARD to the senior cadet at each 
detachment who has distinguished himself by contributing 
materially to constructive public attention for the corps of 
cadets 



ALUMNI CUP offered each year to the cadet who has 
achieved the highest grade point average within the corps 
of cadets. 

AMERICAN FIGHTER ACES AWARD recognizes the out- 
standing graduating cadet pilot in each geographical area 
based on his performance and achievements as an AFROTC 
cadet and his performance in the Flight Instruction Program. 

AMERICAN LEGION AWARDS to outstanding senior and 
junior cadets who have demonstrated military excellence and 
scholastic achievement. 

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS 
ASSOCIATION to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in 
electrical, electronics or communications engineering. 

ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS 
ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP AWARD of one $500 scholar- 
ship annually to a sophomore AFROTC cadet for under- 
graduate or University study in electrical engineering, com- 
munications engineering and or technical photography. 

ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY AWARD to the advanced cadet 
selected by the Arnold Air Society as the cadet who has 
contributed the most to the advancement of AFROTC 
through activities of the Arnold Air Society. 

COBLENTZ MEMORIAL CUP to the outstanding flight in 
the corps of cadets, by the Board of Regents of the Uni- 
versity. 

DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD 
recognizes the senior cadet displaying qualities of depend- 
ability and good character, adherence to military discipline, 
leadership ability and a fundamental, patriotic understanding 
of the importance of ROTC training. 

DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS GOLD CUP to the senior 
cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholar- 
ship and citizenship. 

DISTINGUISHED AFROTC CADET AWARDS to those sen- 
iors who possess outstanding qualities of leadership and 
high moral character and who meet the prescribed standings 
in their academic and military studies. 

GENERAL DYNAMICS AWARD to the sophomore cadet 
displaying outstanding leadership and scholarship qualities 
and who has been selected for the Professional Officer 
Course. 

GOVERNOR'S CUP to the outstanding squadron in the 
corps of cadets. 

LEGION OF VALOR BRONZE CROSS OF ACHIEVEMENT 
AWARD recognizes one cadet from each geographical area 
for his performance and achievements as an AFROTC cadet. 

NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION 
AWARD to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in trans- 
portation. 

RESERVE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION AWARDS to the out- 
standing senior, junior and sophomore cadets at each 
detachment. 

SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS AWARD 
to recognize 20 junior or senior cadets nationally displaying 
outstanding scholastic achievement and leadership and ma- 
joring in the field of engineering 

SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION MEDALS to a 
two-year and a four-year cadet displaying outstanding apti- 
tude for the military. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

ATLANTIC COAST CONFERENCE AWARD— A plaque is 
awarded each year to a senior in each conference school 
for excellence in scholarship and athletics. 

THE ALVIN L AUBINOE BASKETBALL TROPHY— This 
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has 
contributed most to the squad. 

THE ALVIN L AUBINOE FOOTBALL TROPHY— This 
trophy is offered by Alvin L Aubinoe for the unsung hero 
of the current season 



20 / General Information 



THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE TRACK TROPHY— This trophy is 
olfered by Alvin L Aubinoe (or the senior who has contribu- 
ted most to the squad during the time he was on the squad. 

BOB BEALL-TOMMY MARCOS TROPHY— This trophy is 
awarded to the best football lineman o( the year. 

JOHN T. BELL SWIMMING AWARD— To the year's out- 
standing swimmer or diver. 

LOUIS W. 8ERGER TROPHY— Presented to the outstand- 
ing senior baseball player. 

ANDREW M. COHEN TENNIS TROPHY— This trophy is 
awarded to the member of the tennis team who. judged by 
his teammates, contributed the most to tennis. 

WILLIAM P COLE. III. MEMORIAL LACROSSE AWARD— 
This award, offered by the teammates of William P. Cole, III, 
and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is pre- 
sented to the outstanding midfielder. 

THE GEORGE C. COOK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP 
TROPHY— Awarded annually to a member of the football 
team with the highest scholastic average. 

JOE DECKMAN-SAM SILBER TROPHY— This trophy is 
offered by Joseph H. Deckman and Samuel L Silber to the 
most improved defense lacrosse player. 

GEARY F. EPPLEY AWARD— Offered by Benny and Hotsy 
Alperstein to the graduating male senior athlete who, during 
his three years of varsity competition, lettered at least once 
and attained the highest over-all scholastic average. 

HALBERT K. EVANS MEMORIAL TRACK AWARD— This 
award, given in memory of "Hermie" Evans, of the Class of 
1940, by his friends, is presented to a graduating senior 
trackman. 

JACK FABER-AL HEAGY UNSUNG HERO AWARD— Pre- 
sented to the player who best exemplifies determination, will 
to win. and pride in accomplishment. 

HERBERT H. GOODMAN MEMORIAL TROPHY— This trophy 
is awarded to the most outstanding wrestler of the year. 

JIM KEHOE RING AWARD— A Maryland Ring is awarded to 
the member of the track team whose dedication to excellence 
most closely exemplifies that of Jim Kehoe, one of Maryland's 
greatest trackmen. 

CHARLES LEROY MACKERT TROPHY— This trophy is 
offered by William K. Krouse to the Maryland student who 
has contributed most to wrestling while at the University. 

MARYLAND RING— The Maryland Ring is offered as a 
memorial to Charles L. Linhardt. of the Class of 1912, to the 
Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year. 

CHARLES P. MCCORMICK TROPHY— This trophy is offered 
by Charles P. McCormick to the senior letterman who has 
contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career. 

EDWIN POWELL TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the 
Class of 1913 to the player who has rendered the greatest 
service to lacrosse during the year. 

SILVESTER WATCH FOR EXCELLENCE IN ATHLETICS— 
A gold watch, given in honor of former President of the 
University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to "the man 
who typifies the best in college athletics." 

TEKE TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the Maryland 
Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who 
during his four years at the University has rendered the 
greatest service to football. 

ROBERT E. THEOFELD MEMORIAL— This trophy is pre- 
sented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman and is awarded to 
the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit 
and strong character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member 
of the boxing team. 

THE DR. REGINALD VAN THUMP TRUITT AWARD— This 
award is given to a senior attackman in lacrosse (midfield or 
attack) for scholastic attainments and team performance. 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND ALUMNI SWIMMING ASSO- 
CIATION SCHOLAR ATHLETE AWARD— This award is given 
to the swimmer who has compiled the best combination 
academic and aquatic record. 



MUSIC AWARDS 

ASSISTANT DIRECTOR'S AWARD to the outstanding 
member of the Symphonic Band. 

DIRECTOR'S AWARD to the concert band member who 
demonstrated the most improvement in musicianship during 
the year. 

KAPPA KAPPA PSI AWARD to the most outstanding band 
member of the year. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA ALUMNAE AWARD for outstanding 
musical performance. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA DEAN'S HONOR AWARD for service 
and dedication 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA HONOR CERTIFICATE to the senior 
with the highest scholastic average. 

SIGMA ALPHA IOTA LEADERSHIP AWARD based on per- 
sonality, student activities, fraternity service, and scholarship. 

TAU BETA SIGMA AWARD to the outstanding band sorority 
member of the year. 

Awards are presented to the members of the University 
Bands, the University Orchestras, and the Men's and 
Women's Glee Clubs who serve faithfully throughout the 
year. 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Keys are awarded to the members of the SGA Legislature 
and Certificates of Appreciation to the members of the 
Cabinet. 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 

In order to provide educational breadth for all 
students, there has been established the General 
University Requirements. These requirements con- 
sist of 30 semester hours of credit distributed 
among the three areas listed below. (For an ex- 
ception to this regulation, see the Bachelor of 
General Studies Program.) At least 6 hours must 
be taken in each area. At least 9 of the 30 hours 
must be taken at the 300 level or above. None of 
the 30 hours may be counted toward published 
departmental, college or divisional requirements 
for a degree. 

Area A. 6-12 hours elected in the Divisions of 
Life Sciences and Agriculture; Mathematical, 
Physical and Engineering Sciences. 
Area B. 6-12 hours in the Divisions of Be- 
havioral and Social Sciences; Human and Com- 
munity Resources. 

Area C. 6-12 hours in the Division of Arts and 
Humanities. Unless the student has been ex- 
empted from English composition, at least one 
course in this subject will be required. Exemp- 
tion is granted by an acceptable score on the 
SAT Verbal test (score announced annually), or 
by a score of 2 on the English Advanced Place- 
ment test, or by satisfactory completion of a 
similar course at another institution. Students 
taking a course to satisfy this requirement may 
include that course within the 30 hour General 
University Requirement but may not count it to- 
ward the satisfaction of the minimum 6 hour re- 
quirement in any of the three designated areas. 
In meeting these area requirements students 



General Information / 21 



may choose from among any undergraduate 
courses for which they are qualified. The student 
may select either the pass-fail or letter grading 
option for these courses as outlined on pages 
25-26. Students are urged to consult with aca- 
demic advisors for guidance in determining which 
courses in each area best fit individual needs and 
interests. 

Special note for foreign students 

The foreign student is required to take a special 
classification test in English before registering for 
the required English courses. He may be required 
to take Foreign Language 001 and 002 — English 
for Foreign Students — before registering for Eng- 
lish 101. 

AIR FORCE AEROSPACE STUDIES 

The Air Force ROTC program provides pre- 
professional education for future Air Force com- 
missioned officers. Courses are offered as elec- 
tives, and enable college men and women to earn 
a commission in the United States Air Force while 
completing their University degree requirements. 
In addition, all AFROTC students are eligible for 
draft deferments. 

TWO PROGRAMS OFFERED 

Four-Year Program 

A General Military Course (GMC) is normally for 
freshmen and sophomores. Those who success- 
fully complete the GMC may apply for the Profes- 
sional Officer Course (POC) which is the final 
two years of AFROTC. Progression into the POC 
is not automatic but is limited to selected students 
only. Students in the four-year program must at- 
tend four weeks of field training at a designated 
Air Force base during the summer after complet- 
ing the sophomore year of college. To enter the 
AFROTC program, one should inform his advisor 
and register for it in the same manner as for other 
courses. 

Two-Year Program 

The Professional Officer Course (POC) is nor- 
mally offered in the junior and senior years, but 
may be taken by graduate students otherwise 
qualified. This program is especially attractive for 
those unable to take the four-year program, par- 
ticularly transfer students. Evaluation of candi- 
dates is normally begun during the first semester 
of the sophomore year, since each student must 
meet physical and mental standards set by the 
Air Force. Interested students should contact the 
Professor of Air Science as early in their sopho- 
more year as possible. Students in the two-yeai 
program must attend six weeks of field training 
at a designed Air Force base during the summer 
preceding initial entry into the two-year academic 
portion. The academic program for the last two 



years (POC) is identical with the final two years 
of the four-year program. 

The Curriculum: 

General Military Course — freshman year, 
ARSC 100 and ARSC 101; sophomore year, 
ARSC 200 and ARSC 201. In the first two 
years, cadets meet academic classes once 
per week. In addition, they receive one hour 
of Corps Training each week. 
Professional Officer Course — junior year, 
ARSC 300 and ARSC 301 ; senior year, ARSC 
302 and ARSC 303. The courses for the jun- 
ior and senior years of Aerospace Power" 
and "Air Force Leadership and Manage- 
ment" respectively. They require three class 
hours, plus one hour of Corps Training per 
week. 
The AFROTC College Scholarship Program pro- 
vides scholarships for selected cadets each year 
in the AFROTC program. Those selected receive 
money for tuition, laboratory expense, incidental 
fees, and books for up to eight semesters. In addi- 
tion, they receive nontaxable pay. 

All students in the two-year and four-year pro- 
gram enrolled in the Professional Officer Course 
but not receiving full scholarships will receive 
monthly pay for the two-year period. Students 
also receive nominal pay (plus quarters and sub- 
sistence) while attending either the four-week or 
the six-week Field Training Session. 

To be accepted into the Professional Officer 
Course the student must: complete the General 
Military Course and a four-week Field Training 
Session, or the six-week Field Training Session; 
pass the Air Force Officer Qualification Test; be 
physically qualified; enlist in the Air Force Re- 
serve; be in good academic standing; meet age 
requirements; possess the necessary qualities of 
leadership and citizenship. Successful comple- 
tion of the Professional Officer Course and a bach- 
elor's degree are the prerequisites for a commis- 
sion as a second lieutenant in the United States 
Air Force. 

Students who have prior military service or 
ROTC training with the Army, Navy, Marine Corps. 
Coast Guard, or Air Force will be evaluated and 
allowed appropriate credit toward meeting the re- 
quirements for the General Military (Basic) Course. 
Professional Officer Course (Advanced) credits are 
transferable. 

Attendance at air science classes is manda- 
tory. Excuses for class or drill absences will not 
be recognized except in case of sickness, emerg- 
encies, or University business covered by Univer- 
sity excuses. All unexcused absences operate to 
reduce the term grade. Excessive absences and/ 
or misconduct will be cause for dismissal. 

Qualified seniors who elect to become Air 
Force pilots receive a free 36'/2-hour flight instruc- 
tion program. Cadets are instructed by competent 
civilian instructors. This training enables them to 



22 / General Information 



earn their private pilot's license before graduating 
from college. 

REGISTRATION 

1. To attend classes at the University of Mary- 
land it is necessary to process an official registra- 
tion. Registration is final and official when all fees 
are paid. Instructions concerning registration are 
given in the Schedule of Classes issued at the be- 
ginning of each new semester. 

2. The schedule adjustment period shall be 
the first 10 days of classes. During that period, the 
student may drop or add courses and sections with 
no charge. Courses dropped during this period 
will be made available to other students desiring 
to add. Courses so dropped during this registra- 
tion period will not appear on the student's perma- 
nent record. Courses may be added, where space 
is available, during this period and will appear 
on the student's permanent record along with other 
courses previously listed. After this schedule ad- 
justment period, courses may not be added with- 
out special permission of the instructor and the 
Dean or Divisional Officer of the academic unit in 
which the course is being offered. 

3. After this schedule adjustment period, all 
courses for which the student is enrolled (or sub- 
sequently adds) shall remain as a part of the stu- 
dent's permanent record. The student's status shall 
be considered as full-time if the number of credit 
hours enrolled at this time is 9 or more. Courses 
may be dropped with no academic penalty for a 
total period of 10 weeks in which there are classes. 
The permanent record will be marked W to indi- 
cate this. (See MARKING SYSTEM below.) After 
this initial schedule adjustment period a charge 
shall be made for each course dropped or added. 
(See SCHEDULE OF FEES above.) 

4. An official class list for each course being 
offered is issued each semester to the appropriate 
department by the Office of Registrations. No stu- 
dent is permitted to attend a class if his name does 
not appear on the class list. Instructors must re- 
port discrepancies to the Office of Registrations. 
At the end of the semester, the Office of Registra- 
tions issues to each department official grade 
cards. The instructors mark the final grades on 
the grade cards, sign the cards and return them 
to the Office of Registrations. 

5. Courses taken at another campus of the 
University of at another institution concurrent with 
regular registration on the College Park Campus 
may not be credited without approval in advance 
by the Divisional Officer of the Division from which 
the student expects a degree. The same rule ap- 
plies to off-Campus registration or registrations in 
the summer school of another institution. 

6. A student who is eligible to remain at the 
College Park Campus may transfer among cur- 
ricula, colleges, divisions, or other academic units 



except where limitations on enrollments have been 
approved by the Board of Regents. 

7. In all cases of transfer from one division to 
another on the College Park Campus, the Division- 
al Officer of the receiving division, with the ap- 
proval of the student, shall indicate which courses, 
if any, in the student's previous academic program 
are not applicable to his new program, and shall 
notify the Office of Registrations of the adjust- 
ments which are to be made in determining the 
student's progress toward a degree. Deletions 
may occur both in credits attempted and corre- 
spondingly in credits earned. This evaluation shall 
be made upon the student's initial entry into a 
new program, not thereafter. If a student transfers 
within one division from one program to another, 
his record evaluation shall be made by the Divi- 
sional Officer in the same way as if he were trans- 
ferring divisions. If the student subsequently trans- 
fers to a third division, the Divisional Officer of 
the third division shall make a similar initial ad- 
justment; courses marked "nonapplicable" by the 
second Divisional Officer may become applicable 
in the third program. 

8. In the cases of non-divisional students, the 
Dean for Undergraduate Studies shall assume the 
responsibilities normally delegated to Divisional 
Officers. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees: 
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of General Studies, 
Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor 
of Science in Nursing, Bachelor of Science in 
Pharmacy, Bachelor of Architecture, Master of 
Arts, Master of Arts in American Civilization, Mas- 
ter of Business Administration, Master of Educa- 
tion, Master of Music, Master of Science, Master 
of Library Science, Master of Social Work, Doctor 
of Dental Surgery, Doctor of Education, Doctor of 
Medicine, Doctor of Philosophy, Doctor of Musical 
Arts, Doctor of Business Administration, and Juris 
Doctor. 

Students in specified two-year curricula may be 
awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a 
student who has had less than one year of resi- 
dent work in this University. The last thirty se- 
mester credits in any curricula leading to a bac- 
calaureate degree must be taken in residence at 
the University. Candidates for the baccalaureate 
degree in combined curricula at College Park and 
Baltimore must complete a minimum of thirty se- 
mester credits at College Park. 

The requirements for graduation vary accord- 
ing to the character of work in the different col- 
leges and schools. Full information regarding spe- 
cific college requirements for graduation will be 
found in the College Section of this catalog. 

Each candidate for a degree or certificate must 
file a formal application for it with the Registra- 



General Information / 23 



tions Office. This must be done by the end of the 
third week of the semester or the second week 
of the summer session at the end of which he ex- 
pects to graduate. 

CREDIT UNIT AND LOAD 

The semester hour, which is the unit of credit, 
is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period 
a week for one semester. Two or three periods of 
laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lec- 
ture or recitation period. The student is expected 
to devote three hours a week in classroom or lab- 
oratory or in outside preparation for each credit 
hour in any course. 

In order for an undergraduate student to com- 
plete most curricula in the designated amount of 
time, his semester credit load must range from 12 
to 19 hours, so that he would complete from 30 to 
36 hours each year toward his degree. A student 
registering for less than 12 hours or more than 
19 hours per semester must have the special ap- 
proval of his Dean or Divisional Officer.* 



•The following semester course loads are considered (ull-time in their 
respective areas: Academic Probation Plan, 7 s.h.; Physical Education 
Requirement. 9 s.h ; Tuition and Fee Assessment, 9 s.h.; Housing. 12 s.h.; 
Plan o( Minimum Requirements For Graduation, 12 s.h.; Foreign Students. 
12 s.h.; and Teacher Tuition Remission. 15 s.h. Athletes need 24 s.h. a 
year. 

EXAMINATIONS 

1. A final examination shall be given in every 
undergraduate course. Exceptions may be made 
with the approval of the chairman of the depart- 
ment and the dean. In order to avoid basing too 
much of the semester grade upon the final exami- 
nation, additional tests, quizzes, term papers, re- 
ports and the like should be used to determine a 
students comprehension of a course. The order of 
procedure in these matters is left to the discretion 
of departments or professors and should be an- 
nounced to a class at the beginning of a course. 
All final examinations must be held on the exami- 
nation days of the Official Final Examination 
Schedule. No final examination shall be given at 
a time other than that scheduled in the Official 
Examination Schedule without written permission 
of the department chairman. 

2. To expedite arrangements for commence- 
ment, final grades of undergraduate candidates 
for degrees are based on evaluations available at 
the time grades are required to be submitted. 

3. A file of all final examination questions must 
be kept by the chairman of each department. 

4. The chairman of each department is respons- 
ible for the adequate administration of examina- 
tions in courses under his jurisdiction. The deans 
should present for consideration the matter of 
examinations in staff conferences from time to 
time and investigate examination procedures in 
their respective colleges. 



5. Every examination shall be designed to re- 
quire for its completion not more than the regu- 
larly scheduled period. 

6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed set 
of questions shall be placed in the hands of every 
examinee in every test or examination requiring 
at least one period, unless the dean of the college 
has authorized some other procedure. 

7. Each instructor must safeguard his examina- 
tion questions and all trial sheets, drafts and sten- 
cils. 

8. Each instructor should avoid the use of ex- 
amination questions which have been included 
in recently given examinations and should pre- 
pare examinations that will make dishonesty diffi- 
cult. 

9. Only clerical help approved by the depart- 
ment chairman shall be employed in the prepara- 
tion or reproduction of tests or examination ques- 
tions. 

10. Proctors must be in the examination room 
at least ten minutes before the hour of a final 
examination. Provisions should be made for proper 
ventilation, lighting and a seating plan. At least 
one of the proctors present must be sufficiently 
cognizant of the subject matter of the examina- 
tion to deal authoritatively with inquires arising 
from the examination. 

11. Books, papers, etc., belonging to the stu- 
dent, must be left in a place designated by the in- 
structor before the student takes his seat, except 
in such cases where books or work sheets are 
permitted. 

12. Students should be seated at least every 
other seat apart, or its equivalent, i.e., about three 
feet. Where this arrangement is not possible some 
means must be provided to protect the integrity 
of the examination. 

13. "Blue books" only must be used in periodic 
or final examinations, unless special forms are 
furnished by the department concerned. 

14. If mathematical tables are required in an 
examination, they shall be furnished by the in- 
structor. If textbooks are used, this rule does no* 
apply. 

15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to pre- 
vent dishonesty and to enforce proper examina- 
tion decorum, including abstention from smoking. 

16. Where an instructor must proctor more 
than 40 students, he should consult the chairman 
of his department concerning proctorial assist- 
ance. An instructor should consult his department 
chairman if in his opinion a smaller number of 
students for an examination requires the help of 
another instructor. 

17. No student who leaves an examination 
room will be permitted to return, except in un- 
usual circumstances, in which case permission 
to do so must be granted by the proctor prior to 
the student's departure. 

18. All conversation will cease prior to the pass- 



24 / General Information 



ing out of examination papers, and silence will be 
maintained in the room during the entire examina- 
tion period. 

19. Examination papers will be placed face 
down on the writing desks until the examination 
is officially begun by the proctor. 

20. Examination papers will be kept flat on the 
writing desk at all times. 

IRREGULARITIES IN EXAMINATIONS 

1. In cases involving charges of academic ir- 
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class 
work or course requirements by an undergraduate 
student, the instructor in the course shall report 
to his instructional department chairman any in- 
formation received and the facts within his knowl- 
edge. If the chairman of the instructional depart- 
ment determines that there is any sound reason 
for believing that academic dishonesty may be in- 
volved, he shall refer the matter to the dean of 
the college or school. The dean will then confer 
with the dean of the student's college or school 
and will check the Judiciary Office records to de- 
termine if the student has any record of prior of- 
fenses involving academic dishonesty. The dean 
will then consult with the student involved, and if 
the alleged academic dishonesty is admitted by 
the student and is his first offense of this nature, 
the dean may authorize the department chairman 
to dispose of the charges, limiting the maximum 
penalty to disciplinary probation and a grade of 
F in the course, provided the penalty is accepted 
by the student in writing. In such case the depart- 
ment chairman will make a written report of the 
matter, including the action taken, to the dean of 
the student's college or school and to the Judici- 
ary Office. 

If the case is not disposed of in the above man- 
ner, the dean of the instructional department will 
appoint an ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis- 
honesty consisting of one member from the faculty 
of the college or school administered by the dean 
as chairman, one undergraduate student, and one 
member from the faculty of the student's college 
or school appointed by the dean of that college or 
school. If the student's dean and the dean admin- 
istering the instructional department are the same, 
a second member of the faculty of the college or 
school concerned is appointed. 

The dean of the instructional department will 
refer the specific report of alleged academic dis- 
honesty to this ad hoc committee and the com- 
mittee will hear the case. The hearing procedures 
before this committee will in general conform to 
those required for student judicial boards. The 
committee may impose the normal disciplinary 
actions and/or impose a grade of F in the course. 

The chairman of the committee will report its 
actions to the dean of the student's college or 
school and to the Judiciary Office. The dean of 
the instructional department will advise the stu- 
dent in writing of the disciplinary action of the 



committee, and also advise him of his right to file 
an appeal to the Adjunct Committee on Student 
Conduct. 

The student may file his appeal in accordance 
with the normal procedures to the Adjunct Com- 
mittee with the dean of the instructional depart- 
ment and the latter will forward it to the chair- 
man of the Adjunct Committee. The chairman of 
the Adjunct Committee will notify the student in 
writing of the time, date, and place of the hearing. 

2. In cases involving charges of academic ir- 
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class 
work or course requirements by a graduate stu- 
dent, the above procedure will be followed except 
that: 

a. The chairman of the instructional depart- 
ment will refer the matter to the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research. 

b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis- 
honesty will be appointed by the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research and will con- 
sist of two members of the Graduate School 
faculty, one serving as chairman and one 
graduate student. 

MARKING SYSTEM 

1. The following symbols are used on the stu- 
dent's permanent record for all courses in which 
he is enrolled after the initial registration and 
schedule adjustment period: A, B, C, D, F, I, P, 
S, and W. These marks remain as part of the 
student's permanent record and may only be 
changed by the original instructor on certification, 
approved by the department chairman and Divi- 
sional Officer, that an actual mistake was made in 
determining or recording the grade. 

2. The mark of A denotes excellent mastery 
of the subject. It denotes outstanding scholar- 
ship. In computations of cumulative or semester 
averages, a mark of A will be assigned a value 
of 4 quality points per credit hour. (See MINIMUM 
REQUIREMENTS FOR RETENTION AND GRAD- 
UATION below.) 

3. The mark of B denotes good mastery of the 
subject. It denotes good scholarship. In computa- 
tion of cumulative or semester averages a mark of 
B will be assigned 3 quality points per credit hour. 

4. The mark of C denotes acceptable mastery. 
It denotes the usual achievement expected. In 
computation of cumulative or semester averages 
a mark of C will be assigned a value of 2 quality 
points per credit hour. 

5. The mark of D denotes borderline under- 
standing of the subject. It denotes marginal per- 
formance, and it does not represent satisfactory 
progress toward a degree. In computations of 
cumulative or semester averages a mark of D will 
be assigned a value of 1 quality point per credit 
hour. 

6. The mark of F denotes failure to under- 



General Information / 25 



stand the subject. It denotes unsatisfactory per- 
formance. In computations of cumulative or se- 
mester averages a mark of F will be assigned a 
value of quality points per credit hour. 

7. The mark of P is a student option mark, 
equivalent to A, B, C, or D. (See PASS-FAIL op- 
tion below.) The student must inform the Office of 
Registrations of his selection of this option by the 
end of the schedule adjustment period. In com- 
putation of cumulative averages a mark of P will 
not be included. In computation of quality points 
achieved for a semester, a mark of P will be as- 
signed a value of 2 quality points per credit hour. 
(See MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RETENTION 
AND GRADUATION below.) 

8. The mark of S is a department option mark 
which may be used to denote satisfactory partici- 
pation by a student in progressing thesis projects, 
orientation courses, practice teaching and the like. 
In computation of cumulative averages a mark of 
S will not be included. In computation of quality 
points achieved for a semester, a mark of S will 
be assigned a value of 2 quality points per credit 
hour. 

9. The mark I is an exceptional mark which is 
an instructor option. It is given only to a student 
whose work in a course has been qualitatively sat- 
isfactory, when, because of illness or other cir- 
cumstances beyond his control, he has been un- 
able to complete some small portion of the work 
of the course. In no case will the mark I be re- 
corded for a student who has not completed the 
major portion of the work of the course. The stu- 
dent will remove the I by completing work as- 
signed by the instructor; it is the student's re- 
sponsibility to request arrangements for comple- 
tion of the work. The work must be completed by 
the end of the next semester in which the course is 
again offered and in which the student is in at- 
tendance at the College Park Campus; otherwise 
the I becomes terminal (equivalent to W). Ex- 
ceptions to the time period cited above may be 
granted by the student's Dean or Divisional Officer 
upon the written request of the student if circum- 
stances warrant further delay. If the instructor is 
unavailable, the department chairman will, upon 
request of the student make appropriate arrange- 
ments for the student to complete the course re- 
quirements. It is the responsibility of the instructor 
or department chairman concerned to return the 
appropriate supplementary grade report to the 
Office of Registrations promptly upon completion 
of the work. The I cannot be removed through re- 
registration for the course or through the tech- 
nique of "credit by examination." In any event this 
mark shall not be used in any computations. 

10. The mark W is used to denote that the 
student withdrew from a course in which he was 
enrolled at the end of the schedule adjustment 
period. This mark shall not be used in any com- 
putation, but for information and completeness is 
placed on the permanent record by the Office of 



Registrations. The Office of Registrations will 
promptly notify the instructor that the student has 
withdrawn from the course. 

11. Audit. A student may register to audit a 
course or courses in which space is available. The 
notation AUD will be placed on his transcript for 
each course audited. A notation to the effect that 
this symbol does not imply attendance or any 
other effort in the course will be included on the 
transcript in the explanation of the grading system. 

PASS-FAIL OPTION 

1. An undergraduate who has completed 15 or 
more credit hours at the College Park Campus 
and has a cumulative average of at least 2.00 may 
register for courses on the PASS-FAIL option dur- 
ing any semester or summer session. 

2. Certain divisional requirements, major re- 
quirements or field of concentration requirements 
do not allow the use of the PASS-FAIL option. 
Certain courses within a department may be des- 
ignated by that department as not available under 
the PASS-FAIL option. It is the responsibility of 
each student electing this option to ascertain in 
conjunction with his Divisional Officer, Dean, de- 
partment or major advisor, whether the particular 
courses will be applicable to his degree require- 
ments under the PASS-FAIL option. 

3. No more than 20 percent of the credits 
offered toward the degree may be taken on the 
PASS-FAIL option basis. 

4. Students registering for a course under the 
PASS-FAIL option are required to complete all 
regular course requirements. Their work will be 
evaluated by the instructor by the normal pro- 
cedure for letter grades. The instructor will sub- 
mit the normal grade. The grades A, B, C, or D 
will be automatically converted by the Office of 
Registrations to the grade P on the student's 
permanent record. The grade F will remain as 
given. The choice of grading option may be 
changed only during the schedule adjustment 
period for courses in which the student is cur- 
rently registered. 

CREDIT BY EXAMINATION FOR 
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES 

1. The applicant must be a registered student 
at the University of Maryland. Part-time students 
must be enrolled in course work carrying at least 
three semester hours of credit. 

2. The total amount of credit that can be estab- 
lished by examination cannot exceed 30 semester 
credits, nor may it be part of the final 15 semester 
credits of the student's program. "Credit by exam- 
ination" cannot be given for a course in which 
the student has a grade of "I" outstanding. 

3. A grade of D or higher must be obtained in 
order to establish credit by examination. Letter 
grades, including F's earned on examinations to 
establish credit will be entered on the student's 



26 / General Information 



transcript and used in computing his cumulative 
grade point average. Such credits shall be fol- 
lowed by the phrase "By Exam" or "By CLEP 
Exam," whichever is applicable. A student may 
elect to take an examination for credit on a "Pass- 
Fail" basis under the normal "Pass-Fail" regula- 
tions. 

4. Approval to take an examination in any course 
will depend on the student's having received ap- 
proval of his Academic Adviser, the Chairman of 
the Department offering the course and the Dean 
of the College in which the student is enrolled. 

5. The instructor must certify on the report of 
the examination submitted to the Registrations 
Office that copies of the examination questions or 
identifying information in the case of standardized 
examinations, and the student's answers have 
been filed with Chairman of the Department offer- 
ing the course. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

1. A student is permitted to register for upper 
division courses when granted Junior Standing by 
his college. This permission shall be based upon 
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward 
his degree, completing such course requirements 
as the college may direct, and possessing the 
minimum required grade point average to remain 
in the University. 

2. Exceptional students having completed forty- 
eight (48) semester hours of academic credits and 
having the approval of the department involved 
will be permitted to enroll for sufficient upper di- 
vision courses to complete a normal program. That 
is, such students must carry lower division courses 
to total fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic 
credits and the remainder may be in courses 
numbered in the 300-499 range. 

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 

1. It is the responsibility of departments, col- 
leges, divisions, or appropriate academic units to 
establish and publish clearly defined degree re- 
quirements. Responsibility for knowing and meet- 
ing all degree requirements for graduation in any 
curriculum rests with the student. Not later than 
the close of his junior year, the student should 
check with the proper authorities to ascertain his 
standing in this respect. For this purpose the stu- 
dent should be sure to preserve the copy of the 
semester grade report issued by the Office of Reg- 
istrations at the close of each semester. 

2. In order to earn a baccalaureate degree the 
last 30 semester credits of any curriculum must 
be taken in residence at the College Park Campus. 
Candidates for degrees in pre-professional com- 
bined programs must complete at least 30 semes- 
ter credits at College Park. The minimum resi- 
dence required for a baccalaureate degree is 
30 semester hours; nothing stated below modifies 
in any way this basic requirement. Included in 



these 30 semester hours will be a minimum of 15 
semester hours in courses numbered 300 or above, 
including at least 12 semester hours required in 
the major field (in curricula requiring such con- 
centration). All candidates for degrees should plan 
to take their senior year in residence since the ad- 
vanced work of the major study normally occurs 
in the last year of the undergraduate course. At 
least 24 of the last 30 credits must be done in 
residence at the College Park Campus; i.e., a stu- 
dent who at the time of his graduation will have 
completed 30 semester hours in residence may be 
permitted to do not more than 6 semester hours 
of his final 30 credits of record in another institu- 
tion, provided that he secures in advance written 
permission from his Dean or Divisional Officer. The 
student must be enrolled in the program from 
which he plans to graduate when registering for 
the last 15 credits of his program. These require- 
ments apply also to the third year of pre-profes- 
sional combined degree programs. 

3. While many University curricula require 
more semester hours than 120, no baccalaureate 
curriculum requires less than 120 credit hours. It 
is the student's responsibility to familiarize him- 
self with the requirements of his curriculum. The 
student is urged to avail himself of the advice on 
these matters in the departments, colleges, di- 
visions, or Office of Academic Affairs. A student 
who wishes to earn a second baccalaureate de- 
gree in the University is required to complete the 
additional studies regularly prescribed for that 
degree, involving at least one year's additional 
residence and the earning of at least 30 additional 
credits. 

4. A general C (2.00) average is required for 
graduation in all curricula. (See MINIMUM RE- 
QUIREMENTS FOR RETENTION AND GRADUA- 
TION.) 

5. Application for diplomas must be filed with 
the Office of Registrations during the registration 
period or not later than the end of the second 
week of classes of the regular semester or at the 
end of the second week of the summer session, 
at the end of which the candidate expects to re- 
ceive his degree. Applications filed after the third 
week of classes of a regular semester or Friday 
of the second week of a summer session will be 
retained until the next semester (session) when 
degrees will be awarded. 

ATTENDANCE 

1. The University expects each student to take 
full responsibility for his academic work and aca- 
demic progress. The student, to progress satis- 
factorily, must meet the quantitative and qualita- 
tive requirements of each course for which he is 
registered. Students are expected to attend class- 
es regularly, for consistent attendance offers the 
most effective opportunity open to all students to 
gain a developing command of the concepts and 
materials of their course of study. However, at- 



General Information / 27 



tendance in class, in and of itself, is not a criterion 
for the evaluation of the student's degree of suc- 
cess or failure. Furthermore, absences (whether 
excused or unexcused) do not alter what is ex- 
pected of the student qualitatively and quantita- 
tively. Except as provided below, absences will 
not be used in the computation of grades, and the 
recording of student absences will not be required 
of the faculty. 

2. In certain courses in-class participation is 
an integral part of the work of the course. A few 
examples would be courses in public speaking and 
group discussion, courses emphasizing conversa- 
tion in foreign languages, certain courses in physi- 
cal education, and certain laboratory sessions. 
Each department shall determine which of its 
courses fall in this category. It shall be the re- 
sponsibility of the instructor in such courses to in- 
form each class at the beginning of the semester 
that in-class participation is an integral part of the 
work of the course and that his absences will be 
taken into account in the evaluation of his work 
in the course. 

3. Laboratory meetings require special prepa- 
ration of equipment and materials by the staff. A 
student who is not present for a laboratory exer- 
cise has missed that part of the course and can- 
not expect that he will be given an opportunity to 
make up this work later in the term. 

4. Special provision for freshmen: the fresh- 
man year is a transitional year. Absences of fresh- 
men in the basic freshman courses will be report- 
ed to the student's dean when the student has ac- 
cumulated more than three unexcused absences. 

5. Excuses for absences (in basic freshman 
courses and in courses where in-class participa- 
tion is a significant part of the work of the course) 
will be handled by the instructor in the course in 
accordance with the general policy of his depart- 
ment and college. 

6. Examination and tests: it is the responsi- 
bility of the student to keep himself informed con- 
cerning the dates of announced quizzes, tests 
and examinations. An instructor is not under obli- 
gation to give a student a make-up examination 
unless the student can present evidence that his 
absence was caused by illness or by participating 
in University activities at the request of University 
authorities. A make-up examination, when per- 
mitted, is given at the convenience of the instruc- 
tor, but must not interfere with the student's regu- 
larly scheduled classes. 

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS 

Honors for excellence in scholarship are award- 
ed to not more than one-fifth of the graduation 
class in each college. (The computation does not 
include grades for courses taken during the last 
semester of registration before graduation.) "High 
Honors" are awarded to the upper half of the 
group; "Honors" to the lower half. To be eligible 



for this recognition, a total of at least two years of 
residence (60 semester hours) is required. No stu- 
dent with an average less than B (3.0) will be con- 
sidered. 

DEFICIENCY REPORTS 

1. Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than C) 
will be made only for freshmen in the basic 
freshman courses. It will be the obligation of all 
students to assume full responsibility for their aca- 
demic progress without depending upon receiving 
official warning of unsatisfactory work. 

2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for freshmen 
in the basic freshman courses will be submitted 
to the student's dean at the end of the seventh 
week of the semester. 

DISMISSAL OF DELINQUENT STUDENTS 

The University reserves the right to request 
at any time the withdrawal of a student who can- 
not or does not maintain the required standard 
of scholarship, or whose continuance in the Uni- 
versity would be detrimental to his or her health, 
or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not 
satisfactory to the authorities of the University. 
Specific scholastic requirements are set forth in 
the Minimum Requirements for Retention and 
Graduation. 

WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

1. Should a student desire or be compelled to 
withdraw from the University at any time, he must 
secure a notice of withdrawal from his divisional 
officer, obtain the proper signatures, and submit 
the notice along with his University identification 
cards to the Office of the Vice Chancellor for Stu- 
dent Affairs. This office will file the withdrawal 
with the Office of Registrations which will record 
a mark of W for all courses and notify the in- 
structors of the withdrawal. 

2. The effective date of withdrawal as far as 
refunds are concerned is the date that the notice 
is received by the Office of the Vice Chancellor 
for Student Affairs. The Office of Registrations will 
record the effective date of withdrawal on the 
student's permanent record. 

READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT 
READMISSION 

1. A student whose continuous attendance at 
the University has been interrupted, but who was 
in good academic standing, or on academic pro- 
bation, at the end of the last regular semester for 
which he was registered, must apply to the Office 
of Admissions for readmission. He will be read- 
mitted to the program in which he was last reg- 
istered. 

REINSTATEMENT 

1. A student who withdraws from the University 
must apply for reinstatment to the Secretary of 
the Petition Board, Office of Admissions. 



28 / General Information 



2. A student who has been dropped for schol- 
astic reasons may appeal in writing to the Secre- 
tary of the Admissions Petition Board, Office of 
Admissions, for reinstatement. The committee is 
empowered to grant relief in unusual cases, if the 
circumstances warrant such action. 

3. A student who has been dropped from the 
University for scholastic reasons, and whose peti- 
tion for reinstatement is denied, may again peti- 
tion after a lapse of at least one semester. 

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR RETENTION 
AND GRADUATION 

1. A minimum of 120 credits of successfully 
completed (not I, F, or W) course credits are re- 
quired for graduation in any degree curriculum. 
(See DEGREE REQUIREMENTS AND CREDIT BY 
EXAMINATION above.) Credits transferred, or 
earned during prior admissions terminating in 
academic dismissal or withdrawal and followed 
by readmission, will be applicable toward meet- 
ing credit requirements for a degree. (See RE- 
ADMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT above.) 

2. A full-time student will be placed on aca- 
demic probation at the end of any semester in 
which he does not achieve a total of 24 quality 
points for that semester, except that he will not 
be placed on academic probation for this reason 
if he earns at least a 2.0 average on a registra- 
tion (at the end of the schedule adjustment peri- 
od) of 9-11 credits. Exceptions are also allowed 
for all full-time students in their first semester of 
registration on the College Park Campus, who 
must earn at least 18 quality points for that semes- 
ter. This exception does not apply to students who 
have earned more than 8 credits through previous 
registration in the University. 

3. Any student, full- or part-time, who fails to 
maintain a minimum cumulative average of 1.95 at 
the end of any semester following that in which 
the total of credits completed at the College Park 
Campus (with grades of A, B, C, D, P, S, or F), 
plus any credits transferred, is 45 credits, will be 
placed on academic probation. Credits completed 
with grades of A, B, C, D, and F, but not S, P, 
or I will be used in the computation of the cumu- 
lative average. 

4. A student who does not meet the academic 
standards for any given semester will be placed 
on probation and must display acceptable per- 
formance in quality points and cumulative average 
(if applicable) during the next semester in order 
to regain good academic standing. A student will 
be dismissed at the end of the second consecu- 
tive, or fourth total, semester of unacceptable per- 
formance. Courses for which the mark W is re- 
corded are excluded from all such computations 
or credit requirements. 

5. A student who has been academically dis- 
missed and who is reinstated, will be academically 
dismissed again if he does not meet the academic 



standards for any two additional semesters after 
his return. In the computation of his cumulative 
average after return, all credits earned at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland will be used. 

6. When a student is placed on academic pro- 
bation or is academically dismissed, the action 
shall be entered on the student's official and 
permanent record. 

7. Any course may be repeated, but if a stu- 
dent repeats a course in which he has already 
earned a mark of A, B, C, D, P or S, the subse- 
quent attempt shall not increase the total hours 
earned toward the degree. Only the higher mark 
will be used in computation of the student's cumu- 
lative average. However, the student's quality 
points in a given semester shall be determined 
by that semester's grades. 

8. Any appeal from the regulations governing 
academic probation or academic dismissal shall 
be directed to the Petition Board, which shall be 
empowered to grant relief in unusual cases, if the 
circumstances warrant such action. 

STUDENT AFFAIRS 

VICE CHANCELLOR FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS 

The Division of Student Affairs is responsible 
for the various services and operations pertain- 
ing to the life and welfare of students outside of 
their formal instructional experience. Be it an 
office administratively serving the students, a 
counseling oriented function or an experience in 
educational programming, the offices within Stu- 
dent Affairs are concerned with alleviating those 
problems and issues which could interfere with 
a full and positive learning experience and with 
developing experiences which relate to but are 
not usually contained in the classroom experi- 
ence. At a large University like Maryland, where 
one could easily become lost in his quest for 
learning these goals become all the more para- 
mount. 

The Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs and 
his staff administer this Division. Following are 
the offices which compose it, along with a brief 
description of their function. 

DEPARTMENT OF RESIDENT LIFE 

This office administers, supervises, and coordi- 
nates all aspects of the University residence fa- 
cilities, including both management operation and 
educational-social-recreational programming. The 
residence accommodations are divided into semi- 
autonomous residential communities, each headed 
by a full-time professional Director with a staff of 
full and part-time professional and para-profes- 
sional personnel. 

Each community enjoys considerable freedom 
to develop in a way which reflects the personali- 
ties, interests and needs of the residents. 



General Information / 29 



Office location: 3rd floor, North Administration 
Building. Telephone: 454-2711. 

FOOD SERVICE 

The purpose of the University Food Service is 
to provide nutritionally balanced and tastefully 
prepared meals, served in an atmosphere that is 
esthetically pleasant and relaxing. 

Office location: Hill Area Dining Hall. 

Telephone: 454-2901. 

GREEK AFFAIRS OFFICE 

This office is in close contact with the 45 sorori- 
ties and fraternities on this campus. The Advisor 
for Greek Affairs advises the Interfraternity and 
Panhellenic Councils and the Greek honoraries. 
This office coordinates all Greek programs and 
activities including rush, pledge training, judicial 
matters, alumni relations and other related areas. 

Office location: 2nd floor, North Administration 

Building. Telephone: 454-2936. 

THE OFFICE OF COMMUTER STUDENT AFFAIRS 

The Commuter Affairs Office has been estab- 
lished to assistant commuter students at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. This office sponsors the de- 
velopment of programs that increase the interac- 
tion and identification among the commuters and 
the University as a whole. In addition, it endeavors 
to solve difficulties more characteristic of com- 
muters than residents. 

Office location: 1211-G Student Union Building. 

Telephone: 454-5275. 

STUDENT DEVELOPMENT 

The Office of Student Development provides a 
wide variety of educational experiences of inter- 
est to students. These include: student community 
projects through PACE (People Active in Com- 
munity Efforts), new student and parent orienta- 
tion programs, small group seminars on topics 
such as sex, drugs, racism, women's roles in so- 
ciety and human relations, principles and tech- 
niques of organizational leadership, consulting 
help to student organizations including the Com- 
muter Association, Student Government Associa- 
tion, Black Student Union, Greeks, Free University 
and a broad range of political, social, academic 
and religious associations. 

Office location: Student Union, Room 1211. 

Telephone: 454-2827. 

HEALTH CENTER 

The Health Center provides immediate outpat- 
ient and short-term inpatient medical care for ill- 
nesses and injuries not requiring hospitalization 
but preventng students from attending classes. In 
addition to general medical aad psychiatric serv- 
ices, other services include allergy treatment. 



physical therapy and rehabilitation, environmental 
health and safety, and preventive medicine. Emerg- 
ency services are available to part-time students 
and all services are available to full-time students. 
Office location: Health Center (across from 
Student Union). Telephone: 454-3444. 

COUNSELING CENTER 

Psychologists provide professional counseling 
services for students with educational-vocational 
and emotional-social adjustment problems. Edu- 
cational specialists provide individual and group 
work for improving reading and study skills. No 
appointment is needed for initial conferences. 

Available in the reception lobby are occupa- 
tional and educational information, plus tape re- 
corded conversations with academic department 
chairmen about their disciplines. 

National testing programs (CLEP, GRE, Miller 
Analogies, etc.) are administered by the Counsel- 
ing Center as well as testing for counseling pur- 
poses. 

Office location: Shoemaker Building. 

Telephone: 454-2931. 

CAREER DEVELOPMENT CENTER 

The Career Development Center encourages 
and assists all students in contacting prospective 
employers and in determining economic and oc- 
cupational trends for career determination. 

Career advisors, programs, services and facili- 
ties are geared toward broadening students' 
knowledge of graduate school, government, edu- 
cation, business, and industrial opportunities. An 
excellent resource is the Career Library (Room 
26 of the Career Development Center). 

Seniors within two semesters of graduation are 
encouraged to participate in the on-campus inter- 
view program with employers from late October 
to early April. Further details on this program are 
available in the Career Development Center. 

All seniors graduating in the College of Edu- 
cation (except Education for Industry majors) are 
required to file credentials with the Career De- 
velopment Center. 

Office location: Cumberland Hall basement. 

Telephone: 454-2813. 

MINORITY STUDENT AFFAIRS 

The Office of Minority Student Affairs was of- 
fically created on July 1, 1972 as a result of pro- 
posals and recommendations submitted to the 
Chancellor from the Campus Black Community 
and the Study Commission on Student Life. It is 
responsible for addressing the needs of minority 
students during their experience at the University 
of Maryland. This responsibility takes the Office 
of Minority Student Affairs through a broad range 
of concerns, from the introduction of minority stu- 



30 / General Information 



dents to the University, to special supportive pro- 
grams. 

The Office is directly responsible for the admin- 
istration of the Intensive Educational Development 
Program and Upward Bound, the Cultural Study 
Center, and Nyumburu Community Cultural Center 

The following is a brief description of the pro- 
grams administered by the Office of Minority Stu- 
dent Affairs. 

INTENSIVE EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT 
AND UPWARD BOUND 

The IED Program is funded jointly by the Fed- 
eral Government and the University to provide 
services for students admitted with identified edu- 
cational needs. The goal of the IED Program is to 
provide the academic support necessary for stu- 
dent participants to become successful degree 
candidates. The Offices of the IED program may 
be found on the second floor of the North Ad- 
ministration Building and at the Nyumburu Com- 
munity Cultural Center. 

The Upward Bound Program at College Park 
is part of a nation-wide program to bring high 
school students to college campuses with the 
aim of preparing them to meet the academic rig- 
ors of the college experience. 

The similarity of the IED and Upward Bound 
Programs has made it an administrative practi- 
cality to combine the two to form a comprehensive 
academic support program, inclusive of both the 
Upward Bound high school student and the IED 
program university student. 

THE CULTURAL STUDY CENTER 

The Cultural Study Center was established for 
the purpose of studying minority and other stu- 
dent cultural sub-groups at the University of Mary- 
land. Research covers the socio-economic back- 
ground and psychological development of the stu- 
dents as well as their experiences on campus, in- 
cluding admissions, attrition, academics, adjust- 
ments, and problems of student life. 

NYUMBURU CULTURAL COMMUNITY CENTER 

Nyumburu Cultural Community Center functions 
to bring the attention of the University Community 
to the cultural panorama of black America. The 
Center utilizes the varied capabilities and experi- 
ences of members of the campus as well as in- 
dividuals in surrounding areas in efforts to present 
a balanced view of cultural endeavors in the black 
community. 

Nyumburu has successfully supported literary 
workshops and publications, dramatic presenta- 
tions, series of visiting artists, and a wide variety 
of programs reflecting the modern black experi- 
ence. 

Nyumburu Cultural Center is housed in Tempo- 
rary Building CC. 



STUDENT AID 

The Office of Student Aid administers a variety 
of financial assistance and student employment 
opportunities, primarily based on the need of the 
applicant. The staff of the office is available for 
individual counseling on matters pertinent to the 
financial planning of the student body. Details on 
available aid and application procedures are de- 
scribed in this Catalog. 

ENTERTAINMENT AND CULTURAL ACTIVITIES 

An extensive schedule of entertainment is avail- 
able throughout the year on campus. Concerts, 
dances, drama, and speakers representing all 
tastes and points of view are arranged for the en- 
joyment of the Campus community. Many of these 
are funded by the Student Government Associa- 
tion and are free to University students. For some 
there is a minimal charge. The Office of Entertain- 
ment and Cultural Activities is the coordinating 
office for these occasions. 

INTERNATIONAL EDUCATION SERVICES AND 
FOREIGN STUDENT AFFAIRS 

The Office of International Education Services 
provides a wide variety of services designed to 
assist foreign students to make the necessary 
adjustment to American university and community 
life and to help them derive the maximum benefit 
from their experience in the United States. Serv- 
ices include advising on admission to the Uni- 
versity, issuance of immigration documents, spe- 
cial orientation programs, emergency loans, as- 
sistance with securing housing, information about 
educational, cultural, and social opportunities, 
and personal advising. Some of these services 
are available also for visiting foreign faculty. For 
American students, the Office provides informa- 
tion about opportunities for travel and study 
abroad. 

Information, forms and assistance in making 
necessary arrangements for complying with im- 
migration regulations are available at the Office of 
International Education Services and Foreign Stu- 
dent Affairs. Information regarding the filing of 
income tax returns may also be secured from the 
same office. 

Foreign students are subject to the same regu- 
lations that govern the academic life and personal 
conduct of American students enrolled in the Uni- 
versity. 

Office location: 2nd floor, North Administra- 
tion Building. Telephone: 454-2936. 

RELIGIOUS PROGRAMS 

A broad range of religious traditions is repre- 
sented by the several chaplains and religious ad- 
visors at the University. Individually and coopera- 
tively, they offer many services including coun- 
seling, worship, study opportunities here and 



General Information / 31 



abroad, personal growth groups, and opportuni- 
ties for service and involvement. 

Office location: University Memorial Chapel. 
Telephone: 454-2925. 

STUDENT UNION SERVICES AND FACILITIES 

The Union provides a variety of programs, serv- 
ices and facilities for the diverse needs and aspira- 
tions of the Campus Community. 
The Union is open daily: 

Monday-Saturday — 7a.m. -Midnight 
Sunday — 12 noon-Midnight 
Services include: 
Bulletin Boards 
Check Cashing 
Display Showcases 
Food Service 

Snack Bars 

Cafeteria 

Dining Room 

Vending Room 

Pizza Shop 

Coffee House Lounge 

Banquets and Catering 
Lounges 
Meeting Rooms 

Size from 8-1500 people 
Movies (Movie Theater) 
Notary Public(s) 
Piano Practice Rooms 
Recreation Center 

Bowling Lanes 

Billiard Room 

Table Games Room 

Pin Ball Machines 
Sign Shop 

Signs — plastic, letterpress, embosograf 

Duplicating — ditto, mimeograph, offset 
TV Room 
Ticket Office 

Campus Concerts 

Selected off-campus events 

Travel Information 

American Airlines Youth Fare Cards 
Tobacco Shop 
U.S. Postal Service Automated Facility 

Directory 

UMporium (bookstore) 454-3222 

Information and Reservations 454-2801 

Administrative Offices 454-2807 

Food Service 454-2805 

Ticket Office 454-2803 

Bowling and Billiards 454-2804 

ATHLETICS 

The University of Maryland Athletic Department 
fields varsity teams in football, soccer, and cross 
country in the fall; basketball, fencing, swimming, 



wrestling, and indoor track during the winter; and 
baseball, golf, tennis, lacrosse, and outdoor track 
in the spring. Freshman schedules also prevail in 
football and basketball. Maryland is a member of 
the Atlantic Coast Conference, which also in- 
cludes Clemson, Duke, North Carolina, North Car- 
olina State, Virginia, and Wake Forest. The Uni- 
versity has won the Carmichael Cup, symbolic of 
top overall athletic performance in the ACC, in 
all except three of the first ten years the trophy 
has been in existence. 

Women's teams in the following six sports rep- 
resent the University of Maryland in intercollegi- 
ate competition: field hockey, volleyball, swim- 
ming, basketball, tennis, and lacrosse. The sched- 
ules include teams from Washington, D.C., Mary- 
land, Virginia, and Pennsylvania; the teams also 
compete in appropriate local, state and regional 
tournaments. 

JUDICIARY OFFICE 

The Campus Judiciary Office effects discipline 
of the undergraduate students. Under the frame- 
work of a judiciary program which emphasizes 
personal growth and development, the aims of 
judicial actions are largely educative and pre- 
ventive. Judiciary Office staff members review all 
reports of alleged misconduct, contact those in- 
dividuals involved and in most instances schedule 
the case for hearing. 

Office location: 2nd floor, North Administra- 
tion Building. Telephone: 454-2927. 



GENERAL REGULATIONS 
PART I— 

(The following regulations and procedures are 
subject to change. For the most current revision 
see Student Handbook, or consult the Judiciary 
Office staff.) 

A. GENERAL POLICY 

The University's approach to student discipline 
is primarily an educative and preventive one. It 
assumes that discipline is properly the concern of 
the entire University community — the student 
body, the faculty and the administration. 

In order that uniform standards may be main- 
tained, all disciplinary action concerning students 
or student organizations is subject to review by 
the Adjunct Committee on Student Conduct of 
the College Park Campus Senate. The rules and 
regulations of any organization or department that 
wishes to establish a disciplinary unit must be 
submitted to the Adjunct Committee on Student 
Conduct and the Vice Chancellor for Student Af- 
fairs for approval or modification. 

Cases involving infractions of University rules, 
other than academic, which apply to all students 



32 / General Information 



are referred immediately to the Judiciary Office 
on the College Park campus. (Graduate students 
are referred to the Dean of the Graduate School.) 
The Judiciary Office or the Dean will investigate 
the case and take appropriate action. 

In situations involving undergraduates, the Ju- 
diciary Office will refer the case to one of the 
judicial boards for appropriate action, according 
to the jurisdictional area of the various student 
boards and the seriousness and nature of the 
offense. The Judiciary Office may handle admin- 
istratively those students in need of special re- 
medial attention and those cases where an ad- 
ministrative hearing is requested by the student. 

Students charged with violating University regu- 
lations are guaranteed administrative due process 
in the handling of the charges, the conduct of the 
hearings, the imposition of sanctions, and the 
right of appeal. 

B. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM CLASS 

Discipline in the classroom is the responsibility 
of the faculty member in charge of the class. Mis- 
behavior of a type that interferes with the educa- 
tional efficiency of a class will be considered suffi- 
cient cause for suspending a student from the 
class. If a student is suspended from class for 
disciplinary reasons, he should report immediately 
to the department chairman. The department chair- 
man will investigate the incident and will report it 
to the academic dean and to the Judiciary Office, 
in order to determine whether or not past disci- 
plinary action has been taken against the student. 
The department head will then write a letter to the 
student indicating the disposition of the case. The 
student will be required to present this letter to 
his instructor before he can be readmitted to 
class. A copy of this letter will be sent to the 
Judiciary Office. 

Disruption of a class by a student not enrolled 
in that class can be referred to the Judiciary Office. 
Disruption by a non-student can be referred to the 
campus police. 

C. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM 
ACTIVITIES OR UNIVERSITY FACILITIES 

The individual or group of individuals in charge 
of any department, division, organization, build- 
ing, facility or any other unit of the University (e.g., 
Dining Hall, Student Union, etc.) shall be responsi- 
ble for student discipline within such units. The 
person responsible for each unit may suspend the 
student or student organization from the unit. The 
suspended student or representative of the student 
organization will be referred immediately to the 
Student Affairs Judiciary Office. The Judiciary Of- 
fice will investigate the incident and notify the stu- 
dent of the disposition of the case. The individual 
responsible for the suspension will be notified be- 
fore the student or his organization can be read- 
mitted. A file of such actions shall be kept in the 
Judiciary Office. 



D. IDENTIFICATION CARDS 

Official University of Maryland student identifi- 
cation cards and transaction plates are issued to 
all registered undergraduate and graduate stu- 
dents. The identification card and the transaction 
plate are for use only by the student to whom is- 
sued and may not be transferred or loaned to an- 
other individual for any reason. Loss of either the 
ID. card or the transaction plate, or both, should 
be reported at once to the Office of the Vice Chan- 
cellor for Student Affairs. A replacement fee of 
S3. 00 for each item is required prior to the crea- 
tion of authorized duplicates. 

E. IMPORTANT UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS 
WHICH APPLY TO ALL STUDENTS 

The following behavior may result in referral to 
the Judiciary Office for appropriate action. Typi- 
cally, disciplinary sanctions will be imposed not 
only for individual misconduct which demonstrates 
a disregard for institutional behavioral standards, 
but also for conduct which indicates disregard 
for the rights and welfare of others as members 
of an academic community. Such conduct may 
ultimately call into question the student's mem- 
bership in the University community, either be- 
cause he has violated elementary standards of 
behavior necessary for the maintenance of an edu- 
cational milieu or because his continued presence 
at the University adversely affects the ability of 
others to pursue their educational goals. 

1. VIOLATION OF FIRE REGULATIONS— This 
includes failure to comply with evacuation 
procedures, tampering with fire-protection ap- 
paratus, use or possesion of fireworks or fire- 
arms, or use of open-flame devices or com- 
bustible materials which endangers the safety 
or well-being of the University community; 
or unauthorized use of electrical equipment. 

2. BEHAVIOR WHICH JEOPARDIZES THE SAFE- 
TY OR WELL-BEING OF OTHER MEMBERS 
OF THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY OR PER- 
SONS COMING ONTO UNIVERSITY PROP- 
ERTY — This includes physical harrassment 
of, or interference with firemen, policemen or 
other persons engaged in the performance of 
their official duties; physical abuse or threat- 
ening physical abuse of any person on Uni- 
versity property; forcible detention of any 
person on University property. 

3. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION, USE, OR DIS- 
TRIBUTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ON 
OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY— University 
policy, consistent with State and County laws, 
restricts on-campus use of alcoholic bever- 
ages in specified areas. 

4. POSSESSION, USE, SALE OR DISTRIBUTION 
ON OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY OF IL- 
LEGAL DRUGS OR OF DRUGS FOR WHICH 



General Information / 33 



THE REQUIRED PRESCRIPTION HAS NOT 
BEEN OBTAINED — This includes possession, 
use, distribution, sale, manufacture or pro- 
cessing of illegal or unprescribed narcotics, 
drugs, and/or hallucinogenic substances. 

5. DESTRUCTION, THEFT, ATTEMPTED THEFT, 
OR IMPAIRMENT OF PERSONAL OR UNI- 
VERSITY PROPERTY— Disciplinary action 
may include a requirement of restitution. 

6. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION OR USE OF 
UNIVERSITY KEYS— Keys to rooms or build- 
ings on the University campus may be ob- 
tained only through official channels. 

7. UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY INTO OR PRESENCE 
IN A UNIVERSITY BUILDING OR FACILITY— 
Except for properly scheduled use, class- 
room, administration and recreation buildings 
are closed to general student use on holidays, 
Saturday afternoon, Sundays and after 12 mid- 
night during the week. Students may use a 
building or facility for a specified purpose 
upon written permission from a member of 
the faculty with approval of the academic or 
administrative officer normally having control 
over such building or facility, which permis- 
sion may be revoked or withdrawn. 

8. FALSIFICATION, FORGERY, OR MODIFICA- 
TION OF ANY OFFICIAL UNIVERSITY REC- 
ORD — Identification card, absence excuses, 
parking stickers, transcripts, examinations, 
grade cards, admission applications, etc. 

9. PLAGIARISM, CHEATING AND OTHER ACA- 
DEMIC IRREGULARITIES— A student who 
violates accepted academic procedure may 
be referred to the Dean of his College or to 
an Ad Hoc Commitee on Academic Dishon- 
esty. (See Irregularities in Examinations for 
specifics) 

10. FAILURE TO MEET FINANCIAL OBLIGA- 
TIONS TO THE UNIVERSITY— This includes 
refusal to pay delinquent accounts and use of 
worthless checks or money orders in pay- 
ment to the University for tuition, board, fees, 
library fines, traffic penalties, etc. 

11 OBSTRUCTION OF, DISRUPTION OF, OR IN- 
TERFERENCE WITH ANY UNIVERSITY AC- 
TIVITY OF AN ACADEMIC NATURE; AC- 
TIONS ON THE PART OF STUDENTS WHICH 
SUBSTANTIALLY OBSTRUCT, DISRUPT, OR 
INTERFERE WITH NON-ACADEMIC ACTIVI- 
TIES ON UNIVERSITY PREMISES BY MEM- 
BERS OR AUTHORIZED NON-MEMBERS OF 
THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY. 

12. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY HOUSING REG- 
ULATIONS— 

13. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY CAMPUS TRAF- 
FIC RULES AND REGULATIONS- 



PART II— 

ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES 

It is a general expectation that individuals and 
groups will abide by the behavioral guidelines es- 
tablished by this policy statement. Compliance 
with these minimal standards for responsible con- 
duct is a necessary condition for maintaining a 
campus atmosphere in which dissent and demon- 
strations are viewed as important aspects of the 
University's educational program. 

Reports of violations by undergraduate students 
will be referred to the Judiciary Office of the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs and reports of vio- 
lations by graduate students will be referred to 
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. Ac- 
tions taken by these offices will follow procedures 
set forth in this chapter. 

When violations continue beyond the enforce- 
ment capabilities of the University staff, such out- 
side assistance as is necessary may be requested. 
These requests will be made in accordance with 
policy and procedures established by the Univer- 
sity. 

Disciplinary Actions 

1. DISCIPLINARY REPRIMAND 

A disciplinary reprimand is written notification 
from a University official to a student containing 
a warning that repeated infractions of regulations 
may result in more severe disciplinary action. A 
record of the letter will be filed in the Student Af- 
fairs Judiciary Office. The student's parents may 
be notified. 

2. CONDUCT PROBATION 

This action involves a period of time, not to ex- 
ceed one year, in which a student is expected to 
show a positive change in behavior. In addition, 
conditions and restrictions may be imposed, in- 
cluding revocation of specific privileges and rec- 
ommendations for counseling interviews with the 
Judiciary Office. The student's parents may be 
notified. A violation of conduct probation may be 
the basis for severe disciplinary action. 

3. DISMISSAL FROM UNIVERSITY HOUSING 

In the case of a serious violation of house rules, 
residence hall probation, or housing regulations, 
a student may be dismissed from University hous- 
ing for a specified period of time. Such dismissal 
results in a percentage room and board refund, 
according to the regular University refund policy. 

4. DISCIPLINARY PROBATION 

This action involves a period of time, not to ex- 
ceed one year, during which a student who has 
been involved in a disciplinary situation (or re- 
peated violations) is given an opportunity to prove 
that he can become a responsible and effective 
member of the University community. 

In deciding upon the action of disciplinary pro- 
bation, a judicial board may subject the activi- 
ties of the student to any one, or more, of the fol- 
lowing conditions'. 



34 / General Information 



1. A student on disciplinary probation may not 
represent the University in any extracurricular 
activities such as intercollegiate athletics, de- 
bate teams, University Theatre, or band; how- 
ever, he may participate in informal activities of 
a recreational nature sponsored by the Univer- 
sity. 

2. A student on disciplinary probation may not 
run for or hold office in any organization that is 
recognized by the Adjunct Committee on Stu- 
dent Activities. 

3. The student's activities may be restricted in 
other ways which pertain to the type of offense. 

4. The student may be required to make resti- 
tution or repairs. 

When a student has been placed on disci- 
plinary probation, the Judiciary Office will offi- 
cially notify the student of the decision and will 
indicate that any violation of his probationary 
status may result in suspension or expulsion. 
The Judiciary Office will inform appropriate Uni- 
versity authorities of the disciplinary action and 
may notify the student's parents. 

If a student is found guilty by a judicial board 
of any infraction of University regulations dur- 
ing his probationary period, the board may rec- 
ommend that he be suspended or expelled from 
the University. 

At the end of the probation period, the stu- 
dent's case will be reviewed by the Judiciary 
Office. If all conditions of the disciplinary action 
have been met satisfactorily, the student will be 
considered in good standing, behaviorally. 

5. SUSPENSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

A student's suspension from the University shall 
be for an indefinite period of time. However, the 
Judicial Board recommending this action must 
specify the date at which he subsequently may 
apply to the Judiciary Office for readmission, and 
in no case will this date be later than one year 
after the effective date of the suspension. The 
academic record of the student will not in any 
case affect this application for readmission after 
suspension for disciplinary reasons. All recom- 
mendations for suspension must be approved by 
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. Parents 
are notified in all cases. 

During the period of suspension, the student 
may not participate in any University-sponsored 
activity or in the activities of any recognized Uni- 
versity organization. In addition, he will be denied 
all other rights and privileges which are accorded 
to students in good standing. 

a. Suspended Suspension by Vice Chancellor 
for Student Affairs. 

Suspension is withheld pending careful eval- 
uation of a student's behavior during a proba- 
tionary period not to exceed one year. If the 
student is involved in any further offense, this 
suspension of disciplinary action may be sum- 



marily revoked by the Vice Chancellor and the 
original decision of suspension from the Uni- 
versity enforced. 

b. Deferred Suspension by Vice Chancellor for 
Student Affairs. 

This is a suspension which becomes effective 
after a specific future date. It is normally used 
near the end of a semester to avoid financial 
penalty that would be entailed by an immediate 
suspension. Probationary status will exist dur- 
ing this period identical to suspended suspen- 
sion. 

6. EXPULSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

This is the most serious penalty and results in a 
complete separation of the relations between the 
University and the student. Parents are informed 
and permanent notification appears on the stu- 
dent's official transcript. Expulsion must be ap- 
proved by the Chancellor. 

APPEALS 

Any disciplinary decision may be appealed to 
the next higher disciplinary unit. The highest board 
of appeal is the Adjunct Committee on Student 
Conduct of the College Park Campus Senate. An 
appeal must be made through the Judiciary Office 
or through the Dean who is responsible for the ad- 
ministration of the decision being appealed. It will 
be forwarded to the appropriate judicial board for 
review. The appeal must be in writing, must in- 
dicate the basis for the appeal, and must be made 
within ten days of the date the student was notified 
of the decision which he is appealing. In hearing 
an appeal, the next higher disciplinary unit may 
affirm or reduce the original decision or may re- 
turn the decision to the lower board for reconsid- 
eration. 

STUDENT DISCIPLINARY RECORDS 

All disciplinary actions by the judicial boards 
are reported to the Judiciary Office of the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs where they will be 
recorded. All records of disciplinary action, ex- 
cept those resulting from expulsion, will remain 
confidential, will be segregated from the student's 
academic record, and will not be available to un- 
authorized persons on campus, or to any person 
off campus, without the express consent of the 
student involved, except under legal compulsion 
or in cases where the safety of persons or prop- 
erty is involved. 

Except in cases where the student has de- 
manded a public hearing, disciplinary action is 
confidential; and no member of a judicial board 
may disclose any information concerning the hear- 
ing, the student's prior disciplinary record, the cur- 
rent disciplinary action taken, or any information 
as to the voting. Any public release of information 
concerning disciplinary action will be issued only 
by the Judiciary Office. According to a policy es- 
tablished by the Adjunct Committee on Student 



General Information / 35 



Conduct, names of students involved in disci- 
plinary action may not be printed in campus pub- 
lications and may not be made public. Any judicial 
board may recommend that no publicity of any na- 
ture be released by the Judiciary Office on a case 
if circumstances so warrant. 

PART HI- 
DISCIPLINARY RULES AND 
PROCEDURES 

(Adopted by the Board of Regents March 19, 1971) 

A. GENERAL 

1. The following rules and procedures are here- 
by declared to be in addition to and supplementary 
of any and all rules and regulations which are not 
or hereafter may be applicable to any campus un- 
der the jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the 
University (the Regents). The jurisdiction con- 
ferred in the plans for the Undergraduate Judicial 
System and the Graduate Judicial System adopted 
in 1969, as from time to time amended, is hereby 
preserved, provided, however, that when the pro- 
cedures specified in this Part III shall have been 
initiated, in accordance with the terms hereof, this 
Part III shall control, and all such jurisdiction shall 
be transferred to and shall be governed by the pro- 
cedural and substantive context of this Part III. 
Any prior action of the Board which might be con- 
strued to be inconsistent with the delegation of 
power hereby made is rescinded to the extent of 
such inconsistency. 

B. PROCEDURE 

1. This Part III shall apply to all cases where, in 
the judgment of the president or his delegate, the 
chancellor, a student has violated any one or more 
of the rules established by Section C hereof, and 
where the president or his delegate, the chancel- 
lor, has followed the requirements of this Section 
B. If a determination has been made as provided 
in this Paragraph 1, and notice has been served 
in accordance with Paragraph 3 hereof, then, and 
in such event, the provisions of this Part III shall 
control the case to the exclusion of any other gen- 
eral and academic regulations applicable to any 
campus of the University. 

2. If the president, or the chancellor, has con- 
cluded, upon prima facie evidence, that a student 
has violated one or more of the rules established 
by Section C hereof, then the president or the 
chancellor may serve such student with notice 
that he may be subject to disciplinary action in- 
cluding suspension or expulsion and that a hearing 
will be held to determine the matter, such notice 
to be in the form and containing the information 
required by Paragraph 3 hereof. The chancellor, 
or, in his absence, his designee, may temporarily 
suspend a student for an interim period pending a 
disciplinary hearing, such temporary suspension 
to become immediately effective without prior 



notice, whenever in his judgment there is evidence 
of severe misconduct indicating that the continued 
presence of the student on the University campus 
poses a threat to University property, to members 
of the University community, to himself, or to the 
stability and continuance of normal University 
functions. A student suspended on an interim basis 
shall be given the opportunity to promptly appear 
personally before the chancellor or in his absence 
his designee and to have a hearing on the follow- 
ing issues only: 

(a) the reliability of the information on the stu- 
dent's misconduct, including the matter of his 
identity; 

(b) whether the misconduct and surrounding 
circumstances reasonably indicate that the re- 
moval of the student from the University cam- 
pus is required to safeguard himself, members 
of the University community, University prop- 
erty, or the continuance of normal University 
functions. 

This Part III shall become applicable only upon 
the condition that the president, or his delegate, 
the chancellor, has invoked the procedures con- 
tained in this Part III within ten (10) days after the 
receipt by the president, or his delegate, the chan- 
cellor, of the prima facie evidence required by this 
paragraph. Unless or until the student has been 
served with notice in accordance with this Part III, 
the discipline of any student shall be controlled by 
the plans for the Undergraduate Judicial System 
and Graduate Judicial System adopted in 1969, 
as from time to time amended, or by any other sys- 
tem which has been established in accordance 
with legally approved standards that may have 
been or may be adopted for any campus of the 
University. 

3. The procedures and substance of this Part III 
shall be initiated only upon written notice being 
served on the student personally or sent to the 
student involved at his address appearing on the 
records of the University, by certified mail, advis- 
ing him of the following (personal service or the 
receipt by the University of a return receipt of mail- 
ing being hereby defined as "service with no- 
tice."): 

(a) a specific description of the misconduct 
with which he is charged and a list of those 
rules in Section C hereof which he has alleged- 
ly violated by such misconduct, together with a 
copy of any written complaint relating to the 
case; 

(b) that he shall be provided a hearing as pro- 
vided in this Part III not less than four (4) nor 
more than fourteen (14) calendar days after the 
effective date of service of notice, such hearing 
to be held even if he chooses not to appear, and 
such notice shall specify a date, time and place 
for the hearing; 

(c) that the hearing will be open to the public 
and press unless he requests that it be closed 



36 / General Information 



and its proceedings and decisions considered 
confidential; 

(d) that he shall be permitted to inspect at 
the office of the chancellor or in some other 
designated office on campus in advance of the 
hearing any affidavits, exhibits, or written evi- 
dence which the University intends to submit 
at the hearing; 

(e) that he may be accompanied and repre- 
sented at the hearing by an advisor of his 
choice, who may be an attorney; 

(f) that he shall be permitted to hear the evi- 
dence presented against him and that he shall 
be permitted to question at the hearing any wit- 
ness who gives evidence against him; 

(g) that he shall have the opportunity to pre- 
sent his version at the hearing by way of affidav- 
its, exhibits, and witnesses; 

(h) that he has been temporarily suspended 
from the University, if that be the case; and 

(i) if relevant, notice of the possible denial of 
financial aid pursuant to Section 497 of the 
Education Amendments of 1972 (P.L. 90-575). 

4. A. All Part III cases shall be heard, in the first 
instance, by a University Judicial Board (the 
Board). 

B. An accused student or the person presenting 
the case for the University may request of the 
chancellor the disqualification of any member of 
the Board selected to serve thereon for the hear- 
ing by submitting a letter to the chancellor show- 
ing that such member is related or has had a busi- 
ness or close personal association with the ac- 
cused student, with the complainant, or with any 
person who has been substantially and adversely 
affected by the student's alleged conduct. The 
chancellor may conduct such investigation of the 
ground for disqualification as he sees fit. The previ- 
ous participation as a Board member in a hearing 
involving the accused student shall not be grounds 
for disqualification. The decision of the chancellor 
as to whether or not there are sufficient grounds 
for disqualification is final. If an accused student 
chooses to invoke the rights conferred by this sub- 
paragraph, his hearing before the Board shall be 
postponed for such period of time (not to exceed 
seven |7| calendar days) which will enable the 
chancellor to determine whether the disqualifica- 
tion of any member of the Board is warranted. 

C. The Board shall be appointed for each of the 
campuses of the University by the president or by 
his delegate, the chancellor. The Board shall be 
composed of either five (5) or seven (7) members, 
at the discretion of the appointing authority. One 
of the members of the Board shall be a member 
of the administration of the University. The remain- 
ing members of the Board shall be equally divided 
between students and members of the University 
faculty. Both undergraduates and graduate stu- 
dents shall be represented on the Board at all 
times. The student members of the Board shall be 



chosen (if undergraduates) by lot from the mem- 
bers of all existing judicial boards and (if graduate 
students) by lot from a panel to be maintained by 
the student members of the Graduate Student As- 
sociation. The faculty members of the Board shall 
be chosen by lot from a panel of not less than 
thirty (30) to be maintained by the senate of the 
appropriate campus, and in the absence of such 
list, by the chancellor. The members of the Board 
shall select the chairman. More than one Board 
may be established from time to time at the dis- 
cretion of the appointing authority. A majority vote 
of the Board shall be sufficient to decide any case 
that may come before it. 

5. The following rules shall apply to any hearing 
conducted by the Board: 

(a) A student shall file with the Board his ad- 
dress to which notice of its decision may be 
mailed, and the mailing of such decision to such 
address shall be conclusively presumed to comply 
with the notification required by the first sentence 
of Paragraph 10 hereof. All hearings shall be open 
to the public, but the Board may restrict the num- 
ber of observers to that which the hearing room 
may comfortably accommodate. A student appear- 
ing before the Board may request that the hearing 
shall be closed to the public, and this request shall 
be honored by the Board. Sequestration of wit- 
nesses may be ordered. The Board may exclude 
from the hearing any person, other than the stu- 
dent charged, whose conduct disrupts, disturbs 
or delays the proceedings. Should the student 
charged engage in conduct that impedes the prog- 
ress of the hearing, or makes a fair hearing im- 
possible, the Board may pass an order suspend- 
ing such student from the University, and such 
suspension shall thereafter continue until after the 
hearing, or any adjournment thereof, shall have 
been concluded and the appeal therefrom, if any, 
shall have been heard and decided. In addition, 
the Board may adjourn the proceeding, and in 
such a case the suspension of such student 
(whether made by the chancellor in accordance 
with Paragraph 2 hereof or by the Board in ac- 
cordance with this subparagraph 5(a) ) shall con- 
tinue until after the conclusion of the adjourned 
hearing and the time for appeal therefrom has ex- 
pired. 

(b) a pending criminal or civil trial involving the 
accused student will not be considered grounds 
for postponement of the disciplinary hearing, un- 
less the date of the judicial trial conflicts with the 
date of the University hearing. 

(c) A student may be represented at a hearing 
before the Board by an advisor, who may be an 
attorney. The Board may be assisted in the con- 
duct of the hearing by a legal advisor (either the 
director of the Judiciary Office or some other qual- 
ified individual). 

(d) The student or his advisor shall have the op- 
portunity to question all witnesses, to present wit- 
nesses in his own behalf, to present any other evi- 



General Information / 37 



dence, and to make an opening and closing state- 
ment. 

(e) The person who shall bring the charges un- 
der these rules shall be the chancellor or the act- 
ing chancellor. Evidence against a student shall be 
presented by a person designated by the chan- 
cellor. The person presenting the case for the Uni- 
versity, the University's attorney, and the Board 
shall have the opportunity to question all wit- 
nesses and to present witnesses and evidence re- 
lating to the charge specified in the notice. 

(f) Formal rules of evidence shall not be appli- 
cable to disciplinary hearings, and any evidence 
or testimony which the Board believes to be rele- 
vant to a fair determination of the charges speci- 
fied in the notice may be admitted. Hearsay evi- 
dence or documents not verified may be admitted 
for the purpose of explaining or corroborating 
other evidence but shall not be sufficient to sup- 
port a determination of the truth of the charges 
unless such hearsay or documentary evidence 
would be admissible in judicial proceedings. 

(g) A student charged under this Part III shall 
be presumed innocent, and the burden of proof 
shall be the responsibility of the University. A stu- 
dent charged under this Part III shall not be re- 
quired to testify before the Board, and his failure 
or refusal to so testify shall not be construed as an 
admission against interest. 

(h) A full and complete record shall be made of 
the proceedings before the Board. A recording or 
other suitable device shall be used. A copy of this 
record shall be supplied to the student. A student 
may arrange to have a court stenographer present 
at his own expense. 

(i) Rulings on evidence and all other matters re- 
lating to the hearing shall be made by the Board, 
and such ruling shall be binding upon all parties. 

(j) If a student fails to appear for a hearing af- 
ter having been duly served with notice thereof as 
required by Paragraph 3 hereof, the hearing shall 
be adjourned, and in such case the suspension of 
such student (if the student has been suspended) 
shall continue until after the conclusion of the ad- 
journed hearing and the appeal therefrom, if any, 
shall have been heard and decided. If the Board 
determines, upon clear and convincing evidence, 
that the accused student has willfully failed to ap- 
pear for the hearing, the Board may order the im- 
mediate suspension of such student from the Uni- 
versity. 

(k) If a student leaves the hearing before its 
conclusion without the permission of the Board. 
the hearing shall be adjourned, and in such case 
the suspension of such student (if the student has 
been suspended) shall continue until after the 
conclusion of the adjourned hearing and the ap- 
peal therefrom, if any, shall have been heard and 
decided. Withdrawal by a student from the hear- 
ing shall be grounds for his temporary suspension 
from the University by the Board. 

(I) Students charged with misconduct arising 



from a single incident or occurrence may have 
their hearings joined either at the request of the 
students involved or at the request of the chan- 
cellor. Requests for joint hearings shall be de- 
cided by the Board. The Board may sever a stu- 
dent's case from others involved in a joint hearing 
at any stage in the proceedings, and without af- 
fecting the progress of other cases involved, 
where it appears necessary to insure a fair hear- 
ing for all. 

6. If a hearing has been adjourned for cause, it 
shall be rescheduled within ten (10) calendar 
days from its originally scheduled date. No notice 
of such adjourned hearing must be given to the 
student involved, but a reasonable effort to so 
notify him shall be made. At any adjourned hear- 
ing, the rules established in paragraph 4 hereof 
shall control. 

7. The Board shall make its findings based upon 
substantial evidence produced before it. Such 
findings shall be contained in a written report 
which shall be submitted to the chancellor of the 
campus, within five (5) days of the close of the 
hearing. The report shall contain: 

(a) A finding that the student did or did not com- 
mit the acts charged; 

(b) If the finding is that the student did commit 
the acts charged, a further finding that the acts 
committed did or did not constitute a violation of 
the rules established in Section C of this Part III; 

(c) If the finding is that the student did commit 
the act charged, and if the student is the recipient 
of funds under a program enumerated in Section 
497 of the Education Amendments of 1972 (Pub- 
lic Law 90-575), a further finding as to whether 
the act was of a serious nature ^nd contributed 
to a substantial disruption of the administration 
of the University so as to warrant discontinuance 
for a period of two years, any further payment to, 
or for the direct benefit of the student under any 
of the programs specified in the aforesaid Section 
497 of the Education Amendments of 1972; and 

(d) A penalty, if any, to be imposed. 

8. If the Board finds that a penalty should be im- 
posed as provided by paragraph 7(d) hereof, it 
may invoke the following sanctions: 

(a) disciplinary reprimand, or 

(b) conduction probation, or 

(c) dismissal from University housing, or 

(d) disciplinary probation, or 

(e) suspension from the University, or 

(f) expulsion from the University. 

If the Board imposes the sanctions provided by 
sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of this paragraph, then 
the prior suspension of the accused student, if any, 
shall be lifted, and the continued discipline of the 
student shall be as provided in the order of the 
Board. If the Board finds the accused student in- 
nocent of the offense with which he was charged. 
his temporary suspension, if any, shall be lifted. In 
all cases where a temporary suspension has been 



38 / General Information 



lifted, the student shall be given an opportunity to 
complete interrupted academic work. In invoking 
the power to sanction a student as provided here- 
by, the Board may consider any prior disciplinary 
action taken against the student involved. 

9. In the event that the Board shall fail to sub- 
mit a report to the chancellor of its findings and 
recommendations within seven (7) calendar days 
after the close of the hearing, then the chancellor 
shall promptly give notice to the accused student 
and appoint another University Judicial Board as 
required by these rules, and thereafter a new hear- 
ing shall be held by such successor Board, all in 
accordance with the rules contained in this Part 
III. 

10. Within ten (10) calendar days after notice of 
the Board's decision the student may appeal that 
decision. If no such appeal is taken, the order of 
the Board shall be final and conclusive. Such ap- 
peal shall be noted by filing a written request 
therefor with the chancellor which shall state the 
grounds upon which the appeal is taken and shall 
also state the address of the appellant, which ad- 
dress shall be used by the appellate agency for 
the service of notice as required by Paragraph 11 
hereof. If the student shall have been suspended, 
any such appeal shall continue that suspension, 
notwithstanding the sanctions, if any, imposed by 
the Board as provided by Paragraph 8 hereof. The 
student charged shall have the option to appeal 
either to: 

(a) the chancellor of the campus, or 

(b) the president of the University, or 

(c) an arbitrator as provided for by Paragraph 
12 hereof. 

11. All appeals, as provided by Paragraph 10 
hereof, shall be taken upon the record made be- 
fore the Board. No testimony or other evidence 
shall be introduced before the appellate officer. 
However, the parties may submit written briefs 
stating their contentions concerning the case and 
may be represented before the appellate officer 
by a representative or legal counsel who may pre- 
sent oral arguments on their behalf. The appeal 
shall be heard within fourteen (14) days after it 
has been noted in accordance with Paragraph 10 
hereof. The student-appellant shall be sent a no- 
tice of the time and place for the hearing of the 
appeal; the requirement of notification contained 
in this paragraph shall be satisfied by the mailing 
thereof to the student-appellant at his address 
shown on his notice of appeal as required by 
Paragraph 10 hereof. The appellate officer may af- 
firm, modify, revise or reverse the decision of the 
Board, or he may remand the case to the Board 
for further proceedings not inconsistent with its 
findings, but it may not increase the sanctions im- 
posed by the Board. The decision of the appellate 
officer shall be made in writing; it shall be made 
within ten (10) days after he has heard the case; 
his decision shall be final and binding upon the 
parties; the decision shall be communicated in 



writing to the accused student by the appellate 
officer and to the parents or legal guardians of the 
student if he is under the age of twenty-one (21) 
years. 

12. The accused student may appeal the de- 
cision of the Board to an impartial arbitrator ap- 
pointed directly by the National Center for Dis- 
pute Settlement of the American Arbitration As- 
sociation (NCDS). Such appointment may be chal- 
lenged by either party for good cause. The NCDS 
shall decide the question of good cause. In addi- 
tion to the requirements of Paragraph 10 hereof, 
the student shall initiate the arbitration by mailing 
or delivering in person two copies of a notice of 
a desire to arbitrate to the National Center for 
Dispute Settlement, 1815 H Street, NW, Washing- 
ton. DC. 20006, which notice shall constitute a 
contract on behalf of the student that he shall be 
bound thereafter by the decision of the National 
Center for Dispute Settlement. The arbitration shall 
be conducted in accordance with the Community 
Dispute Settlement Rules of the National Center 
for Dispute Settlement to the extent such rules are 
not inconsistent with the provisions of these rules. 
Where any such inconsistency may exist, these 
rules shall be controlling. Questions of such incon- 
sistency shall be decided by the arbitrator. The 
costs of the arbitration proceeding shall be borne 
equally by the student and the University. A stu- 
dent who is unable to pay his share of these costs 
may petition the University to bear the whole cost 
of the arbitration, provided that the petition plus 
supporting documents is submitted to the chan- 
cellor for his decision prior to the filing of a notice 
of a desire to arbitrate. 

C. DISCIPLINARY RULES 

1. The disciplinary rules contained in this sec- 
tion C are the rules which may invoke the proce- 
dures stated in section B hereof. 

(a) Violation of fire regulations, failure to com- 
ply with evacuation procedures, tampering with 
fire-protection apparatus, use of fireworks, or use 
of open-flame devices or combustible materials 
which endanger the safety or well-being of the 
University community; or unauthorized use of elec- 
trical equipment. 

(b) Unauthorized entry into or presence in a 
University building or facility. Except for properly 
scheduled use, classroom, administration and rec- 
reation buildings are closed to general student 
use on holidays, Saturday afternoon, Sundays and 
after 12 midnight during the week. Students may 
use a building or facility for a specified purpose 
upon written permission from a member of the fac- 
ulty with approval of the academic or administra- 
tive officer normally having control over such 
building or facility, which permission may be re- 
voked or withdrawn. 

(c) Obstruction of, disruption of, or interference 
with any University activity of an academic nature; 
actions on the part of students which substantially 



General Information / 39 



obstruct, disrupt or interfere with non-academic 
activities on University premises by members or 
authorized non-members of the University com- 
munity. 

(d) Destruction, theft, attempted theft, or impair- 
ment of University property. 

(e) Behavior which jeopardizes the safety or 
well-being of other members of the University 
community, or persons coming onto University 
property; physical harrassment of, or interference 
with firemen, policemen or other persons engaged 
in the performance of their official duties; physical 
abuse or threatening physical abuse of any person 
on University property; forcible detention of any 
person on University property. 

(f) Possession, use, sale or distribution on or 
in University property of illegal drugs or of drugs 
for which the required prescription has not been 
obtained. 

(g) The possession or use of bombs or explosive 
devices of any character; the threat, either made 
orally or in writing, that any bomb or explosive de- 
vice has been or may be implanted in or upon any 
property or building of the University. 



PART IV— 

SELECTED POLICY STATEMENTS 

POLICY ON AMPLIFYING EQUIPMENT 

(As adopted by University Senate, June 2, 1970) 

1. Public address systems, loudspeakers and 
other forms of sound amplifying equipment 
may be used in any of the following outdoor 
areas of the campus: 

a. Physical education and intramural field be- 
tween University Boulevard and parking 
area 1. 

b. North Mall between Campus Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

c. South Mall between Regents Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

d. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd Stad- 
ium. 

2. The use of public address systems, loudspeak- 
ers and other forms of sound amplifying equip- 
ment must be restricted in the Central Mall 
area between 8 a.m. and 6 p.m. on class days 
in order to minimize the likelihood of disturb- 
ing classes and other academic activities. 
However, such equipment may be used in the 
Central Mall during these hours if the pro- 
cedures outlined below are followed. All equip- 
ment used in Central Mall must be secured 
through the Office of the Director of the Physi- 
cal Plant or through the S.G.A. office. 

a. Public address systems, loudspeakers and 
other forms of sound amplifying equipment 
(except in "b" below), must be secured 



from the Office of the Director of Physical 
Plant, South Administration Building, by re- 
questing such equipment in writing at least 
twelve (12) hours in advance. Any Univer- 
sity student or organization which fulfills 
the following requirements will be permitted 
to use the amplifying equipment. 

(1) An individual must be currently en- 
rolled as a student, part-time or full- 
time, at the University or currently em- 
ployed by the University. 

(2) Any organization or activity must have 
been recognized by the SGA Legisla- 
ture and must at the time of the request 
have official recognition as a University 
organization or activity. 

b. Bullhorns will be available upon surrender 
of the I.D. card in the SGA office and in the 
Office of the Director of the Physical Plant. 
Bullhorns secured in this manner may be 
used on the Central Mall without prior per- 
mission. Any individual may use only one 
bullhorn at a time. 

3. Public address systems, loudspeakers and 
other forms of sound amplifying equipment may 
be used in outdoor areas of the campus other 
than those listed above (sections 1 and 2) by 
securing approval in writing at least 5 days in 
advance from the Facilities Use Committee by 
application to the Office of the Director of the 
Physical Plant. Approval will be granted for 
use of amplifying equipment in these areas 
only if there is a high probability that the 
planned activity will not disrupt or disturb other 
University activities or if the area has not been 
previously reserved. Permission will be granted 
to use amplifying equipment in the vicinity of 
residence halls only upon specific written re- 
quest of the student government of the resi- 
dence halls affected. 

4. Individual students or organizational repre- 
sentatives using amplifying equipment must 
accept responsibility for any complaints of dis- 
turbances or disruption received from persons 
in University academic and/or residence build- 
ings. 

POLICY ON DEMONSTRATIONS 

(As adopted by University Senate, June 2, 1970) 

I. GENERAL STATEMENT 

a. The University of Maryland cherishes the 
right of individual students or student 
groups to dissent and to demonstrate, pro- 
vided such demonstrations do not disrupt 
normal campus activities, or infringe upon 
the rights of others. 

b. On the other hand, the University will not 
condone behavior which violates the free- 
dom of speech, choice, assembly, or move- 
ment of other individuals or groups. In 



40 / General Information 



short, responsible dissent carries with it a 
sensitivity for the civil rights of others, 
c. Accordingly, the University will take what- 
ever steps it deems necessary to (1) pro- 
tect the right of any individual or group to 
demonstrate and publicly proclaim any 
view, however unpopular; (2) protect the 
freedom of speech, assembly and move- 
ment of any individual or group which is 
the object of demonstrations. 
To achieve the foregoing objectives the follow- 
ing guidelines have been developed for operation 
at College Park: 

II. GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL DEMONSTRA- 
TIONS 

a. Unscheduled demonstrations, "teach-ins," 
rallies, or equivalent activities may be held 
by recognized university organizations and 
activities, full or part-time students, and 
current employees of the University in the 
areas defined below provided that the ac- 
tivity does not interfere with any function 
for which that space has been reserved in 
advance. 

1. The Central Mall 

2. Physical education and intramural field 
between University Boulevard and park- 
ing area 1. 

3. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd 
Stadium 

4. North Mall between Campus Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

5. South Mall between Regents Drive and 
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard. 

All activities in these areas must be con- 
ducted so as to avoid interference with the 
regularly scheduled functions of the library 
and/or classrooms adjacent to the area 
and in compliance with the provisions con- 
tained in llg, 1-8. 

Failure to reserve space will not invali- 
date the privilege of conducting the ap- 
propriate activity. However, in the event of 
two or more groups desiring to use a given 
space, an approved space reservation will 
take precedence over an unscheduled ac- 
tivity. If two or more groups desire a space 
when no reservation has been made, the 
first come, first served principle will apply. 

b. Recognized University organizations and 
activities, full or part-time students, and 
current employees of the University who 
wish to schedule a demonstration, "teach- 
in," rally, or equivalent activity, may re- 
quest the space through the facilities res- 
ervation procedure up to 24 hours in ad- 
vance. Demonstrations will be permitted in 
the locations outlined in Ma. above unless 
the space has previously been reserved or 



is in use for academic activities or intercol- 
legiate athletic team practices. Demonstra- 
tions may be held at other locations on the 
campus subject to approval by the Vice 
Chancellor for Student Affairs in consulta- 
tion with the Student Life Committee. Stu- 
dents who participate in demonstrations 
which have not been approved may be con- 
sidered in violation of University policy. 
(Except as provided in Ma. above.) 

c. Demonstrations, rallies or "teach-ins" may 
be conducted in or adjacent to any residen- 
tial building with the specific written con- 
currence of the student government of the 
unit or area concerned. Any such rallies, 
demonstrations or "teach-ins" which may 
be authorized by the appropriate student 
government must conform to the general 
procedures contained in llg. 1-8. 

d. Demonstrations in the form of parades on 
streets may be conducted with the specific 
approval of route and time secured 48 hours 
in advance from the University Public Safe- 
ty and Security Office. 

e. Although groups may sponsor or organize 
demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins," or pic- 
keting activities, the fact of group spon- 
sorship or organization in no way relieves 
individuals of the responsibility for their 
own conduct, and each individual partici- 
pating in such activities is accountable for 
compliance with the provisions of this pol- 
icy. 

f. Persons not members of the University stu- 
dent body, faculty or staff may participate 
in demonstrations, rallies, picketing, teach- 
ins or equivalent activities only upon invita- 
tion by a bonafide student, faculty or staff 
member. All non-students are obligated to 
the terms of this policy during participation 
in such activities. Since persons not stu- 
dents, faculty or staff members are not sub- 
ject to University discipline procedures, 
failure to comply with terms of this policy 
may result in action under terms of appro- 
priate Maryland law. 

g. In addition to the above provisions, the fol- 
lowing guidelines will apply to all demon- 
strations. 

1. Reasonable access to and exit from any 
office or building must be maintained. 
The right of way on public streets and 
sidewalks will be maintained. 

2. Demonstrators will not attempt to force 
the cancellation or interruption of any 
event sponsored by a University office 
or by a faculty or student group or by 
any group authorized to use University 
facilities. 

3. Classes or other educational activities 
in classroom buildings and the library 
will not be disrupted. 



General Information / 41 



4. The use of public address systems, loud- 
speakers, etc., in the vicinity of aca- 
demic and residence buildings will fol- 
low procedures set forth above. 

5. Demonstrations may be carried on in- 
side of University buildings only as pro- 
vided in Sections lie and 4 or with ap- 
proval of the Facilities Use Committee 
as outlined in the University General 
and Academic Regulations. 

6. Where an invited speaker is the object 
of protest, students and faculty may 
demonstrate OUTSIDE the building 
where the lecture will take place. Dem- 
onstrators who wish to enter the build- 
ing must do so as members of the audi- 
ence and must give the speaker a re- 
spectful hearing. Signs, placards or 
other paraphernalia associated with a 
demonstration will not be carried into 
the building. 

7. University property must be protected at 
all times. 

8. The safety and well being of members 
of the University community collectively 
and individually must be protected at 
all times. 

h. Complaints received from users of the Li- 
brary or classrooms adjacent to the defined 
areas (Ma.) will be grounds for disciplinary 
action against individuals and/or groups 
sponsoring or participating in rallies, 
"teach-ins" or demonstrations in these 
areas. 

III. GUIDELINES FOR DEMONSTRATIONS IN 
CONNECTION WITH PLACEMENT PROGRAMS 

a. Anyone wishing to question or protest the 
on-Campus presence of any recruiting or- 
ganization should contact the Director of 
the Career Development Center or his rep- 
resentative in advance. 

b. Should any member of the University Com- 
munity wish to discuss or protest the in- 
ternal policies of any recruiting organiza- 
tion, the Director of the Career Develop- 
ment Center must be contacted for assist- 
ance in communicating directly with the ap- 
propriate representatives of said organiza- 
tion. 

c. Demonstration guidelines outlined in Sec- 
tion llg. 1-8 are applicable. 

d. Demonstrations in conjunction with place- 
ment programs conducted in the Career 
Development Center's Cumberland Hall fa- 
cility or other facility shall be considered 
not to infringe upon the rights of others and 
the normal functioning of placement pro- 
grams provided that demonstrations are 
conducted outside of the facility and do not 
interfere with free and open access to the 



Career Development Center facilities by 
those students, faculty, staff, and visitors 
who wish to conduct business within the 
framework of established placement pro- 
grams. 

IV. SPECIAL GUIDELINE PERTAINING TO THE 
STUDENT UNION 

a. No demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins" or 
equivalent activities may be held in the 
lobbies or corridors of the Student Union. 

b. Demonstrations may be held in assigned 
rooms of the Student Union by recognized 
student organizations following procedures 
for reserving space which have been out- 
lined by the Student Union Board. 

V. GUIDELINES FOR PICKETING 

a. Legal Rights and Limitations. 

Orderly picketing is a legally established 
form of expression which recognizes the in- 
dividual's right of free expression subject 
only to such reasonable limitations as are 
imposed by State legislation and University 
regulations. These limitations are intended 
to protect the rights of the picketer, the 
student body and the public with particular 
concern for safety, preservation of normal 
academic life and order, and the protec- 
tion of persons and property. 

b. Conduct of Picketers. 

1. Picketers are subject to those regula- 
tions listed above in Section II, g, 1-8. 

2. Picketers will not disrupt any University 
activity by making excessive noise in 
the vicinity of any University building. 

3. The University Health Service is off- 
limits to picketers because special si- 
lence and other welfare and safety fac- 
tors are involved. 

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE POLICY 
AND PROCEDURES 

POLICY 

Regulations forbid unauthorized possession, use 
or distribution of alcoholic beverages on or in 
University property. University policy is consistent 
with State and County laws and restricts ON- 
CAMPUS use of alcoholic beverages in specified 
areas. 

Interpretation 

1. AGE — Students under 21 years of age may not 
possess, consume or distribute alcoholic bev- 
erages. 

2. LICENSING — Temporary licenses are avail- 
able through the Board of License Commis- 
sioners for Prince George's County, Maryland, 
consistent with existing County and State law. 

3. RESTRICTED AREAS— Alcoholic beverages 
may not be possessed, consumed or distrib- 



42 / General Information 



uted in any academic facility, except where 
specific, written approval has been obtained 
for the event from the individual or department 
responsible for the operation of that facility. 
This restriction applies to all dining halls, cafe- 
terias, classroom and office buildings, libraries, 
laboratories, administrative buildings, and ath- 
letic facilities. 
When planning an event where alcoholic bever- 
ages will be brought in by the individual consum- 
ers, or will be given away, or where donations will 
be invited, the following procedures should be fol- 
lowed: 

1. Receive written approval for the use of your 
facility — in the residence areas check for 
any local restrictions established by unit 
governments. 

2. Secure and complete the Registration Of A 
Student Social Event form in the Office of 
Student Development. (Suite 1211, Student 
Union.) 

3. Secure and complete the Alcoholic Beverage 
Registration form which names the person 
responsible for the event. 

PART V— MOTOR VEHICLES 

Parking facilities at the University are extreme- 
ly limited and are primarily intended for use by 
commuting students. Most parking areas are lo- 
cated on the periphery of the campus and are 
usually five or six blocks away from residence 
halls and classroom buildings. 

Freshman and sophomore resident students are 
not permitted to register motor vehicles on cam- 
pus; however, they may obtain on-campus week- 
end parking privileges. Any freshman or sopho- 
more (i.e., a student who has earned fewer than 
56 academic credits) who needs a motor vehicle 
for work, or for any other purpose, should consider 
making off-campus living arrangements. 

Motor scooters, motorcycles, motor-bikes, or 
bicycles are not permitted inside any residence 
hall. They must be parked in those outside areas 
specifically marked for them. 

CAMPUS TRAFFIC 

RULES AND REGULATIONS 

(Academic Year 1973-74) 

These regulations apply to all who drive motor 
vehicles on any part of the campus at College 
Park. 

1. PURPOSE OF TRAFFIC REGULATIONS 

a. To facilitate the work of the University by 
providing parking space for those who need 
it most. 

b. To provide parking space for University 
visitors and guests. 

c. To protect pedestrian traffic. 



d. To assure access at all times for ambulance 
and fire-fighting apparatus. 

e. To control vehicular traffic on the Campus. 

2. REGISTRATION OF VEHICLES: 

a. All motor vehicles, including motorcycles 
and scooters, operated on campus by a 
person associated with the University, must 
be registered with the Vehicle Registration 
Office regardless of ownership, except as 
noted in Regulation 2c. All student vehicles 
must be registered in the name of the stu- 
dent who is the legal operator of the vehi- 
cle. 

b. Student vehicles must be registered for the 
current academic year during the appli- 
cable registration period. A registration 
charge will be made for each vehicle. This 
Fee Cannot Be Refunded. 

1. Fall Semester beginning in 

August — for first vehicle $10.00 

Each additional vehicle 2.00 

2. Spring Semester beginning in 

January — for first vehicle 5.00 

Each additional vehicle 1.00 

3. Summer Semester 2.00 

Each additional vehicle 1.00 

All Registrations will expire on the next fol- 
lowing August 15. Proof of ownership or 
legal control will be required for multiple 
registrations. Students applying for regis- 
tration of additional vehicles must present 
the State vehicle license number and the 
University of Maryland registration number 
of their initially registered vehicle for the 
current academic year. No charge will be 
made for replacement of registration stick- 
er required due to damaged bumper of a 
registered vehicle or because of a replace- 
ment for a registered vehicle. Remnants of 
stickers to be replaced MUST be turned in 
at the Motor Vehicle Registration Desk. 

c. Resident students who have earned less 
than 56 semester credits shall be prohibited 
from operating a motor vehicle on the Col- 
lege Park campus, and from registering a 
vehicle under provisions of these regula- 
tions, except for special weekend privileges 
as provided in regulation 2d. This prohibi- 
tion applies to any freshman or sophomore 
student residing within one (1) mile radius 
of the Library, providing said residence is 
other than that shown as student's legal 
residence at time of registration. 

d. Resident students who have earned less 
than 56 semester credits are permitted to 
operate a motor vehicle on the College Park 
campus during the hours from 5:00 P.M. 
Friday to 12 midnight Sunday only. Vehi- 
cles operated on the campus under provi- 
sions of this regulation must be registered 



General Information / 43 



in accordance with regulations 2a and 2b. 
Special "weekend" registration stickers will 
be issued. Vehicles displaying weekend 
stickers will be considered not registered 
if observed on the campus at any time other 
than the specified weekend period. 

e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are is- 
sued initially at the time of employment. 
Subsequent renewals will be scheduled at 
times designated. 

f. Only one set of parking permits for each 
vehicle is authorized. 

g. Vehicles are not considered officially reg- 
istered until permits are affixed on front 
and rear bumpers or on metal plates affixed 
to license plates. 

h. Temporary parking permits for visiting 
groups and for special reasons and condi- 
tions are available. Requests should be 
made to the Motor Vehicle Administration 
Section — Telephone Ext. 4242. 

i. Parking permits must not be transferred to 
any vehicle other than the one for which 
they were originally issued. 

j. Parking permits must not be defaced or 
altered in any manner. 

3. TRAFFIC REGULATIONS: 

a. All motor vehicles are subject to University 
traffic regulations while on the University 
campus. The University assumes no respon- 
sibility for loss or damage to private prop- 
erty. 

b. All traffic and parking signs must be 
obeyed. 

c. It is impossible to mark with signs all areas 
of University property where parking is pro- 
hibited. Parking or driving is definitely pro- 
hibited on grass plots, tree plots, construc- 
tion areas, or any place which will mar the 
landscaping of the campus, create a safety 
hazard or interfere with the use of Univer- 
sity facilities. 

d. All regulations must be observed during 
registration and examination periods, ex- 
cept as may be otherwise indicated by offi- 
cial signs. During final examination periods 
and the Summer School session, registered 
vehicles may park in any numbered park- 
ing area except Areas 5, 6, and 9. 

e. Operation of any motor vehicle in such a 
manner as to create excessive noise or 
smoke, or operation of any vehicle which 
is in an unsafe condition, will result in re- 
vocation of parking permit and issuance of 
a Maryland State Summons for violation of 
Article 66 '/ 2 Annotated Code of Maryland. 

f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at 
all times. 



g. The maximum speed on campus roads is 20 
miles per hour. During changes of classes 
and in areas of pedestrian traffic cars must 
be driven more slowly. 

h. Vehicles, including motorcycles and motor 
scooters, must be parked in assigned areas 
only. Certain parking areas are restricted to 
faculty and academic staff at all times. This 
restriction is indicated on the official sign 
at the entrance to the area. In all other park- 
ing areas, unrestricted parking for any ve- 
hicle registered on the campus is per- 
mitted from 5:00 p.m. to 12:00 midnight, 
Monday thru Thursday; and from 5:00 p.m. 
Friday to 12:00 midnight Sunday, 
i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of 
University traffic regulations or abandoned 
on campus is subject to removal and im- 
pounding at the expense of the owner or 
operator. (See Regulation 4c.) 

j. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not 
be reserved or marked for any department 
or individual. 

k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an 
emergency substitute for a registered vehi- 
cle, it must be parked in the regularly as- 
signed area and an immediate report made 
to the Motor Vehicle Administration Sec- 
tion— Ext. 4242. 

I. In parking areas which have marked spaces 
and lanes, a vehicle must be parked in one 
space only, leaving clear access to adjac- 
ent spaces, and without blocking driving 
lanes or creating a hazard for other drivers. 

m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks. 

n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all 
campus roads at all times. 

o. In cases where individuals are permitted to 
register more than one vehicle for parking 
on the campus, only one of these vehicles 
may be parked in the assigned area at any 
time. 

p. Metered parking spaces must be used in 
accordance with requirements as stated on 
official signs. Non-registered student vehi- 
cles parked in metered spaces will be in 
violation of Section 2A. 

q. Curbed recesses are reserved for VISITORS 
and GUESTS between the hours of 8:00 
a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. 

r. The fact that a vehicle is parked in violation 
of any regulation and does not receive a 
violation notice does not mean that the 
regulation is no longer in effect. 

4. TRAFFIC INFORMATION: 

a. The Office of the Campus Police is lo- 
cated in the Service Building and may be 
reached on University campus telephone 
Ext. 3555. 



44 / General Information 



b. The Cashier's Office and the Motor Vehicle 
Administration Section are in the Service 
Building, Campus telephone Ext. 4242. 

c. The term abandonment, as it relates to auto- 
mobiles parked on property owned or 
leased by the University of Maryland, shall 
mean any one or more of the following 
conditions: 

(1) Any vehicle which has not been moved 
for thirty (30) days and whose owner or 
other claimant the University is unable 
to locate. 

(2) Any vehicle which has not been moved 
for thirty (30) days and whose identified 
owner or other claimant refuses to move 
it. 

(3) Any vehicle on which current license 
plates are not displayed and which has 
not been moved for ten (10) days. 

(4) Any vehicle which has not been moved 
in seven (7) days due to an inoperative 
condition caused by the removal of nec- 
essary parts or a wrecked condition. 

5. PENALTIES 

a. Any person connected with the University 
who operates an unregistered vehicle on 
the campus, or who registers such a vehi- 
cle in any way contrary to the provisions of 
these regulations, will be subject to pay- 
ment of a fifteen ($15.00) dollar penalty in 
addition to the penalty for any other regula- 
tion violation connected therewith. 

b. Violations of any campus traffic regulation 
other than improper registration or over- 
time meter parking, will result in penalty as 
listed below: 

(a) Penalty for parking a registered 
vehicle in a parking area other 
than properly assigned area. . . .$5.00 

(b) Parking a registered vehicle on a 
roadway, in a posted fire lane or 
posted no parking area $5.00 

(c) Parking any vehicle, including 
cycles, on walks, grass area, 
plazas, and any other places not 
designated as areas for parking 
or driving without special permit 
signed by head of Grounds Di- 
vision $5.00 

Violator will be additionally liable 

for amount of any specific dam- 
age caused by such action. 

c. Overtime parking in any metered space will 
result in penalty of one ($1.00) dollar for 
each maximum time period on meter. 

d. Violations are payable within ten (10) cal- 
endar days from date of issue at the office 
of the Cashier in the General Services 
Building and an additional penalty of $2.00 



will be imposed for failure to settle viola- 
tions on time. 

e. Visitors and guests notices issued to Uni- 
versity visitors must be signed and returned 
either in person or by mail to the Vehicle 
Registration Cashier, University of Mary- 
land, College Park, Md. 20742, or to the 
University Official visited. Violation notices 
must be returned 10 days after date of is- 
sue. The violation may be voided at the dis- 
cretion of the Vehicle Registration Office, 
and if not voidable will be returned for pay- 
ment. 

f. Violations involving an unregistered vehi- 
cle owned by a member of the immediate 
family of a student may be charged to the 
student's account unless settled by the in- 
dividual receiving the ticket, in accordance 
with stated privileges granted to visitors 
and guests. 

g. Motor Vehicle privileges will be revoked by 
action of the Vehicle Registration Office in 
accordance with the following conditions: 

(1) When a student has accumulated at 
least three (3) violations on the record, 
he (she) will lose motor vehicle privi- 
leges for- a period of four (4) weeks. 

(2) When a student has accumulated an 
additional two (2) violations on the rec- 
ord for a total of five (5), he (she) will 
lose motor vehicle privileges for a peri- 
od of sixteen (16) weeks. 

(3) In each case the student will be re- 
quired to remove the registration stick- 
ers and turn in remnants of the stick- 
ers to the Motor Vehicle Registration 
Section. 

(4) When the prescribed period of time for 
loss of motor vehicle privileges has 
passed, the student will be required to 
pay the regular fee for re-registration. 

(5) All conditions described in Items 1, 2, 3, 
and 4 apply to all vehicles registered 
by any student. 

h. Persistent violators of traffic regulations 
will be referred to the Judiciary Office for 
appropriate action. 

6. APPEALS: 

a. An Appeals Board composed of a minimum 
of three students who are members of the 
Student Traffic Board meets regularly to 
consider appeals from students charged 
with violations. Students wishing to ap- 
peal a violation will first register intent to 
appeal in the Service Building, thence to 
the Judiciary Office, Room 218, North Ad- 
ministration Building where the date and 
time for the appeal will be furnished the 
appellate. Traffic tickets must be appealed 



General Information / 45 



within (10) calendar days from the date of 
issuance. Overtime parking meter violations 
are not subject to appeal. 

b. A special Board composed of designated 
members of the traffic committee will con- 
sider and act upon requests for exceptions 
to any traffic regulation. All actions of this 
Board will be final. 

7. PARKING AREAS FOR STUDENTS: 

Area 1 — West of Cole Activities Building, be- 
tween Stadium Drive and Campus Drive 

Area 2 — North of Denton Hall Dorm Complex 

Area 3 — Southwest Corner of Campus 

Area 4 — North of Heavy Research Laboratory 

Area 7— East of U.S. No. 1, at North Gate 

Area 10 — East of U.S. No. 1, North of Fraternity 
Row 

Area 11 — Northeast of Asphalt Institute Build- 
ing 

8. PARKING AREAS FOR FACULTY, STAFF AND 
ASSIGNED RESIDENT STUDENTS ONLY: 

Area *5 — Student Housing Area East Side 

Campus, Leonardtown Modular Units 
Area *6 — North of Dining Hall No. 5 and East 

of Elkton Dorm 
Area *9 — Vicinity of Cambridge Hall Dorm 

Complex 
Area 12 — South of Allegany Hall 
Area 14 — Loop Roads Front and Rear of 

Houses on Fraternity Row 
Area 15 — Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue 
Area 17 — Special Parking for use of Center 

for Adult Education 
Area *A— West End of BPA Building 
Area AA — North of Fine Arts and west of the 

Education Classroom Building 
Area *B — Adjacent to Computer Science 

Center 
Area BB — East end of practice field 
Area C— Adjacent to Turner Laboratory (Dairy) 
Area CC — Barn area 
Area *D — Rear of Journalism Building 
Area DD — East of Space Sciences Building 
Area *E — Adjacent to Engineering Buildings 
Area EE — North of Engineering Laboratory 

Building 



Area *F — Adjacent to Fire Service Extension 

Building 
Area FF — East of Animal Science Building 
Area *G — Between Silvester Hall and Skinner 

Building 
Area GG — North of Adult Education Center 

Building 
Area *H — Adjacent to Symons Hall and 

Holzapfel Hall 
Area HH — Adjacent to H. J. Patterson Hall — 

Botany 
Area I — Rear of Molecular Physics Building 
Area J — West of Annapolis Hall 
Area K — Adjacent to General Service Building 
Area KK — West of New Physical Education 

Building 
Area L — Administration-Armory Loop 
Area *M — Adjacent to Infirmary 
Area N — Rear of J. M. Patterson Hall — Indus- 
trial Education 
Area O — East and West of School of Archi- 
tecture 
Area 00 — Adjacent to Zoology-Psychology 

Building and Undergraduate Library 
Area P — East of Wind Tunnel 
Area *PP — Between Math Building and 

Cyclotron 
Area Q — Rear of Jull Hall 
Area *R — Circle in front of Byrd Stadium Field 
House, Stadium Garage and adjacent to 
Preinkert Field House 
Area RR — East of Asphalt Institute 
Area *S — Special Food Service 
Area T — North of Engineering Laboratory 

Building 
Area TT — Service Area West of Physics Build- 
ing 
Area U — Rear of McKeldin Library 
Area UU— North end 3 Lot 
Area V — Open area between Building DD and 

Building EE 
Area *W — Between Skinner Building and 

Taliaferro Hall 
Area *XX — West — New Chemistry Wing 
Area Y — West of Chapel 
Area YY— West of Cumberland Hall 
Area Z — Adjacent to Cole Field House, West 

Side 
Area *Z — Rear Cole Field House 



'Restricted at all times 



46 / General Information 



II 

DIVISIONS, COLLEGES 
AND SCHOOLS 



Prior to development of the academic reorgani- 
zation, the departments, programs, institutes and 
the like were grouped within colleges and schools 
which, traditionally, were the largest academic 
units. In the new structure, colleges and schools 
are grouped within larger Divisions as may be 
seen by referring to the chart at the front of the 
Catalog. In addition, some academic departments 
and programs exist within the Divisions inde- 
pendently of colleges and schools. This section 
describes the new organization, its purposes and 
functions in detail. A knowledge of Divisions and 
their interrelationships will help you in planning 
your education. 

DIVISION OF LIFE SCIENCES 
AND AGRICULTURE 

The Division of Life Sciences and Agriculture 
offers educational opportunities for students in 
subject matter relating to living organisms and 
their interaction with one another and with the 
environment Education in all aspects of agricul- 
ture is included. In addition to pursuing the Bac- 
calaureate degree, a number of students in this 
Division engage in pre-professional education in 
such fields as pre-Medicine, pre-Dentistry, and 
pre-Veterinary Medicine. 

The Division was established in connection with 
the academic reorganization on the College Park 
campus and is expected to be fully implemented 
July 1, 1973. Because the Division is establishing 



specific details of its organization and program, 
many facts regarding admission to Division de- 
grees, requirements for these degrees and other 
items of interest to the student cannot be stated 
at this time. As details concerning these items 
reach final form, they will be made available to 
students through the office of the Chairman of 
the Division. Requirements established by Depart- 
ments in the College of Agriculture will be found 
in the material which follows. 

ADMISSION 

The requirements for admission to the Division 
are, in general, the same as those for admission 
to the other units of the University. Application 
must be made to the Director of Admissions, Uni- 
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

The student who intends to pursue a program of 
study in the Division of Life Sciences and Agricul- 
ture should include the following subjects in his 
high school program: English, four units; college 
preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane geome- 
try), three or four units; biology, chemistry, or 
physics, two units; history and social sciences, 
one or more units. 

The student who wishes to major in chemistry, 
botany, microbiology, zoology, or who wishes to 
follow a pre-medical or pre-dental program, should 
include four units of college preparatory mathe- 
matics (algebra, plane geometry, trigonometry, 
and more advanced mathematics, if available). He 
should also include chemistry and physics. 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 47 



ADVISORS 

Each freshman in this college will be assigned 
to a faculty advisor who will help the student, 
during his first year, to select his courses and to 
determine what his field of major concentration 
should be. 

The student at the sophomore level and above 
will be advised by a faculty member in his major 
department. Students following the three-year pro- 
grams in dentistry, law, and medicine will be ad- 
vised by special advisors for these programs. 

The Division includes the Departments of Bot- 
any, Chemistry, Entomology, Geology, Microbi- 
ology and Zoology. The College of Agriculture in 
the Division includes the Departments of Agricul- 
tural and Extension Education, Agricultural Engi- 
neering, Agricultural and Resources Economics, 
Agronomy, Animal Science, Dairy Science, Horti- 
culture, Poultry Science and Veterinary Science. 
It also includes the Institute of Applied Agricul- 
ture, a two year program of vocational education 
administered through the Department of Agricul- 
tural and Extension Education. 

Within the College of Agriculture, there are edu- 
cational opportunities in curricula which span sev- 
eral departments. These include a curriculum in 
Conservation and a curriculum in Food Science. 

In addition to the educational resources on the 
campus, students with specific interests have an 
opportunity to utilize libraries and other resources 
of several of the government agencies located 
close to the campus. The Laboratories of the Na- 
tural Resources Institute and those conducting 
agricultural research throughout the state are also 
available to the student. 

AGRICULTURE 

THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE offers educa- 
tional programs with a broad cultural and scientific 
base. Students are prepared for careers in agricul- 
tural related sciences, technology and business. 

The application of advanced knowledge to the 
solution of some of man's most critical problems 
concerning adequate amounts and quality of food, 
and the quality of the environment in which he 
lives, are important missions of the College. 

This original College of the University of Mary- 
land at College Park was chartered in 1856. The 
College of Agriculture has a continuous record of 
leadership in education since that date. It became 
the beneficiary of the Land-Grant Act of 1862. 
Since that time, there has been a merger with the 
University of Maryland in Baltimore and continuous 
growth with additions of other colleges and depart- 
ments at College Park. 

The College of Agriculture continues to grow 
and develop as part of the greater University, pro- 
viding education and research activities enabling 
man to use his environment and natural resources 
to best advantage while conserving basic re- 
sources for future generations. 



ADVANTAGES OF LOCATION AND FACILITIES 

Educational opportunities in the College of Agri- 
culture are enhanced by the nearby location of 
several research units of the federal government. 
Of particular interest is the Agricultural Research 
Center at Beltsville and the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture Headquarters in Washington, D. C. The 
National Agricultural Library is an important re- 
source for information at the Beltsville location. 

Related research laboratories of the National 
Institutes of Health, military hospitals, NASA, and 
the National Bureau of Standards are in the vi- 
cinity. Interaction of our faculty and students with 
personnel from these agencies is encouraged. 
Teaching and research activities are conducted 
with the cooperation of scientists and professional 
people in government positions. 

Instruction in the basic sciences, and in social, 
economic and engineering principles is carried 
out in well-designed classrooms and laboratories 
on the campus. The application of basic principles 
to practical situations is demonstrated for the stu- 
dent in numerous ways. New buildings have been 
provided for both the plant and animal sciences in 
recent years. 

Modern greenhouses are available for breeding 
and propagation of a wide variety of plant work on 
the control of weeds and improved cultural prac- 
tices. 

Herds of dairy and beef cattle, swine and flocks 
of poultry and sheep are kept on the campus for 
teaching and research purposes. 

Several operating farms, located in central 
Maryland, Southern Maryland and on the Eastern 
Shore, support the educational programs in Agri- 
culture by providing locations where important 
crops, animals and poultry can De grown and 
maintained under practical and research condi- 
tions. These farms add an important dimension 
to the courses offered in Agriculture. Data from 
these operations and from cooperating producers 
and processors of agricultural products are util- 
ized by students interested in economics, teach- 
ing, engineering, and conservation, as they relate 
to Agriculture, as well as by those concerned with 
biology or managment of agricultural crops and 
animals. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

The College of Agriculture offers programs lead- 
ing to a wide variety of rewarding careers. These 
curricula prepare the student for useful, informed 
citizenship, with a basic understanding of science 
in general, and with a concentration on the sci- 
ence and business of agriculture in particular. 
All four-year programs lead to the Bachelor of 
Science degree. 

Today's agriculture is a highly complex and ex- 
tremely efficient industry which includes supplies 
and services used in agricultural production, the 



48 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



pioduction process itself, and the marketing, pro- 
cessing and distribution of products to meet the 
consumers' needs and wants. 

Instruction in the College of Agriculture includes 
the fundamental sciences and emphasizes the 
precise course information that its graduates must 
employ in the industrialized agriculture of today, 
and helps develop the foundation for their role in 
the future. Course programs in specialized areas 
may be tailored to fit the particular needs of the 
individual student. 

Previous training in agriculture is not a prereq- 
uisite for matriculation. Careers for men and 
women with rural, suburban or urban backgrounds 
are available in agriculture and its allied industries. 

Graduates of the College of Agriculture have a 
broad base for careers and continued learning 
after college in business, production, teaching, 
research, extension, and many other professional 
fields. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 

The requirements for admission to the College 
of Agriculture are the same as those of the Uni- 
versity. 

For students entering the College of Agriculture 
it is recommended that their high school prepara- 
tory courses should include English, 4 units; 
mathematics, 3 units; biological and physical sci- 
ences, 3 units; and history or social sciences, 2 
units. Four units of mathematics should be elected 
for students entering agricultural engineering or 
agricultural chemistry. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

To earn Junior standing a student must com- 
plete 56 credit hours of academic work and attain 
the required grade point average. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION 

Each student must complete at least 120 credit 
hours in academic subjects with a minimum grade 
point average of 2.0 (C). University requirements 
in health and physical education must be satisfied, 
in addition. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The Honors Program is approved for majors in 
Agricultural and Resource Economics. The objec- 
tive of the Honors Program is to recognize su- 
perior scholarship and to provide opportunity for 
the excellent student to broaden his perspective 
and to increase the depth of his studies. 

The programs in Honors are administered by 
Departmental Honors Committees and supervised 
by the College Committee on Honors. Students in 
the College of Agriculture, who are in the top 20 



percent of their class at the end of their first year 
may be considered for admission into the Honors 
Program. Of this group up to 50 percent may be 
admitted. 

Sophomores or first semester Juniors will be 
considered upon application from those students 
in the upper 20 percent of their class. While ap- 
plication may be made until the student enters his 
sixth semester, early entrance into the program is 
recommended. Students admitted to the program 
enjoy certain academic privileges. 

On the basis of the student's performance dur- 
ing his participation in the Honors Program, the 
o'epartment may recommend the candidate for the 
appropriate degree with (departmental) honors, or 
for the appropriate degree with (departmental) 
high honors. Successful completion of the honors 
program will be recognized by a citation in the 
Commencement Program and by an appropriate 
entry on the student's record and diploma. 

FACULTY ADVISEMENT 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is as- 
signed to a faculty advisor. Advisors normally work 
with a limited number of students and are able to 
give individual guidance. The faculty will assist 
students in obtaining employment providing prac- 
tical or technical experience for those in need of 
such experience. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

The program of the freshman year is similar 
for all curricula of the College of Agriculture. Dur- 
ing the first year the student obtains a broad foun- 
dation in subjects basic to agriculture and the re- 
lated sciences. Transfer from one curriculum to 
another, or from the College of Agriculture to an- 
other college of the University may be made by 
the end of the freshman year usually with little or 
no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a 
definite choice of curriculum are assigned to de- 
partmental advisors for counsel and planning of 
all academic programs. Students entering the 
freshman year, who have not selected a definite 
curriculum, are assigned to a general advisor who 
assists with the choice of freshman electives and, 
during the course of the year, acquaints students 
with opportunities in the curricula in the College 
of Agriculture and in other divisions of the Univer- 
sity. If by the close of the freshman year a student 
makes no definite choice of a specialized curricu- 
lum, he continues under the guidance of his ad- 
visor in the General Agriculture curriculum. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

A number of scholarships are available for agri- 
cultural students. These include awards granted 
by the Agricultural Development Fund, Bayshore 
Foods, Inc., Capitol Milk Producers Cooperative, 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 49 



Inc., Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and 
the District of Columbia, Delaware-Maryland Plant 
Food Association, Inc., Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust 
Fund, Danforth Foundation, Frederick County Hol- 
stein Association, General Foods Fund, The Staley 
and Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship Fund, 
Hyattsville Horticultural Society, Inter-State Milk 
Producers, The Kinghorne Fund Scholarship, Lind- 
back Foundation, Maryland Cooperative Milk Pro- 
ducers, Inc., Maryland Turfgrass Association, 
Maryland State Golf Association, Maryland and 
Virginia Milk Producers, Inc., Maryland Veterinari- 
ans, Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship Fund, NOPCO, 
Ralston Purina Company, The Schluderberg Foun- 
dation, Southern States Cooperative, Inc., The 
Leander F. Stuart Memorial Fund, the Joseph M. 
Vial Memorial Scholarship Program in Agricul- 
ture and the Nicholas Brice Worthington Scholar- 
ship. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

Students find opportunity for varied expression 
and growth in the several voluntary organizations 
sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These or- 
ganizations are: Agricultural Economics Club, 
Block and Bridle, Dairy Science Club, Collegiate 
4-H Club, Future Farmers of America, Agronomy 
Club, and the Veterinary Science Club. 

Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fra- 
ternity. Members are chosen from students in the 
College of Agriculture who have attained the scho- 
lastic requirements and displayed leadership in 
agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of 
representatives from the various student organiza- 
tions in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to 
promote work which is beneficial to the College. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

All students in the College of Agriculture are 
required to complete a series of courses to sat- 
isfy the University General Education require- 
ments, college requirements and departmental re- 
quirements. The courses needed to complete a 
program of study are selected by the student with 
the approval of his advisor. 

Semester 
University Requirements Credit Hours 

ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition or Honors Composition. 3 

Literature 6 

Social Science 6 

History 6 

Mathematics 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Physicial Education (2) 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE REQUIREMENTS 

Courses selected from the basic life sciences, physical 

sciences and mathematics 16 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 

AGRI 101 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

Department Requirements 74 



TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR IN AGRICULTURE 

Semesler 

I II 

ENGL 101 or 171 — -Composition or Honors 

Composition 3 

Social Science 3 3 

AGRI 101 — Introduction to Agriculture 1 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

AGRO 100— Crop Laboratory 2 

Mathematics 3 

Health (2) 

Arts or Philosophy 3 

Physical Education (1) (1) 



TWO-YEAR PROGRAM— INSTITUTE OF 
APPLIED AGRICULTURE 

The programs of study offered by the Institute 
of Applied Agriculture will assist men and women 
interested in preparing for specific jobs in the 
broad fields of applied science and business in 
agriculture. Curricula currently offered are en- 
titled: business farming, turfgrass and golf course 
management; ornamental horticulture and nursery 
management. Courses taken in these programs 
are not transferable for degree credits at the Uni- 
versity of Maryland. However, students satisfac- 
torily completing two years of study will be award- 
ed an appropriate certificate. For additional in- 
formation write: Director, Institute of Applied Agri- 
culture, University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 
20742. 



COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE 

Cooperative Extension work, established by 
State and federal laws in 1914, extends practi- 
cal information beyond the classrooms of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland to young people and adults — 
both rural and urban — throughout the State of 
Maryland. Major program areas include agricul- 
ture and environment, family living, youth develop- 
ment, and community development. 

The educational endeavors of the Cooperative 
Extension Service are financed jointly by federal. 
State and county governments. In each county 
and in Baltimore City there is a competent staff of 
extension agents assigned to conduct educational 
work in program areas consistent with the needs 
of the people of the county and as funds permit. 
The county staff is supported by a staff of special- 
ists located at the University, and, through their 
mutual efforts, they assist local people in seeking 
solutions to their problems. 

The Cooperative Extension Service works in 
close harmony and association with many groups 
and organizations. In addition to work on farms 
and with agri-businesses, extension programs are 
aimed at many rural non-farm and urban family 
consumers. Thousands of boys and girls gain lead- 
ership knowledge and experience and are pro- 



50 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



vided practical educational instruction in 4-H 
clubs and other youth groups. 

To accomplish its mission, the Cooperative Ex- 
tension Service works closely with other agricul- 
tural divisions of the University and units of the 
University outside of agriculture, as well as State 
and federal agencies and private groups. It ar- 
ranges and conducts thousands of short courses, 
workshops and conferences in various fields of in- 
terest held both on the College Park Campus and 
at other locations throughout the state. A wide va- 
riety of publications and radio and television are 
used extensively to reach the people of Maryland. 



THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

The Agricultural Experiment Station serves 
Maryland agriculture in much the same manner as 
research laboratories serve large corporations. 
The problems which face a biological and busi- 
ness undertaking such as agriculture are as num- 
erous and perplexing as the problems of any busi- 
ness. 

The station is a joint Federal and State under- 
taking. Passage of the Hatch Act of 1887, which 
made available a grant-in-aid to each state for the 
purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment 
station, gave a great impetus to the development 
of research work in agriculture. This work was 
further encouraged by the passage of the Adams 
Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead- 
Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act 
of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experi- 
ment Station, which is supported by these Acts 
and by State appropriations, centers at College 
Park. On the University campus are laboratories 
for studying insects and diseases, soil fertility, bo- 
tanical problems, and the economics of our agri- 
cultural industry and its interrelationship with our 
total economy. This is also the location of the fa- 
cilities for the experimental herds programs. 

About eight miles from the Campus at College 
Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of 
340 acres is devoted to work connected with 
soil fertility, plant breeding and general crop pro- 
duction problems. An experimental farm near Up- 
per Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobac- 
co growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury is 
devoted to solution of the problems of producers 
of broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern 
Eastern Shore area. Experimental farms near 
Ellicott City are devoted to livestock problems 
and to dairy cattle nutrition and forage research. 
Also facilities for tests of various crop and soil 
responses are distributed throughout the State. 
These different locations provide the opportunity 
to conduct experiments under conditions existing 
where the results will be put into practice. 



DIVISION OF MATHEMATICAL, 
PHYSICAL, AND ENGINEERING 
SCIENCES 

The role of the university in society has three 
closely interrelated parts: education, the search 
for new knowledge, and specialized service to 
the community and the nation. The Division of 
Mathematical, Physical, and Engineering Sciences 
contributes to all of these functions. 

The Division recognizes teaching as its central 
mission. This includes the teaching of under- 
graduates, both those within the Division seeking 
a scientific career and those in other specialties 
who desire an introduction to the realm of sci- 
ence; the teaching of graduate students, who will 
become the next generation of teachers and pro- 
fessional scientists and engineers; and teaching 
at the postdoctoral and research level, for those 
advanced specialists on their way to assuming 
major responsibilities at the senior level. The Di- 
vision provides an intellectual environment that 
enables each student to realize his potential and 
that offers flexible educational programs to meet 
a variety of needs. Research into the improve- 
ment of teaching and the development of new 
curricula will be a continuing activity in the Di- 
vision. 

The search for new knowledge is one of the 
most challenging activities of mankind. The uni- 
versity is one of the few institutions in society 
where fundamental research is emphasized. 
Within the Division of Mathematical, Physical, and 
Engineering Sciences, research, teaching of the 
use of research tools, and teaching of the mean- 
ing of research in our modern society plays a vital 
role in programs of higher education. 

STRUCTURE OF THE DIVISION 

The Division of Mathematical, Physical and 
Engineering Sciences encompasses the following 
departments and programs: 

1) Within College of Engineering: 
Department of Aerospace Engineering 
Department of Chemical Engineering 
Department of Civil Engineering 
Department of Electrical Engineering 
Fire Protection Engineering Program 
Department of Mechanical Engineering 
Nuclear Engineering Program 
Engineering Materials Program 
Engineering Sciences Program 

Fire Service Extension Department 
Wind Tunnel Operations Department 
Cooperative Engineering Education Program 

2) Other Departments and Programs: 
Department of Mathematics 
Department of Physics and Astronomy 
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 

Mathematics 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 51 



Institute for Molecular Physics 
Applied Mathematics Program 
Astronomy Program 
Center of Materials Research 
Computer Science Program 
Meterology Program 
Physical Sciences Program 

The College of Engineering encompasses those 
departments and programs educating students 
primarily for employment in the Engineering pro- 
fession. The Dean's office coordinates the activi- 
ties within the College and advises students in 
the Engineering Sciences. A description of the 
engineering curriculum follows. 

DIVISIONAL REGULATIONS 

At the present time, the Division of Mathemati- 
cal, Physical and Engineering Sciences is in the 
process of development. Students who matriculate 
in the Division prior to publication of a definite 
statement of Divisional regulations and require- 
ments will be responsible for major, college and 
university requirements in effect at the time of 
first registration. Thus, students who choose to 
major in such Departments as Mathematics or 
Physics and Astronomy should familiarize them- 
selves with the requirements of the present Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences to which these Depart- 
ments now belong. Students who elect Engineer- 
ing should refer to requirements of the College 
of Engineering. When the new Divisional require- 
ments and regulations are published students 
who matriculated prior to that time will have the 
option of either completing their original programs 
or transferring to the new programs and require- 
ments which may be developed. 

ENGINEERING 

THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING offers four- 
year programs leading either to the degree of 
Bachelor of Science with curriculum designation 
in Aerospace Engineering, Agricultural Engineer- 
ing, Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Elec- 
trical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, or 
Fire Protection, or to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in Engineering with an Engineering option 
or an Applied Science option. In addition, each of 
the foregoing degree programs may be pursued 
through the five-year Maryland Plan for Coopera- 
tive Engineering Education. The engineering pro- 
grams integrate these elements: (1) basic sci- 
ences, including mathematics, physics, chemis- 
try; (2) engineering sciences including mechanics 
of solids and fluids, engineering materials, thermo- 
dynamics, electricity, and magnetism; (3) profes- 
sional studies in major fields of engineering spe- 
cialization; (4) liberal arts and social studies in 
the General Education Program; and (5) certain 
other required subjects including health and physi- 
cal activities. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Increasingly, the boundary between engineers 
and applied scientists or applied mathematicians 
becomes less distinct. The various branches of 
engineering similarly interact with each other, as 
technical problems become more sophisticated, 
and required a combined attack from several dis- 
ciplines. The engineer occupies an intermediate 
position between science and the public, because, 
in addition to understanding the scientific princi- 
ples of a situation, he is concerned with the timing, 
economics and values that define the useful appli- 
cation of those principles. 

Each program lays a broad base for continued 
learning after college in professional practice, in 
business or industry, in public service, or in gradu- 
ate study and research. 

COLLEGE REGULATIONS 

1. The responsibility for proper registration and 
for satisfying stated prerequisites for any 
course must rest with the student — as does 
the responsibility for proper achievement in 
courses in which he is enrolled. Each student 
should be familiar with the provisions of this 
catalog, including the Academic Regulations, 
contained in Section I, General Information, 
and other pertinent regulations. 

2. Required courses in mathematics, physics and 
chemistry have highest priority; and it is strong- 
ly recommended that every engineering stu- 
dent register for mathematics and chemistry — 
or mathematics and physics — each semester 
until he has fully satisfied requirements of the 
College of Engineering in these subjects. 

3. A student in the College of Engineering has at- 
tained junior standing when he has completed 
a minimum of 56 academic hours toward his 
degree, including at least 15 credits of mathe- 
matics, 8 credits of chemistry, and 10 credits 
of physics, and possesses the minimum re- 
quired grade point average to remain in the 
University. 

A student who has not attained junior stand- 
ing should not register for upper division 
courses. 

4. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in the 
College of Engineering, a student must have an 
average of at least C — 2.0 — (a) in all sub- 
jects applicable to his degree, and (b) in all 
junior-senior courses in his major department. 
Responsibility for knowing and meeting all de- 
gree requirements for graduation in any cur- 
riculum rests with the student. 

5. A student in the College of Engineering may 
audit a course only with the understanding that 
the course may not be taken for credit subse- 
quent to his registration as audit. He must also 
have the consent of the department offering 
the course. Forms requesting permission to 



52 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



audit courses are available in the Engineering 
Student Affairs Office, J 1107. 

STRUCTURE OF ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

Courses in the normal curriculum or program 
and prescribed credit hours leading to the degree 
of Bachelor of Science (with curriculum designa- 
tion) are outlined in the sections pertaining to 
each department in the College of Engineering. 
No student may modify the prescribed number of 
hours without special permission from the dean 
of his college. The courses in each curriculum 
may be classified in the following categories: 

1. Certain courses required of all undergraduate 
students in the University. Students who are 
not specifically exempted are required to reg- 
ister in and successfully complete two pre- 
scribed courses in physical education for a 
total of two semester hours of credit. A health 
course (2 credits) is also required of all under- 
graduate men and women. 

2. Courses in the General Education Program. 
These include: English (nine credits), fine arts 
or philosophy (three credits), history (six cred- 
its), and social science (six credits). A listing 
of specific courses which meet the require- 
ments of the General Education Program are 
listed elsewhere in this catalog. 

3. Courses in the physical sciences — mathemat- 
ics, chemistry, physics. 

4. Collateral engineering courses — engineering 
sciences, and other courses approved for one 
curriculum but offered by another department. 

5. Courses in the major department. 

A student should obtain written approval for any 
substitution of courses from the department chair- 
man and the dean of his college. 

The courses in each engineering curriculum, as 
classified above, form a sequential and develop- 
ment pattern in subject matter. In this respect, 
curricula in engineering may differ from curricula 
in other colleges. Some regulations which are gen- 
erally applicable to all students (see the Academic 
Regulations) may need clarification for purposes of 
orderly administration among engineering stu- 
dents. Moreover, the College of Engineering estab- 
lishes policies which supplement the University 
regulations. 

BASIC FORMAT OF THE FRESHMAN- 
SOPHOMORE YEARS IN ENGINEERING 

The freshman and sophomore years in engi- 
neering are designed to lay a strong foundation in 
mathematics, physical sciences and the engineer- 
ing sciences upon which the student will later de- 
velop his professional program during the upper 
division (junior and senior) years. The College 
course requirements for the freshman year are the 
same for all students, regardless of their intended 
professional career, and about 75% of the sopho- 
more year course requirements are common, thus 



affording the student a maximum flexibility in 
choosing his specific area of engineering speciali- 
zation. Although the engineering student selects 
his major field at the start of his sophomore year, 
this intramural program commonality affords the 
student the maximum flexibility of choice or inter- 
departmental transfer up to the end of his sopho- 
more year. 

GENERAL COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS 

A. Health and Physical Education Credit Hrs 

Health (HLTH 105) (2) 

Physical Education (two, one semester 
courses are required, these carry no academic 

credit) (2) 

B. General Education 12 

C. Mathematics 16 

Four courses in mathematics are required to 
be selected from MATH 140, 141, 240, 241, 
and 246. If MATH 246 is the last course in the 
sequence, only 15 credit hours (total) in Math 
will result and one (1) credit hour is added 
to the Engineering Sciences or Math and 
Physical Sciences Electives. 

D. Physical Sciences 19 

A minimum of 19 credit hours in Physics and 
Chemistry must be completed, with not less 
than seven (7) in either field. 

E. Engineering Sciences 9 

Nine (9) credit hours must be completed in the 
Engineering Sciences, to be selected from 
ENES 101, or ENES 110, ENES 220 and ENES 
221. Each is a three (3) credit hour course. 

F. Engineering Sciences, Mathematics, Physical 
Sciences or Major Field Engineering 8 

Eight (8) credit hours to complete the fresh- 
man-sophomore year requirements may be in 
any of the fields indicated, but no more than 
six (6) credit hours may have a major field 
designation. 
Total Minimum Academic Credits in Freshman- 
Sophomore 66 

(Plus 2 semesters of Physical Education) 

BASIC AND ALTERNATE CURRICULA FOR FRESHMEN 
IN ENGINEERING 

All freshmen in the College of Engineering are 
required to complete the following basic curricu- 
lum for freshmen regardless of whether the stu- 
dent plans to proceed through one of the major 
field designated baccalaureate degree programs 
or follow any of the multidisciplinary, non-desig- 
nated degree curricula that are sponsored by the 
College. 

BASIC FRESHMAN CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING 

Semester 

Course No. and Title I || 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry** .. 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro, Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics .. 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 

MATH 140 are required to schedule MATH 115. 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 53 



Because MATH 115 is a preparatory course it in- 
creases the total number of credits required for 
an engineering degree by 3 credits. Such students 
will schedule their freshman year as shown in 
the following: 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING 

Semester 
Course No. and Title I II Summer 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry - * ..4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 115— Intro, to Analysis" ' ' 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 

THE SOPHOMORE YEAR IN ENGINEERING 

With the beginning of his sophomore year the 
student selects his sponsoring academic depart- 
ment (Aerospace, Agricultural, Chemical, Civil, 
Electrical, Fire Protection, or Mechanical Engi- 
neering), and this department assumes the respon- 
sibility for the student's academic guidance, coun- 
seling and program planning from that point until 
the completion of the degree requirements of that 
department as well as the College. 

SOPHOMORE CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING 

Semester 

I II 

General Education 3 3 

Math 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

Math 241 or 246 — Analysis III or Differential 

Equations .. 3 or 4* 

Phys 262, 263 — General Physics 4 4 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3* 

ENES 221— Dynamics .. 3* 

Major fie'd or related courses 2 or 4 2 or 5* 

Total Credits 16 or 18 15 or 19 



For specific requirements, see the curriculum listing in each engi- 
neering department. 

Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs. 
each) instead of CHEM 103 and 104. 

MATH 115 is an additional course for those students who do not 
qualify to begin with MATH 140. 



BACHELOR OF SCIENCE 
DEGREE IN ENGINEERING 

The "B.S. -Engineering" program is designed to 
serve three primary functions: (1) to prepare those 
students who wish to use the breadth and depth 
of the engineering education as a preparatory 
vehicle for entry into post-baccalaureate study in 
such fields as medicine, law, or business admin- 
istration; (2) to continue their engineering training 
in the graduate area of some of the newer inter- 
disciplinary fields of engineering such as environ- 
mental engineering, bio-medical engineering, sys- 
tems engineering, and many others; and finally 
(3) those students who do not plan the normal 



professional practice of a designated engineering 
field upon graduation but wish to use a broader 
engineering training to serve in auxiliary and sup- 
porting aspects of engineering related industries. 
The program is designed to give the maximum 
flexibility for tailoring a program to the specific 
future career plans of the student. To accomplish 
these objectives, the program has two optional 
paths: an engineering option and an applied sci- 
ence option. 

The "Engineering" option should be particular- 
ly attractive to those students contemplating grad- 
uate study or professional employ in the interdis- 
ciplinary engineering fields such as environmental 
engineering, bio-engineering, bio-medical engi- 
neering, and systems and control engineering, or 
for preparatory entry into graduate work in ma- 
terials engineering or nuclear engineering, which 
are currently offered only at the graduate level at 
Maryland. For example, a student contemplating 
graduate work in environmental engineering might 
combine chemical and civil engineering for his 
program; a student interested in systems and con- 
trol engineering graduate work might combine 
electrical engineering with aerospace, chemical, 
or mechanical engineering. 

The "Applied Science" option should be par- 
ticularly attractive to those students who do not 
plan on professional engineering careers, but wish 
to use the intellectual and developmental abili- 
ties of an engineering education as a means of 
furthering career objectives. Graduates of the Ap- 
plied Science Option may aspire to graduate work 
or an ultimate career in a field of science, law, 
medicine, business, or a variety of other attractive 
opportunities which build upon a combination of 
engineering and a field of science. Entrance re- 
quirements for Law and Medical Schools can be 
met readily under the format of this program. In 
the applied science program, any field in the Uni- 
versity in which the student may earn a B.S. de- 
gree is an acceptable secondary science field, 
thus affording the student a maximum flexibility 
of choice for his personal career planning. 

TABLE I shows the minimum requirements for 
B.S.-Engineering degree with either an Engineer- 
ing option or an Applied Science option. The 66 
semester credit hours required for the completion 
of the Junior and Senior years is superimposed 
upon the Freshman and Sophomore curriculum of 
the chosen primary field of engineering. The stu- 
dent, thus, does not make a decision whether to 
take the designated or the undesignated degree 
in an engineering field until the beginning of his 
junior year. In fact, he can probably delay the de- 
cision until the Spring term of his junior year with 
little or no sacrifice, thus affording the student 
ample time for decision. Either program may be 
taken on the regular 4-year format or under the 
Maryland Plan for Cooperative Engineering Edu- 
cation. 



54 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



JUNIOR-SENIOR REQUIREMENTS 
FOR THE DEGREE OF BS— ENGINEERING 



Requirements 
General Education 
Mathematics, Physical 

Sciences, required :i 
Engineering Sciences > 
Primary Field * 
Secondary Field 
Approved Electives :! " 
Sr. Research Project "' 



Engineering 


Applied 


Option 


Science Option 


12 sh. 


12sh. 


3sh. 


3sh. 


6 sh.- 


6sh. 


24 sh. (Engr.) 


18 sh. (Engr.) 


12 sh. (Engr.) 


12 sh. (Science) 


9 sh. (Technical) 


12or 13sh. 




2 or 3sh. 



66 



Engineering Fields of Concentration available 
under the B.S. -Engineering program as primary 
fields within either the Engineering option or the 
Applied Science option are as follows: 



Aerospace Engineering 
Agricultural Engineering 
Chemical Engineering 
Civil Engineering 
Electrical Engineering 



Engineering Materials 
Fire Protection 
Mechanical Engineering 
Nuclear Engineering 



In addition, the field of Fire Protection is avail- 
able within the applied science option as a pri- 
mary field. All engineering fields of concentration 
may be used as a secondary field within the engi- 
neering option. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE 

B.S. -ENGINEERING DEGREE 

All undergraduate students in engineering will 
select their major field sponsoring department 
at the beginning of their second year regardless 
of whether they plan to proceed to a designated 
or an undesignated degree. A student wishing to 
elect the undesignated degree program may do 
so at any time following the completion of his 
sophomore year, or a minimum of 50 earned 
credits towards any engineering degree, and at 
least one semester prior to the time he expects 
to receive the baccalaureate degree. As soon as 
the student elects to seek an undesignated bac- 
calaureate degree in engineering, his curriculum 
planning, guidance and counseling will be the re- 



(1) Engineer sciences, (or the purpose of this degree, are those courses 
in the Engineering College prefixed by ENES. or. are in an engineer- 
ing field not his primary or secondary field of engineering concentra- 
tion. 

(2) Students following the "Engineering" option may use up to six (6) 
sh. of course work number 200 and below in his primary or his sec- 
ondary field of engineering concentration as an engineering science. 

(3) A minimum of 50^ of the course work in the mathematics, physical 
sciences, engineering sciences or elective areas must be at the 300 
course level (number) and above. 

(4) All of the courses used to fulfill the fields of concentration require- 
ments {36 sh. in the engineering option and 30 in the applied science 
option) must be at the 300 course level (number) and above. 

(5) For the applied science option each student is required— unless 
specifically excused, and if excused, 15 sh. of approved electives will 
be required — to satisfactorily complete a senior level project or 
research assignment relating his engineering and science fields of 
concentration. 

(6) In the Engineering option, the 9 sh. of electives must be technical 
(math, physical sciences, or engineering sciences but may not be in 
the primary or secondary fields of concentration). In the Applied Sci- 
ence option, the approved electives should be selected to strengthen 
the student's program, consistent with his career objectives. Courses 
in the primary or secondary fields of concentration may be used to 
satisfy the approved electives requirement. 



sponsibility of the "Undesignated Degree Pro- 
gram Advisor" in his primary field department. 
At least one semester before the expected de- 
gree is to be granted, the student must file an 
"Application for Admission to Candidacy for the 
Degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering" 
with the Dean's Office of the College of Engi- 
neering. The candidacy form must be approved 
by the chairman of the primary field department, 
the primary engineering and the secondary field 
advisors and the college faculty committee on 
"Undesignated Degree Programs." This commit- 
tee has the responsibility for implementing all 
approved policies pertaining to this program and 
reviewing and acting on the candidacy forms filed 
by the student. 

Specific University and College academic regu- 
lations apply to this undesignated degree program 
in the same manner as they apply to the conven- 
tional designated degree programs. For example, 
the academic regulations of the University apply 
as stated in the College Park Catalog of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland, and the College requirement 
of 2.00 factor in his major field during the junior 
and senior years apply. For the purpose of imple- 
mentation of such academic rules, the credits in 
the primary engineering field and the credits in 
the secondary field are considered to count as 
"the Major" for such academic purposes. 

ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 

Environmental engineering is the application of 
basic engineering and science to the problems of 
our environment to ensure optimum environmental 
quality. In recent years, man has suffered a con- 
tinually degrading environment. A truly profes- 
sional engineer involved in the study of environ- 
mental engineering must see the total picture and 
relate it to his particular mission whether this be 
air pollution, water quality control, environmental 
health or solid and liquid waste disposal. The total 
picture includes urban systems design, socio-eco- 
nomic factors, regional planning, transportation, 
recreation, water resource development, and land 
and resource conservation. 

A student who selects the B.S.-Engineering de- 
gree program can specialize in environmental 
engineering by proper selection of primary and 
secondary fields from the wide selection of 
courses related to environmental engineering giv- 
en by the various departments in the college. 

ENGINEERING-MEDICINE 

Engineering has become an integral part of the 
medical profession. Heart pumps, synthetic kid- 
neys, heart-lung machines, and artificial organs 
are a few of the advancements in medical tech- 
nology developed by teams of engineers and phy- 
sicians. Diagnostic procedures have been greatly 
enhanced by the use of computers and electronic 
testing machines. The physician who has an engi- 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 55 



neering background is in a better position to com- 
municate and work with engineers on medical 
technological development. 

The Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree 
provides an excellent opportunity for a student to 
meet the entrance requirements for medical school 
while earning an engineering degree. 

The above examples of environmental engineer- 
ing and engineering-medicine are only two appli- 
cations of the Bachelor of Science in Engineering 
degree program. Many other examples could be 
listed. Students interested in a flexible curriculum 
in engineering should give consideration to this 
program. 

COGNATE ACTIVITIES 

Departments in the College of Engineering 
which contribute significantly to activities in edu- 
cation, research and professional service include 
the Department of Wind Tunnel Operations and 
the Fire Service Extension Department These de- 
partments work closely with academic depart- 
ments of the University in areas of common inter- 
est. The scope of work in each department area is 
outlined briefly in paragraphs which follows. 

Fellowship grants and contracts for fundamental 
research contribute to the overall professional- 
scientific activity of the staff of the College. The 
staff of the College of Engineering available for re- 
search studies will be glad to discuss proposed 
problems of importance to industry and of public 
interest where means can be found for the co- 
operative researches; such studies may be under- 
taken with the approval of the administration of 
the University. 

WIND TUNNEL OPERATIONS DEPARTMENT 

The Wind Tunnel Operations Department con- 
ducts a program of experimental research and de- 
velopment in cooperation with the aircraft indus- 
try, agencies of government and other industries 
with problems concerning aerodynamics. Testing 
programs cover a variety of subjects including all 
types of aircraft, ships, parachutes, radar anten- 
nas, trucks, automobiles, structures, and exterior 
equipment subject to high winds. 

The Department has a 7.75x1 1-foot wind tunnel 
that can be operated at speeds from to 240 mph. 
This facility has powered model drive equipment, 
and auxiliary vacuum and high pressure air sup- 
plies for boundary layer control studies. Support- 
ing shops include complete woodworking, ma- 
chine shop, photographic, and instrumentation fa- 
cilities. 

The full-time staff of the department includes 
engineering, computing, shop, and technical op- 
erations personnel. This staff cooperates with 
other faculty and students in the College of Engi- 
neering on problems of mutual interest. 



FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT 

The Fire Service Extension Department provides 
in-service training for volunteer, municipal and in- 
dustrial fire fighters, officers, rescue and ambul- 
ance personnel and serves in an advisory capacity 
in matters of fire prevention, fire protection, fire 
safety regulations, and emergency care. Classes 
are conducted throughout Maryland by local in- 
structors who work under the guidance of senior 
instructors of the department. Basic training is 
given in the fundamentals of firemanship. An ad- 
vanced course covers the technical field of fire 
prevention, control and extinguishment. Special- 
ized courses are offered for fire officers in tactics, 
strategy of fire suppression and in fire department 
administration. A training course of 42 clock hours 
for heavy duty rescue operations is also available. 
An increasingly important program is that of es- 
tablishing and improving fire prevention and fire 
protection in Maryland industry, institutions and 
mercantile establishments. 

Emergency care courses incorporating the lat- 
est techniques in the treatment of the sick and in- 
jured are now made available through the depart- 
ment. Short courses in specialized subject areas, 
such as instructor training, hydraulics, fire pumps, 
aerial apparatus, and industrial fire protection are 
conducted at the University at different times 
throughout the year. 

Additional information may be obtained from 
the Director, Fire Service Extension Department, 
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

CO-OPERATIVE ENGINEERING EDUCATION 
PROGRAM 

The Maryland Plan for Co-operative Engineering 
Education at the University of Maryland, offered 
by the College of Engineering, presents a five- 
year program leading to a Bachelor of Science de- 
gree. The academic requirements for students fol- 
lowing the Co-op Plan of Education are identical 
to the academic requirements for those students 
following the regular four-year program. In addition 
to the normal academic requirements, the Co-op 
student has scheduled periods of professional in- 
ternship which must be satisfactorily completed to 
qualify for the baccalaureate degree under the 
Co-op Plan. 

The Co-op Plan begins after the student has 
completed the freshman and sophomore require- 
ments of his major field. This Co-op Plan involves 
only the last half of the student's baccalaureate 
program, the junior and senior years. The alter- 
nating plan of study and professional internship 
lengthens this normal two-year period to three cal- 
endar years. Delaying entry into the Co-op Plan un- 
til the junior year offers considerable educational 
advantages to the student. The student retains the 
normal freshman-sophomore program years to af- 
ford time for the selection of his major field of 
engineering ... or even whether he wishes to con- 



56 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



tinue in engineering . . . without committing him- 
self to either the regular four-year or the Co-op 
Plan of education. A more mature and meaningful 
series of professional internship assignments are 
possible, to benefit both the student and his pro- 
fessional partner. Also, the plan is readily adapt- 
able to the needs of the student transferring to the 
University from the engineering transfer programs 
of the community colleges. 

Students are selected for the Co-op Plan from 
applications filed with the Co-operative Education 
Office of the College of Engineering. While the 
student applies during his sophomore year, he 
must have completed the sophomore year require- 
ments before formal entry into the program. A stu- 
dent must have a minimum 2.0 grade point aver- 
age at the University of Maryland in order to qual- 
ify for the program. 

The Maryland Plan for Co-operative Engineer- 
ing Education is shown in the tabulation below. 
Briefly, in Plans I and II, the Co-op student spends 
three semesters and two summers in resident 
study and three semesters and one summer in pro- 
fessional internship (70 weeks) to complete his 
baccalaureate degree requirements; all students 
complete the program with student-residence at 
the University. In these two plans students begin 
interning during the spring and fall semesters re- 
spectively. In Plan III the Co-op student begins in- 
terning in the summer and spends three semesters 
and one summer in resident study and two se- 
mesters and two summers in professional intern- 
ship (60 weeks). The study-residence periods are 
the normal semester or eight-week summer ses- 
sions at the University; the internship periods are 
of twenty-weeks duration during the fall and spring 
semesters and ten weeks during the summer. It 
should be emphasized that these plans are guides, 
and some variation is permissible. 

Note: The student must have completed all 
freshman and sophomore requirements of his 
major field before entry into the Co-op Plan. 





Plan 1 


Plan II 


Plan III 


SUMMER 








Intern (1) 


FALL 

SPRING 
SUMMER 


Study 
Intern (1.2) 
Study 


Intern (1.2) 
Study 

Intern (3) 


Study 

Intern (2,3) 
Study 


FALL 

SPRING 
SUMMER 


Intern (3,4) 
Study 
Intern (5) 


Study 

Intern (4.5) 
Study 


Intern (4.5) 
Study 
Intern (6) 


FALL 

SPRING 

SUMMER 


Study 
Intern (6.7) 
Study 


Intern (6 7) 

Study 

Study 


Study 



Students make their own arrangements for 
board and lodging while on their periods of in- 
ternship. Frequently the participating industrial 
company or governmental agency will assist the 
student in locating good, inexpensive lodging. The 
internship wages are paid directly to the student 
by his employer. 



During the semesters or summer sessions in 
which the student attends school, he pays the reg- 
ular tuition and fees assessed by the University. 
A $30.00 fee is charged for each 10-week period 
of professional internship. There is one 10-week 
period when a student interns during the summer 
and three double periods (20 weeks each) when 
he interns during the fall or spring semesters. The 
professional intern fee is payable at the beginning 
of each intern period and is not refundable. 

DIVISION OF BEHAVIORAL AND 
SOCIAL SCIENCES 

The Division of Behavioral and Social Sciences 
will consist of faculty and students who are in- 
volved in research and teaching relating to the 
analysis and solution of behavioral and social 
problems. The Division, organized in 1972, will 
contain academic departments which were for- 
merly administered by the College of Arts and 
Sciences and the College of Business and Public 
Administration, in addition to a new College of 
Business and Management. 

The Division is designed to extend and support 
learning in the traditional disciplines while creat- 
ing conditions for the development of interdisci- 
plinary approaches to recurring social problems. 
Divisional students might choose to concentrate 
their studies in the traditional fields, or may be 
interested in focusing on interdisciplinary study. 
As part of its response to society's need for reso- 
lution of the ever more complex problems of mod- 
ern civilization, the University must promote the 
utilization of knowledge generated by a cross- 
fertilization of disciplines. The Division will fa- 
cilitate the grouping and regrouping of faculty 
across disciplinary lines for problem-oriented re- 
search and teaching. The interaction of faculty 
and students in overlapping fields will be encour- 
aged and supported. 

In order to promote the exchange of ideas, edu- 
cation, and knowledge, each unit of the Division, 
including the College of Business and Manage- 
ment, will be concerned with both applied and 
theoretical aspects of the resolution of social 
problems. Pra£ticums and internships will be 
utilized increasingly for the purpose of relating 
theoretical and empirical concepts in pursuit of 
the Division's concern with conditions in society. 

The units in the Division are: 

I. The College of Business and Management 
II. Afro-American Studies Program 
III Anthropology Program 

IV. Department of Economics 

V. Department of Geography 

VI. Department of Government and Politics 
VII. Department of Information Systems 

Management 
VIII. Department of Hearing and Speech 
Sciences 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 57 



IX. Department of Sociology 

X. Department of Psychology 

XI. Institute of Criminal Justice and 
Criminology 

XII. Institute of Urban Studies 

XIII. Linguistics Program 

In addition to these departments, programs, and 
institutes, the Division includes the Bureau of Busi- 
ness and Economic Research and the Bureau of 
Governmental Research. 

The new Division of Behavioral and Social Sci- 
ences and its constituent College of Business and 
Management are presently in a formative stage. 
Until regulations concerning admission and de- 
gree requirements of the Division and new College 
have been developed and approved the academic 
regulations of the College of Business and Public 
Administration shall remain in effect. For conveni- 
ence, information and regulations of the College 
of Business and Public Administration are given 
below. 

When regulations of the new Division and Col- 
lege are published in the future all students who 
matriculated in departments originally in the Col- 
lege of Business and Public Administration or in 
departments in the College of Arts and Sciences 
shall have the option of completing their degrees 
under regulations and requirements in force when 
they began or of electing the new requirements. 

REGULATIONS OF THE 
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

(With the reorganization of the College Park 
Campus this College will become part of the Di- 
vision of Behavioral and Social Sciences.) 

THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC 
ADMINISTRATION is ideally located to serve stu- 
dents interested in economics, geography, infor- 
mation systems management, and political sci- 
ence. Downtown Washington is only 25 minutes 
away in one direction, while the Baltimore busi- 
ness district is less than an hour in the other. 
There is frequent transportation service from Col- 
lege Park to each city. Qualified students may ob- 
tain a first-hand view of the far-flung economic and 
political activities of the national government and 
may utilize the libraries and other facilities avail- 
able in Washington. 

The college's five instructional departments of- 
fer a broad range of curricula in professional fields 
and in social science disciplines. The separate 
programs of study frequently draw upon courses 
in complementary fields within the college. The 
five departments and the major departmental 
offerings are: 

I. Department of Business Administration 

1. The General Curriculum in Business Ad- 
ministration 

2. Accounting 



3. Finance 

4. Marketing 

5. Personnel and Industrial Relations 

6. Production Management 

7. Management Science — Statistics 

8. Transportation 

9. Combined Business Administration and 
Law 

II. Department of Economics 

III. Department of Geography 

IV. Department of Government and Politics 

1. General Curriculum in Government and 
Politics 

2. International Affairs 

3. Public Administration 

V. Department of Information Systems Man- 

agement 

In addition to these five departments, the Col- 
lege includes the Bureau of Business and Eco- 
nomic Research and the Bureau of Government 
Research. 

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

Requirements for admission to the college are 
those of the University. 

To assure a likelihood of success in the college, 
it is recommended that the student have four units 
of English, three or more units of college prepara- 
tory mathematics — including a minimum of two 
units of algebra and one unit of geometry, one or 
more units of history and social science, two or 
more units of natural science, and two or more 
units of foreign language. Students expecting to 
enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration should pursue the precollege program 
in high school. 

STATEMENT OF POLICY ON THE TRANSFER OF 
CREDIT FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS 

The College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion subscribes to the policy that a student's un- 
dergraduate program, below his junior year,* 
should include no advanced, professional-level 
courses. This policy is based on the conviction 
that the value derived from these advanced 
courses is materially enhanced when based upon 
a sound foundation in the liberal arts 

In adhering to the above policy, it is the practice 
of the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion to accept in transfer from another accredited 
institution no more than 12 semester hours of work 
in Business Administration courses when they 
have been taken as part of a curricular program 
below the junior year. Similar limitations may be 
placed upon the transfer of credit in other profes- 
sional areas. 



'The term "below the lunior year" Is defined as that period ot collegiate 
enrollment wherein a student has accumulated sixty, or fewer, semester 
hours ot transferable academic credit. 



58 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



The 12 semester hours of Business Administra- 
tion acceptable in transfer are specifically identi- 
fied as three (3) semester hours in an introductory 
business course, three (3) semesters hours in busi- 
ness statistics, and six (6) semester hours of ele- 
mentary accounting. In addition, a single course in 
data processing may be considered for transfer, 
but only for elective credit. Thus, it is anticipated 
that the student transferring from another institu- 
tion will have devoted the major share of his aca- 
demic effort, below the junior year, to the comple- 
tion of basic requirements in the liberal arts. 

DEGREES 

The University confers the following degrees on 
students completing programs of study in depart- 
ments of the College: Bachelor of Science, Master 
of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Doctor 
of Business Administration, and Doctor of Philoso- 
phy. Each candidate for a degree must file in the 
Registrations Office on a date announced for each 
semester a formal application for a degree. Candi- 
dates for degrees must attend a convocation at 
which degrees are conferred and diplomas are 
awarded. 

JUNIOR STANDING 

A student is permitted to register for upper di- 
vision courses when granted Junior Standing by 
his college. The permission will be based upon 
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward 
his degree, completing such course requirements 
as the college may direct, and possessing the 
minimum required grade point average to remain 
in the University. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit 
with an average of C in addition to the specified 
courses in physical activities and health are re- 
quired for graduation. A minimum of 57 hours of 
the required 120 hours must be in upper division 
courses, with the exception that the student may, 
with the consent of the dean, offer certain lower 
division courses in mathematics, natural science 
and foreign language in partial fulfillment of the 
requirement. Usually the departments within the 
College will require that the student have, in addi- 
tion to an overall C average, an average of C or 
better in those courses comprising the student's 
departmental area of study. The time normally re- 
quired to complete the requirements for the bache- 
lor's degree is eight semesters. 

SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT 

All candidates for degrees should plan to take 
their senior year in residence since the advanced 
work of the major study normally occurs in the last 
year of the undergraduate course. At least 24 of 
the last 30 credits must be done in residence, i.e., 



a student who at the time of his graduation will 
have completed 30 semester hours in residence 
may be permitted to do no more than 6 semester 
hours of his final 30 credits of record in another 
institution or to include not more than 6 semester 
hours of credit earned by advance standing exami- 
nation, provided he secures permission in advance 
from his dean. The student must be enrolled in the 
college from which he plans to graduate when 
registering for the last 15 credits of his program. 
These requirements apply also to the third year 
of preprofessional combined degree programs. 

HONORS 

THE DEAN'S LIST OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS 

Any student who has passed at least 12 hours 
of academic work in the preceding semester, with- 
out failure of any course, and with an average 
grade on all courses of at least 3.5 will be placed 
on the Dean's List of Distinguished Students. 

BETA GAMMA SIGMA 

The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma 
Sigma was chartered in 1940. The purpose of this 
honorary society is to encourage and reward 
scholarship and accomplishment among students 
of commerce and business administration; to pro- 
mote the advancement of education in the art and 
science of business; and to foster integrity in the 
conduct of business operations. Chapters of Beta 
Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools hold- 
ing membership in the American Association of 
Collegiate Schools of Business. Third and fourth 
year students in business administration are elig- 
ible; if in his third year, a student must rank in the 
highest four percent of his class, and if his fourth 
year, he must rank in the highest ten percent in 
order to be considered for selection. 

THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY 

This is awarded annually to the student who has 
maintained the highest scholastic standing during 
the entire course of study in business administra- 
tion or economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at 
New York University on November 7, 1907. The 
Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was chart- 
ered at the University in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a 
professional fraternity organized to foster the study 
of business in universities; to encourage scholar- 
ship, social activity, and the association of stu- 
dents for their mutual advancement by research 
and practice; to promote closer affiliation between 
the commercial world and students of commerce; 
and to further a higher standard of commercial 
ethics and culture, as well as the civic and com- 
merical welfare of the community. Members are 
selected from the College of Business and Public 
Administration on the basis of leadership, scholas- 
tic standing and promise of future business suc- 
cess. 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 59 



KAPPA TAU ALPHA 

The Maryland chapter of Kappa Tau Alpha was 
chartered in 1961. Founded in 1910, this national 
honorary society has 39 chapters at universities 
offering graduate or undergraduate preparation 
for careers in professional journalism. It is dedi- 
cated to recognition and promotion of scholar- 
ship in journalism. Among its activities is an an- 
nual award for an outstanding piece of published 
research in journalism and mass communications. 
(Also see College of Journalism) 

THE DIVISION OF ARTS 
AND HUMANITIES 

The Division of Arts and Humanities offers its 
students a variety of educational opportunities. In 
addition to the traditional liberal education associ- 
ated with humanistic studies the student is offered 
the opportunity of majoring in a chosen discipline. 
This element of depth serves both as an integral 
part of the student's education and as a founda- 
tion for further professional training or pursuits. 

Students majoring in the Arts may elect either 
a humanistically oriented program or a highly pro- 
fessionally oriented program in one of the creative 
and/or performing areas. The creative and per- 
forming artist holds a key role in the cultural stud- 
ies and development of a university. Therefore, 
special consideration for these varied needs and 
interests is essential. 

The Division of Arts and Humanities offers pos- 
sibilities for the development of a variety of multi- 
or interdisciplinary studies, independent and gen- 
eral study programs and special intensive pro- 
grams designed for individual student needs; the 
latter possibly certificated by individual academic 
departments, schools or the division. This divers- 
ity, enhanced by the divisional structure, is es- 
sential to the growth of a modern university. In 
addition to its major programs the division serves 
students from the entire campus who wish to take 
courses in the arts and humanities. 

This division is an outgrowth of the proposals 
for academic reorganization which were approved 
by the Campus Senate and the Board of Regents 
in 1971-72. Originally, there were the Division of 
Language and Literature, the Division of Applied 
Science, and the later School of Liberal Arts of 
Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of 
Liberal Arts and the School of Chemistry were 
combined and other physical and biological sci- 
ences were brought into the newly formed College 
of Arts and Sciences. In later reorganizations, 
some departments were added and others trans- 
ferred to the administrative control of other col- 
leges. The departments of Botany, Economics, 
Geography, and Government and Politics, although 
administratively in the Division of Behavioral and 
Social Sciences, or the Division of Life Sciences 
and Agriculture, offer courses for Arts and Hu- 
manities students. Under the divisional arrange- 



ment it is anticipated that majors or combined 
majors may be elected in these departments as 
in those administered by the Division of Arts and 
Humanities. 

ADMISSION 

At the present time the Division of Arts and Hu- 
manities is still in its formative stage and special 
requirements for admission have not been deter- 
mined. In general, the requirements for admission 
will be the same as those for admission to the 
other academic divisions, colleges and schools 
of the university. Future campus catalogs and 
special bulletins from the division will add perti- 
nent information. Application must be made to 
the Director of Admissions, University of Maryland, 
College Park, Maryland 20742. 

The student who intends to pursue a program 
of study in the Division of Arts and Humanities 
should include the following subjects in a high 
school program: English, four units; College Pre- 
paratory Mathematics (Algebra, Plane Geometry), 
three or four units; Foreign Language, two or more 
units; Biology, Chemistry or Physics, two units; 
History and Social Sciences, one or more units. 
However, students who lack such preparation 
should not be discouraged automatically from in- 
vestigating the possibility of enrolling in the di- 
vision. Its goals include continuing education to- 
ward enhancement of the quality of intellectual 
and cultural life for all who have the capacity and 
motivation to participate. In addition to the prepa- 
ration described above, an essential preparation 
for all students is the cultivation of a broad read- 
ing experience. Since knowledge is gained in 
many ways, every effort will be made to give due 
recognition for independent accomplishment. Stu- 
dents who wish to pursue study in the creative and 
performing arts must seek to develop necessary 
skills to the greatest extent possible before appli- 
cation. The special skills and materials associ- 
ated with the arts make a considerable training 
and experience prior to college absolutely es- 
sential if the student wishes to enroll in the pro- 
fessional degree programs offered in the arts. Stu- 
dents applying for entrance to these programs 
may be required to audition, present slides or a 
portfolio as a part of the admission requirements. 
Students who wish to major in the sciences, pre- 
medicine or pre-dentistry, formerly in the College 
of Arts and Sciences, should consult the other 
divisions for the appropriate registration. 

DEGREES 

Students of this division who satisfactorily com- 
plete curricula with majors in departments of the 
humanities and fine arts are awarded the degree 
of Bachelor of Arts. Those who complete satis- 
factorily a special professional program in the De- 
partment of Music are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Music. Future bulletins should be 



60 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



consulted for the announcement of additional de- 
gree programs. 

GENERAL AND DIVISIONAL REQUIREMENTS 
FOR DEGREES 

At the present time special requirements of the 
Division of Arts and Humanities have not been 
formulated. Until such time as divisional require- 
ments are announced the existing requirements of 
the College of Arts and Sciences will remain in 
effect. For convenience, these requirements are 
given below. If the divisional requirements change, 
all students enrolled in the Division of Arts and 
Humanities will have the option of either continu- 
ing under requirements which existed at the time 
of entrance or changing to the new requirements. 
When the College of Arts and Sciences is official- 
ly dissolved, students who were registered in the 
College prior to that date will be able to complete 
degree programs offered by the College. 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of 
Arts and Sciences, or the Division of Arts and Hu- 
manities at the present time, may be conferred 
upon a student who has satisfied the following 
requirements: 

1. General Education Requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements. 

3. Major department requirements. 

4. Completion of a minimum of 120 academic 
credits (not including, under the present 
General Education Program, required physi- 
cal education and Health 105) with at least 
a C average. 

COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS 

These requirements as indicated above are to 
apply until new policies of the Division of Arts 
and Humanities are published. 

The college requires a certain degree of expos- 
ure to, and hopefully proficiency in, the knowl- 
edge of a language and culture of some country 
other than Anglo-American. This may be met in 
several ways: 

1. a) A student who has successfully completed 

at least through "level 3" of one foreign 
language at the high school level, or 
b) A student who has successfully com- 
pleted at least two years ("level 2") of 
two different foreign languages at the 
high school level need not take addition- 
al foreign languages at the college level 
to satisfy the requirements of the college. 

2. A student who does not meet the require- 
ments under paragraph 1, must show pro- 
ficiency through the intermediate level of 
college language. This may be done as fol- 
lows: 

a) Take the placement examination in the 
language in which he has background — 
two years in high school — and begin at 



the college level indicated by the test and 

continue through the intermediate level; 

or 
b) Pass the proficiency test for intermediate 

level given by the respective language 

departments. 
Referring to paragraph 1, the following should be 
noted: 

a) Certain departments still require language at 
the college level to fulfill major requirements. 
Also, certain honor societies still require 
language at the college level among the re- 
quirements for selection to membership; in 
many graduate programs, proficiency in for- 
eign languages is still required while the re- 
quirement for professional schools varies, 
and it becomes the responsibility of the stu- 
dent to meet the requirements of the school 
of his choice. 

b) In interpreting this paragraph, the college 
accepts the information that appears on his 
high school transcript at the time the stu- 
dent registers for his first semester in the 
University. 

At the present time, the languages which may 
be offered to meet this requirement are Chinese. 
French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Japan- 
ese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, and 
Swahili. 

Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by 
offering twelve hours of English in addition to the 
regular English requirement. A foreign student 
may not meet the foreign language requirement by 
taking freshman or sophomore courses in his na- 
tive language. 

Normally a student shall not be permitted to re- 
peat a foreign language course below Course 200 
for credit if he has successfully completed a high- 
er numbered course than the one he wishes to re- 
peat. Credit (including elective credit) will be given 
for the first semester of a language only if credit 
has been earned in additional courses in the same 
language. 

2. SPEECH. If a student has had one full unit of 
public speaking in high school covering an entire 
academic year, he is not required to take a speech 
course at the college level, though he may elect 
to do so. 

Those students who need to take speech at the 
college level to complete the one-semester re- 
quirement may choose one course from the follow- 
ing: SPCH 100, 107, 125, or 220. In certain situa- 
tions other courses may be substituted: i.e., pre- 
law students may take SPCH 230, and foreign stu- 
dents should take SPHR 202, Fundamentals of 
American Speech. 

3. MAJOR AND SUPPORTING COURSE RE- 
QUIREMENTS. Specific descriptions of the de- 
partmental, inter-departmental, or pre-professional 
majors are found, in alphabetical order, along 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 61 



with the course offerings in the following section 
of this catalog. The general college regulations 
controlling majors (and supporting courses) are 
as follows. 

Each student chooses a field of concentration 
(major). He may make this choice as early as he 
wishes; however, once he has earned 56 hours of 
acceptable credit he must choose a major before 
his next registration. 

In programs leading to the baccalaureate de- 
gree, the student must also have a secondary 
field of concentration (supporting courses). The 
courses constituting the major and the supporting 
courses must conform to the requirements of the 
department in which the work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less 
than C in the introductory courses in the field in 
which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the under- 
class departmental requirements, of 24-40 hours, 
of which at least twelve must be in courses num- 
bered 300 or 400 and at least twelve of which must 
be taken in the University of Maryland. 

Each major program includes a group of "sup- 
porting courses," formerly called minors, that are 
designed to contribute to a better understanding 
of the major. The nature and number of these 
courses are under the control of the major depart- 
ment. Except in certain specialized curricula ap- 
proved by the dean, not more than one-half of the 
supporting courses may be taken outside of the 
College of Arts and Sciences. 

The average grade of the work taken for the 
major must be at least C; some departments will 
count toward satisfaction of the major requirement 
no course completed with a grade of less than 
C. The average grade of the work taken in the 
major and supporting courses combined must be 
at least C. A general average of C in courses 
taken at the University of Maryland is required for 
graduation. 

Courses taken to fulfill the requirements in Gen- 
eral Education may not be used toward major or 
supporting courses requirements. 

JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS 

To attain junior standing, a student must ac- 
quire a minimum of 56 academic* semester hours 
and be eligible to re-register in the University. 

NORMAL LOAD 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclu- 
sive of required courses in physical activities and 
health, is required for graduation. The normal load 
for students in this college is 15 semester hours 
credit per semester, exclusive of the required work 
in physical activities and health. 

A student must have the approval of his advisor 

• Not including Heallh 105 and required PHED. 



and dean to take more than the normal program 
prescribed in his curriculum. 

ADVISORS 

Each freshman in this college will be assigned 
to a faculty advisor who will help the student, dur- 
ing his first year, to select his courses and to de- 
termine what his field of major concentration 
should be. 

The student at the sophomore level and above 
will be advised by a faculty member in his major 
department. Students following the three-year pro- 
grams in dentistry, law, and medicine will be ad- 
vised by special advisors for these programs. 

ELECTIVES IN OTHER SCHOOLS AND 
COLLEGES 

A limited number of courses taken in other col- 
leges and schools of the university may be counted 
for elective or supporting credit toward a degree 
in the College of Arts and Sciences. The number of 
credits which may be accepted from the various 
colleges and schools is as follows: College of Edu- 
cation — 24; all other colleges or independent de- 
partments — 20. The combined credits from other 
colleges and schools shall not exceed 20 (or 24 if 
courses in education are included). Courses taken 
in professional schools are not accepted towards 
a degree in this College. 

CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of ed- 
ucation, a prospective high school teacher can 
prepare for high school positions, with a major and 
supporting courses in certain of the departments 
of this college. A student who wishes to work for 
a teacher's certificate must consult the College of 
Education in the second semester of his sopho- 
more year and apply for admission to the "Teach- 
er Education" program. 

HONORS 

The aim of the College Honors Programs is to 
recognize and encourage superior scholarship. To 
this end, Honors work offers the gifted student 
challenging opportunities to work in small groups 
with carefully chosen instructors and to move at a 
speed appropriate to his capacities in an atmo- 
sphere conducive both to independent study and 
to growth in intellectual maturity. The college con- 
ducts both General and Departmental Honors Pro- 
grams spanning the four undergraduate years. 
The General Honors Program is discussed in the 
Department Section under "Honors Program." 

For information concerning the Departmental 
Honors Programs, consult the various department- 
al entries in this catalog. It may, however, be re- 
marked that the Departmental Honors Programs 
are administered by a Honors Committee within 
each department. Admission to a Departmental 



62 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



Honors Program ordinarily occurs at the beginning 
of the first or second semester of the student's 
junior year. As a rule, only students with a cumu- 
lative grade point average of at least 3.0 are ad- 
mitted. A comprehensive examination over the 
field of his major program is given to a candidate 
near the end of his senior year. On the basis of the 
student's performance on the Honors Comprehen- 
sive Examination and in meeting such other re- 
quirements as may be set by the Departmental 
Honors Committee, the faculty may vote to recom- 
mend the candidate for the appropriate degree 
with (departmental) HONORS, or for the appropri- 
ate degree with (departmental) HIGH HONORS. 
Successful candidacy will be symbolized by ap- 
propriate announcement in the commencement 
program and by citation on the student's academic 
record and diploma. 

Students in the General and Departmental Hon- 
ors Programs enjoy some academic privileges sim- 
ilar to those of graduate students. 

PHI BETA KAPPA 

Phi Beta Kappa is the oldest and most widely 
respected honorary fraternity in the United States. 
Invitation to membership is based not only on 
outstanding scholastic achievement, but also on 
breadth of liberal arts studies completed while en- 
rolled at the University of Maryland. Gamma of 
Maryland chapter has liaison faculty members in 
the various departments in the College of Arts and 
Sciences with whom students may discuss mem- 
bership selection. It should be kept in mind that re- 
quirements for national honorary societies, such 
as completion of language courses, often differ 
from the local college or university requirements. 



COLLEGES, SCHOOLS AND 
PROGRAMS OF THE DIVISION 

COLLEGE OF JOURNALISM 

The College of Journalism at the University 
of Maryland stands at the doorstep of the nation's 
capital and the world's news center. It is an ideal 
location for the study of journalism, public rela- 
tions, and mass communications because many 
of the world's important journalists, great news 
events, and significant communications activities 
are near at hand. 

The College is within easy reach of four of 
the nation's top 20 newspapers: the Baltimore Sun, 
the Washington Post, the Washington Evening 
Star, and the production offices of the Wall Street 
Journal. The College also has easy access to 
the Washington press corps — the large bureaus 
of the Associated Press, United Press Internation- 
al, New York Times, and many other American and 
foreign newspapers; also major networks and 
broadcasting news bureaus such as NBC. CBS, 
and ABC; also news, business, and special in- 



terest magazines, and representatives of the book 
publishing industry. 

The College is close to the sources of news, 
including the White House, executive departments 
and agencies, Supreme Court, and Congress. It is 
near many major non-governmental representative 
bodies such as associations, scientific and profes- 
sional organizations, foreign representatives, and 
international agencies. 

The College has six primary objectives: 1) 
to insure a liberal education for journalists and 
mass communicators; 2) to provide professional 
development, including training in skills and tech- 
niques necessary for effective communication; 3) 
to increase public understanding of journalism and 
mass communication; 4) to advance knowledge 
through research and publication; 5) to raise the 
quality of journalism through critical examination 
and study; and 6) to provide continuing relation- 
ship with professional journalists and their socie- 
ties. 

The College curriculum in news editorial 
journalism is accredited by The American Coun- 
cil on Education for Journalism. The College is 
a member of The American Association of Schools 
and Departments of Journalism, The Association 
for Education in Journalism, and The American 
Society of Journalism School Administrators. 

Student journalism organization chapters in- 
clude Sigma Delta Chi, Theta Sigma Phi, Pi Delta 
Epsilon, Kappa Tau Alpha, Kappa Alpha Mu, and 
a charter chapter of the Public Relations Student 
Society of America. 

The College offers specialized work in news 
reporting and editing, public relations, advertis- 
ing, news broadcasting, news photography, and 
communication theory and research. 

The College maintains close liaison with stu- 
dent publications and communications, including 
the student daily newspaper, yearbook, feature 
magazine, course guide, literary magazine, cam- 
pus radio station, and campus television work- 
shop. 

The College also provides summer internships 
in professional work and part-time on-the-job 
training opportunities. 

Advanced students in news reporting may work 
in Washington as correspondents for participating 
newspapers in the Maryland-Delaware-D.C. Press 
Association. Students in this advanced program 
cover the White House, Congress, government 
agencies and departments for publication. 

Students may declare their intention to major 
in journalism at the beginning of any semester, 
but normally this is done before their junior year. 
Students select and work with one faculty mem- 
ber as their advisor during the course of their 
study at the University. 

Typing ability and English proficiency are re- 
quired of all students. Majors must maintain a C 
average in courses taken in the College. Students 
must receive at least a C in Journalism 200 and 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 63 



201 before they will be allowed to major in Jour- 
nalism. 

SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE 

THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE offers a five- 
year undergraduate professional program lead- 
ing to the degree, Bachelor of Architecture. Fu- 
ture plans include development of other environ- 
mental design programs at the graduate and un- 
dergraduate level. 

The school is following established procedures 
of the National Architectural Accreditation Board, 
and it is anticipated that it will be accredited in 
accordance with policies of the NAAB, insuring 
that present and future students will be eligible 
for registration in all 50 states upon meeting ex- 
perience requirements and passing the standard 
examination. The school is an associate member 
of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Arch- 
itecture, and is assigned to that organization's 
Northeastern Region. 

The curriculum presents the basic requisite 
skills and the opportunity to develop the knowl- 
edge to begin professional work. The school's 
goal is to prepare students for professional service 
in helping ameliorate the nation's environmental 
problems. 

OPPORTUNITIES IN ARCHITECTURE 

A rapidly expanding population, together with 
rapidly developing industrial civilization, has taxed 
the resources of cities throughout the world. Large 
segments of these urban populations are over- 
crowded, underserviced and deprived of many of 
the amenities which city life historically symbol- 
izes. Many cities find themselves on the edge of 
economic, political and social disaster. Whole 
ethnic, racial and economic groups live in a con- 
tinuing situation of environmental frustration. This 
urban crisis, which has come to fruition over the 
last generation, promises to dominate our domes- 
tic life in the United States for at least the genera- 
tion to come. 

The very complexity of these problems, pre- 
cluding easy attribution of causes and obviating 
simple solutions, has generated great changes in 
the environmentai design professions and in the 
other social disciplines. Where they once stood 
apart, they are now committed to a common pur- 
pose. Each of them has had to broaden its vision 
of service and concern, and has come to recog- 
nize the worth and value of the techniques and in- 
sights of the others. 

In architecture, these exchanges have influ- 
enced the procedures, scope and services and 
goals of the profession. Recent years have seen 
the introduction of the ideas of urban sociology 
and the behavioral sciences into the area of pro- 
fessional concern, of the inclusion into profession- 
al procedures of linear programming, computer 
technology, operations research, mathematical 



and gaming simulation, and the use of analogue 
models. The scope of architectural services, once 
confined to the design of and supervision of con- 
struction of buildings, has been broadened to in- 
clude programming, developmental planning, op- 
erations research, project feasibility studies and 
other new professional activities. Finally, the role 
of the architect is expanding from a narrow con- 
cern with building design to a broad concern for 
developmental change, and his goal has devel- 
oped from a preoccupation with beauty to a com- 
mitment to contributing to the enhancement of 
the quality of life. 

These observations indicate both the great need 
for educated and trained professionals, and the 
relevancy and excitement which characterize the 
profession today. Perhaps at no time in history has 
architecture posed as great a challenge, nor of- 
fered so great a promise of personal fulfillment to 
its successful practitioners. There are many op- 
portunities for employment and careers in archi- 
tectural practice. Additional education and experi- 
ence also qualify a graduate for a career in city 
or regional planning. 

Moreover, the general nature of an architectural 
education is such that some graduates elect and 
achieve successful careers in related fields in civ- 
il service, commerce or industry. 

THE CURRICULUM 

The program permits students to enter the 
School of Architecture either directly from high 
school or after one year of general college work 
without extending the time required for comple- 
tion of degree requirements. 

Students in the first year may take an introduc- 
tory course in the history of architecture as well 
as general courses. In the second year, the stu- 
dent begins his professional education in the basic 
environmental design studio course as well as 
continuing his general education. The basic en- 
vironmental design studio explores specific archi- 
tectural problems as well as the general problems 
inherent in making objects and making spaces. 
In the third year, coordinated courses in design 
and building systems introduce the student to 
the ecological, physiographic, physiological, soc- 
ial, and physical generators of archtecture design: 
and the student is given an introduction into build- 
ing technology. In the fourth year, this process is 
continued, but the emphasis is on urban design 
factors: the environmental context, the historical 
and situation context, urban systems, and theo- 
retical, aesthetic and sociological considerations. 
In the fifth year of design, the student is offered 
an opportunity to choose a comprehensive topi- 
cal problem from several offered each year, in- 
cluding special studies in technical areas as well 
as building design and case studies in urban 
planning. 

All of the design studio courses emphasize en- 



64 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



vironmental design problem solving experiences 
to advance the student's skill in the field, as well 
as lectures, reading assignments, field trips, etc. 
In addition to the design and technical courses, 
the student is required to take four semesters of 
architectural history, of which two are selected 
from a number of options, several liberal and 
physical sciences, and a number of electives and 
professional electives. The latter may be chosen 
from among those offered by the school's faculty 
as well as from among selected courses offered 
by other departments. A list of professional elec- 
tives is presented elsewhere in this section. 

The general education requirements of the Uni- 
versity apply generally to the architecture pro- 
gram, but architectural students are specifically 
required to complete math through MATH 220 and 
221. Most students find it necessary to begin col- 
lege math with MATH 115, followed by MATH 220 
and 221. In addition, architecture students are re- 
quired to complete Physics 121, Biology 101 and 
Computer Science 103. 

LOCATION 

The School is housed in a contemporary air- 
conditioned building on the campus about 10 
miles from Washington, D.C., and about 50 min- 
utes' drive from downtown Baltimore. This loca- 
tion, in the center of a large urban agglomeration 
and astride the eastern corridor, offers many op- 
portunities for the School's program and the stu- 
dent's growth. 

The School of Architecture building provides 
studio space, a library, exhibit space, a shop, a 
photo lab, classrooms and lecture hall facilities. 

LIBRARY 

The Architectural School Library at present 
comprises some 9,000 volumes. It is expected that 
the library will number 12,000 to 15,000 volumes 
by 1973. This will make it one of the major archi- 
tectural school libraries in the nation. The library 
subscribes to about 100 foreign and domestic peri- 
odicals providing resources in urban sociology, 
building technology and urban planning as well as 
in architecture. 

The visual aids library presently comprises 
about 45,000 35-mm. color slides in architecture, 
landscape architecture and urban planning. 

ADMISSION 

Because there is a fixed limit to the number of 
candidates who can be admitted each year, it is 
important that the following instructions be care- 
fully followed: 

1. Students applying from high school: write 
the Director of Admissions, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 for ap- 
plication instructions; 



2. Students who have completed work at other 
universities: write the Director of Admis- 
sions, University of Maryland, College Park, 
Md. 20742 for application instructions; 

3. Students transferring from other colleges of 
the University of Maryland: please pick up 
an application record form at the School of 
Architecture, and return it to the assistant 
dean of the School, together with a record 
of all work taken at the University of Mary- 
land. 

Deadlines: all application procedures should be 
completed and materials in hand at the University 
by March 1. Applications received after this date, 
but before the University deadline dates for new 
students and for transfer students, will be consid- 
ered only on a space-available basis. 

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE 

For promising young men and women who might 
not otherwise be able to attend the University's 
School of Architecture, a number of grants and 
scholarships are available, some earmarked spe- 
cifically for architectural students. New students 
must apply before March 15. Students already en- 
rolled may apply before May 1. All requests for in- 
formation concerning these awards should be di- 
rected to: Director, Student Aid, University of 
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742. 

THE DIVISION OF HUMAN AND 
COMMUNITY RESOURCES 

The Division of Human and Community Re- 
sources includes the faculties and programs of 
the College of Education, the College of Human 
Ecology, the College of Physical Education, Rec- 
reation and Health, and the School of Library and 
Information Services. The programs of the Division 
are essentially professional. They are designed 
to prepare teachers and school service person- 
nel; professionals interested in the quality of life 
of the individual, groups and the community fac- 
tors which influence the interaction of people; 
those who are responsible for community health, 
recreation programs and activities; technical, pub- 
lic and school librarians, and information sci- 
entists. In addition to emphasis on teaching and 
research the Division aspires to a broader con- 
tribution of its special knowledge and expertise 
to the University and Community at large. Spe- 
cifically, the following Colleges and School and 
their respective departments are included in the 
Division: 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

Department of Administration, Supervision 

and Curriculum 
Department of Counseling and Personnel 

Services 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 65 



Department of Early Childhood-Elementary 

Education 
Department of Industrial Education 
Department of Measurement and Statistics 
Department of Secondary Education 
Department of Special Education 
Institute for Child Study 

COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY 

Department of Family and Community De- 
velopment 

Department of Foods, Nutrition and 
Institution Administration 

Department of Housing and Applied Design 

Department of Textiles and Consumer Eco- 
nomics 

COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
RECREATION AND HEALTH 

Department of Health Education 
Department of Physical Education 
Department of Recreation 

SCHOOL OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION 
SERVICES 

The Division offers Bachelor's, Master's, and 
Doctorate degrees in most of its programs in addi- 
tion to various professional certificates. The pro- 
fessional programs are accredited by the Na- 
tional Council for Accreditation of Teacher Educa- 
tion, the Maryland State Department of Educa- 
tion, the American Library Association Committee 
on Accreditation, and the American Home Eco- 
nomics Association. Unless otherwise stated the 
regulations and degree requirements of the pres- 
ent Colleges constituting the new Division shall 
remain in effect until revised policies of the Di- 
vision are published. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION meets the needs 
of the following classes of students: (1) persons 
preparing to teach in colleges, secondary schools, 
elementary schools, kindergarten and nursery 
schools; (2) persons preparing to teach classes in 
special education or to be school librarians; (3) 
present or prospective teachers who wish to sup- 
plement their preparation; (4) students preparing 
for educational work in the trades and industries; 
(5) graduate students preparing for teaching, su- 
pervisory, advanced specialist or administrative 
positions; (6) certain students whose major inter- 
ests are in other fields, but who desire courses in 
education. 

Because of the location of the University in the 
suburbs of the Nation's Capital, unusual facilities 
for the study of education are available to its stu- 
dents and faculty. The Library of Congress, the 
library of the United States Office of Education, 



and special libraries of other government agen- 
cies are accessible, as well as the information 
services of the National Education Association, 
American Council on Education, United States Of- 
fice of Education, and other organizations, public 
and private. The school systems of the District of 
Columbia, Baltimore and the counties of Maryland 
offer generous cooperation. 

The teacher education programs preparing 
early childhood, elementary school and secondary 
schools teachers at the bachelor's degree and 
master's degree levels, and the programs prepar- 
ing school service personnel (elementary and sec- 
ondary school principals, general school admin- 
istrators, supervisors, curriculum coordinators, 
guidance counselors, student personnel adminis- 
trators, and vocational rehabilitation counselors) 
at the master's, advanced graduate specialist and 
doctoral degree levels are all fully accredited by 
the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher 
Education. 

ORGANIZATION 

The College is organized into seven depart- 
ments, an institute and other non-departmental 
areas. These offer a wide range of curricula in 
teacher education or education specialties. 

FACILITIES 

The College is housed in two buildings. All de- 
partments and special areas with the exception of 
industrial education have their offices and instruc- 
tional facilities in the College of Education Build- 
ing. This building was planned with the special 
needs of teacher education in mind. The industrial 
education department is housed in the J. Milton 
Patterson Building. The facilities of this building 
are devoted exclusively to the work of that de- 
partment. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 

In selecting students emphasis will be placed 
upon high marks and other indications of probable 
success in college rather than upon a fixed pat- 
tern of subject matter. Of the 16 required units, 
four units of English and one unit of social sci- 
ences, natural sciences and mathematics are rec- 
ommended. Additional units in mathematics, natur- 
al sciences and social sciences are desirable for a 
program that permits the greatest amount of flexi- 
bility in meeting the requirements of various Col- 
lege of Education curricula. A foreign language is 
desirable for certain programs. Fine arts, trade and 
vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 
Every prospective applicant should be certain that 
his preparation in mathematics is adequate for any 
program that he might wish to enter. 

Candidates for admission whose high school or 
college records are consistently low are strongly 
advised not to seek admission to the College of 
Education. 



66 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



Students with baccalaureate degrees who have 
applied for admission as special students must 
have received prior permission from the appropri- 
ate department. 

GUIDANCE IN REGISTRATION 

At the time of matriculation each student is 
tentatively assigned to a member of the faculty 
who acts as the student's advisor. The choice of 
subject areas within which the student will pre- 
pare to teach will be made under faculty guidance 
during the freshman year. The student will confer 
regularly with the faculty member in the College of 
Education responsible for his teaching major. 
While it may be possible to make satisfactory ad- 
justments as late as the junior year for students 
from other colleges who have not already entered 
upon the sequence of professional courses, it is 
highly desirable that the student begin his cur- 
riculum work in the freshman year. Students who 
intend to teach (except agriculture and physical 
education) should register in the College of Edu- 
cation, in order that they may have the continuous 
counsel and guidance of the faculty directly re- 
sponsible for teacher education at the University 
of Maryland. 

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE COLLEGE 

Minimum requirements for graduation are 124 
semester hours including the four semester hours 
in required physical education and health. Specific 
program requirements for more than the minimum 
must be fulfilled. In cases where the physical edu- 
cation and/or health requirements are waived aca- 
demic electives should be taken to insure the 
minimum of 124 hours. 

In addition to the University General Education 
Program and the specific requirements for each 
curriculum, the college requires a minimum of 20 
hours of education courses and three (3) hours of 
speech. 

Marks in all required upper division courses in 
education and in subjects in major and minor 
fields must be C or higher, except in the case of 
student teaching where a grade of S is required. 
A general average of C or higher must be main- 
tained. (See Admission to Teacher Education.) 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules 
of the College of Education must be recommended 
by the student's advisor, department chairpersons, 
and approved by the dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of 
Education but who, through an established coop- 
erative program with another college, are prepar- 
ing to teach and wish to register in professional 
education courses required for certification must 
meet all curricular and scholastic requirements 
of the College of Education. 

ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION 

All students, full or part-time, who are in a 
teacher education curriculum, must apply to the 



Admission to Teacher Education Committee for 
admission to teacher education at the beginning 
of the semester immediately after earning 42 
hours, excluding required physical education. 
Transfer students with 42 or more hours of ac- 
ceptable transfer credit must apply at time of 
transfer. Transfer students must complete a min- 
imum of 12 hours at Maryland before they can be 
admitted to Teacher Education. Post-graduate 
certification students and those working for certi- 
fication only must apply at the beginning of their 
program. Application forms may be obtained from 
the College of Education Records Office, advisors 
or departmental offices. 

In considering applications, the following guide- 
lines have been established by the committee: 

1. No student will be allowed to enroll in EDUC 
300 and methods classes until he has received 
full approval. 

2. Full approval is always granted with the under- 
standing that the student will have a success- 
ful field experience in EDUC 300 and that any 
case may be reconsidered by the committee 
if subsequent academic performance declines. 

3. Secondary education applicants must show evi- 
dence of ability to achieve on an above average 
level in courses directly related to their major 
field. 

4. Applicants must be of good moral and ethical 
character. This will be determined as fairly as 
possible from such evidence as advisors' rec- 
ommendations and records of serious campus 
delinquencies. 

5. Applicants must be physically and emotionally 
capable of functioning as teachers. This will 
mean freedom from serious chronic illness, 
emotional instability and communicable dis- 
ease, as determined in cooperation with the 
Health Service and the Counseling Center. 

6. Applicants must be free of serious speech 
handicaps. 

The purpose of the screening procedure asso- 
ciated with admission to teacher education is to 
insure that graduates of the teacher education pro- 
gram will be well prepared for teaching and can 
be recommended for certification with confidence. 

MAJORS AND MINORS 

In the Early Childhood-Elementary curriculum, 
no major or minor is required, but students must 
complete at least 80 hours of academic content 
work which includes an area of concentration of 
at least 18 hours. 

In secondary education, majors only are re- 
quired (except in speech education), although 
minors may be developed in most programs if stu- 
dents desire them. Specific programs should be 
consulted for information concerning minors. 

STUDENT TEACHING 

In order to be admitted to a course in student 
teaching, a student must have been admitted to 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 67 



the Teacher Education Program (see above), and 
have a grade point average of 2.30 based on Uni- 
versity of Maryland courses only, a physician's 
certificate indicating that the applicant is free of 
communicable diseases and the consent of the in- 
structor in the appropriate area. Application must 
be made with the Coordinator of Laboratory Ex- 
periences by the middle of the semester which 
precedes the one in which student teaching will 
be done. Any applicant for student teaching must 
have been enrolled previously at the University 
of Maryland for at least one semester. 

CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS 

The State Department of Education certifies 
to teach in the approved public schools of the 
state only graduates of approved colleges who 
have satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and pro- 
fessional requirements. The curricula of the Col- 
lege of Education fulfill State Department require- 
ments for certification. 

DEGREES 

The degrees conferred upon students who have 
met the conditions prescribed for a degree in the 
College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and 
Bachelor of Science. Majors in English, languages, 
library science, and social sciences receive the 
B.A. degree. Art, mathematics and speech majors 
may receive either degree. All others receive the 
B.S. degree. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 
NON-DEPARTMENTAL AREAS 

Non-departmental areas offer curricula which 
prepare students for certification and offer service 
for graduate majors. Included are school librarian- 
ship; history, philosophy and sociology of educa- 
tion and comparative education (social founda- 
tions of education); and some aspects of adult 
education. 

SPECIAL SERVICES 

The college provides several kinds of special 
services for faculty, students, schools, and teach- 
ers in the field: 

BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH 
AND FIELD SERVICES 

The Bureau of Educational Research and Field 
Services has been established to (1) encourage 
and stimulate basic research bearing on different 
aspects of the educative process; (2) provide as- 
sistance in designing, implementing and evalua- 
itng research projects initiated by local school 
systems; (3) coordinate school systems' requests 
for consultants with the rich and varied profes- 
sional competencies that are available on the Uni- 
versity faculty. 



CURRICULUM LABORATORY 

The Curriculum Laboratory provides students, 
faculty and teachers in the field with materials 
and assistance in- the area of curriculum. An up- 
to-date collection of curriculum materials is main- 
tained. This includes texts, courses of study, study 
guides, curriculum studies and bibliographies. 
The laboratory is equipped to assist students and 
student teachers with preparation of teaching 
plans. 

EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY CENTER 

The center is designed as a service facility for 
faculty and students that provides teaching aids 
of all kinds, audio-visual equipment and service, 
instruction in all aspects of instructional materials, 
aids, and new media. This 12-room complex con- 
tains model, flexible-in-size classrooms for opti- 
mal use of instructional media, an independent 
learning laboratory with 40 student stations, pro- 
duction and distribution rooms for a closed-cir- 
cuit television and video tape system, laboratories 
for graphic and photographic production, and 
space for faculty research and development in the 
use of instructional media. Supporting the pro- 
fessional faculty in the operation of the center 
are such media specialists as a graphic artist and 
a television technician. 

While the Educational Technology Center will 
function as a demonstration facility for on and off- 
campus groups requiring model media facilities, 
it is also designed to serve an instructional pro- 
gram offering graduate degrees in educational 
technology. 

OFFICE OF LABORATORY EXPERIENCES 

The Office of Laboratory Experiences is de- 
signed to arrange off-campus placement in labora- 
tory experiences for students preparing to teach. 
In this capacity, it serves as a liaison between the 
University and the public schools. Applications for 
field placements, EDUC 300 students and student 
teachers are processed through this office. This 
office is also responsible for the Teacher Educa- 
tion Centers. 

MUSIC EDUCATORS NATIONAL CONFERENCE 
HISTORICAL CENTER 

The University of Maryland and the Music Edu- 
cators National Conference established the MENC 
Histroical Center in 1965 for the purpose of build- 
ing and maintaining a research collection which 
would reflect the development and current prac- 
tices in music education. Located in McKeldin 
Library, the center includes study space and ig 
prepared to assist scholars in the field. Materials 
in the following categories are collected: archival 
documents of the MENC: instructional materials: 
professional publications; curricular, administra- 
tive, and philosophical materials; manuscripts, 
personal letters and other historical materials. 



68 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



UNIVERSITY CENTER FOR YOUNG CHILDREN 

Housed in the College of Education, the Nurs- 
ery-Kindergarten Laboratory School services the 
total University in the following ways: (1) acts as 
a center in which individual professors or students 
may conduct research; (2) serves as a unit for 
undergraduate students to have selected experi- 
ences with young children, such as student teach- 
ing, child study, and other forms of participation 
in a program for young children; (3) provides a 
setting in which educators from within and without 
the University can come for sources of ideas rela- 
tive to the education of young children. 

READING CENTER 

The Reading Center provides clinical diagnostic 
and corrective services to a limited number of 
children. These services are a part of the pro- 
gram in correction and remedial reading offered 
to teachers on the graduate level. 

SCIENCE TEACHING CENTER 

The Science Teaching Center has been de- 
signed to serve as a representive facility of its 
type to fulfill its functions of undergraduate and 
graduate science teacher education, science 
supervisor training, basic research in science edu- 
cation, aid to inservice teachers and supervisors, 
and consultative services, on all levels, kinder- 
garten through community college. Its reference 
library features relevant periodicals, science and 
mathematics textbooks, new curriculum materials, 
and works on science subjects and their opera- 
tional aspects. Its fully equipped research labora- 
tory, in addition to its teaching laboratories for 
science methods courses, provides project space 
for both faculty and students. 

Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has 
served as the headquarters for the activities of 
the Science Teaching Materials Review Commit- 
tee cf the National Science Teachers Association. 
The Information Clearinghouse on Science and 
Mathematics Curricular Developments, started 
here that year also, is now the International Clear- 
inghouse for A.A.A.S., N.S.F. and UNESCO. With- 
in the center, then, is gathered the "software" and 
"hardware" of science education in what is con- 
sidered to be one of the most comprehensive col- 
lections of such materials in the world. 



neers and a chapter of the American Industrial 
Arts Association. 

In several departments there are informal or- 
ganizations of students. All policy-recommending 
committees of the college include student repre- 
sentation. 

CAREER DEVELOPMENT CENTER 
UNIVERSITY CREDENTIALS SERVICE 

All seniors graduating in the College of Edu- 
cation (except Education for Industry majors) are 
required to file credentials with the Placement 
Office in Cumberland Hall basement. Credentials 
consist of the permanent record of a student's 
academic preparation and recommendations from 
academic and professional sources. An initial reg- 
istration fee enables the Placement Office to send 
a student's credentials to interested educational 
employers, as indicated by the student. 

Students who are completing teacher certifica- 
tion requirements, who are completing advanced 
degrees and are interested in a teaching, adminis- 
trative or research position in education, or who 
are completing advanced degrees in library 
science may also file credentials. 

Other services include vacancy listing in sec- 
ondary schools and institutions of higher learn- 
ing, notifications of interest-related position, on- 
campus interviews with state and out-of-state 
school systems, and descriptive information on 
school systems throughout the country. 

This service is also available to alumni. For 
further information contact Mrs. Anna Tackett, 
Assistant Director of Placement, the placement 
office, Cumberland Hall basement; or phone 454- 
2813. 

OFF-CAMPUS COURSES 

Through the University College, a number of 
courses in education are offered in Baltimore, in 
other centers in Maryland and overseas. These 
courses are chosen to meet the needs of groups 
of students in various centers. In these centers, 
on a part-time basis, a student may complete a 
part of the work required for an undergraduate or 
a graduate degree. Announcements of such 
courses may be obtained by addressing requests 
to the Dean, University College, College Park, 
Maryland. 



STUDENT AND PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 

The college sponsors a chapter of the Student 
National Education Association, which is open to 
undergraduate students on the College Park cam- 
pus. A student chapter of the Council for Excep- 
tional Children is open to undergraduate and 
graduate students interested in working with ex- 
ceptional children. A student chapter of the Music 
Educators National Conference (MENC) is spon- 
sored by the Department of Music, and the Indus- 
trial Education Department has a chapter of the 
American Society of Tool and Manufacturing Engi- 



COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY 

THE COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY reflects 
the progress and growth made by Home Econom- 
ics in recent years in directing its focus toward 
the needs of individuals and society. We share 
in the obligation of all higher education to pro- 
vide a broad based education for every individual 
as preparation for living in close harmony with 
our environment in both the immediate and long- 
range future. 

Human Ecology is an applied field of study, in- 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 69 



terdisciplinary in nature, which studies the in- 
dividual and/or living unit* and the interactive 
nature of those factors in communities which im- 
pinge upon them. It draws upon the basic disci- 
plines of the natural, social, and behavioral sci- 
ences and the arts for application and utilization. 
The curricula afford the opportunity for improv- 
ing the quality of life in man's near environment. 

The College seeks to provide the proper bal- 
ance of educational experiences which prepare 
an individual in the professional context as well 
as those experiences which benefit him person- 
ally as a fully functioning and contributing mem- 
ber of society. This includes grounding in basic 
and applied skills, as well as providing an at- 
mosphere where creativity may flourish to en- 
hance our potential for developing innovative 
solutions to human societal problems of living. 

The faculty utilizes existing knowledge and gen- 
erates new knowledge, techniques and methods 
based on research, while providing opportunities 
through laboratory, practical and field experiences 
for making knowledge and innovative discovery 
more meaningful to the individual. Through these 
experiences the faculty experiments with varying 
relevant techniques and methods by which the in- 
dividual can transfer to the society at large new 
ideas and techniques for more effective interac- 
tion within the social and physical ecosystems in 
which we function. 

Through teaching, research, and service the 
College provides appropriate, comprehensive, 
quality education programs that prepare students 
for professional positions directed toward the im- 
provement of conditions contributing to 

1. The individual's psycho-social development. 

2. The quality and availability of community re- 
sources which enrich family life (in all its 
various forms). 

3. Effective resource utilization including con- 
sumer competence. 

4. The individual's physiological health and de- 
velopment. 

5. The physical and aesthetic components of 
man's near environment. 

6. Effective use of leisure time. 

In accordance with the philosophy of this Col- 
lege all four departments are interrelated and co- 
operate in the achievement of these goals. The 
activities of the Department of Family and Com- 
munity Development emphasize goals 1 through 3; 
the Department of Food, Nutrition and Institution 
Administration, 2 through 4; and with different foci 
and priorities, the activities of the Departments 
of Textiles and Consumer Economics, and Hous- 
ing and Applied Design emphasize goals 2, 3 and 
5. Goal 3 requires consumer competence in food, 
clothing, shelter, transportation, insurance, medi- 
cal, recreation, etc., and is an integrative, inter- 
disciplinary, educational concept which necessi- 

Mndividual family, other. 



tates major input from all four departments. Goal 
6 is becoming increasingly important with a re- 
duced work week and increases in our over-65 
population, and also suggests interdepartmental 
and interdisciplinary programs. 

Objectives 

1. Offer appropriate, comprehensive bachelor, 
master and doctoral programs that address 
the six goals stated above. 

2. Maximize resources and resource utilization 
in order to accomplish the six goals stated 
above. 

3. Act as a resource to the university com- 
munity to stimulate awareness and interest 
in the problems of applying knowledge for 
improving the quality of life. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES 

The College of Human Ecology building fol- 
lows the campus tradition in style, and a construc- 
tion program has been initiated to provide ex- 
panded facilities. A management center is main- 
tained on the campus for resident experiences in 
management activities of family life. 

Located between two large cities, the college 
provides unusual opportunities for both faculty 
and students. In addition to the University's gen- 
eral and specialized libraries, Baltimore and 
Washington furnish added library facilities. The 
art galleries and museums, the government bu- 
reaus and city institutions stimulate study and 
provide enriching experiences for students. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

AATT— STUDENT CHAPTER 

The Student Chapter of the American Associa- 
tion for Textile Technology provides students with 
and early opportunity to become associated with 
the professional organization of AATT, and to ad- 
vance at the local level the aims and goals of the 
parent National Association. 

Through speakers from the textiles and apparel 
industry, members are kept abreast of the latest 
techniques and ideas in textiles, as well as com- 
ing in contact with prospective future employers. 

The chapter hopes to establish several intern 
programs to provide its members with an oppor- 
tunity to gain some vocational experience before 
graduation. 

All undergraduate students, including freshmen, 
are eligible to join AATT if their curriculum in- 
cludes at least one major course in the field of 
textiles. 

A. ID.— Student Chapter 

The University of Maryland Student Chapter of 
the American Institute of Interior Designers is 
sponsored by the professional chapter of A.I.D., 



70 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



Washington, D.C. Interior Design majors from the 
sophomore class upwards may become members. 
Contacts and exchanges with professionals and 
fellow students at meetings sponsored by both 
groups orient the students to the job market and 
keep them informed of new directions in the pro- 
fession. The A.I.D. professional chapter sponsors 
"A Day with a Designer" and assists in locating 
summer jobs for upperclass interior design maj- 
ors. 

COLLEGIATE HOME ECONOMICS ORGANIZATION 

The University of Maryland Collegiate Home 
Economics Organization is the student affiliate of 
the American Home Economics Association and 
the Ma r yland Home Economics Association. Wel- 
coming any Human Ecology major into its mem- 
bership, the organization meets once a month, and 
links the professional world to the college student 
through different programs. 

The Collegiate Home Economics Organization 
is the student's opportunity to join a professional 
group prior to graduation and to participate on 
a student level in the national association. 

Each speaker or demonstrator provides the Col- 
legiate Home Economics Organization member 
with ideas and suggestions for their own profes- 
sional preparation by introducing the member to 
the many facets of Human Ecology. 

The Organization gives both students and fac- 
ulty a chance to work together and meet on an 
informal basis and to open up better channels of 
communication among themselves as well as the 
outside professional world. 

N.S.I.D.— Student Chapter 

The student chapter of the National Society of 
Interior Designers promotes interchange of ideas 
between students and professionals through joint- 
ly sponsored meetings. Student members are kept 
advised by the national office of N.S.I.D. as to de- 
velopments within the organization and a national 
job referral service is provided for design gradu- 
ates. 

OMICRON NU 

A national honor society whose objectives are 
to recognize superior scholarship, to promote 
leadership and to stimulate an appreciation for 
graduate study and research in the field of home 
economics and related areas. Graduate students, 
seniors and second semester juniors are eligible 
for election to membership. 

STUDENT SENATE 

This elected, advisory group of students pro- 
motes the interests of the College of Human 
Ecology. Student representatives to the College 
Assembly, College Council and Standing Com- 
mittees of the College Assembly are named from 
this group. 



FINANCIAL AID 

A LOAN FUND, composed of contributions by 
the District of Columbia Home Economics Asso- 
ciation, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and 
personal gifts, is available through the University 
Office of Student Aid. 

ADMISSION 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of 
Human Ecology must apply to the director of ad- 
missions of the University of Maryland at College 
Park. 

DEGREES 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred 
for the satisfactory completion, with an average 
of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120 
academic semester hour credits. This is exclusive 
of health and physical activities for women and 
men. No grade below C is acceptable in the de- 
partmental courses which are required for a de- 
partmental major. 

STUDENT LOAD 

The student load in the College of Human 
Ecology varies from 15-19 credits. A student wish- 
ing to carry more than 19 credits must have a "B" 
grade average and permission of the dean. 

A minimum of 120 academic credits is re- 
quired for graduation. However, for certification 
in some professional organizations additional 
credits are required. Consult your advisor. 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

Specific inquiries concerning undergraduate or 
graduate programs in the College of Human 
Ecology may be directed to the chairmen of the 
various departments or the Dean, College of Hu- 
man Ecology, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742. 

CURRICULA 

A student may elect one of the following cur- 
ricula, or a combination of curricula: food, nutri- 
tion, dietetics, or institution administration (food 
service); family, community, or management and 
consumer studies; home economics education; 
housing, advertising design, interior design, de- 
sign, or crafts; textile science, textile marketing, 
textiles and apparel or consumer economics. A 
student who wishes to teach home economics 
may register in home economics education in the 
College of Human Ecology under the Department 
of Family and Community Development or in the 
College of Education. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

The curricula leading to a major in the College 
of Human Ecology are organized into four broad 
professional categories: (1) technical areas, (2) 
educational, community and family life areas, (3) 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 71 



consumer service areas, and (4) design areas. 
These represent the broad professional fields into 
which graduates are eligible to enter and pursue 
their chosen work. The positions vary in nature, 
scope and title, but require similar general studies 
background and fundamentals for specialization. 

Individual programs of study are developed co- 
operatively with faculty advisors to provide a bal- 
anced and sequential arrangement of studies in 
preparation for the chosen field. University, col- 
lege, and departmental requirements are identi- 
fied for curricula in each of the departments. 

All students in the College of Human Ecology 
are required to complete a series or sequence of 
courses to satisfy University, college and de- 
partmental requirements. The remaining courses 
needed to complete a program of study are elect- 
ed by the student with the approval of his advisor. 

The final responsibility of meeting all the re- 
quirements for a specific major rests with EACH 
individual student. 

UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS 

(General Education — Academic) 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

ENGL REQUIREMENT or ENGL HONORS COMP 171 . 3 

ENGL REQUIREMENT 6 

Fine Arts or Philosophy (choice of one) 3 

DANC 200, 482 or 483, 484 

ARTH 100, 260, 261, 284, 320, 321, 330, 331; 340; 341 

MUSC 130 

DART 110, 170 

PHIL 100, 170, 140, 233, 236, 250, 330, 457; 444 

History (any combination of History courses for which 
the student is eligible except State History) 6 

Mathematics (any credit bearing course) 

SAT score determines qualification 3-4 

Natural Science (choice of two courses) 7 

If the science requirements are not specified in de- 
partmental majors, one course must be a physical 
science and the other a biological science. One of 
them must be a laboratory (four hour) course. 

Social Science (choice of two courses) 6 

SOCY 100. ANTH 101, ECON 205 or 201. GVPT 170, 
GVPT 100 or 300. PSYC 100, GEOG 100, GNEO 260, 
RATV 124 
Total 34-35 

(Non-Academic) 

For men and women; 

HLTH 105 (2) 

Physical Education — two semesters (2) 

Total (4) 

COLLEGE OF HUMAN ECOLOGY 
REQUIREMENTS 

(For every student depending on the Major) 
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design OR 

Human Ecology Elective' 3 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living OR 

Human Ecology Elective* 3 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and 

Families or NUTR 100 — Elements of Nutrition OR 

Human Ecology Elective* 3 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living OR 

Human Ecology Elective' 3 

'Human Ecology Elective lo be taken in departments other than Ma|or 
Department. 



Root Discipline Requirements Outside the College 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life ' 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 1 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics ' 3 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3 

Typical Freshman Year (15 to 18 hours each semester)* 

Semester 

Hours 

ENGL Requirement 6 

Mathematics 0-3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living or 

Human Ecology Elective' 3 

APDS 101— Fundamentals of Design or Human 

Ecology Elective" 3 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life 3 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and 

Families or Human Ecology Elective" 3 

TEXT 105 — Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary 

Living or Human Ecology Elective* 3 

Physical or Biological Science 3-6 

HLTH 105 (2) 

Physical Education (2) 

Electives 4 



COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL 
EDUCATION 

THE COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION, 
RECREATION AND HEALTH provides preparation 
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the 
following professional areas: physical education, 
health education and recreation. The college also 
offers curricula in safety education and elemen- 
tary physical education. The college provides a 
research laboratory for faculty members and stu- 
dents who are interested in investigating the ef- 
fects of exercise and various physical education 
activities upon the body, as well as determining 
methods and techniques of teaching various 
sports. 

A one year required program of physical educa- 
tion and a one semester required health educa- 
tion program are provided by this college for all 
freshmen men and women of the University. The 
college provides an extensive intramural sports 
program for both men and women. 

In addition to its various on-campus offerings, 
this college regularly conducts courses in physi- 
cal education, health education and recreation in 
various parts of the State of Maryland and con- 
ducts workshops wherever requested by proper 
officials. 

FACILITIES 

Five separate buildings are used for the Intra- 
mural Sports Program for men, the WRA Program 
for women, the Professional Physical Education 



'Human Ecology Elective to be taken in departments other than Ma|or De- 
partment. 

'Any two ot those automatically satisfy the six-hour social science re- 
quirement ot General Education. 



72 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



Program, the Health Education Program, and the 
Recreation Program. 

INDOOR ACTIVITIES 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES BUILDING. This build- 
ing houses the offices of the Department of Inter- 
collegiate Athletics and the College of Physical 
Education, Recreation and Health. It contains six 
activity teaching stations: the main arena, the 
swimming pool, the small gym, the weight train- 
ing room, the wrestling room, and the judo room. 
In addition, there are ten classrooms, a research 
laboratory, a safety and driver education center, 
and a conference room. 

The main arena of this building has 19,796 sq. 
ft. of floor space. This arena provide facilities for 
class work in basketball, volleyball, badminton, 
and fencing. 

The swimming pool is divided into two areas by 
a permanent bulkhead. The shallow end is 42 x 24 
feet and the large area is 42 x 75 feet with a depth 
ranging from 4 to 13 feet. 

The small gymnasium is used for gymnastics, 
including tumbling, trampolining and all types of 
apparatus work. The total floor space is 9,462 sq. 
ft. 

The weight training classroom is equipped with 
sufficient weights for 11 stations of three men 
each. 

There is a wrestling room containing 8,056 sq. 
ft. 

PREINKERT FIELD HOUSE. Preinkert Field House 
contains offices for faculty in physical education 
and health education. There is a regulation size 
swimming pool, 75 x 35 feet, equipped with two 
one-meter diving boards. In the gymnasium, 90 x 
50 feet, classes are held in badminton, volleyball, 
and basketball. An adjacent classroom is used for 
professional classes. The dance studio, used for 
dance and fundamental of movement classes, is 
40 x 60 feet. 

In addition to the above areas, there are locker 
and shower rooms used by women enrolled in 
physical education and those participating in rec- 
reational activities and a small lounge for major 
students. 

ARMORY. The Armory is used primarily for the in- 
tramural program. It houses the offices of the 
director of intramurals and an athletic equipment 
room from which students may secure equipment 
for recreational purposes. The 28,800 sq ft. of 
floor space has four basketball courts, with bad- 
minton and volleyball courts superimposed on 
them. This facility is also used as an indoor track, 
with an indoor vaulting, high and broad jump pits, 
a one-tenth mile track, and a 70 yard straight- 
away. 

COLISEUM. The Coliseum is used as a supple- 
mentary facility for intramurals and physical edu- 
cation classes for men and women. Included in 
the facilities are an equipment issue room, shower 



and locker rooms for both men and women, a 
classroom, an adapted physical education labora- 
try, and office space for several of the men's and 
women's physical education staff. 

The 6,555 square feet of floor space is used pri- 
marily for co-educational classes in square and 
social dance and for intramural basketball court, 
however, there are five badminton and two volley- 
ball courts available for co-ed class instruction. 

NEW PHYSICAL EDUCATION BUILDING 

The first phase of a projected three-phase, 
multi-million dollar facility is near completion on 
the North campus near the Cambridge dorm com- 
plex. This initial building will have two regulation 
basketball courts, ten badminton courts, three vol- 
leyball courts, eight handball courts, men and 
women locker rooms and the first portion of the 
research laboratory. It will include some 40,000 
square feet and will cost approximately 1.5 mil- 
lion dollars. There are near this building eight 
lighted tennis courts. 

HEALTH EDUCATION DEPARTMENT 
EAST EDUCATION ANNEX 

This building provides offices for faculty and 
graduate assistants of the Department of Health 
Education. 

OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES 

THE STADIUM. The stadium, with a seating ca- 
pacity of 33,536 has a one-quarter mile cinder 
track with a 220-yard straightaway. Pits are avail- 
ble for pole vaulting and high and broad jumping. 
Immediately east of the stadium are facilities for 
the shot put, discus and javelin throw. The Col- 
lege of Physical Education, Recreation and Health 
uses these facilities for classes in track and field. 
Also east of the stadium are three practice foot- 
ball fields, the baseball stadium, and a practice 
baseball, lacrosse, and soccer field. The College 
uses some of these facilities for major skill classes 
in football, soccer, and baseball. West of the 
stadium are four combination soccer-touch foot- 
ball play fields, complete with goal posts, and four 
Softball fields with wire backstops for physical 
education classes and recreational use. 

Surrounding the Armory are four touch football 
fields and eight softball fields, encompassing 18.4 
acres. These fields, and the four in the Fraternity 
Row are used for intramurals. 

Immediately west of the Cole Activities Build- 
ing are 14 all-weather tennis courts. A modern 
l8-hole golf course was opened in 1957. This 
204-acre course includes two lakes, and an addi- 
tional 5.8-acre golf driving range for instructional 
purposes. The golf driving range, equipped with 
lights, and the golf course greatly adds to our 
present recreational facilities. An outdoor playing 
field 300 feet by 600 feet is also provided for touch 
football, soccer, speedball and softball. 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 73 



The outdoor facilities adjacent to the Preinkert 
Field House include four hard-surfaced tennis 
courts, and a combination hockey and lacrosse 
field. 

RESEARCH LABORATORY 

One of the important aspects of advanced study 
at the University of Maryland is research. To en- 
courage research, the College of Physical Educa- 
tion, Recreation and Health makes available to the 
student a well-equipped research laboratory. Stu- 
dents and faculty alike are encouraged to make 
use of the laboratory and its facilities for the pur- 
pose of conducting their special research projects. 

GENERAL INFORMATION 
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health must 
apply to the director of admissions of the Univer- 
sity of Maryland at College Park. 

Sixteen units of high school credits are re- 
quired for admittance to this college. Required 
high school subjects are: four units of English, 
one unit of social science and one unit of natural 
science. Desirable high school subjects include: 
algebra, plane geometry and additional natural 
and physical sciences, such as chemistry and 
physics. 

Satisfactory health and physical vigor are es- 
sential for persons pursuing a career in the areas 
of this college. 



as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may 
be selected from any department of the University 
in accordance with a student's professional 
needs. Those selected must meet with the approv- 
al of the advisor and the dean of the college. 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

Only students in good standing as to scholar- 
ship and conduct are eligible to transfer into this 
college from another college or university. Only 
courses applicable to his curriculum and passed 
with a grade of C or better will be transferred. 
Students wishing to transfer to this college from 
another college of this University are subject to 
the general University regulations on this subject. 

FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAM 

The work of the first two years in this college 
is designed to accomplish the following purposes: 
(1) provide a general basic or core education and 
prepare for later specialization by giving a foun- 
dation in certain basic sciences; (2) develop 
competency in those basic techniques necessary 
for successful participation in the professional 
courses of the last two years. 

While much of the academic course work will 
be alike, the technique courses will vary consider- 
ably in the different curriculums. The technique 
courses must be satisfactorily completed, or com- 
petencies demonstrated before the student can be 
accepted for the advanced courses in methods 
and in student teaching. It is very important that 
each requirement be met as it occurs. 



GUIDANCE 

At the time of matriculation and first registra- 
tion, each student is assigned to a member of 
the faculty of the college who acts as the stu- 
dent's academic advisor. This faculty member will 
be in physical education, recreation or health edu- 
cation, depending on the student's choice of cur- 
riculum. The student should confer regularly with 
his advisor prior to each registration. 

NORMAL LOAD 

The normal university load for students is 12-21 
credit hours per semester. The requirements in 
physical education and health for men and women 
are fulfilled by professional courses in the col- 
lege. No student may register for more than 19 
hours unless he has a "B" average for the pre- 
ceding semester and approval of the dean of the 
college. 

ELECTIVES 

Electives should be planned carefully, and well 
in advance, preferably during the orientation 
course the first semester, or with the student's 
academic advisor during the second semester. It 
is important to begin certain sequences as soon 



STUDENT TEACHING 

Opportunity is provided for student teaching ex- 
perience in physical education and health edu- 
cation. The student devotes eight weeks during 
the last semester of his senior year to observa- 
tion, participation, and teaching under a quali- 
fied supervising teacher in an approved elemen- 
tary, junior or senior high school or in a com- 
bined program at the elementary and secondary 
levels. A University supervisor from the College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health visits 
the student periodically and confers with both the 
student teacher and the cooperating teacher, giv- 
ing assistance when needed. 

To be eligible for student teaching, the student 
must (1) have the recommendation of the Uni- 
versity supervising teacher, and (2) must have ful- 
filled all required courses for the B.S. degree ex- 
cept those in the Block Student Teaching Semes- 
ter except for those exceptions approved by each 
department. The student must obtain a grade of 
C or better in all professional courses in his cur- 
riculum and he must register for all courses in the 
"Block'' concurrently. Those desiring to teach at 
the elementary level must have successfully com- 
pleted PHED 420 and must split their teaching ex- 
perience into 4 hours of EDSE 374 and 4 hours of 



74 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



EDEL 336. Those desiring an elementary minor in 
physical education must also complete PHED 155, 
157 and 495. 

FIELD WORK 

Recreation major students are expected to 
carry out a number of field experiences during 
their University career; volunteer or part-time rec- 
reation employment during the school year, sum- 
mer employment in camps or at playgrounds, etc. 
These experiences culminate in a senior semes- 
ter of field work for which a student receives 
credit and during which the student works as a 
staff member (for 20 hours per week) in the field 
of recreation in which he or she hopes to be em- 
ployed, such as public recreation, recreation for 
the exceptional, agencies (Y's, Scouts, etc.), mili- 
tary recreation, etc. 

DEGREES 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred 
upon students who have met the conditions of 
their curricula as herein prescribed by the Col- 
lege of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. 

Each candidate for a degree must file a formal 
application with the Registrations Office during 
the registration period, or not later than the end 
of the third week of classes of the regular semes- 
ter, or at the end of the second week of the sum- 
mer session, prior to the date of graduation. 

CERTIFICATION 

The Maryland State Department of Education 
certifies for teaching only when an applicant has 
a tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland 
county school. No certificate may be secured by 
application of the student on graduation. Course 
content requirements for certification are indi- 
cated with each curriculum. Certification is spe- 
cifically limited to graduates who "rank academ- 
ically in the upper four-fifths of the class and 
who make a grade of C or better in student 
teaching." In order to insure the meeting of these 
requirements, students will not be approved for 
student teaching except as indicated above. A 
student intending to qualify as a teacher in Balti- 
more, Washington or other specific situations 
should secure a statement of certification require- 
ments before starting work in the junior year and 
discuss them with his academic advisor. 

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS 

MAJORS' CLUB: All students enrolled in the col- 
lege are eligible for membership in this organiza- 
tion. It conducts various professional meetings, 
brings in speakers and promotes various corec- 
reational activities. It has sponsored trips to dis- 
trict and national conventions of the American 
Association for Health, Physical Education and 



Recreation, and is chartered as a student major 
club of that organization. 

AQUALINERS: This synchronized swimming club 
is open to all men and women registered in the 
University. Through weekly meetings the group 
concentrates on additional stroke perfection, in- 
dividual and group stunts, diving, and experimen- 
tation with various types of accompaniment and 
choreographic techniques. An original water show 
is presented each spring and several demonstra- 
tions are given each year. Tryouts are held twice 
a year — once at the beginning of the fall semes- 
ter, and again after the water show during the 
spring semester. 

UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND RECREATION AND 
PARKS SOCIETY: In the fall of 1959 the University 
of Maryland Recreation and Parks Society was 
formed by the undergraduate and graduate major 
and minor students of the college. The society, 
an affiliate of the state and national recreation or- 
ganizations, provides opportunities for university 
and community service, for rich practical experi- 
ence, and for social experiences for those stu- 
dents having a mutual professional recreation in- 
terest. 

GYMKANA TROUPES: The Gymkana Troupe in- 
cludes men and women students from all colleges 
who wish to express themselves through the med- 
ium of gymnastics. These individuals coordinate 
their talents in order to produce an exhibitional 
performance that has been seen in many places in- 
cluding Bermuda, Iceland, the Azores, Idaho, Mon- 
tana, and the eastern seaboard of the United 
States. The organization has three principal ob- 
jectives: (1) to provide healthful, co-recreational 
activities that provide fun for the students during 
their leisure hours; (2) to promote gymnastics in 
this locality; and (3) to entertain our students and 
people in other communities. 

This organization is co-sponsored by the Physi- 
cal Education Department and the Student Gov- 
ernment Association, and it welcomes any stu- 
dent, regardless of the amount of experience, to 
join. 

INTRAMURALS FOR MEN: The Intramural Depart- 
ment offers an extensive opportunity for all men 
to participate in a recreational program of either 
individual or team sports. A variety of activities 
are available to fill the student's leisure time and 
develop skills which may be carried over into later 
life. Also, many desirable attributes, such as fair 
play, leadership, teamwork, and sportsmanship, 
are encouraged and developed by the student 
participating in the program. 

Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the 
following sports: touch football, horseshoe pitch- 
ing, tennis, cross country, track and field, basket- 
ball, table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling, 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 75 



bowling, volleyball, swimming, foul shooting, and 
softball. 

Management and officiating in intramural sports 
are conducted by students majoring in physical 
education under the supervision of the director of 
intramurals and under policies and regulations 
established by the Intramural Council. 

WEIGHT LIFTING CLUB: The University of Mary- 
land Weight Lifting Club is open to all students 
and faculty for exercise with the weights through- 
out the week during all hours that Cole Student 
Activities Building is open. 

The University of Maryland Olympic Barbell 
Club is a more highly organized group of the ori- 
ginal club. It is recognized by the Student Gov- 
ernment Association. Bi-monthly meetings are 
held which assist in leadership, offer clinics and 
demonstrations, etc.; participate in competition, 
and earn awards of recognition. 

WOMEN'S RECREATION ASSOCIATION: All wom- 
en students of the University are members of the 
Women's Recreation Association, an affiliate of 
the Athletic and Recreational Federation of Col- 
lege Women. Under the leadership of its elected 
student officers and representatives and appointed 
sports managers, the WRA sponsors a program 
of intramural, extramural and interest group ac- 
tivities. These activities seek to develop new in- 
terests and skills for leisure-time enjoyment, pro- 
vide opportunities for continuing both old and 
new interests, and provide a democratic atmo- 
sphere for educational leadership experiences. 
Included are free and tournament play in arch- 
ery, badminton, basketball, bowling, fencing, field 
hockey, golf, softball, swimming, table tennis, and 
volleyball; social events; and co-recreational ac- 
tivities in bowling, badminton, and volleyball. In- 
tramural tournaments are organized through the 
dormitory, sorority, and "day dodger" groups of 
the University. Sports Days and Play Days with 
other colleges and universities enable the more 
skilled students to participate with others of simi- 
lar abilities. Opportunities are also provided for 
officiating experience and for the earning of offi- 
cial WNORC ratings in basketball, field hockey, 
swimming, and volleyball. 

Various special groups and clubs interested in 
recreation exist on Campus outside the Women's 
Recreation Association program and offer rich op- 
portunities for the development of their recrea- 
tional interest. Some of these are the Terrapin 
Trail Club, Chess Club, Sailing Club, Ski Club, 
and musical and dramatic groups. 

PHI ALPHA EPSILON: Honorary Society of the 
College of Physical Education, Recreation and 
Health. 

The purpose of this organization is to recognize 
academic achievement and to promote profes- 



sional growth by sponsoring activities in the fields 
of physical education, recreation, health and re- 
lated areas. 

Students shall qualify for membership at such 
time as they shall have attained junior standing 
in physical education, health or recreation, and 
have a minimum overall average of 2.7 and a 
minimum professional average of 3.1. Graduate 
students are invited to join after 10 hours of work 
with a 3.3 average. The organization is open to 
both men and women. 

SIGMA TAU EPSILON: This society, founded in 
1940, selects those girls who have attained an 
overall 2.5 average and demonstrated outstand- 
ing leadership, service and sportsmanship like 
qualities in the organization and activities of the 
Women's Recreation Association and its affiliated 
groups. 

ETA SIGMA GAMMA: Epsilon chapter was estab- 
lished at the University of Maryland in May of 
1969. This professional honorary organization for 
health educators was established to promote 
scholarship and community service for health 
majors at both the graduate and undergraduate 
levels. Students may apply after two consecutive 
semesters with a 2.75 cumulative average. 

SCHOOL OF LIBRARY AND 
INFORMATION SERVICES 

The School of Library and Information Services 
is a graduate program which draws its students 
from many undergraduate disciplines. Although 
many of the School of Library and Information 
Services students have degrees in the social sci- 
ences and humanities, there is an increasing in- 
terest in people with diverse backgrounds — in the 
sciences, for example. The continued influence of 
scientific advances, the variations in clientele and 
service patterns, and the constantly shifting char- 
acter of the societal scene are among the factors 
which have signficantly influenced and will doubt- 
less influence all the more in the future the scope 
and character of library functions and responsi- 
bilities. The library and information professional 
in the 1970's must have competence in many dis- 
ciplines if he is to serve well in the information 
centers, urban areas, public libraries, and school 
libraries. The School of Library and Information 
Services is a visionary school, attempting to pro- 
duce people to fill contemporary needs. 

The undergraduate program was established for 
the purpose of preparing school librarians at the 
initial certification level, but the program is in a 
transitional state. In the library field there is cur- 
rently an emphasis on diversified staffing patterns 
and career ladder opportunities, because of the 
need for persons with varying levels of skills to 
work in diversified library environments. There is 
an attempt to broaden the undergraduate program 
to fulfill these needs. The revised program will pro- 



76 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



vide opportunities for students in undergraduate 
disciplines other than education to enroll in under- 
graduate courses in librarianship. The goal of this 
revised program will be to combine broad under- 
graduate subject matter competence with courses 
in librarianship with the intent of producing per- 
sonnel to fill special roles in the library field where 
special needs are increasing, such as in fed- 
eral libraries, public libraries, and information 
centers. While the undergraduate program fulfills 
a great need in training school library personnel 
and persons to fill special roles, the master's de- 
gree program in the School of Library and Infor- 
mation Services is the recognized avenue for pre- 
paring fully qualified professionals in the library 
field. 

For information regarding the undergraduate 
library science education program, refer to the 
Index Listing for: "Departments, Programs and 
Curricula Library Science Education Curriculum." 



PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS 

DENTAL HYGIENE 

The primary responsibility of the dental hygiene 
profession is to promote optimal oral health 
through the provision of preventive and educa- 
tional services complementary to those within the 
purview of the dental profession. 

In clinical office practice the dental hygienist's 
services are provided under the supervision of a 
dentist and are defined and governed by state 
dental practice acts. Although minor differences 
exist between state laws, in general those services 
which constitute permissible dental hygiene prac- 
tice include: obtaining the patient's medical and 
dental history; conducting a preliminary clinical 
oral examination of the teeth and surrounding tis- 
sues for diagnosis by the dentist; performing diag- 
nostic procedures (x-rays, impressions for study 
casts, saliva tests, oral cytologic smears, etc.) for 
use by the dentist; providing a complete oral pro- 
phylaxis (removal of all hard and soft deposits and 
stains and polishing of natural and restored sur- 
faces of the teeth); applying topical medicaments 
and preventive agents; and assisting with office 
duties as assigned by the dentist. The dental hy- 
gienist also assumes a major role in patient edu- 
cation and counseling and supervision of oral hy- 
giene practices. 

Although the majority of dental hygienists are 
employed in dental offices, there are numerous 
opportunities and a growing need for those with 
baccalaureate and graduate degrees in dental hy- 
giene education, community or public health, priv- 
ate and public institutions, commissioned service 
in the Armed Forces, research, and other special 
areas of practice. The dental hygienist's activi- 
ties in these areas are dependent in varying de- 
grees upon dental knowledge and skills in provid- 



ing clinical services. However, additional study 
beyond the basic dental hygiene curriculum is es- 
sential preparation for advanced professional ca- 
reer opportunities. 

PROGRAM DESCRIPTION 

Dental hygiene offers only a four-year bacca- 
laureate degree program. The curriculum includes 
two years of preprofessional courses, a third year 
of intensive dental and dental hygiene study with 
clinical application and a fourth year of advanced 
clinical practice and upper division electives in a 
recommended area of study, which will constitute 
a minor related to a specialized area of dental 
hygiene practice. The first two years of the pre- 
professional curriculum include humanities and 
social science requirements of the University of 
Maryland, dental hygiene education accreditation 
requirements and elective lower division courses. 
Completion of the preprofessional curriculum at 
the University of Maryland or another campus will 
be required for eligibility to apply for enrollment 
in dental hygiene as a junior. 

ADMISSIONS AND APPLICATIONS 
PROCEDURES 

HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS 

High school students who wish to enroll in the 
Pre-Dental hygiene curriculum, should request ap- 
plications directly from the Admissions Offices of 
the University of Maryland, College Park, Mary- 
land 20742. 

Young women or men who wish to prepare for 
a baccalaureate degree program in dental hy- 
giene should pursue an academic program in high 
school including the following recommended sub- 
jects: biology, chemistry, math, and physics. 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE STUDENTS 

Pre-Dental hygiene students who have com- 
pleted three semesters of the preprofessional cur- 
riculum should request an application at the end 
of the third semester from the Department of 
Dental Hygiene, University of Maryland School of 
Dentistry, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. Applica- 
tions for the Baltimore campus should be received 
no later than June 1 prior to the fall semester for 
which the student wishes to enroll. 

Only those students who have successfully com- 
pleted the two year preprofessional curriculum at 
the University of Maryland or another college or 
university will be eligible for admission to the De- 
partment. Because enrollment must be limited to 
24 students, registration in the pre-professional 
curriculum does not assure the student of accept- 
ance in the dental hygiene program. All applicants 
will be required to submit Dental Hygiene Apti- 
tude Test scores (DHAT information is available 
from the Department of Dental Hygiene) and to 
appear for a personal interview at the discretion 
of the Dental Hygiene Committee on Admissions. 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 77 



A minimum of C average in the pre-professional 
curriculum will be required, and preference will 
be given to those students who have maintained 
high scholastic records. 

REGISTERED DENTAL HYGIENISTS 

Registered dental hygienists who have com- 
pleted a two year accredited dental hygiene pro- 
gram at another college or university, should ap- 
ply to enroll in the pre-professional curriculum at 
one of the three University of Maryland campuses. 
Upon completion of general education, basic and 
social science, advanced dental hygiene courses 
and elective requirements at the University of 
Maryland, dental hygiene credits will be evaluated 
for transferability by the Department of Dental 
Hygiene and the Baltimore Campus Director of 
Admissions. Registered dental hygienists should 
write directly to the Department of Dental Hygiene 
for additional information. 

Further Information 

Information about the pre-professional curricu- 
lum or the transfer program for registered dental 
hygienists may be obtained from Room 203, Turner 
Laboratory, on the College Park Campus. 

THE SCHOOL OF NURSING 

The program in professional nursing, leading 
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing, 
is available to women and men students without 
regard to race, color or creed. The School of 
Nursing is approved by the Maryland State Board 
of Examiners of Nurses and accredited by the 
National League for Nursing. 

Admission and Progression 

Students interested in nursing should enroll in 
the college preparatory program in high school. 
Subjects specifically recommended are biology, 
chemistry, physics and three units of mathematics. 
See listing of prenursing courses in Departmental 
Section. 

Admission to the upper division program in the 
School of Nursing on the Baltimore campus is 
limited to the number of students that can be ac- 
commodated and selection must be made from ap- 
plicants who are judged to have the most potential 
for completing the professional program. Aca- 
demic performance in preprofessional courses is 
an important factor. It is important that students 
who enroll in the freshman and sophomore years 
in preparing for nursing recognize that although 
every effort is made to continue to expand the en- 
rollment of the professional program on the Balti- 
more campus, there is no way in which the stu- 
dent can be guaranteed admission to the profes- 
sional program. 

Further Information 

Information about the lower division program 
may be obtained from room 209, Turner Lab- 



oratory, on the College Park Campus. Upper di- 
vision program information may be obtained from 
the School of Nursing, 655 West Lombard Street, 
Baltimore, Md. 21201. 

THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 

The purposes of THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY 
are to train students for the efficient, ethical prac- 
tice of all branches of pharmacy; to instruct stu- 
dents in general scientific and cultural subjects 
so they can read critically, express themselves 
clearly and think logically as members of a pro- 
fession and citizens of a democracy; and to guide 
students into productive scholarship and research 
for the increase of knowledge and techniques in 
the healing arts of pharmacy. 

The School of Pharmacy is accredited by the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education. 
The School holds membership in the American 
Association of Colleges of Pharmacy. 

CORRESPONDENCE 

All correspondence prior to entrance in the Pre- 
professional Program of the Five-Year Curriculum 
at College Park should be addressed to the Direc- 
tor of Admissions, University of Maryland, College 
Park, Maryland 20742. 

All correspondence relative to entrance in the 
Professional Program of the Five-Year Curriculum 
should be addressed to the School of Pharmacy, 
University of Maryland, 636 W. Lombard Street, 
Baltimore, Maryland 21201. 

On the College Park Campus the Pharmacy stu- 
dent advisor's office is in the Turner Laboratory, 
Room 203, telephone number, 454-2540. 

FIVE YEAR PROGRAM 

A minimum of five academic years of satisfac- 
tory college work is required for the completion of 
the present pharmacy curriculum of the University 
of Maryland. This five-year curriculum meets the 
minimum requirements established by the Ameri- 
can Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the 
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education. 

At the University of Maryland the five-year pro- 
gram consists of two years of a preprofessional 
and a three-year pharmacy program. The pre- 
professional program is not available in Baltimore, 
but may be obtained at the College Park, Balti- 
more County (UMBC), or Eastern Shore (UMES) 
Campuses of the University of Maryland or at any 
other accredited university or junior or senior col- 
lege where appropriate courses are offered. 

Interested secondary school students are in- 
vited to write to the Dean of the School of Pharm- 
acy in Baltimore for a catalog concerning the 
School and for literature about the opportunities 
in the pharmacy profession. 

RECOMMENDED HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION 

The completion of an academic program con- 



78 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



taining the following courses is required for en- 
rollment in the School of Pharmacy: 

Recommended Required 

Subjects Units Units 

English 4 4 
College Preparatory Mathematics — 

including algebra (1), plane geometry 

(1) and additional units in advanced 

algebra, solid geometry, trigonometry, 

or advanced mathematics 4 2 

Physical Sciences (Chemistry and Physics) 2 1 

History and Social Sciences 2 1 

Biological Sciences 1 

Foreign Language — German or French 2 

Unspecified academic subjects 1 8 



Total 



16 



16 



ADMISSION TO THE PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM AT 
BALTIMORE 

Only the three year professional program is 
offered in Baltimore. 

Students of all races, colors and creeds are 
equally admissible. It is the objective of the Uni- 
versity of Maryland Baltimore City Campus to en- 
roll students with diversified backgrounds in order 
to make the educational experience more mean- 
ingful for each student. 

From College Park Campus 

Students who have completed the prescribed 
preprofessional program at College Park with a 
scholastic average of not less than C (2.0), and 
who are in good standing will be considered for 
advancement to the pharmacy program in Balti- 
more, subject to the decision of the Admissions 
Committee of the School of Pharmacy. 

In the semester preceding enrollment in the 
Baltimore division of the School of Pharmacy 
each student will be required to file an application 
with the Baltimore Office of Admissions and Reg- 
istrations. 

PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The Department of Physical Therapy offers a 
four-year program leading to the degree of Bache- 
lor of Science. The first two years of preprofes- 
sional requirements may be completed at any of 
the University of Maryland campuses or any re- 
gionally accredited university or college. The last 
two years of upper division requirements include 
the professional courses, and is offered on the 
Baltimore City Campus. The physical therapy cur- 
riculum is approved by the Council of Medical 
Education of the American Medical Association 
in collaboration with the American Physical As- 
sociation. 

Definition 

Physical Therapy is a health care profession 
whose practitioners work in hospitals, clinics, 
nursing homes, schools and private practice. 



Physical therapy practitioners work with patients 
who are disabled by illness or accident, or were 
born with a handicap. They evaluate neuromuscu- 
lar, musculoskeletal, sensory motor, and related 
cardiovascular and respiratory functions of the 
patients. They plan and implement initial and sub- 
sequent treatment programs on the basis of test 
findings and within the referral of the licensed 
physician or dentist with whom they maintain con- 
tact regarding the care of the patient. In addition, 
they try to motivate and instruct the patient, the 
family, and others who might help during the treat- 
ment and convalescent period. 

High School Information 

Students interested in physical therapy should 
enroll in the college preparatory program in high 
school. Subjects specifically recommended are 
biology, chemistry, physics, and three units of 
mathematics. 

Admission Information 

Admission to the lower division is open to all 
students meeting the university requirements. 

Admission to the upper division on the Balti- 
more City Campus is limited to the number of stu- 
dents that can be accommodated. Selection must 
be made from applicants judged to have the best 
potential for academic success and professional 
excellence. 

Students are accepted into the junior class only 
in the fall semester. 

Minority students are encouraged to contact the 
physical therapy office for advice and guidance 
in planning their program. 

Further Information 

See the listing of pre-physical therapy courses 
in the Departmental Section of this catalog. 

Information about the lower division program 
may be obtained by contacting the department 
office, Room 202 or 203, Turner Laboratory, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland 20742. Upper Division pro- 
gram information may be obtained by contacting 
the Department of Physical Therapy, Allied Health 
Professions Building, 32 S. Green Street, Balti- 
more, Maryland 21201. 



MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

The University of Maryland Medical Technology 
program is four years in length, leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. The first three years 
are devoted to basic studies at the College Park 
Campus. The last year (12 full months) is spent in 
clinical studies at University Hospital on the Balti- 
more City Campus of the University of Maryland. 

This program is administered by the School of 
Medicine. The curriculum in medical technology 



Divisions, Colleges and Schools / 79 



complies with the requirements and recommenda- the Board of Registry of the American Society of 

tions of the Board of Schools of the American Clinical Pathologists. 

Society of Clinical Pathologists (and the Ameri- Applicants must have a High School Degree 

can Medical Association Council on Medical Edu- and should have at least three years of college 

cation). Graduates of the program will be eligible preparatory mathematics and three years of sci- 

to take the examination for registration given by ence, which involves chemistry and physics. 



80 / Divisions, Colleges and Schools 



Ill 

DEPARTMENTS, PROGRAMS 
AND CURRICULA 



ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION 
AND CURRICULUM 

Faculty: J. Paul Anderson, Vernon E. Anderson, 
Carl Beckman, Roger V. Bennett, Louise M. 
Berman, Robert F. Carbone, James Dudley, 
Thomas Foster, Robert A. Gibson, Harvey Gold- 
man, Ross Hempstead, Roger R. Kelsey, L. Mor- 
ris McClure, Eugene P. McLoone, Clarence A. 
Newell, Donald G. Perrin, William L. Reider, 
Jodellano Statom, Robert E. Stephens, James 
A. van Zwoll, Desmond P. Wedberg, Gladys A. 
Wiggin. 

The programs in this department are all at the 
graduate level and include preparation of school 
superintendents, principals, supervisors, curricu- 
lum directors, and administrative specialists in the 
areas of finance and business administration, per- 
sonnel administration, public relations, and edu- 
cational facilities. In addition, there are programs 
for the preparation of professors and research 
workers in all of the above areas. Preparation pro- 
grams leading to administrative positions in junior 
colleges and other institutions of higher learning 
are available through a joint major in administra- 
tion-higher education. 



Course Code Prefix— EDAD 



AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Rivello. 
Professors: Corning, Melnik, Pai,* and Sherwood. 
Associate Professors: Jones and Plotkin. 
Assistant Professors: Barlow, Donaldson, Schaef- 

fer, and Weissharr. 
Instructor: Greenwood. 
Lecturers: Anderson, Billig, Fleig, and Wilson. 

An aerospace engineer applies a knowledge of 
physical sciences and mathematics to the prob- 
lems of flight through the atmosphere and space. 
His special areas of study are the behavior of 
fluids and structures, separately or in combination. 
Aerospace engineers are concerned with (1) aero- 
dynamics, (2) structural mechanics, (3) propulsion, 
(4) vehicle dynamics, and (5) the integrated design 
of flight vehicles. Some aerospace engineers are 
also involved in the application of advanced aero- 
space technology to medical, environmental, and 
surface transportation problems. 

The undergraduate curriculum includes basic 
courses in all areas of aerospace engineering; 
aerodynamics, structures, structural dynamics, 
propulsion, flight mechanics, and design. Aero- 
dynamics involves the application of the laws of 

"Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 81 



fluid flows to determine the lift, drag and other 
aerodynamic characteristics of the vehicle. At 
supersonic speeds the aerodynamicist must in- 
clude the effects of shock waves, while at reentry 
speeds the influence of chemical reactions in the 
atmospheric gas must be considered. The topic of 
structures is mainly concerned with the ability of 
the vehicle to withstand the forces created by 
motion through the vehicle environment. The ef- 
fects of structural flexibility must be considered 
and, for flight at high speeds, the aerodynamic 
heating of the structure can substantially influence 
vehicle behavior. Structural weight is always of 
great concern. Propulsion includes studies of re- 
ciprocating engine-propeller combinations, gas 
turbines and rockets with primary emphasis on the 
determination of the thrust and the fuel consump- 
tion rate. An appreciation for the properties of 
materials at elevated temperatures is essential for 
both propulsion and structural considerations. 
Flight mechanics deals with the ability of a vehicle 
to be flown along desired flight paths. The man- 
euverability of an aircraft and the handling quali- 
ties of a lunar module are both of concern in flight 
mechanics. Design encompasses all of the facets 
of aerospace engineering; the aerodynamic, struc- 
tural and propulsion systems must be integrated 
to yield a vehicle with suitable flight characteris- 
tics and with a capability to perform specific tasks. 
The aerospace engineer may be involved in re- 
search and development associated with space 
exploration and earth exploration from space, 
general aviation, commercial air transportation, 
or many other related activities. His expertise 
allows him to make substantial contributions to 
the advancement of mankind. 

AEROSPACE ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR 

Course No. and Title I II 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .. 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101— Intro Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics .. 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- 
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 
of an engineering degree it is a prepara- 
tion course. Otherwise, students will schedule 
their freshman year as showing in the following: 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR 

Course I II Summer 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2) 
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry* ' ... 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 115— Intro, to Analysis'" 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 



ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110— Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 

Course Code Prefix— ENAE 
"Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs. each) 
instead ol CHEM 103 and 104. 
•"MATH 115 ts an additional course tor those students who do not qualify 
to begin with MATH 140. 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

General Education Courses 3 3 

MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

PHYS. 262, 263— General Physics 4 4 

ENES 240 — Algorithmic Analysis & Computer 

Programming 2 

ENES 243 — Digital Computer Laboratory . . 1 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENAE 201, 202 — Introduction to Aerospace 

Engineering I, II 2 2 

ENAE 203 — Technical Report Writing .... 1 

Total 17 16 

Semester 
Junior Year I II 

General Education Courses 3 3 

MATH 246 — Differential Equations 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENME 216 — Thermodynamics' 3 

ENEE 300 — Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 3 

ENAE 305 — Aerospace Laboratory I 2 

ENAE 345 — Introduction to Dynamics of 

Aerospace Systems 3 

ENAE 351, 352— Flight Structures I, II 1 . . . 4 3 

ENAE 371— Aerodynamics I 1 3 

Total 16 17 

Senior Year Credits 

ENAE 471 — Aerodynamics II 3 

ENAE 475 — Viscous Flow & Aerodynamic 

Heating 3 

ENAE 401 — Aerospace Laboratory II 2 

ENAE 402 — Aerospace Laboratory III ... . 1 

ENAE 461— Flight Propulsion I 3 

General Education 6 

Design Elective 1 3 

Applied Dynamics Elective 5 ... 3 

Aerospace Elective' 3 

Technical Elective 5 3 

Free Elective 3 

Total 33 

' Students planning to take ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II as a senior 

elective should take ENME 216. ENAE 371. and ENAE 471 one semester 

earlier than shown In the above curriculum and delay ENAE 351 and 

ENAE 352 by one semester. 
: The student shall take one of the following design courses. 

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design 

ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles 
3 The student shall take one course which utilizes dynamic* In a system 

analysis. The following courses are offered: 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles 

ENAE 455 Aircraft Vibrations 
' Three credits must be taken from elective courses offered by the 

Aerospace Engineering Department. Currently offered courses ere: 

ENAE 457 Flight Structures III 

ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II 

ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III 

ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High Speed Flight 

ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering 

ENAE 499 Elective Research 

Courses listed under 2 and 3 above and not used to meet the require- 
ments of 2 and 3 may also be elected to fulfill requirement 4 
" Any 3 credit technical course with a course number of 300 or above 

may be taken as a technical elective. Courses available as Aerospace 

Electlves may be used as the technical elective. 



82 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



AFRO-AMERICAN 
STUDIES PROGRAM 

Associate Professor and Director: Berry. 

Assistant Director: Nzuwah. 

Lecturers: Nasibi, Ndissi. 

Visiting Associate Professors: Coleman, Kinney. 

The program is designed for a student who 
wants to take a major in an established depart- 
ment, as well as follow a concentration outside his 
major of 18 hours of upper division course work 
with an emphasis on black culture and life. For 
completing this program, the student will receive 
a Certificate in Afro-American Studies. The work 
includes courses in art, African languages, anthro- 
pology, economics, English, government, history, 
music and sociology. 

An undergraduate in good standing may enroll 
in the program by consulting with his department- 
al advisor and an advisor of the Afro-American 
Studies Program. The student following this pro- 
gram must meet the general university require- 
ments for a degree and those of his college. 

To receive a Certificate in Afro-American Stud- 
ies, the student must enroll and receive a satis- 
factory grade in at least three (3) of the required 
courses which must include AASP 401, Seminar in 
Afro-American Studies. In addition, the student 
may also choose a number of approved courses 
from a list of recommended electives to meet 
the minimum requirements of 18 credit hours. 

A student planning to enter the program should 
consult with the director of Afro-American Studies 
regarding prerequisites, approved electives and in- 
troductory courses. 

AGRICULTURE- 
GENERAL CURRICULUM 

The General Agriculture curriculum provides for 
the development of a broad understanding in agri- 
culture. 

The flexibility of this curriculum permits selec- 
tion of electives that will meet individual vocational 
plans in agriculture and agriculturally related busi- 
ness and industry. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
the following courses: 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

Semester 
General Agriculture Requirements Credit Hours 

AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering .... 3 

AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO 407 — Cereal Crop Production 2 

AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Production 2 

AGRO 451 — Cropping Systems 2 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3 

ANSC 242 — Dairy Production 3 



ANSC 262 — Commercial Poultry Management 3 

AREC 250 — Elements of Agricultural Economics 3 

AREC 251 — Marketing of Agricultural Products 3 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 3 

HORT 111 — Tree Fruit Production 3 

or 

HORT 222— Vegetable Products 3 

RLED 464 — Rural Life in a Modern Society 3 

Elect either of the following pairs of courses: 
BOTN 414 — General Plant Genetics and 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 2,4 

or 

BSAD 220, 221— Principles of Accounting 3,3 

Electives 20 



AGRICULTURAL AND 
EXTENSION EDUCATION 

Professor and Acting Department Chairman: 

Poffenberger. 
Professors: Longest and Ryden. 
Associate Professor: Nelson. 
Assistant Professors: Klement, Seibel, Sorter. 
Instructors: Glee and Tennant. 

Programs are offered in education and other 
applied behavioral sciences needed by persons 
preparing to teach agriculture or to enter exten- 
sion work, community development, and other 
continuing education careers. 

Two undergraduate curriculum options are avail- 
able. The agricultural education curriculum is de- 
signed primarily for persons who wish to prepare 
for teaching agriculture in the secondary schools. 
The extension education curriculum is designed 
for those preparing to enter the Cooperative Ex- 
tension Service or other agencies engaged in edu- 
cational and development programs. Either option 
may lead to a variety of other career opportunities 
in public service, business and industry, communi- 
cations, research, and college teaching. 

Students preparing to become teachers of agri- 
culture — including horticulture, agribusiness or 
other agricultural related subjects — should have 
had appropriate experience with the kind of agri- 
culture they plan to teach or should arrange to se- 
cure that experience during summers while in col- 
lege. 

In order to be able to serve as advisors of high 
school chapters of the FFA upon graduation, stu- 
dents in the agricultural education curriculum are 
expected to participate in the Collegiate Chapter 
of the Future Farmers of America. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by 
completing 20 credit hours from the following 
courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

MATH 105— Fundamentals of Math 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS, BOTH OPTIONS 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 83 



AGRO 100 — Crops Laboratory 2 

AGRO 102 — Crop Production, or 

AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Production 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering .... 4 
AREC 407 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business, or 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

RLED 464 — Rural Life in Modern Society 3 

RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations .... 2 

ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management, or 

HORT 222 — Vegetable Production, or 

HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION OPTION 

RLED 313 — Student Teaching 5 

RLED 315— Student Teaching 1-4 

RLED 302 — Introduction to Agricultural Education 2 

RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture . 3 

RLED 305 — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups ... 1 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2 

AGEN 305 — Farm Mechanics 2 

RLED 398 — Seminar in Agricultural Education 1 

Approved Electives 15 

EXTENSION EDUCATION OPTION 

RLED 422 — Extension Education 2 

RLED 423 — Extension Communications 2 

RLED 323 — Developing Youth Programs 3 

RLED 325 — Directed Experience in 

Extension Education 1-5 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYCH 221— Social Psychology 3 

EDHD 160 — Educational Psychology 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3 

Approved Electives 20 

Course Code Prelix— RLED 

AGRICULTURAL AND 
RESOURCE ECONOMICS 

Professor and Chairman: Curtis. 

Professors: Beal, Bishop, Foster, Ishee, Lessley, 
Moore, Murray, Poffenberger, Smith, Stevens, 
Tuthill, and Wysong. 

Associate Professors: Beiter, Bender, Cain, Hard- 
ie, Hoecker, and Via. 

Assistant Professors: Holmes, Lawrence and Mar- 
asco. 

Faculty Research Associate: Bellows. 

Visiting Professors: Evans and Waugh. 

Visiting Associate Professor: Bell. 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Carlson, Fullen- 
baum, Noetzel, Vondruska. 

Visiting Faculty Research Associate: Kinoshita. 

The curriculum in Agricultural and Resource 
Economics combines training in the business, eco- 
nomics and international aspects of agricultural 
production and marketing with the biological and 
physical sciences basic to agriculture. Programs 
are available for students in agricultural econom- 
ics, agricultural business, international agricul- 
ture, and resource economics. Students desiring 
to enter agricultural marketing or business affili- 
ated with agriculture may elect the agricultural 
business option; and those interested in foreign 



service may elect the international agriculture op- 
tion. Students primarily interested in the broad 
aspects of production and management as it is re- 
lated to the operation of a farm business may elect 
the agricultural economics option. Those inter- 
ested in training in the broad area of resource 
management and evaluation may elect the re- 
source economics option. 

In these programs, students are trained for em- 
ployment in agricultural business firms; for posi- 
tions in sales or management; for local, state, or 
federal agencies; for extension work; for high 
school and college teaching; for research, and for 
farm operation or management. 

Courses for the freshman and sophomore years 
are essentially the same for all students. In the jun- 
ior year the student selects the option of his 
choice. Courses in this department are designed 
to provide training in the application of economic 
principles to the production, processing, distribu- 
tion, and merchandising of agricultural products 
and the effective management of our natural and 
human resources, as well as the inter-relationship 
of business and industry associated with agricul- 
tural products. The curriculum includes courses in 
general agricultural economics, marketing, farm 
management, prices, resource economics, agri- 
cultural policy, and international agricultural eco- 
nomics. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
16 credit hours from the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I. II 4,4 

MATH 220,221 — Elementary Calculus 3,3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

PHYS 1 1 1— Elements of Physics 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS 

AREC 404 — Prices of Agricultural Products 3 

BSAD 220 — Principles of Accounting 3 

BSAD 230— Business Statistics I 3 

or 
AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural Biometrics .... 3 

ECON 201— Principles of Economics I 3 

ECON 203 — Principles of Economics II 3 

ECON 401 — National Income Analysis 3 

ECON 403 — Intermediate Price Theory 3 

MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 

MATH 111 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 

MATH 220 — Elementary Calculus 3 

A minimum of nine hours of technical agriculture must 
be selected in consu'tation with the student's advisor. 

The student's total program must contain a minimum of 
15 credit hours of courses in Agricultural and Resource 
Economics. 

AGRIBUSINESS OPTION 

Each student must take the following courses: 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

AREC 416 — Marketing Management of Agribusiness 

Enterprises 3 

AREC 427 — Agricultural Commodity Markets: An 

Economic Analysis 3 

AREC 432 — Agricultural Policy and Programs 3 



84 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS OPTION 

Each student must take 12 hours as lollows: 

AREC 406 — Farm Management 3 

ECON 425 — Mathematical Economics 3 

or 

ENGL 291 — Expository Writing 3 

MATH 221— Elementatry Calculus 3 

Statistics 3 

INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURE OPTION 

Each student must take the lollowing: 
AREC 444 — World Agricultural Production and Trade ... 3 

AREC 445 — Foreign Agricultural Economies 3 

ECON 415 — Introduction to Economic Development of 

Underdeveloped Areas 3 

ECON 440 — International Economics 3 

RESOURCE ECONOMICS OPTION 

Each student must take the following: 

AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3 

ECON 450— Introduction to Public Finance 3 



Course Code Prefix— AREC 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 
CURRICULUM 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in 
the fundamentals of both the physical and biologi- 
cal sciences. It may be adjusted through the se- 
lection of electives to fit the student for work in 
agricultural experiment stations, soil bureaus, geo- 
logical surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer indus- 
tries, and those handling food products. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
16 credit hours from the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

and 
CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS: 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3 

CHEM 204 — College Chemistry IV Laboratory 2 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202 — College Chemistry III Laboratory 2 

CHEM 421 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis or 3 

CHEM 321 — Intermediate Quantitative Analysis 4 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

GEOL 100 — Geology 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

Modern Languages 12 

PHYS 141— General Physics 4 

PHYS 142— General Physics 4 

Electives in Biology 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Harris. 
Professor: Winn. 

Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton and Merkel. 
Assistant Professors: Hummel, Rebuck and Stew- 
art. 
Research Associate: Wheaton. 
Visiting Research Associate: Willson. 

Agricultural engineering utilizes both the physi- 
cal and biological sciences to help meet the needs 



of our increasing world population for food, natur- 
al fiber and improvement or maintenance of the 
environment. Scientific and engineering princi- 
ples are applied to the conservation and utiliza- 
tion of soil and water resources for food produc- 
tion and recreation; to the utilization of energy to 
improve labor efficiency and to reduce laborious 
and menial tasks; to the design of structures and 
equipment for housing or handling of plants and 
animals to optimize growth potential; to the design 
of residences to improve the standard of living for 
the rural population; to the development of meth- 
ods and equipment to maintain or increase the 
quality of food and natural fiber; to the flow of sup- 
plies and equipment to the agricultural and aqua- 
cultural production units; and to the flow of prod- 
ucts from the production units and the processing 
plants to the consumer. The agricultural engineer 
places emphasis on maintaining a high quality en- 
vironment as he works toward developing efficient 
and economical engineering solutions. 

The undergraduate curriculum provides oppor- 
tunity to prepare for many interesting and chal- 
lenging careers in design, management, research, 
education, sales, consulting, or international serv- 
ice. The program of study includes a broad base 
of mathematical, physical and engineering sci- 
ences combined with basic biological sciences. 
Twenty hours of electives give flexibility so that a 
student may plan a program according to his major 
interest. 



Course Code Prefix— AGEN 



DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 



Semester 
Credit Hours 



AGEN 324 — Engineering Dynamics of Biological 

Materials 3 

AGEN 424 — Functional and Environmental Design of 

Agricultural Structures 3 

AGEN 343 — Functional Design of Machinery and 

Equipment 3 

AGEN 421— Power Systems 3 

AGEN 422— Soil and Water Engineering 3 

ENCE 350— Structural Analysis 3 

ENES 101 — Intro Engineering Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics 3 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENME 300 — Materials Science and Engineering 
or 

ENCE 300 — Fund, of Engineering Materials 3 

ENME 216 — Thermodynamics 3 

ENME 342 or ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENEE 300 — Prin. of Electrical Engineering 3 

MATH 140,141— Analysis I, II 4,4 

MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 246 — Differential Equations 
or 
ENCE 381 — Applied Math in Engineering 
or 

ENME 380 — Applied Math in Engineering 3 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 
or 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry, I, II 4,4 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 85 



PHYS 161. 262, 263— General Physics 3.4,4 

Technical Electives* 14 

General University Requirements* * 30 

Electives 6 

•Technical electives, related to field ot concentration, must be selected 
trom a departmental^ approved list. Eight credits must be 300 level 
and above. 
•'Students must consult with departmental advisors to ensure the selec- 
tion ol appropriate courses lor their particular program ol study. 

AGRONOMY 

Professor and Department Chairman: J. Miller. 
Professors: Axley, Clark, Decker, Hoyert and 

Strickling. 
Associate Professors: Aycock, Fanning, Foss, F. 

Miller and Schillinger. 
Assistant Professors: Bezdicek, Burt, Hall, Mulchi, 

Necomer and Shannon. 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction 
in crop science and soil science. A turf and urban 
agronomy option is offered under crop science 
and a conservation of soil, water and environment 
option is offered under soil science. These options 
appeal to students who are interested in urban 
problems or environmental science. The agron- 
omy curricula are flexible and allow the student 
either to concentrate on basic science courses 
that are needed for graduate work or to select 
courses that prepare him for employment at the 
bachelor's degree level as specialists with park 
and planning commissions, road commissions, ex- 
tension service, soil conservation service, and 
other governmental agencies. Many graduates with 
the bachelor's degree are also employed by pri- 
vate corporations such as golf courses and seed, 
fertilizer, chemical, and farm equipment com- 
panies. 

Students completing graduate programs are 
prepared for college teaching and research, or re- 
search and management positions with industry 
and governmental agencies. 

Additional information on opportunities in agron- 
omy may be obtained by writing to the Department 
of Agronomy. 



Course Code Prelix — AGRO 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

and selecting eight semester credits hours from the following 
courses: 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

or 
other courses selected from CHEM. MATH or PHYS. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (CROP SCIENCE) 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 100 — Crops Laboratory 2 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 6 

AGRO — Advanced Soils Courses 6 

AGRO 398 — Senior Seminar 1 



BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4 

Electives 15 

Major electives approved by crops advisor 28 

TURF AND URBAN AGRONOMY OPTION 

A student following this option in the crop science cur- 
riculum must include the following courses among his major 
electives: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 405 — Turf Management 3 

AGRO 415 — Soil Survey and Land Use 3 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 453— Woody Plant Materials 3 

RECR 495 — Planning, Design and Maintenance of Park 

and Recreational Areas and Facilities 3 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (SOIL SCIENCE) 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 100 — Crops Laboratory 2 

AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 4 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

AGRO 414 — Soil Classification and Geography 4 

AGRO 41 7— Soil Physics 3 

AGRO 421— Soil Chemistry 3 

AGRO 398 — Senior Seminar 1 

GEOL 100 — Introductory Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 110 — Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

Major electives approved by soils advisor 34 

Electives 15 

CONSERVATION OF SOIL, WATER AND 
ENVIRONMENT OPTION 

A student following this option in the soil science cur- 
riculum must include the following courses among his major 
electives: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 412 — Soil and Water Conservation 3 

AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3 

AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 3 

BOTN 211 — Principles of Conservation 3 

AGRO 415 — Soil Survey and Land Use 3 

AGRI 489 — Special Topics in Agriculture: Air Pollution 

Biology 3 

GEOG 445— Climatology 3 

AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Beall. 

Associate Professor: Lounsbury. 

Assistant Professor: Mintz. 

Advisory Committee: Beall (Chairman, American 
Studies), Lutwack (English), Grimsted (History). 
Lounsbury (American Studies), Mintz (Ameri- 
can Studies), Schwartz (Sociology), Ex Officio: 
Aylward (Interim Dean of the College of Arts and 
Sciences) and Sparks (Dean of Graduate Stud- 
ies and Research). 

The University has a comprehensive program in 
American Studies. It begins with the general edu- 
cation courses on the freshman and sophomore 
levels, and includes a major for juniors and sen- 
iors. The student who majors in American Studies 



86 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



has the advantage of being taught by specialists 
from various departments. Prerequisites: six hours 
of American history or American literature or three 
hours of each. 

The program is intended to have generous 
breadth, but the danger of securing breadth with- 
out depth is offset by the requirement of an area 
of concentration in either English or history. 

The undergraduate major requires 42 semester 
hours (24 hours minimum at the 300-400 level), 
consisting of courses in American Studies and 
various related disciplines. Courses related to 
American Studies are offered in the following de- 
partments: 

English, History, Government and Politics, So- 
ciology, Afro-American Studies, Anthropology, 
Architecture, Art, Comparative Literature, Dra- 
matic Arts, Economics, Education, Geography, 
Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Radio 
and Television, and Speech. 

A major in American Studies will follow this 
curriculum: 

1. American Studies 426, 427 (Culture and the 
Arts in America) or American Studies 436, 
437 (Readings in American Studies) in the 
junior year and American Studies 446, 447 
(Popular Culture in America) in the senior 
year. 

2. Twelve hours of either American literature or 
history. 

3. Nine hours in each of two of the remaining 
above listed departments. 

4. To meet the nine hour requirement in one 
of the related areas, a student, with the ap- 
proval of his advisor, may substitute related 
courses from one of the following sequences: 
Afro-American Studies. Related courses in 
art, English, government, history and soci- 
ology. 

Area Studies and Comparative Culture. The 
study of one foreign culture. Courses must 
be drawn from at least two of the following 
fields: art, comparative literature, English, 
history, and a foreign language. 
Creative and Performing Arts. Production, 
studio or technical courses in art, English, 
music, radio and television. 

Personality and Culture. Related courses in 
anthropology, education, and psychology. 

Philosophy and Fine Arts. Related courses in 
art, music, and philosophy. 

Popular Arts and Mass Communications. Re- 
lated courses in dramatic arts, journalism, 
radio and television. 

Urban and Environmental Studies. Related 
courses in architecture, economics, govern- 
ment, and sociology. 



Course Code Prefix — AMST 



ANIMAL SCIENCES 

Department of Animal Science 

Professor and Chairman: Young. 

Professors: Green and Leffel. 

Associate Professor: Buric. 

Assistant Professors: DeBarthe and McCall. 

Department of Dairy Science 

Professor and Chairman: Davis. 
Professors: Cairns, Vandersall and Williams. 
Assistant Professors: Buchman, Bull and Doug- 
lass. 

Department of Poultry Science 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Thomas. 
Professor: Shaffner. 

Associate Professors: Bigbee and Creek. 
Assistant Professors: Carter, Heath, Pollard, 
Soares and Wabeck. 

Department of Veterinary Science 

Professor and Chairman: Hammond. 

Associate Professors: Dutta, Johnson, Marquardt, 

and Mohanty. 
Assistant Professors: Albert and Ingling. 

The curriculum in animal science offers a broad 
background in general education, basic sciences, 
and agricultural sciences, and the opportunity for 
a student to emphasize that phase of animal agri- 
culture in which he is specifically interested. Each 
student will be assigned to an advisor according to 
the program he plans to pursue. 

Objectives 

The following specific objectives have been 
established for the program in animal sciences. 

1. To acquaint students with the role of animal 
agriculture in our cultural heritage. 

2. To prepare students for careers in the field 
of animal agriculture. These include posi- 
tions of management and technology asso- 
ciated with animal, dairy, or poultry produc- 
tion enterprises; positions with marketing 
and processing organizations; as well as in 
other allied fields such as feed, agricultural 
chemicals and equipment firms. 

3. To prepare students for entrance to veterin- 
ary schools. 

4. To prepare students for graduate study and 
subsequent careers in teaching, research 
and extension, both public and private. 

5. To provide essential courses for the support 
of other academic programs of the Univer- 
sity. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing: 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 87 



Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

and selecting eight semester credit hours 
from the following courses: 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 

FDSC 1 1 1 — Introduction to Food Science 3 

ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3 

ANSC 201— Principles of Animal Genetics 3 

ANSC 401 — Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 

ANSC 212 — Applied Animal Physiology 4 

ANSC 211 — Anatomy of Domestic Animals 4 

ANSC 412 — Introduction to Diseases of Animals 3 

Mathematics or Biometrics or both 6 

Plus one course in each of the following disciplines: 

Agronomy 2-4 

Agricultural Engineering 2-4 

Entomology 2-4 

Economics 2-4 

Physics or Organic Chemistry 2-4 

55-65 

Electives 28-38 

Electives must include at least 9 credit hours in ANSC 
courses beyond those listed above. 

For students interested in a program of study with major 
emphasis on beef cattle, sheep and swine, it is suggested 
that the elective courses include the following: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

ANSC 221 — Fundamentals of Animal Production 3 

ANSC 222 — Livestock Evaluation 3 

ANSC 223— Seminar 1 

ANSC 301 — Advanced Livestock Judging 2 

ANSC 402 — Applied Animal Nutrition 3 

ANSC 422— Meats 3 

ANSC 423,424 — Livestock Management 6 

ANSC 426 — Principles of Breeding 3 

For students interested in a program of study with major 
emphasis on dairying, it is suggested that the elective courses 
include the following: 

ANSC 242 — Dairy Production 3 

ANSC 244 — Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal 1 

ANSC 442— Dairy Cattle Breeding 3 

ANSC 446 — Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction 3 

For students interested in a program of study with a 
major emphasis on poultry, it is suggested that the elective 
courses include the following: 

ANSC 261 — Advanced Poultry Judging 1 

ANSC 262 — Commercial Poultry Management 3 

ANSC 452 — Avian Physiology 2 

ANSC 462— Physiology of Hatchability 1 

ANSC 464 — Poultry Hygiene 3 

ANSC 466 — Avian Anatomy 3 

FDSC 461 — Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry .... 3 

Students desiring a combination of training in one of the 
animal sciences and emphasis on business may choose 
elective courses from the following: 

BSAD 110 — Business Enterprise 3 

BSAD 220 — Principles of Accounting 3 

BSAD 230 — Business Statistics 3 

BSAD 380 — Business Law 3 

MATH 110 — Introduction to Math 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

ECON 430 — Money and Banking 3 

BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3 

Course Code Prellx — ANSC 



ANTHROPOLOGY PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Kerley. 

Associate Professors: Anderson, Hoffman, Rosen 

and Williams. 
Assistant Professors: Dessaint, Migliazza and 

Thurman. 
Visiting Lecturer: Ortner. 
Instructor: Schacht. 

The Anthropology Program offers beginning 
and advanced course work in the four principal 
subdivisions of the discipline: physical anthro- 
pology, linguistics, archaeology and ethnology. 
Courses in these subdivisions may be used to ful- 
fill the minor or "supporting courses" requirement 
in some programs leading to the B.A. degree. They 
also may, at the discretion of the Department of 
Sociology, be counted toward a major in Sociol- 
ogy. 

Anthropology Major: The fulfillment of the re- 
quirements for a major in anthropology leads to 
the B.A. degree. All majors are required to take 
30 hours in anthropology, 18 of which must be se- 
lected from the following courses: ANTH 101, 102, 
401, 441, or 451, 371 or 461, and 397. It should be 
noted, however, that if ANTH 101 is used to satisfy 
the General Education requirement in Social Sci- 
ence, it may not be counted as a part of the 30 re- 
quired semester hours for the major. The 18 hours 
of required courses insures that the major be- 
comes familiar with all areas of anthropology. No 
one area therefore, receives special emphasis, for 
it is believed that such specialization should occur 
during graduate study, preferably at the Ph.D. lev- 
el. Thus the student is broadly prepared in the ways 
man has evolved culturally and physically. A state- 
ment of course requirements and recommended 
sequences of courses is available in the depart- 
mental office. 

No course with a grade of less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

ANTH 101 or its equivalent, or permission of the 
instructor, is prerequisite to all other courses in 
Anthropology. 



Course Code Prefix— ANTH 

ARCHITECTURE 

Professor and Dean: Hill. 

Professors: Cochran (part-time), Passonneau, 
Schlesinger, Skiadaressis (visiting) and Wie- 
benson. 

Associate Professors: Hutton, Potts, Schack (part- 
time) and Shaeffer. 

Assistant Professors: Bechhoefer, Chabrowe, Full- 
enwider, Jadin, Kaskey, Lazaris, Lewis, Payne 
and Senkevitch. 

Lecturers: Adams, Fogle, Hartman, Kramer, Moore, 
Thomas and Wilkes. 

Assistant Dean: Fogle. 

Administrative Assistant: Ratcliff. 



88 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Curator of Visual Aids: Alley. 
Librarian: Neal. 

Students in architecture are required to com- 
plete a minimum of 167 credits of work for the 
Bachelor of Architecture degree. In addition to 
prescribed courses in the School of Architecture, 
students are required to complete a number of 
credits in electives offered elsewhere in the Uni- 
versity. The requirements for graduation are tabu- 
lated below: 

Credits 

Int. to Bit. Env 3 

Studio Courses 36 

Systems and Technology Courses 20 

Architectural History Courses 12 

Math 9 

Computer Science 3 

Physics and Biology 7 

Theories of Urban Form 3 

Site Analysis 3 

Visual Design 3 

Professional Management 2 

Professional Electives 21 to 33 

Electives 5 to 1 7 

General (see curriculum) 24 

P.E (2) 

Health (2) 

(minimum) 167 

Distribution Credits 

Minimum architecture courses 82 

General Education, Math, Physics, Health and P.E. 47 

Professional Electives and Electives 38 



167 



Five-Year Curriculum in Architecture 

FIRST YEAR 

Arch 170 Int. to Bit. Env. 3 

Math 115 3 

English 101 3 

Social Science option . . 3 

History option 3 

P.E 1 



16 

SECOND YEAR 

Arch 200 Basic Env. Des. 4 

Arch 220 History of Arch. 3 

Arch 214 Bldg. Constr. . . 2 

Physics 121 4 

Math 221 3 

16 

THIRD YEAR 

Arch 300 Arch. Studio I 4 

Arch 310 Bldg. 

Systems I 4 

Arch 360 Site Analysis.. 3 

Fine Arts option 3 

Arch. History or 

Theory option 3 



Prof. El 3 

Math 220 3 

English 201 3 

Social Science option . . 3 

History option 3 

Professional Elective ... 1 

Health 2 

18 



Arch 201 Basic Env. Des. 4 

Arch 221 History of Arch. 3 

Arch 215 Bldg. Constr.. . 2 

English 202 3 

Biology 101 3 

15 



Arch 301 Arch. Studio II 4 

Arch 311 Bldg.. 

Systems II 4 

Arch 342 Visual Design . 3 

CMSC 101 or Arch 314 
Computer Applica- 
tions in Arch 3 

Arch History or 

Theory option 3 

17 



FOURTH YEAR 
Arch 400 Arch. 

Studio III 4 

Arch 410 Bldg. 

Systems III 4 

Arch 350 Theories of 

Urban Form 3 

Prof. El 3 

Prof. El. or El 3 

17 

FIFTH YEAR 

Arch 500 Adv. Top. 

Prob 6 

Arch 570 Prof. Mgmt. . . 2 

Prof. El 6 

El 3 

17 



Arch 401 Arch. 

Studio IV 4 

Arch 411 Bldg. 

Systems IV 4 

Prof. El. 3 

Prof. El. or El 6 



Arch 501 Adv. Top. 

Prob 6 

Prof. El 6 

Prof El. or El 3 

El 2 



17 



PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES 

The following courses are presently accepted 
by the faculty in architecture as meeting the pro- 
fessional elective requirements. 



Course No. and Name 
Anthropology 

101 Intro, to Anth: Archaeol. 

and Phy 3 

102 Intro, to Anth: 

Cult. Anth. and Ling. ... 3 
221 Man and Environment .... 3 

241 Intro, to Archaeology 3 

401 Cultural Anthropology .... 3 

441 Archaeology of Old World . 3 

451 Archaeology of New World 3 

Architecture 

240 Basic Photography 2 

242 Drawing I 2 

170 Introduction to the 

Built Environment 3 

322 Studies in Medieval 

Architecture 3 

324 Studies in Renaissance 

Architecture 3 

326 Studies in Modern 

Architecture 3 

340 Advanced 

Photography 2 

342 Studies in Visual 

Design 3 

352 The Architect in the 

Community 3 

370 Theories and Lit. of 

Architecture 3 

372 Signs, Symbol and 

Messages in Arch 3 

374 Computer Aided Envir. 

Design 3 

376 The Architectural 

Program as a form 

Generator 3 

413 Structural Systems in 

Architecture 3 



Credits Prerequisites 



Meets G.E. 

none 

Soph. stdg. 

Soph. stdg. 

ANTH 101, 102, 

221 

ANTH 101, 241 

ANTH 101. 241 



Perm, of Instr. 
Perm, of Instr. 
120 & 121 or 
Perm, of Instr. 
120 & 121 or 
Perm, of Instr. 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 
120 & 121 or 
Perm, of Instr. 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 
120 & 121 or 
Perm, of Instr. 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 
ARCH 240 
Perm, of Instr. 
ARCH 201 
Perm, of Instr. 

Perm, of Instr. 

Perm, of Instr. 

Perm, of Instr. 
ARCH 201, 
CMSC 103 



Perm, of Instr. 
ARCH 410 or 
Perm, of Instr. 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 89 



420 History ol American 

Architecture, 17th 

century to 19th 

century 3 

421 Seminar in American 

Architecture 3 

422 Late 18th Century 

Parisian Architecture . . . 3 

424 History of Russian 

Architecture 3 

426 Readings in Cont. Arch. ... 3 

427 Independent Studies in the 

History of Arch 3 



430 Problems and Methods 

of Arch. Preservation 3 
450 Introduction to Urban 

Planning 3 

472 Economic Determinants of 

Architecture 3 

478 Directed Studies in 

Architecture 1-4 

512 Advanced Structural 

Analysis in 

Architecture 3 

514 Environmental Systems in 

Architecture 3 

Business Administration 

362 Labor Relations 3 

370 Prin. of Transportation ... 3 

474 Urban Trans, and 

Urb. Dev 3 

380, 381 Business Law 3 

393 Real Estate Prin 3 

490 Urban Land Management . 3 

Computer Science 

210 Languages and Struct. 

Computers 3 

440 Struct, of Programming 

Lang 3 

420 Data and Storage 

Structures 3 

Economics 

205 Fund, of Economics 3 

491 Intro, to Reg. and 

Urban Econ 3 

450 Intro, to Public Finance . . 3 

454 State and Local Public 

Finance 3 

461 Economics of American 

Industry 3 

General Education 

260 Intro, to Interdisciplinary 

Urban Studies 3 

Geography 

201 General Geography 3 

452 Population Geography ... 3 

455 Urban Geography 3 

Geology 

100 Geology . 3 

110 Physical Geology Lab. ... 1 



ARCH 220 & 221 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 

ARCH 220 & 221 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 
ARCH 220 & 221 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist Req.) 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 

Perm, of Instr. 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 
(Meets ARCH 
Hist. Req.) 

Perm, of Instr. 

Perm, of Instr. 

Perm, of Instr. 



ARCH 411 
ARCH 411 



Jr. stdg. 
ECON 205 and 
jr. stdg. 

ECON 205 and 
jr. stdg. 
ECON 205 and 
jr. stdg. 



CMSC 103 

Jr. stdg., CMSC 

210 

Jr. stdg.. CMSC 

210 



Soph. stdg. 

Perm, of Instr. 
ECON 205 

ECON 205 

ECON 205 



none 

GEOG 201. Perm. 

of Instr. 

Jr. stdg. 



none 
none 



Information System Management 

401 Electronic Data Processing 3 

402 Electronic Data Processing 

Applications 3 

Psychology 

100 Intro, to Psych 3 

221 Social Psychology 3 

462 Engineering Psychology . . 3 

Sociology 

100 Intro, to Sociology 3 

120 Urban Sociology 3 

210 Social Pathology 3 

471 The Rural Community ... 3 

473 The City 3 

330 Community Organization . . 3 

423 Ethnic Minorities 3 

424 Sociology of Race Relations 3 
445 Sociology of the Arts 3 

Statistics and Probability 

250 Intro, to Random Variables 4 



Jr. stdg . CMSC 
103 

Jr. stdg.. IFSM 401 



Meets G.E. 




PSYC 1 






PSYC 1 


or 


Perm 


of Instr 






Meets G.E. 




SOCY 1 






SOCY 1, 


soph. 


stdg. 






SOCY 1 


|r 


stdg. 


SOCY 1 


|r 


stdg. 


SOCY 1 


|r 


stdg. 


SOCY 1 


|r. 


stdg. 


SOCY 1 


|r 


stdg. 



Art 



Life Drawing 3 



Course Code — ARCH 

ART 

Professor and Chairman: Levitine. 

Professors: deLeiris, Jamieson, Lembach, Lynch 
and Maril. . . 

Associate Professors: Bunts, Campbell, Denny, 
Longley, Pemberton, Rearick and Stites. 

Assistant Professors: DiFederico, Dillinger, Far- 
quhar, Forbes, Gelman, Green, Isen, Klank, 
Niese and Withers. 

Lecturers: deMonte, Ferraioli, Green, Griffin, Hom- 
mel, Jordan, Landgren, Lapinski, Lewis, Mat- 
thews, Rejszel, Schwartz, Simkin, Spiro and 
Valtchev. 

Instructors: M. deLeiris, Griffin and Reid. 

Two majors are offered in art: art history and 
studio. The student who majors in art history is 
committed to the study and scholarly interpreta- 
tion of existing works of art, from the prehistoric 
era to our times, while the studio major stresses 
the student's direct participation in the creation 
of works of art. 

In spite of this difference, both majors are rooted 
in the concept of art as a humanistic experience, 
and share an essential common aim: the develop- 
ment of aesthetic sensitivity, understanding and 
knowledge. For this reason, students in both maj- 
ors are required to progress through a "common 
curriculum," which will ensure a broad grounding 
in both aspects of art; then each student will move 
into a "specialized curriculum" with advanced 
courses in his own major. 

A curriculum leading to a degree in art educa- 
tion is offered in the College of Education with the 
cooperation of the Department of Art. 



90 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



COMMON CURRICULUM 
(Courses required in major unless taken as part 

of supporting area as listed below.) 
ARTH 100. Introduction to Art. (3) 
ARTH 260. History of Art. (3) 
ARTH 261. History of Art. (3) 
ARTS 100. Design I. (3) 
ARTS 110. Drawing I. (3) 

SPECIALIZED CURRICULUM 
ART HISTORY MAJOR A 
5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from 
3 of the following areas: Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance- 
Baroque, 19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

1 additional Studio Art course. (3) 

Supporting Area (from any Arts and Sciences area except 
Art): 

4 courses, 2 of which, taken in one department, must be 
at junior-senior level. (12) 

ART HISTORY MAJOR B 

5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from 
3 of the following areas: Ancient-Medieval, Renaissance- 
Baroque, 19th-20th century, non-Western). (15) 

3 additional courses in any level History of Art. (9) 

Supporting Area in Studio Art 
ARTS 100. Design I (from Common Curriculum). 
ARTS 110. Drawing I (from Common Curriculum). 

2 Studio Art courses at junior-senior level. (6) 

Total required credit hours, combined major and 
supporting area — 45. 

Additional history of art or studio courses may be 
applied; total combined art hours may not ex- 
ceed 42 in Major A, or 54 in combined major 
and supporting area in major B. 

STUDIO ART MAJOR A 

ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3) 

ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3) 

ARTS 220. Painting I. (3) 

ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3) 

ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340. Printmaking I. (3) 

1 additional junior-senior level studio course. (3) 
1 advanced History of Art course. (3) 

Supporting Area (from any arts and sciences area except 
Art). 

4 courses. 2 of which, taken in one department, must be 
at junior-senior level. (12) 

STUDIO ART MAJOR B 

ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3) 

ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3) 

ARTS 220. Painting I. (3) 

ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3) 

ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3) 

ARTS 340. Printmaking I. (3) 



1 additional junior-senior level Studio Art course. (3) 
Supporting Area in History ot Art 

ARTH 260. History of Art (from Common Curriculum). 

ARTH 261. History of Art (from Common Curriculum). 

2 History of Art courses at junior-senior level. (6) 

Total required credit hours, combined major and 
supporting Area — 51 in major A, 42 in major B. 

No course with a grade less than C may be used to 
satisfy major requirements. 

Course Code Prelcxes— ARTE. ARTH, ARTS 



ASTRONOMY PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman of Physics and Astron- 
omy: Laster. 

Professor and Director of Astronomy: Westerhout. 

Professors: Brandt (P.T.), Erickson, Kerr, Kundu, 
Opik (P.T.) 

Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Bell, Matthews, 
Rose, Smith, Wentzel, Zipoy, Zuckerman. 

Assistant Professors: Harrington, Simonson. 
Teaching Associate: Knapp. 
Assistant Instructor: Gil more. 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers 
a major in Astronomy. The Astronomy Program of- 
fice is located in the Space Sciences Building. As- 
tronomy students are given a strong undergradu- 
ate preparation in astronomy, physics and mathe- 
matics, as well as encouragement to take a wide 
range of other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy 
Program is designed to be quite flexible, in order 
to take advantage of students' special talents or 
interests after the basic requirements for a sound 
astronomy education have been met. Students pre- 
paring for graduate studies will have an opportun- 
ity to choose from among many advanced courses 
available in astronomy, mathematics and physics. 
The program is designed to prepare students for 
graduate work as well as for positions in govern- 
mental and industrial laboratories and observa- 
tories. 

Students intending to major in astronomy who 
have had a high school course in physics and who 
have adequate preparation in mathematics to qual- 
ify for admission to MATH 140 will ordinarily take 
the introductory physics courses PHYS 181, 182, 
283 and 284, during their freshman and sophomore 
years. Those students who do not decide to major 
in astronomy or physics until after their freshman 
or sophomore year or enter as transfer students 
will often have taken other introductory courses in 
physics (i.e. PHYS 161, 262, 263). Students will find 
recommended course programs in the pamphlet 
entitled Department Requirements for a B.S. de- 
gree in Astronomy which is available from the As- 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 91 



tronomy Program Office. This pamphlet outlines 
many different approaches for an astronomy ma- 
jor. 

ASTR 180 (Descriptive and Analytical Astron- 
omy) is the introductory astronomy course re- 
quired of astronomy majors. It may be taken in the 
freshman or sophomore year. It is followed by an- 
other required course, ASTR 210 (Practical Astron- 
omy). Some students may not decide to major in 
astronomy until they have already taken ASTR 100 
and 105 (Introduction to Astronomy and Modern 
Astronomy). Such students should, as a rule, still 
fulfill the ASTR 180 requirement; only students 
with a grade of B or better in ASTR 100 and 105 
will be encouraged to major in astronomy. 

REQUIRED COURSES FOR ASTRONOMY MAJOR 

(a) Introductory Physics Courses. PHYS 181, 182 
— Introductory Physics: Mechanics, Fluids, 
Heat and Sound (4,4) followed by PHYS 283— 
Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnet- 
ism (4) and PHYS 284 — Introductory Physics: 
Optics and Modern Physics (4) (Total 16 cred- 
its); or the above courses can be replaced by 
PHYS 161, 262, 263— General Physics (3,4,4) 
and PHYS 404 — Intermediate Theoretical Me- 
chanics (3) and PHYS 405 — Intermediate 
Theoretical Electricity and Magnetism (3). 

(b) Physics Laboratory. At least four credits of lab- 
oratory courses: ordinarily PHYS 285, 286, but 
365, 485 may be added. 

(c) Modern Physics, PHYS 421, 422 (3, 3) or 

Mathematical Physics, PHYS 410, 411 (4, 4). 

(d) Supporting Courses. MATH 140, 141, 240— 

Analysis (4, 4, 4). MATH 246— Differential 
Equations (3) may be substituted for MATH 
240. 

(e) Introductory Astronomy Courses. Normally 
ASTR 180 and 210. 

(f) Advanced Astronomy Courses. Two Astron- 
omy courses at the 300-400 level. (Minimum 6 
credits). 

Students may major in Astronomy only if a grade 
of C or better is attained in each semester of the 
introductory physics and astronomy courses. Any 
student who wishes to be recommended for grad- 
uate work in astronomy must maintain a B aver- 
age and should also consider including some or 
all of the following courses in his program in addi- 
tion to those required of all astronomy majors: 

(a) Astronomy. One or more additional courses 
at the 300-400 level. 

(b) Physics. Both PHYS 410, 411 (4, 4)— Mathe- 
matical Physics and PHYS 421, 422 (3, 3) 
— Modern Physics; and one or more of 
those listed below. 

(c) Supporting courses. Two or three addi- 
tional mathematics or computer science 



courses, selected in consultation with the 
advisor. 

Recommended courses are MATH 241 — 
Calculus (4), MATH 246— Differential Equa- 
tions for Scientists and Engineers (3), 
MATH 462, 463 — Analysis for Scientists and 
Engineers (3, 3), MATH 413 — Introduction 
to Complex Variables (4), MATH 410— Ad- 
vanced Calculus (4), or MATH 460 — Nu- 
merical Methods (3). (Minimum 15 credits). 

Further physics courses that astronomy majors 
should consider, both those terminating at the 
B.S. and those planning graduate studies, are the 
following: 

PHYS 365. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTS. 

PHYS 412. KINETIC THEORY OF GASES. 

PHYS 414. THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL ME- 
CHANICS. 

PHYS 451. INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTICLES. 
PHYS 463. INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS. 
PHYS 465. MODERN OPTICS. 

PHYS 471. INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC AND 
SPACE PHYSICS. 

PHYS 485. ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. 

A minimum of 120 credits is required for graduation. 

HONORS IN ASTRONOMY 

The Honors Program offers to students of ex- 
ceptional ability and interest in astronomy an edu- 
cational program with a number of special op- 
portunities for learning. Honors sections are of- 
fered in several courses, and there are many op- 
portunities for part-time research participation 
which may develop into full-time summer projects. 
An honors seminar is offered for advanced stu- 
dents; credit may be given for independent work 
or study; and certain graduate courses are open 
for credit toward the bachelor's degree. 

Students for the Honors Program are accepted 
by the Department's Honors Committee on the 
basis of recommendations from their advisors and 
other faculty members. Most honors candidates 
submit a written report on their research project, 
which, together with an oral comprehensive exam- 
ination in the senior year, concludes the program 
which may lead to graduation "with Honors (or 
High Honors) in Astronomy." 

COURSES FOR NON-SCIENCE MAJORS 

There are a variety of Astronomy courses of- 
fered for those who are interested in learning 
about the subject but do not wish to major in it. 
These courses do not require any background 
in mathematics or physics and are geared espe- 
cially to the non-science major. ASTR 100 is a 
general survey course that briefly covers all of 
the major parts of Astronomy. ASTR 110 is the lab 
that can be taken with or after ASTR 100. ASTR 
105 is at the same level as ASTR 100 except it 
covers a few topics in depth rather than many 



92 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



briefly. ASTR 398 is offered to non-scientists who 
want to learn about a particular field in depth; the 
subject matter will change each semester and will 
cover topics like: the solar system, our Galaxy, 
the Universe, etc. 



Course Code Prefix— ASTR 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM 

This program has been prepared for the student 
who is interested in biology but whose interest has 
not yet centered in any one of the biological sci- 
ences. It is suitable for the pre-dental or pre-medi- 
cal student who plans to earn the B.S. degree be- 
fore entering professional school. The program in- 
cludes work in botany, entomology, microbiology, 
and zoology, and introduces the student to the 
general principles and methods of each of these 
biological sciences. The student may then empha- 
size one of these areas in completing his program. 

By proper selection of courses during the jun- 
ior and senior years, a student may concentrate 
his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be 
able to continue graduate work in that field. How- 
ever, a student who is planning to do graduate 
work should major in one specific field of biology. 

The student following this program must meet 
the general requirements for a degree. He should 
select French or German to meet the foreign lan- 
guage requirements. 

Required introductory courses in the biological 
sciences: BOTN 100, ENTM 200, MICB 200, ZOOL 
101. These courses must be passed with an aver- 
age grade of at least C. The pre-professional stu- 
dent should take ZOOL 102 as well. 

Required supporting courses in mathematics 
and physical sciences: MATH 110, 111; CHEM 103, 
104; PHYS 121, 122. The student working in most 
areas of biology will also need the second year of 
Chemistry (CHEM 201-204; or 211-214). Additional 
work in chemistry may also be required by the 
student's advisor, in accordance with the needs of 
the student's field of emphasis. The pre-profes- 
sional student must include CHEM 201-204 or 211- 
214 in his program. 

Advanced courses in the biological sciences: 
The student must complete at least 30 semester 
hours of advanced work selected from the fields 
of botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology. 
Of these credits at least 18 must be at the 300 and 
400-level and be taken in at least two of the four 
departments. The following courses in psychology 
may be counted as part of the required 30 semes- 
ter hours, but may not be used to satisfy the re- 
quirement of 18 semester hours at the advanced 
level: PSYC 402, 403, 410, 462, 479. 

A junior or senior following this curriculum will 
be advised by the department in which he plans to 
do the most work. 



BOTANY 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Sisler. 
Professors: Brown, Corbett, Galloway, Gauch, 

Kantzes, Krusberg, D. T. Morgan, Sisler, Stern 

and Weaver. 
Research Professor: Sorokin. 
Associate Professors: Bean, Curtis, Karlander, 

Klarman, Lockard, O. D. Morgan, Patterson and 

Rappleye. 
Assistant Professors: Barnett, Harrison, Motta, 

Reveal, Smith, Stevenson and Van Valkenburg. 
Faculty Research Assistant: Shearer. 
Research Assistant: Orris. 
Instructors: Grigg, Higgins and Owens. 

The Department offers work in the major fields 
of physiology, pathology, ecology, taxonomy, 
anatomy-morphology, and genetics. 

The required courses for the freshman and 
sophomore years are the same for all students. In 
the junior and senior years, the student elects 
botany courses to suit his particular interest. 
Courses are required in other subjects to contrib- 
ute toward a broad cultural education, and to sup- 
port the courses selected in the chosen field of 
botany. 

The curriculum provides a complete survey of 
the field of botany, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for teach- 
ing and for research in experiment stations or 
private research laboratories. 

Students who wish to meet the requirements for 
certificates in secondary education may elect bas- 
ic courses in education. An additional semester 
will usually be necessary to take certain courses 
in education, including the required practice 
teaching. As long as the demand continues, a ser- 
ies of advanced courses will be offered in rotation 
in the summer session especially for teachers 
working toward the degree of Master of Education 
in science teaching. 

The Department of Botany has instituted an 
Honors Program which a student may enter if he 
desires and if he meets the requirements of the 
program. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
the following courses: 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY REQUIREMENTS Semester 

Credit Hours 

BOTN 202— General Botany 4 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4 

BOTN 462 — Plant Ecology 2 

BOTN 41 1 — Plant Anatomy or 3 

BOTN 416 — Principles of Plant Anatomy 4 

BOTN 414 — General Plant Genetics 3 

BOTN 398 — Seminar 1 or 2 

Modern Language, or A&S exemption 6-12 

MATH 110, 111 — Introduction to Mathematics or 

MATH 140, 141 6 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 93 



MIC6 200 — General Microbiology 4 

PHYS 121. 122 — Fundamentals of Physics 8 

Botany electives or related courses 12 or 15 

Electives 12 



BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

(Under the Reorganization Plan for the College 
Park Campus, this Unit will become the College 
of Business and Management. Statements of Re- 
quirements and course offerings may be subject 
to change at that time.) 

Professor and Chairman: Taff. 

Professors: Anderson, Carroll, Dawson, Fisher, 
Hermanson, Hille, Lamone, Levine, Miner and 
Wright. 

Associate Professors: Ashmen, Daiker, Edelson, 
Fromovitz, Gannon, Greer, Haslem, Hynes, 
Loeb, Locke, Nash, Olson, Paine, Spivey, Thie- 
blot and Widhelm. 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Bedingfield, Cor- 
win, Falthzik, Handorf, Hargrove, Himes, Holm- 
berg, Hoshi, Jolson, Kuehl, Leete, Lynagh, May, 
Nickels, Poist, Solomon and Zabriskie. 

Lecturers: Keaton, Neuman, Taylor and Treichel. 

Instructors: Broden, Buckingham, Bulmash, Coy- 
ner, Dalton, Doilney, Edelman, Garner, Gold- 
schmidt, Grazer, Kmetz, Levine, Lindsay, Lubell. 
Matthews, Mattingly, McConnell, O'Neill, Paster- 
nack, Rice, Romig, Rymer, Sherwood, Shimp, 
Silberg, Stewart, Webb and Wolff. 

Business organizations are set up primarily for 
the purpose of producing and distributing goods 
and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge and understanding of organi- 
zational structures, operations and environments. 
The curricula of the Department of Business Ad- 
ministration emphasize the principles and prob- 
lems involved in the development of organizations 
and in the formulation and implementation of their 
policies. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT 

The programs of study in the Department of 
Business Administration are so arranged as to fa- 
cilitate concentrations according to the major 
functions of business management. This plan is 
not, however, based on the view that these major 
divisions are independent units, but rather that 
each is closely related to and dependent on the 
others. Every student in business administration 
is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum 
number of required basic subjects in the arts, sci- 
ences and humanities as prerequisites to work in 
the major management fields. 

A business administration honors program is 
open to business administration majors entering 
their junior year. Students must have an academic 
average of at least 3.0 to be eligible for admittance 
to this program. 



FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS 

Hours 

ENGL 101. 201, 202 (or 171, 201, 202) 9 

MATH 110, 111 and 220 or (140 and 141) 9i8) 

SPCH 100 3 

History 6 

BSAD 110 3 

BSAD 220A and 221A (220 and 221)* 6 

ECON 201 and 203 6 

BSAD 230 (231)" 3 



'For Accounting majors. 
••For Mgmt Scl STAT & STAT-IFSM ma|or9. 

Two science courses (one biological and one physical, 
and at least one of which must be a lab science) selected 
from the following: 

Physical — Astronomy 3 

Geology 3 

Physics 3 

Chemistry 4 

Biological — Botany 4 

Zoology 4 

Entomology 4 

Biology 4 

A social science course (ECON 201 may be used for 3 
hours of the 6 hour social science requirement) selected 
from the following: 

GVPT 170 or 100 3 

PSYC 100 3 

SOCY 100 3 

ANTH 101 3 

A fine arts requirement of 3 hours of which the following 
are representative: 

PHIL 100, 170, 140, 236 3 

ARTH 100. 260, 261 3 

MUSC 130 3 

DART 110 3 

Electives (chosen with approval of advisor) 2-5 

HLTH 105 (men and women) 1 sem. (2 cr.) 

P.E. (men and women) 2 semesters 



Students who wish to elect a foreign language must take nine semester 
hours of the language or six hours at the intermediate level or higher. In 
order to obtain credit. Such students may use the free electives avail- 
able to them for this purpose. 

A TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR FIRST TWO YEARS 



Freshman Year 

ENGL 101 (or 171) 3 

BSAD 110 or SPCH 100. 3 

MATH 110 (or 140) 3(4) 

HLTH 105 (2) 

Fine Arts. Social Science, 

or Science 3-4 

P.E (1) 

15-17 

Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202 3 

BSAD 220 i220Ai 3 

ECON 201 3 

MATH 220* 3 

Fine Arts. Social Science, 
or Science 3-4 

15-16 



ENGL 201 3 

SPCH 100 or BSAD 110. . 3 

MATH 111 (or 141) 3(4) 

HIST 3 

Fine Arts, Social Science, 

or Science 3-4 

P.E (1) 

16-18 



ECON 203 3 

BSAD 221 <221A> 3 

BSAD 230 (231) 3 

History 3 

Fine Arts, Social Science, 
or Science 3-4 



15-16 



'Select Elective. It MATH 140 and 141 sequence is chosen. 



94 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS 

BSAD 340 — Business Finance 3 

BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

BSAD 364 — Management and Organization Theory 3 

BSAD 380 — Business Law 3 

BSAD 495 — Business Policies 3 

Total 15 

In addition to the above, two 300 or 400 level 
courses must be taken in economics, at least one 
of which must be: ECON 401, National Income 
Analysis; ECON 403, Intermediate Price Theory; 
ECON 430, Money and Banking; or ECON 440, In- 
ternational Economics. (Note: Finance Majors see 
Finance economics requirement.) 

At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours of 
academic work required for graduation must be 
in business administration subjects. In addition to 
the requirement of an overall average of C in aca- 
demic subjects, an average of C in business ad- 
ministration subjects is required for graduation. 
Electives in the curricula of the department may, 
with the consent of the advisor, be taken in any de- 
partment of the University if the student has the 
necessary prerequisites. 

GENERAL CURRICULUM IN BUSINESS 
ADMINISTRATION 

The General Curriculum in Business Adminis- 
tration is designed for those who desire a broad 
program in management. The curriculum contains 
a relatively large number of elective courses. Se- 
lection is subject to approval by an advisor and 
must contribute to a program of courses closely 
balanced between (1) a functional field, (2) the 
various basic areas of management and (3) non- 
business fields. 

Students selecting this curriculum will take the 
basic courses required for all students in the De- 
partment of Business Administration. In addition, 
students will take: 

(1) The following required courses: 

Semester 
Hours 
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management or BSAD 450 

Marketing Research Methods 3 

BSAD 360— Personnel Management I or BSAD 362 

Labor Relations 3 

BSAD 370 — Principles of Transportation or BSAD 371 — 

Traffic and Physical Distribution Management 3 
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing or BSAD 332 

Operations Research I or BSAD 385 

Production Management 3 

BSAD 482 — Business and Government 3 

15 

(2) three semester hours from the following: 
BSAD 311 — Intermediate Accounting 

BSAD 431 — Design of Statistical Experiments in Business 
BSAD 440 — Financial Management 
BSAD 481— Public Utilities 

3 



Thus, the upper division requirements are: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental 

students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at 

least one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 430 

or 440 6 

Upper division electives to complete 120 s.h. 

required for graduation 21 



Total junior-senior year requirements 



60 



ACCOUNTING 

Accounting, in a limited sense, is the analysis, 
classification and recording of financial events and 
the reporting of the results of such events for an 
organization. In a broader sense, accounting con- 
sists of all financial devices for planning, con- 
trolling and appraising performance of an organi- 
zation. In this broader sense, accounting includes 
among its many facets financial planning, budget- 
ing, accounting systems, financial management 
controls, financial analysis of performance, finan- 
cial reporting, internal and external auditing, and 
taxation of business. 

The accounting curriculum provides an educa- 
tional foundation for careers in accounting and a 
foundation for future advancement in other man- 
agement areas whether in private business organi- 
zations, government agencies, or public account- 
ing firms. Students who select this curriculum will 
complete the freshman and sophomore require- 
ments for all students in the Department of Busi- 
ness Administration. 

Course requirements for the junior and senior 
years are: 

(1) The junior-senior requirements for all students 
in the Department of Business Administration, 

(2) the following courses: 

Semester 
Hours 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 3 

BSAD 310, 311 — Intermediate Accounting 6 

BSAD 321 — Cost Accounting 3 

BSAD 323 — Income Tax Accounting 3 

and 9 semester hours from the following: 

BSAD 420, 421 — Undergraduate Accounting Seminar 

BSAD 320 — Accounting Systems 

BSAD 422 — Auditing Theory and Practice 

BSAD 424 — Advanced Accounting 

BSAD 425— CPA Problems 

BSAD 427 — Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice 

BSAD 426 — Advanced Cost Accounting 

Thus, the upper division requirements for accounting 

majors are: 
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior accounting requirements (minimum) 21 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 3 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at least 

one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 430, or 440 6 

Electives (to complete 120 semester hours required for 

graduation) 15 



Total 



18 



Total junior-senior year requirements 



60 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 95 



For graduates of the University of Maryland, the 
educational requirement of the Maryland State 
Board of Public Accountancy for taking the C.P.A. 
examination without practical experience totals 
thirty semester hours of accounting courses plus 
six semester hours of business law. Students wish- 
ing to satisfy the Board's requirements must in- 
clude BSAD 422 in their undergraduate program. 
Students not wishing to satisfy the Board's re- 
quirements to sit for the C.P.A. examination with- 
out experience are eligible to take the examina- 
tion after obtaining two years of practical experi- 
ence satisfactory to the Board. 

A student planning to take the C.P.A. examina- 
tion in a state other than Maryland should deter- 
mine the course requirements, if any, for such 
state and arrange his program accordingly. 



The upper division requirements are summarized as follows: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 21 

One course in economics selected from 

ECON 401, 403, 431, 450, 402, and 440 3 

Electives to complete the 120 semester hours 

required for graduation 21 

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 

INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE 

Students interested in insurance or real estate 
may concentrate either in general business or fi- 
nance and plan with their advisors a group of elec- 
tives to meet their specialized needs. Courses of- 
fered in insurance and real estate include risk 
management, principles of risk and insurance, real 
estate principles, and urban land management. 



FINANCE 

The finance curriculum is designed to familiar- 
ize the student with the institutions, theory and 
practice involved in the allocation of financial re- 
sources within the private sector, especially the 
firm. It is also designed to incorporate foundation 
study in such related disciplines as economics and 
the quantitative areas. 

The finance curriculum provides an educational 
foundation for careers involving financial analysis 
and management, investment analysis and port- 
folio management, investment banking, banking 
and international finance; it also provides a foun- 
dation for graduate study in business administra- 
tion, quantitative areas, economics, and law. 

Course requirements for the junior-senior cur- 
riculum concentration in finance are: 

Semester 
Hours 

(1) The following required courses: 

IFSM 401 Electronic Data Processing 3 

ECON 430 Money and Banking 3 

BSAD 332 Operations Research for Management 

Decisions 3 

BSAD 343 Investments 3 

plus 

(2) Two of the tollowing courses 
BSAD 440 Financial Management 

BSAD 443 Security Analysis and Valuation 
BSAD 445 Commercial Bank Management 

BSAD 481 Public Utilities 6 

and 

(3) one of the following courses (check prerequisites): 
IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing Applications 
BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in Business 
BSAD 431 — Design of Statistical Experiments 

in Business 
BSAD 433 — Statistical Decision Theory in Business 
MATH — Three semester hours of mathematics 

beyond the departmental requirement 3 

Total 21 



MARKETING 

Marketing involves the functions performed in 
getting goods and services from producers to 
users. Career opportunities exist in manufacturing, 
wholesaling and retailing and include sales admin- 
istration, marketing research, advertising and mer- 
chandising. 

Students preparing for work in marketing re- 
search are advised to elect additional courses in 
Management Science — Statistics. 

In addition to the courses taken by all students 
in the Department of Business Administration, the 
marketing program consists of: 

(1) The following required courses: 
BSAD 332 — Operations Research for 

Management Decisions 3 

BSAD 351 — Marketing Management 3 

BSAD 352— Advertising 3 

BSAD 450 — Marketing Research Methods 3 

Total required 12 

and 

(2) six semester hours from the following: 
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 
BSAD 431 — Design of Statistical Experiments 

in Business 

* Note that the economics requirements tor the finance ma|or are more 
restrictive than stated under JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS. 

BSAD 453 — Industrial Marketing 

BSAD 353 — Retail Management 

BSAD 451 — Consumer Analysis 

BSAD 454 — International Marketing 

BSAD 452 — Promotion Management 

BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution 

Management 6 

Total 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at 
least one of which must be ECON 401. 403. 

430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 semester hours required 
for graduation 21 

Total, junior-senior year requirements 60 



96 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



PERSONNEL AND LABOR RELATIONS 

Personnel administration has to do with the di- 
rection of human effort. It is concerned with se- 
curing, maintaining and utilizing an effective work- 
ing force. People professional'y trained in person- 
nel administration find career opportunities in 
business, in government, in educational institu- 
tions, and in charitable and other organizations. 

(1) The required courses are: 

BSAD 360— Personnel Management 3 

BSAD 460 — Personnel Management: Analysis & 

Problems 3 

BSAD 464 — Organizational Behavior 3 

BSAD 362 — Labor Relations 3 

BSAD 462— Labor Legislation 3 

Total required 15 

and 

(2) three hours from the following: 

BSAD 467 — Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel 

Management 
BSAD 385 — Production Management 
PSYC 432 — Personnel and Industrial Psychology 
PSYC 351 — Tests and Measurements 
PSYC 352 — Psychology of Individual Diffsrences 
SOCY 462 — Industrial Sociology 
SOCY 447 — Small Group Analysis 
GVPT 411 — Public Personnel Administration 
JOUR 330— Public Relations 3 



BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution 
Management 



Total 



18 



Thus, the upper division requirements are: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at 
least one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 
430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for 

graduation 21 



Total, junior-senior year requirements 60 



PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the stu- 
dent with the problems of organization and con- 
trol in the field of production management. Theory 
and practice with reference to organization, poli- 
cies, methods, processes and techniques are sur- 
veyed, analyzed and evaluated. 

The courses in addition to those required of all 
students in the Department of Business Adminis- 
tration are: 

Semester 
Hours 



(D 



The following required courses: 

BSAD 321 — Cost Accounting 3 

BSAD 360 — Personnel Management 3 

BSAD 385 — Production Management 3 

BSAD 485 — Advanced Production Management .... 3 



Total required 1 2 



and 

(2) six hours from the following: 

BSAD 433 — Statistical Decision Theory in Business 

BSAD 353 — Industrial Marketing 

BSAD 362— Labor Relations 

BSAD 332 — Operations Research for Management 
Decisions 



Total 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at 
least one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 

430, or 440 6 

Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for 

graduation 21 

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 

MANAGEMENT SCIENCE— STATISTICS 

In the management — statistics curriculum, the 
student will have the option of concentrating pri- 
marily in statistics or primarily in management 
science. The two options are described below. 

THE STATISTICS OPTION 

Statistics consists of a body of methods for 
utilizing probability theory in decision-making 
processes. Important statistical activities ancillary 
to the decision-making process are the systema- 
tization of quantitative data and the measurement 
of variability. Some specialized areas within the 
field of statistics are: sample surveys, forecasting, 
quality control, design of experiments, Bayesian 
decision processes, actuarial statistics, and data 
processing. Statistical methods — for example, 
sample survey techniques — are widely used in ac- 
counting, marketing, industrial management, and 
government applications. 

An aptitude for applied mathematics and a de- 
sire to understand and apply scientific methods 
to significant problems are important prerequi- 
sites for the would-be statistician. 

Students planning to major in statistics must 
take MATH 140-141. 

Students selecting this curriculum will take, in 
addition to the courses required for all students in 
the Department of Business Administration: 

(1) The following required courses: 

Semester 
Hours 

BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in Business 3 

BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 3 

BSAD 432 — Sample Surveys in Business and Economics 3 
BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical Analysis For Business 
and Management 3 

and 

(2) six semester hours from the following: 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 

BSAD 450 — Marketing Research Methods 

BSAD 433 — Statistical Decision Theory in Business 

BSAD 435 — Operations Research II 

BSAD 436 — Applications of Mathematical Programming 

in Management Science 
STAT 400— Probability and Statistics I 6 

Totals 18 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 97 



THE MANAGEMENT SCIENCE OPTION 

Management Science — Operations Research 
can be defined as the application of scientific 
methodology by interdisciplinary teams to prob- 
lems involving the control of organized man- 
machine systems so as to provide solutions which 
best serve the purposes of the organization as a 
whole. 

Practitioners in this field are employed by large 
organizations (military, governmental, private in- 
dustrial, private consulting) to analyze operations 
in the light of organizational goals and recommend 
changes requisite to goal fulfillment. 

Students planning to major in this field must 
complete MATH 140-141 prior to junior stand- 
ing. Students considering graduate work in this 
field should complete MATH 240-241 as early as 
possible in their careers. Note MATH 240-241 
may be counted as upper division elective credit. 

Students electing this curriculum will take, in 
addition to the courses required for all students in 
the Department of Business Administration: 

(1) The following required courses: 

BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in Business ... 3 

BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 3 

BSAD 435 — Operations Research II 3 

BSAD 436 — Applications of Mathematical Pro- 
gramming in Management Science 3 

Total 12 

and 

(2) Six semester hours from the following: 
BSAD 430 — Sample Surveys in Business and 

Economics 
BSAD 432 — Statistical Decision Theory in Business 
BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical Analysis For 

Business and Management 
STAT 400— Applied Probability & Statistics I 
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 
IFSM 410 — Information Processing Problems of 

Administrative, Economic, and Political 

Systems 
IFSM 436 — Introduction To System Analysis 
BSAD 385 — Production Management 
BSAD 485 — Advanced Production Management 6 

Total 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are for both options: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at least 

one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 430, or 440 . 6 

Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation .. 21 

Total junior-senior requirement 60 

TRANSPORTATION 

Transportation involves the movement of per- 
sons and goods in the satisfaction of human 
needs. The curriculum in transportation includes 
an analysis of the services and management prob- 
lems, such as pricing, financing, and organization, 
of the five modes of transport — air, motor, pipe- 
lines, railroads, and water — and covers the scope 
and regulation of transportation in our economy. 



The effective management of transportation in- 
volves a study of the components of physical dis- 
tribution and the interaction of procurement, the 
level and control of inventories, warehousing, ma- 
terial handling, transportation, and data process- 
ing. 

The curriculum in transportation is designed to 
prepare students to assume responsible positions 
with carriers, governmental agencies, and traffic 
and physical distribution management in industry. 

Course requirements are, in addition to the 
junior-senior requirements for all students in the 
Department of Business Administration: 

(1) The following required courses: 
BSAD 332 — Operations Research for 

Management Decisions 3 

BSAD 370 — Principles of Transportation 3 

BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution 

Management 3 

BSAD 470— Motor Transportation 3 

BSAD 473 — Advanced Transportation Problems .... 3 

Total 15 

and 

(2) Three semester hours to be selected from the following: 
BSAD 471 — Water Transportation 

BSAD 472 — Commercial Air Transportation 
BSAD 474 — Urban Transport and Urban 

Development 
BSAD 481— Public Utilities 
BSAD 392 — Introduction to International Business 

Management 3 

Total required 18 

Thus, the upper division requirements are: 

Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15 

Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18 

Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at least 

one of which must be ECON 401. 403. 430 or 440 6 
Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation . . 21 

Total junior-senior year requirements 60 

COMBINED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 
AND LAW PROGRAM 

The Department of Business Administration of- 
fers a combined Business Administration-Law Cur- 
riculum in which the student completes three 
years in the General Curriculum in Business Ad- 
ministration in the department and a fourth year 
of work in the Law School of the University of 
Maryland. Admission to the Law School is con- 
tingent upon meeting the applicable standards of 
that school. Individual students are responsible 
to secure from the Law School its current admis- 
sion requirements. The student must complete all 
the courses required of students in the depart- 
ment, the courses normally required for the gen- 
eral curriculum in Business Administration through 
the junior year, and enough credits to equal a 
minimum of 90 semester hours. No business law 
course can be included in the 90 hours. The last 
year of college work before entering the Law 
School must be completed in residence at College 



98 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Park. At least 30 hours of work must be in courses and basic sciences of mathematics, physics and 

numbered 300 or above. chemistry— to process industries concerned with 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred the chemical transformation of matter. The chemi- 

upon students who complete the first year in the cal engineer is primarily concerned with research 

Law School with an average grade of C or better. and process development leading to new chemi- 
cal process ventures or a better understanding 

cou,se code P,e.i*-B S AD of exjstmg ones; wjtn the efficjent operation of 

the complete chemical plants or its component 

BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC units; with the technical services engineering re- 

RESEARCH quired for improving and understanding chemical 

T , , ,. , .. . _ plant operation and the products produced; with 

The functions of the Bureau of Business and Tu Q „t,<T„,-„„i „ , ^ K K . . . ..' , 

t- „ r> 'he chemical sales and economic distribution of 

Economic Research are research, education and th . „ hQmi „ , „,„„♦ M , L .7. .1 

Dublic service chemical plant product; and with the general 

management and executive direction of chemical 

The research activities of the bureau are pri- process industry plants and industrial complexes, 

manly focused on basic research in the field of re- Because of this wide range of ultimate applica- 

gional, urban and environmental studies. Although tion> tne che mjcal engineer finds interesting and 

the Bureau's long-run research program is carried diverse career opportunities in such varied fields 

out largely by its own staff, faculty members from as chemical (inorganic and organic) food proc- 

other departments also participate. The bureau e ssing and manufacture, metallurgical nuclear 

also undertakes cooperative research programs and energy conversion, petroleum (refining pro- 

with the sponsorship of federal and state govern- duction, or petrochemical), and pharmaceutical 

mental agencies, research foundations and other industries. Additional opportunities are presented 

9 r0U P s - by the research and development activities of 

The educational functions of the bureau are many public and private research institutes and 

achieved through active participation by advanced allied agencies. 

graduate and undergraduate students in the bu- The Chemical Engineering Department offers 

reau's research program. This direct involvement a curriculum to prepare the undergraduate for a 

of students in the research process under faculty challenging career in any of the aforementioned 

supervision assists students in their degree pro- fields of interest— a curriculum that will prepare 

grams and provides research skills that equip him for continued graduate study or immediate 

students for responsible posts in business, gov- industrial employment following the baccalaureate 

emment and higher education. degree. 

The bureau observes its service responsibilities The program is developed around three areas: 

to government, business, and private groups pri- chemical, materials and nuclear engineering. In 

marily through the publication and distribution of addition, the development of programs in applied 

its research findings. In addition, the bureau staff polymer science, and biological and environ- 

welcomes the opportunity to be of service to gov- mental health engineering has been initiated, 

ernmental, business and private groups by con- These new programs are interdisciplinary with 

suiting with them on problems in business and other departments of the University, 
economics, particularly those related to regional 

development. BASIC freshman year 

Semester 
Course No. and Title I n 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING HLTH 105-Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry*' .. 4 4 

Professor and Department Chairman: Marchello. phys 161— General Physics 3 

Professors: Arsenault,** Beckmann, Duffey, Go- math 140. 141— Analysis 1. 11 44 

■ » 1 l. * o u -1 o-i ♦ ENES 101 — Intro Enqr. Science 3 

mezplata, Johnson,* Schroeder, Silverman,* ENES 110 _ Mechanics ... '3 

Smith and Skolnick.** General Education Courses ..... ...... 3 3 

Associate Professors: Almenas,* Bolsaitis,** Cad- Physical Activities (1) (1) 

man, Gentry, Munno,* Regan, Roush,*** and T , , „ . 

„ . «. ' » - > Total Credits 17 18 

Spain. 

Assistant ProfeSSOrS: Blair,* Hatch, Kugelman, ••Oualltiod students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs. each) 

Sheaks,* and Spivak.**** ins,ead °' CHEM 103 and 104 - 

Part-Time Professors: Goldman,* and Hoffman. Students who are not prepared to schedule 

Lecturers: Belcher,* Dednck and Paauwe. MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 

(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- 

Chemical engineering involves the application sion be f re the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 

ofjsound engineering and economic principles— does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 

• Member of Nuclear Engineering Faculty group. of an engineering degree it is a prepara- 

•• Member ot Engineering Materials Faculty group. tOry COUTSe. Otherwise, Students Will Schedule 

Joint Appointment with Phystcs. .. . - 

••••joint Appointment with Textiles. their freshman year as showing in the following: 

Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 99 



ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 

Course No. and Title I M Summer 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" ... 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 115— Intro, to Analysis "• 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 1 10 — Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities (1) 0) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 

"Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs. each) 
instead of CHEM 103 and 104. 
•■•MATH 115 is an additional course tor those students who do net quality 
to begin with MATH 140. 

Semester 
SOPHOMORE YEAR I II 

General Education Course 3 

MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 246 — Differential Equations 3 

PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3 

CHEM 201, 203— College Chemistry III, IV 3 3 

CHEM 204 — College Chemistry Laboratory 

IV 2 

ENCH 215 — Chemical Engineering Anal- 
ysis I 3 

ENCH 250 — Chemical Engineering Anal- 
ysis II 2 

Total 17 17 

Semester 

JUNIOR YEAR I II 

General Education Courses 3 3 

ENCH 440 — Chemical Engr. Kinetics .... 3 
ENCH 442 — Chemical Engineering Systems 

Analysis and Dynamics . . 2 

ENCH 443 — Dynamics and Control Lab. . . . . 1 

CHEM 481, 482— Physical Chemistry 3 3 

CHEM 430 — Chemical Measurements 

Laboratory I 3 

Technical Elective • • 2 

ENCH 295— Chemical Process Thermo . . 3 
ENCH 425, 427 — Transfer and Transport 

Processes I, II 4 3 

Total 16 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

General Education Courses 6 3 

ENEE Electives 3 

ENCH 333— Seminar 1 

ENCH 437 — Chemical Engneering Lab. . . 3 

ENCH 445 — Process Engr. and Design ... .. 3 

ENCH 447 — Chem. Engineering Econ 

Technical Electives* 4 7 

Total 16 16 

Course Code Prefix— ENCH 

•At least nine credits of technical electives must be taken at the 300 level. 

CHEMISTRY 

Professor and Chairman: Vanderslice. 

Professor and Associate Chairman: Jaquith. 

Professors: Castellan, deZeeuw, Gardner, Goldsby, 
Gordon, Grim, Henery-Logan, Holmlund, Kee- 
ney, Lippincott, Pickard, Ponnamperuma, Pratt, 
Purdy, Reeve, Rollinson, Stewart, C. F. Stuntz, 
Svirbely (Emeritus), Veitch, White (Emeritus). 



Visiting Professors: Breger, Reiman, Rose. 

Research Professor: Bailey. 

Associate Professors: Ammon, Bellama, Boyd, 
Davis, DeVoe, Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler, Khanna, 
Lakshmanan, Martin, Mazzocchi, Miller, O'Hav- 
er, Sampugna, Staley, Viola, Walters. 

Assistant Professors: Campagnoni, Hanson, Helz, 
Moore, Murphy, Olin, Sommer, Zoller. 

Instructors: Gamble, Ingangi, S. M. Stuntz. 

Lecturer: Heikkinen. 

The curriculum in chemistry is centered around 
a basic core of 30 credits (18 lower-division and 
12 upper-division) in chemistry. An additional two 
credits must be chosen from among other upper- 
division courses in chemistry. The program is de- 
signed to provide the maximum amount of flexi- 
bility to students seeking preparation for either 
the traditional branches of chemistry or to inter- 
disciplinary fields. Students wishing a degree pro- 
gram specifically certified by the American Chem- 
ical Society must elect more than the minimum 
number of elective credits in chemistry, and must 
choose judiciously among the upper-division 
courses offered. In addition, the ACS-certified de- 
gree program presently requires the use of Ger- 
man or Russian to satisfy College of Arts and 
Sciences language requirements. Students not de- 
siring to follow an ACS-certified program may 
choose other languages for this purpose. 

A sample program, listing only the required or 
recommended courses, is given below. It is ex- 
pected that each semester's electives will in- 
clude courses intended to satisfy the general re- 
quirements of the University or of the College of 
Arts and Sciences, plus others of the student's 
choice. 

FIRST YEAR 



Chem 103 or 105 4 

Math 140" 4 

Electives 7 

15 



Chem 104 or 106 4 

Math 141* 4 

Electives 7 

15 



•Students initially placed in MATH 115 will delay MATH 140 and 141 
one semester. 

SECOND YEAR 



Chem 201 or 211 3 

Chem 202 or 212 2 

Physics 141 4 

Electives 6 

15 



Chem 203 or 213 3 

Chem 204 or 214 2 

Physics 142 4 

Electives 6 

15 



THIRD YEAR 

Chem 430 3 Chem 431 3 

Chem 481 3 Chem 482 3 

Electives 9 Electives 9 



15 



15 



FOURTH YEAR 

. ... 15 Electives 15 



For American Chemical Society certification 
the electives must include CHEM 401, 421, and 



100 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



443, plus two of the following: 398 or 399, 433, 441, 
461, 473, 474 or 485. An advanced course in 
mathematics or physics that has a prerequisite 
of MATH 141 may be substituted for one of these 
courses. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

The Chemistry Department also offers a major 
in biochemistry. The program requires one of the 
lower-division chemistry sequences; Chemistry 
461 and 462; Chemistry 481 and 482; Chemistry 
430 and 464; and nine credits of approved biologi- 
cal science that must include at least one upper- 
division course. A sample program, listing only 
the required courses, is given below. It is ex- 
pected that each semester's electives will include 
courses intended to satisfy the general require- 
ments of the University or of the College of Arts 
and Sciences, plus others of the student's choice. 

FIRST YEAR 

Chem 103 or 105 4 Chem 104 or 106 4 

Math 140' 4 Math 141 4 

Electives* * 7 Electives 7 



15 



15 



•Students initially placed in MATH 115 will delay MATH 140 and 141 
one semester. 
•*lt is suggested that the first year electives include at least one 
course in biological science. 

SECOND YEAR 

Chem 201 or 21 1 3 Chem 203 or 213 3 

Chem 202 or 212 2 Chem. 204 or 214 2 

Physics 141 4 Physics 142 4 

Electives 6 Electives 6 



15 



THIRD YEAR 



15 



Chem 481 3 Chem 482 3 

Chem 430 3 Chem 464 2 

Chem 461 3 Chem 462 3 

Electives 6 Electives 7 



15 



FOURTH YEAR 
Electives 15 Electives 



15 



The Chemistry Department's Honors Program 
begins in the junior year. Interested students 
should see the Departmental Honors Committee 
for further information. 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in 
the fundamentals of both the physical and biologi- 
cal sciences. It may be adjusted through the se- 
lection of electives to fit the student for work in 
agricultural experiment stations, soil bureaus, geo- 
logical surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer indus- 
tries, and those handling food products. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
16 credit hours from the following courses: 



Semester 
Credit Hours 
BOTN 100 — General Botany . A 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology . . 4 

and 
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II ....4,4 

REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS: 

CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3 

CHEM 204 — College Chemistry IV Laboratory 2 

CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3 

CHEM 202— College Chemistry III Laboratory 2 

CHEM 421 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis or 3 

CHEM 321 — Quantitative Analysis 4 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

GEOL 100 — Geology 3 

MATH 141— Analysis II 4 

Modern Languages 12 

PHYS 141— Principles of Physics 4 

PHYS 142— Principles of Physics 4 

Electives in Biology 6 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6 

Course Code Prefix— CHEM 

CHILD STUDY, INSTITUTE FOR 

Faculty: Edward Ansello, Stanley Bennett, B. Lu- 
cile Bowie, John Chapin, Marie Davidson, Laura 
Dittmann, John Eliot, Charles Flatter, Albert 
Gardner, Jacob Goering, Harry Green, Robert 
Hardy, Agnes Hatfield, Robert Huebner, E. Joan 
Huntt, John Kurtz, David G. Kyle, Howard Long, 
Richard Matteson, Garry McDaniels, Madelaine 
Mershon, Frank Millhollan, H. Gerthon Morgan, 
Hugh Perkins, Saul Rogolsky, John Shiflett, Bon- 
nie Tyler, Stephen Wolk. 

The Institute for Child Study carries on the 
following activities: (1) It undertakes basic re- 
search in human development; (2) It synthesizes 
research findings from many sciences that study 
human beings; (3) It plans, organizes and provides 
consultant service programs of direct child study 
by in-service teachers in individual schools or in 
municipal, county or state systems; (4) It offers 
course programs and field training to qualified 
graduate students, preparing them to render ex- 
pert consultant service to schools and for college 
teaching of human development. 

Undergraduate courses and workshops are de- 
signed for prospective teachers, in-service teach- 
ers and other persons interested in human de- 
velopment. Certain prerequisities are set up with- 
in the course sequences, but these prerequisites 
are modified by the student's previous experience 
in direct study of children. 



Course Code Prefix— EDHD 

CHINESE PROGRAM 

Assistant Professor and Chairman: Chin. 

Lecturer: Loh. 

Instructors: Chen and Wang. 

The Program offers two series of courses, the 
language series and the content series. The Ian- 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 101 



guage series consists of (our levels of instruc- 
tion. These are the elementary, the intermediate, 
the advanced, and a level of specialized courses 
such as Readings from Chinese History, Classi- 
cal Chinese, etc. In addition, there is a course en- 
titled Review of Elementary Chinese to bridge 
the gap between Elementary and Intermediate 
Chinese for those students who have had some 
exposure to the language but who are not ready 
for Intermediate Chinese. 

The content series contains courses in Chinese 
civilization, literature, and linguistics. They do 
not presuppose previous training in the Chinese 
language except for Chinese Linguistics which is 
a course dealing with the sounds and grammatical 
systems of the Chinese language and its compari- 
son with English. Since the illustrative materials 
in this course are in Chinese, the completion of 
Intensive Elementary Chinese or its equivalent 
is required. 

The elementary Chinese course is intensified, 
meeting 8 hours a per week, for which students re- 
ceive 12 credits in one year (6 per semester). The 
intensive program is designed to give students a 
solid foundation of the language in all four skills 
of speaking, hearing, reading, and writing (char- 
acters). The instructional approach is audio-ling- 
ual and communication-oriented. 

Presently the Program offers a minor in Chinese. 
It consists of 18 credit hours of which 6 must be 
in Chinese Linguistics. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Professor and Department Chairman: Ragan. 

Professors: Carter, Lepper, Otts. 

Associate Professors: Birkner, Cookson, Cournyn, 

Garber, Heins, Israel, Piper, Sternberg and 

Wedding. 
Assistant Professors: Albrecht, Colville, Haefner, 

Hall, Harris, McCuen and Witzcak. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

Civil engineering is concerned with the plan- 
ning, design, construction and operation of large 
facilities associated with man's environment. 
Civil engineers specialize in such areas as en- 
vironmental engineering, transportation systems, 
structures, water resource development, water 
supply and pollution control, urban and regional 
planning, construction management, and air pol- 
lution control. Many civil engineers enter private 
practice as a consulting engineer or start their 
own business in the construction industry. Others 
pursue careers with local, state, and federal agen- 
cies or with large corporations. 

The undergraduate program is founded on the 
basic sciences and emphasizes the development 
of a high degree of technical competence. The 
program orients the student toward computer aid- 
ed design techniques and prepares him to incor- 
porate new concepts that will develop during his 



professional career. Further, the program stresses 
the balance between technical efficiency and the 
needs of society. The graduate is prepared to en- 
ter one of the areas mentioned above, or he can 
move into new areas specialization such as ocean- 
ographic engineering or the development of fa- 
cilities for extra-terrestrial environments. 

At no time has man been more concerned with 
the quality of his environment. Man is concerned 
with broad environmental problems such as pollu- 
tion and the operation of his transportation sys- 
tems. Man is also concerned with problems such 
as a need for new approaches in the design and 
construction of buildings. The civil engineering 
profession faces the greatest challenge in its his- 
tory as it assumes a central role in the solution 
of the physical problems facting the urban-region- 
al complex. 

BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 

Course No. and Title I II 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .. 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics . . 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110— Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- 
sion before the Fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 
of an engineering degree it is a prepara- 
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule 
their freshman year as showing in the following: 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR Semester 

Course No. and Title I II Summer 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2) 
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" ..4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 115 — Intro to Analysis *** 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 

••Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr hr> 
each) instead ot CHEM 103 and 104. 
'"MATH 115 is an additional course tor those students who do not quality 
to begin with MATH 140. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR I II 

General Education Courses 3 3 

MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENCE 221 — Introduction to Environmetnal 

Engineering 3 

ENCE 280 — Engineering Survey 

Measurements 3 

Total 17 17 



102 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Semester 

JUNIOR YEAR I II 

General Education Course . . 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals ol Economics . 3 
ENCE 360 — Numerical Analysis and 

Computer Programming . . 3 

ENCE 381— Applied Math, in Engr 3 

ENME 215— Principles of Mech. Engr .. 3 

ENCE 350 — Fundamentals of Structural 

Analysis 3 

ENCE 351 — Basic Structural Design 3 

ENCE 330— Basic Fluid Mechanics 3 

ENCE 300 — Fundamentals of Engineering 

Materials 3 

ENCE 340 — Basic Soil Mechanics 3 

ENCE 370 — Fundamentals of Transportation 

Engineering 3 

Technical Elective (See Note B) " . . 3 

Total 18 18 

SENIOR YEAR 

General Education Courses 3 3 

ENCE 460 — Computer Analysis 3 

ENCE 420, 421— Basic Civil Engineering 

Planning 2 1 

Technical Electives (See Note B) 6* 6* 

Extra-Departmental Electives (See Note A) 3 3 

ENEE 300 — Fundamentals of Elec. Engr 3 

Total 17 16 

•These numbers represent five three-semester-credit courses. Additional 
semester credits will be involved to the extent that courses carrying more 
than three credits are selected. 

NOTES CONCERNING ELECTIVES: 

The student shall, with the assistance of his 
advisor, select a coherent program of electives 
in accordance with the following: 

A. Six (6) elective credits (two courses) must be 
taken outside the Department of Civil Engi- 
neering. Three credits must be in a field re- 
lated to economics, management or business 
law. The other three are at the choice of the 
student. 

B. Five technical elective courses (15-18 credits) 
must be taken as specified below: 

(1) A two-course sequence must be taken from one of the 
following: 

(a) ENCE 410. 411, 412 

(b) ENCE 430, 431, 432 

(c) ENCE 433, 434, 435 

(d) ENCE 440, 441, 400 

(e) ENCE 450, 451 
(f) ENCE 461, 462 

(g) ENCE 470, 471, 472 

(2) Three courses may be selected from any 400 level elec- 
tives offered by the Department. With departmental ap- 
proval, one of the three may be a suitable technical 
elective outside the Department. 

Course Code Prefix — ENCE 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND 
LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: Avery. 
Associate Professor: Hubbe. 
Lecturer: Iverson. 
Instructor: Clapper. 

Major in Latin: LATN 101, 102, 203 and 204 or 
their equivalent must have been completed before 



a student may begin work on a major. A major 
consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours be- 
ginning with LATN 305, twelve hours of which 
must be taken in 400-level courses. In addition, a 
student majoring in Latin will be required to take 
as supporting courses LATN 170, HIFN 456, and 
HIFN 410. He is urged to pursue a strong support- 
ing program in Greek. The following courses are 
recommended as electives: HIST 251 and 252, 
ARTH 402 and 403, and PHIL 310. No course in 
the Latin language with a grade less than C may 
be used to satisfy major requirements. 

Normally no placement tests are given in the 
classical languages. The following schedule will 
apply in general in determining the course level at 
which students will register for Latin. 

Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will register 
for LATN 101. 

Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for 
LATN 203. 

Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for 
LATN 204. 

Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for 
LATN 305. 

However, those presenting 2, 3 or 4 units of pre- 
paratory work may register initially for the next 
higher course by demonstrating proficiency 
through a placement test. Students whose stage 
of achievement is not represented here are urg- 
ently invited to confer with the chairman of the 
department. Students who wish to continue the 
study of Greek should likewise confer with the 
chairman of the department. No credit will be given 
for less than two semesters of elementary Latin 
or Greek except as provided in the course de- 
scriptions of LATN and GREK 101. 



Course Code Prefixes— LATN. GREK 

COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE PROGRAM 

Advisory Committee on Comparative Literature 

Freedman, G. Jones, R. T. Swigger, W. 

MacBain, C. Hering, and G. Nemes. 
Professors: Goodwyn, Jones. 
Associate Professors: Berry, Greenwood, Perloff, 

Salamanca, Smith, and Walt. 
Assistant Professors: Swigger, Gilbert, and Sal- 

chenberger. 

Undergraduates may emphasize comparative lit- 
erature as they work toward a degree in one of 
the departments of literature. Each student will be 
formally advised by the faculty of his "home" de- 
partment. In general, every student will be re- 
quired to take CMLT 401 and CMLT 402, and, dur- 
ing his last year, CMLT 496. The various literature 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 103 



departments concerned will have additional spe- 
cific requirements. 

Students emphasizing comparative literature are 
expected to develop a high degree of competence 
in at least one foreign language. 

Course work may not be limited to the nine- 
teenth and twentieth centuries. 

LATN 170 is highly recommended. 



Course Code Prefix— CMLT 

COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Professor and Director of Computer Science 

Center: Atchison. 
Professors: Chu, 1 Edmundson,- Glasser, :i Heilprin, ' 

Kanal, Minker. 
Research Professors: Ortega,- "' Rheinboldt,- Ros- 

enfeld. 
Associate Professors: Austing, Fix, r ' Vandergraft. 
Assistant Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Deutsch, 

Feldman, Hagerty, Hamlet, McClellan, Mills, 

Noonan, Zelkowitz. 
Instructor and Associate Director of Computer 

Science Center: Menard. 
Instructors: Doyle, Milgram, Nagel, VanderBrug. 
Lecturer: Lay. 

The education program in computer science 
offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Phi- 
losophy degrees in computer science. It includes 
undergraduate as well as graduate courses for 
students in any academic program. Basic under- 
graduate courses are designed to offer students in 
all fields an introduction to the use of computers. 
Advanced undergraduate courses offer suitable 
preparation for graduate study in computer sci- 
ence or supporting work for students majoring in 
other areas. 

A Bachelor of Science degree program is being 
developed. Information about its availability may 
be obtained from the Education Office of the Com- 
puter Science Center. 

Computing service for all academic activities of 
the University is provided by the Computer Sci- 
ence Center which also conducts an active re- 
search program in computer and computer-related 
sciences. Computing equipment includes a Univac 
1108 system with numerous remote units. 

CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE 
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS 

The development and use of natural resources 
(including water, soil, minerals, fresh water and 
marine organisms, wildlife, air and human re- 
sources), are essential to the full growth of an 
economy. 



1 Joint appoinlmenl with Electrical Engineering. 

3 Joint appointment with Mathematics. 

3 Joint appointment with Physics and Astronomy, 

1 Joint appointment with Library and Intormation Services. 

1 Joint appointment with the Institute lor Fluid Dynamics and Applied 

Mathematics. 
Course Code Prefix — CMSC 



The curriculum in Conservation and Resource 
Development is designed to instill concepts of the 
efficient development and judicious management 
of natural resources. The study of the problems as- 
sociated with use of natural resources will ac- 
quaint students with their role in economic devel- 
opment while maintaining concern for the quality 
of the environment. 

Students will prepare for professional and ad- 
ministrative positions in land and water conserva- 
tion projects, for careers in operational, adminis- 
trative, educational, and research work in land use, 
fish and wildlife management, natural resource 
management, recreational area development, and 
management, or for graduate study in any of the 
several areas within the biological sciences. 

Students will pursue a broad education pro- 
gram and then elect subjects concentrated in a 
specific area of interest. A student will be assigned 
an advisor according to his area of interest. 

Students will be encouraged to obtain summer 
positions which will give them technical laboratory 
or field experience in their chosen interest area. 

The science requirement will be satisifed by completing 
the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT 

AGRI 301 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 

or 

AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3 

AGEN 100 — Introductory Agricultural Engineering 3 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

BOTN 211 — Principles of Conservation 3 

ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3 

GEOG 201— General Geography 

or 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

MATH 110,111 — Introduction to Mathematics 

(or MATH 1 15,140) 3,3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS — One of the following options 
must be fulfilled: 

PLANT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2 

BOTN 202 — General Botany 4 

BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2 

BOTN 464 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1 

HORT 171— Elements of Forestry 3 

Botany, Agronomy or related electives 6 

Electives 22 

FISH AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT 

ANSC 416— Wildlife Management S 

BOTN 202— General Botany 4 

ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4 

ZOOL 470— Animal Ecology 3 

PHYS 121,122— Fundamentals of Physics 4.4 

or 
MATH 220.221— Elementary Calculus 4,4 

or 1 semester of each 4 4 

Zoology or equivalent electives 7 

Electives 18 



104 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology 3 

AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3 

AREC 250, ECON 205 — Elements ot Agricultural 

Economics and Fundamentals of Economics 

or 

ECON 201.203 — Principles of Economics I. II 3.3 

GEOG 203 — Introductory Economic Geography 3 

ECOLOGY (BOTN or ZOOL) 3 

Electives — in a specialized field 9 

(Economics. Government and Politics, Community 

Development, Landscape Planning, Geography 

as approved by advisor.) 

Electives 20 

WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 

AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 3 

AGEN 435 — Aquacultural Engineering 3 

AGRO 413— Soil and Water Conservation 3 

AGRO 417— Soil Physics 3 

AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3 

GEOG 445 — Climatology 3 

GEOG 462— Water Resources and Water 

Resource Planning 3 

Ecology (BOTN or ZOOL) 3 

Electives 23 

PEST MANAGEMENT 

AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2 

AGRO 423 — Soil-Water Pollution 3 

AGRO 453— Weed Control 3 

BOTN 202— General Botany 4 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

ENTM 452 — Insecticides 2 

ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology 4 

ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4 

Electives 21 

COUNSELING AND 
PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Faculty: Thomas Allan, Janice M. Birk, Richard H. 
Byrne, Nancy Carlson, Selina S. Chasnoff, Mar- 
garet A. Colby, Julia Davidson, Timothy Els- 
more, Robert Freeman, Kenneth R. Greenberg, 
Larney Gump, John L. Haugen, Kenneth B. Hoyt, 
Eric Kafka, Wallace Kahn, George W. Kreiger, 
Richard Lawrence, Thomas Magoon, Phyllis R. 
Magrab, George L. Marx, Arnold Medvene, J. 
Winston Martin, Donald K. Pumroy, Philip Ray, 
David J. Rhoads, Otto Spielbichler, Herbert J. 
Stern, Franklin Westbrook. 

Programs of preparation are offered by the De- 
partment of Counseling and Personnel Services at 
the master's degree, advanced graduate special- 
ist, and doctoral degree levels for counselors in 
elementary and secondary schools, rehabilitation 
agencies, community agencies, college and uni- 
versity counseling centers. It also offers programs 
of preparation for other personnel services: col- 
lege student personnel administration, visiting 
teacher and psychological services in schools. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE 
AND CRIMINOLOGY 

Professor and Director: Lejins.* 
Criminology Program: 

Assistant Professor: Maida.* 

Lecturer: Debro.* 

Part-Time Lecturers: Courtless, Blake. 
Law Enforcement Curriculum: 

Assistant Professors: Ingraham, Johnson. 

Lecturer: Calder. 

Part-Time Lecturers: Murdy, Wolman. 

ADVISORY COUNCIL: The Advisory Council is 
made up of representatives of the areas of educa- 
tion, law, psychiatry, psychology, public adminis- 
tration, social work, sociology, and University Col- 
lege: Professor Richard P. Claude, Department of 
Government and Politics; Dean Stanley J. Drazek, 
University College; Professor Abraham Dash, 
School of Law; Dr. Jonas Rappeport, Psychiatric 
Institute; Professor Joan Hunt, Institute of Child 
Study; Dean Daniel Thursz, School of Social Work; 
Professor Robert S. Waldrop, Department of Psy- 
chology. 

ADVISORY BOARD: The Advisory Board is made 
up of representatives of the state agencies in the 
field of law enforcement and corrections, repre- 
sentatives of appropriate private agencies and or- 
ganizations as well as representatives of national 
agencies and organizations: Mr. Norman A. Carl- 
son, Director, Bureau of Prison, U.S. Department 
of Justice; Mr. Dulaney Foster, Chief Judge Su- 
preme Bench of Baltimore City; Mr. Robert J. 
Lally, Secretary, Department of Public Safety and 
Correctional Services, State of Maryland; Mr. Don- 
ald D. Pomerleau, The Police Commissioner, City 
of Baltimore; Mr. Milton G. Rector, Executive Di- 
rector, National Council on Crime and Delinquen- 
cy; Dr. E. Preston Sharp, General Secretary, The 
American Correctional Association; Mr. Quinn 
Tamm, Executive Director, International Associa- 
tion of Chiefs of Police. 

The purpose of the Institute is to provide an or- 
ganizational and administrative basis for the inter- 
ests and activities of the University, its faculty and 
students in the areas usually designated as law en- 
forcement, criminology and corrections. The Insti- 
tute is to promote study and teaching concerning 
the problems of crime and delinquency by offer- 
ing and coordinating academic programs in the 
area of law enforcement, criminology and correc- 
tions; managing research in these areas; and con- 
ducting demonstration projects. 

The Institute comprises as its component parts: 

1. The Criminology Program. 

2. The Law Enforcement Curriculum. 

3. The program leading to a Bachelor of Arts in 
General Studies with specializations in law 



Course Code Prefix— EOCP 



•Joint appointment with Sociology 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 105 



enforcement and corrections offered by the 
University College. 
4. Other appropriate divisions to be developed 
for the areas of research and demonstration 
projects. 

The major in criminology and corrections com- 
prises 30 hours of course work in criminology and 
law enforcement, divided as follows: 24 hours in 
criminology; 6 hours in law enforcement; 6 hours 
of methodology and statistics are required; sup- 
porting courses, 24 hours in sociology, psychol- 
ogy, government and politics and other social 
sciences (see recommended list in the Institute 
office). The major may be brought up to 36 hours. 
No grade lower than C may be used toward the 
major. 



Course Code Prefix— CRIM 

The major in law enforcement comprises 30 
hours of course work in law enforcement and crim- 
inology, the latter being offered as courses in the 
Criminology Program, divided as follows: 18, but 
not more than 24, hours in law enforcement; 6, but 
not more than 12 hours in criminology; 6 hours 
in methodology and statistics; supporting courses, 
18 hours in government and politics, psychology 
or sociology (see recommended list in the Insti- 
tute office). Student may use an additional 6 hours 
to bring the major up to 36 hours. No grade lower 
than C may be used toward the major. 

Course Code Prefix— LENF 

DANCE 

Professor and Chairman: Madden. 
Associate Professor: Rosen. 
Assistant Professors: Warren, Weaver and Witt. 
Visiting Lecturers: Aikens, Freeman and Nicks. 
Instructors: Brunner, Frank, Freivogel, McCann, 
Reynolds, Rooney and Sheppard. 

The offerings in the Department of Dance are 
intended to serve the needs of students who wish 
to make dance their major effort and also to pro- 
vide opportunity for those students who would like 
to explore the role of dance as an art form. 
Courses serve to develop knowledge of different 
cultures and arts by studying the place of dance 
in diverse societies, and in relation to other art 
forms. Guest artists are scheduled throughout the 
year, and from time to time a resident artist is 
teaching. 

For those students who choose to major in 
dance, the department provides courses of train- 
ing which prepare them for performance, choreog- 
raphy, and continuation of studies of dance and 
related arts at the graduate level. It is also pos- 
sible for the student to choose dance history, 
criticism or dance archives as a career. The cur- 
riculum includes music for dance and rhythmic in- 
vention as well as related theatre subjects. 



The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to those 
whose interest is basically in the cultural, perform- 
ing and composing aspects of the dance and 
teaching on the college level. The Bachelor of Sci- 
ence degree is offered with a major in teaching. 

It should be noted that the dance major pro- 
grams are demanding ones of faculty and students 
alike, implying the giving of time, energy and dedi- 
cation to the program. Students prepared to meet 
this challenge are warmly welcomed. 

Courses in dance theory, literature and tech- 
nique (modern, ballet, and ethnic) are open to all 
students who have completed the specified pre- 
requisites, acquired the equivalent experience or 
secured the permission of the chairman of the de- 
partment. Performing groups and a professional 
company are open to qualified students. 

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The Department requirement includes a core 
program of 14 hours in dance techniques and 24 
in theory and literature. Dance majors are required 
to take 12 hours in related disciplines, and to be 
in a technique course each semester. 

No course with a grade of less than C may be 
applied toward the fulfillment of the course re- 
quirements for a major in dance. 

Students are placed in technique classes ac- 
cording to their level of achievement and progress. 



Course Code Prefix— DANC 

EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

Early Childhood Education: Kathleen G. Amer- 
shek, Marilyn Church, Regina Goff, Sarah H. 
Leeper, Carol Seefeldt, Thomas D. Yawkey. 

Elementary Education: Evelyn Anderson, Robert 
B. Ashlock, Thomas A. Butler, Bruce W. Brig- 
ham, H. Beth Davey, Maureen Dietz, Robert V. 
Duffey, George Eley, Walter N. Gantt, Mary Anne 
Hall, Wayne L. Herman, Lloyd B. Hutchings, 
Richard K. Jantz, Martin L. Johnson, Susannah 
M. McCuaig, Sara A. Moretz, Richard W. O'Don- 
nell, Leo W. O'Neill, Jesse A. Roderick, Elisa- 
beth Schumacher, Dorothy D. Sullivan, V. Phil- 
lips Weaver, David L. Williams, John W. Wilson, 
Robert M. Wilson. 

The Department of Early Childhood-Elementary 
Education offers two undergraduate curricula lead- 
ing to the Bachelor of Science degree: 

1. Early Childhood Education — for the prepara- 
tion of teachers in nursery school, kinder- 
garten and primary grades (grades one, two 
and three). 

2. Elementary Education — for the preparation 
of teachers of grades one through six. 

Students who wish to become certificated teach- 
ers for nursery school and/or kindergarten must 
follow the early childhood education curriculum 



106 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



(1. above). Students who seek certification for 
teaching the intermediate grades must follow the 
elementary education curriculum (2. above). Stu- 
dents who plan to teach in the primary grades can 
achieve certification in either 1. or 2. 

After June commencement 1972, all students 
graduating in early childhood education or ele- 
mentary education will fulfill the requirements of 
the appropriate present curriculum or its counter- 
part as of June 1966, depending upon the date of 
admission to the Department of Early Childhood- 
Elementary Education. 

AREA OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION 

Students in early childhood-elementary educa- 
tion are required to develop within their degree 
programs an area of academic concentration con- 
sisting of a minimum of 18 semester hours, at least 
12 semester hours beyond required work in the 
area. Approved areas are: anthropology, astron- 
omy, botany, chemistry, economics, English, fine 
arts (art, dance, drama, and music), foreign lan- 
guage, geography, geology, health, history, mathe- 
matics, natural sciences (astronomy, botany, 
chemistry, geology, meteorology, physics, zoolo- 
gy), philosophy, physics, psychology, recreation, 
social science (economics, government and poli- 
tics, psychology, sociology), sociology, zoology. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

One hundred twenty (120) academic credits 
plus the four semester hours in required health 
and physical education are necessary for gradu- 
ation. At least 80 of the academic credits must be 
in fields other than education. 

EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

(Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary) 

The Early Childhood Education curriculum has 
as its primary goal the preparation of nursery 
school, kindergarten and primary teachers. 

Observation and student teaching are done in 
the University Nursery-Kindergarten School on the 
campus and in approved schools in nearby com- 
munities. 

Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science degree 
and meet the requirements for certification for 
teaching kindergarten, nursery school and pri- 
mary grades in Maryland, the District of Columbia, 
Baltimore and many states. Students should have 
had extensive experience in working with children 
prior to the junior year. 



Freshman Year 

ENGL 101— Composition or ENGL 171 — 

Honors Composition or alternate .... 

English Literature 

SPHR 202 — Fundamentals of General 

American Speech or 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking or 

SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 



HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of 
Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

MUSC 155— Fundamentals 3 

ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of Art Edu- 
cation or 
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3 

BOTN 100— General Botany or BIOL 101 or 
ENTM 100 — Insects or 

MICB 200— General Microbiology or 
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 3 or 4* 

ASTR 100 — Introduction to Astronomy or 
CHEM 103— General Chemistry or 

GEOL 100 — Geology or 
PHYS 111— Elements of Physics, Me- 
chanics, Heat and Sound 3 or 4* 

HIST 221— History of the U.S. to 1865 or 
HIST 222— History of the U.S. since 

1865 or 
HIST 223— Social and Cultural History 

of Early America or 
HIST 224— Social and Cultural History 

of Modern America or 
HIST 225— The U.S. in World Affairs . 3 

Approved elective 3 

15or16 16or17 



"Two of the three science requirements must be laboratory cour 



Sophomore Year 

English Literature 

MATH 210 — Elements of Mathematics.. 

MATH 211 — Elements of Geometry .... 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography 

ANTH 101 or ECON 201 Or ECON 205 or 
GNED 260 or GVPT 170 or GVPT 100 or 
GVPT 300 or PSYC 100 or SOCY 100 . . 

BOTN 100 or ENTM 100 or MICB 200 or 
ZOOL 101 or ASTR 100 or GEOL 100 or 
PHYS 111 or BIOL 101 

HIST 231 — Latin American History or 
HIST 241 — Western Civilization or 
HIST 242 — Western Civilization or 
HIST 251 — The Humanities or 
HIST 252 — The Humanities or 
HIST 253 — History of England and Great 

Britain or 
HIST 254 — History of England and Great 

Britain or 
HIST 261 — Far Eastern Civilization or 
HIST 262 — Far Eastern Civilization or 
HIST 271 — Islamic Civilization or 
HIST 272 — Islamic Civilization 

Approved elective 



•Two of the three science requirements must be laboratory courses. 



Junior Year 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 
Learning 

EDEL 301 — Science in the Elementary 
School 

EDEL 306 — Social Studies in the Ele- 
mentary School 

EDEL 332 — Student Teaching, 

Primary (8) » 

EDEL 313 — Mathematics in the Element- 
ary School 

EDEL 325 — The Teaching of Reading.. 

Approved electives 



1 Blocked with special sections of EDEL 301. 306. 313. and 325. 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 107 



Senior Year 

MUED 450 — Music in Early Childhood 
Education 3 

EDEL 303 — Activities & Materials in Early 
Childhood Education 3 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education.. 

EDEL 330 — Student Teaching, Nursery 
School (4) - 4 

EDEL 331 — Student Teaching, Kinder- 
garten (4) - 4 

EDEL 310— The Child and the 

Curriculum 2 

Approved electives 



■ Blocked with special sections ol EDEL 303. 310 and MUED 450. 

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 

This curriculum is designed for regular under- 
graduate students who wish to qualify for teaching 
positions in elementary schools. Students who 
complete the curriculum will receive the Bachelor 
of Science degree, and they will meet the Mary- 
land State Department of Education requirements 
for the Standard Professional Certificate in Ele- 
mentary Education. The curriculum also meets 
certification requirements in many other states, 
Baltimore and the District of Columbia. 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 
ENGL 101 or ENGL 171— Honors Comp- 
osition or alternate 3 

English Literature . . 3 

SPHR 202— Fundamentals of General 

American Speech or 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking or 

SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 3 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of 

Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

MUSC 155 — Fundamentals 3 

ARTE 100— Fundamentals of Art 

Education or 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design . .. 3 

BOTN 100— General Eotany or BIOL 101 or 

ENTM 100 — Insects or 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology or 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 3 or 4 

ASTR 100 — Introduction to Astronomy or 

CHEM 103 — General Chemistry or 

GEOL 100— Geology or 

PHYS 111— Elements of Physics; 

Mechanics, Heat and Sound . . 3 or 4* 

HIST 221— History of the U.S. to 1865 or 

HIST 222— History of the U.S. since 
1865 or 

HIST 223— Social and Cultural History 
of Early America or 

HIST 224 — Social and Cultural History 
of Modern America or 

HIST 225— The U.S. in World Affairs . 3 

Approved elective 3 

15or16 16or17 
•Two of the three science requirements must be laboratory courses. 

Sophomore Year 

English Literature 3 

MATH 210 — Elements of Mathematics.. 4 

MATH 211 — Elements of Geometry 4 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography .. 3 



ECON 201 or ECON 205 or ANTH 101 or 

GNED 260 or GVPT 170 or GVPT 100 or 

GVPT 300 or PSYC 100 or SOCY 100 3 3 

BOTN 100 or ENTM 100 or MICB 200 or 

ZOOL 101 or ASTR 101 or GEOL 100 or 

PHYS 111 or BIOL 101 3 or 4' 

HIST 231 — Latin American History or 

HIST 232 — Latin American History or 

HIST 241— Western Civilization or 

HIST 242— Western Civilization or 

HIST 251— The Humanities or 

HIST 252— The Humanities or 

HIST 253— History of England and Great 
Britain or 

HIST 254— History of England and 
Great Britain or 

HIST 261 — Far Eastern Civilization or 

HIST 262 — Far Eastern Civilization or 

HIST 271 — Islamic Civilization or 

HIST 272 — Islamic Civilization .. 3 

Approved Electives 3 3 

16or17 16 

"Two of the three science requirements must bo laboratory courses. 

Junior Year 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 6 or 6 

EDEL 302 — Science in the Elementary 

School 2 

EDEL 305 — Language Arts in the 

Elementary School . . 2 

EDEL 307— Social Studies in the 

Elementary School 2 

EDEL 314— Mathematics in the 

Elementary School . . 2 

EDEL 326— The Teaching of Reading.. 2 

Approved electives 2 or 8 3 or 9 

15 15 

Senior Year 
EDEL 333— Student Teaching in the 

Elementary School 16 

EDUC 301— Foundations of Education. 3 

EDEL 312— Art in the Elementary 

School or 

MUED 352 — Music for the Elementary 

Classroom Teacher or 

PHED 420— Physical Education for 

Elementary School 2 or 3 

Approved electives 9 

16 14or15 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCA- 
TION CURRICULUM— ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Students majoring in elementary education may 
pursue an area of specialization in elementary 
school physical education and health education. 
Students interested in this area should consult the 
Dean of the College of Physical Education, Rec- 
reation and Health. 

MUSIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM- 
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL 

Students majoring in elementary education may 
pursue an area of specialization in elementary 
school music education with vocal or instrumental 
emphasis, and thereby qualify for the Bachelor 
of Science certificate in special subjects. 

In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the 



108 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



following courses should be taken in addition to 
those required in the elementary education cur- 
riculum. Students are also required to pass the 
Musicianship Examination given by the Music Edu- 
cation Division before the students enroll for stu- 
dent teaching. (Students should consult their ad- 
visor in music education for details.) 

A. General Music, 18 semester hours. Music 
theory, MUSC 150, 151, 250 (3,3,4); music 
literature and history, MUSC 131, 331 (3,3); 
conducting, MUSC 490 (2). 

B. Applied Music, 14 semester hours divided 
between private and class instruction. Stu- 
dents must complete MUSC 209 on their ma- 
jor instrument. Students in the instrumental 
option elect six semester hours of class in- 
struction from MUSC 113-122; 213. 

C. Professional Courses, eight semester hours. 
Methods, MUED 462 for vocal emphasis, or 
MUED 410 (2) for instrumental emphasis; 
six semester hours of student teaching, (in- 
cluded in the 16 hours of student teaching 
required of Early Childhood-Elementary Edu- 
cation majors.) 

FOREIGN LANGUAGE— ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL (FLES) 

Foreign Language Curriculum — Early Child- 
hood-Elementary majors, foreign language majors, 
and secondary education foreign language majors 
are eligible for admission. Students interested in 
FLES should contact the Foreign Language Edu- 
cation advisor in the Department of Secondary 
Education for further information concerning the 
requirements for certification in FLES. 



Course Code Prefix— EDEL 

ECONOMICS 

Professor and Department Chairman: Dillard. 

Professors: Adelman, Almon, Bergmann, Bishop, 
Cumberland, Gruchy, McGuire, O'Connell, Ol- 
son, Schultze, Ulmer, and Wonnacott. 

Associate Professors: Aaron, Adams, Bennett, 
Clague, Dodge, Dorsey, Harris, Knight, Mc- 
Loone, Meyer, Singer, Straszheim, and Wein- 
stein. 

Assistant Professors: Atkinson, Betancourt, Boor- 
man, Christensen, Day, Denny, Greer, Harrison, 
Huh, King, Layher, MacRae, Madan, Peterson, 
Quails, Schiller, and Whitman. 

Instructors: Betts, Guelzo, McConnell, Neri, and 
Schwer. 

Lecturers: Amuzegar, Bailey, Bolino, Dardis, Hin- 
richs, Lady, Measday, Mills, Moore, Pierce, and 
Snow. 

The program of studies in economics is de- 
signed to meet the needs of students who wish 
to concentrate either on a major or minor scale 
in this division of the social sciences. Students 



who expect to enroll in the professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of 
business, public administration, foreign service, 
or social service administration will find courses 
in economics of considerable value to them in 
their later work. A student of economics should 
choose courses to meet the requirements for his 
major objective. If he expects to pursue graduate 
study, he should consult Graduate School An- 
nouncements for the general requirements for ad- 
vanced degrees. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ECONOMICS MAJOR 

In addition to the University requirements in 
General Education, the student majoring in eco- 
nomics is required to complete a minimum of 36 
semester hours in economics with an average 
grade of not less than C. Required courses are 
ECON 110, 201, 203, 401, and 403, and BSAD 230 
(Statistics). Economics 421 may be taken in lieu 
of BSAD 230 by those with a strong background 
and interest in mathematics. The lower division 
courses must be completed with an average grade 
of not less than C. 

Economics majors are expected to take ECON 
401 prior to taking ECON 430 or 440 and ECON 
403 prior to taking ECON 450, 454, 460 or 470. 
ECON 401 and 403 will provide the theoretical 
foundation for "sections recommended for the 
economics major." Special sections for economics 
majors may be offered in ECON 430 and 440. 

Other courses in economics to meet the re- 
quirements of the major are to be selected with 
the aid of a faculty advisor. Business administra- 
tion courses which may count as economics credit 
are BSAD 230, 330, 430, 431, 432, and 481. 

All economics majors must take six semester 
hours of mathematics. 

Economics majors may elect to take a foreign 
language or, in lieu of foreign language, may take 
BSAD 110 and GEOG 203, depending on their col- 
lege. 

An economics honors program is open to eco- 
nomics majors entering their junior year. Students 
must have an academic average of at least 3.0 
to be eligible for admittance to this program. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor and Chairman: DeClaris. 

Professors: Caceres, Chu, Durrani, Hochuli, Ligo- 
menides, Lin, Newcomb, Popov, Reiser, Rutelli 
(Emeritus), Taylor, Wagner and Weiss. 

Associate Professors: Abrams, Basham, Emad, 
Harger, Kim, Lee, Pugsley, Rao, Shabana, Si- 
mons, Torres and Tretter. 

Assistant Professors: Boston, Degtyar, Ephre- 
mides, Friedman, Gallman, LeVine, Levine, 
Lieberman, O'Grady, Paez, Rhee, Robinson, 
Silio, Zajac and Zaki. 

Lecturers: Colburn and Pottala. 

Instructors: Littlepage and Castro. 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 109 



The Electrical Engineering Department is now 
operating with a new B.S. curriculum. The change 
to the new program became effective in the spring, 
1973 semester. The description below briefly dis- 
cusses the salient features of the program. 

Flexibility is the main characteristic of the new 
program. The student can specialize more than 
before, or he can have a broader education, as he 
chooses. This is established through broader elec- 
tive structure both within and outside the Elec- 
trical Engineering Department. 

Specialization areas available to the student 
are: Biomedical, Circuits, Communications, Com- 
puters, Control, and Electrophysics. These areas 
include such fields as: Electronics, Integrated Cir- 
cuits, Bioelectronics, Solid State Devices, Lasers, 
Radar, Radio, Space Navigation, Information 
Theory, Telemetry, Antennas, Automatic Control, 
System Theory, Cybernetics, Computer Software 
and Hardware, Particle Accelerators, Electrome- 
chanical Transducers, Energy Conversion, and 
many others. 

Apprenticeship programs allow qualified under- 
graduate students to work with research laboratory 
directors in the Department, thus giving the stu- 
dent a chance for a unique experience in re- 
search and engineering design. 

Projects in Electrical Engineering allow under- 
graduate students to do independent study under 
the guidance of a faculty member in an area of 
mutual interest. 

A new Fundamentals Laboratory and several 
Specialty Laboratory courses have been estab- 
lished. These are self contained and may be 
taken independently of related theoretical courses. 
These laboratories provide theoretical and practi- 
cal experience in classical and modern topics 
using up to date equipment. 

The boundary between electrical engineering 
and applied mathematics or applied physics is be- 
coming steadily less distinct, particularly at the 
research level. Simultaneously, the technological 
problems and needs of society are becoming 
steadily more complex. The engineer is the inter- 
mediary between science and society. To solve 
the problems of modern society he must fully 
understand the most modern devices and me- 
thodologies available. To find the best solution he 
must have a very broad interdisciplinary educa- 
tion. To find a solution that is also acceptable to 
society he must be concerned with the economic, 
ecologic and human factors involved in the prob- 
lem. Finally, current research topics frequently re- 
quire a thorough knowledge of advanced mathe- 
matics and physics. 

The new curriculum of the Electrical Engineer- 
ing Department reflects the diverse requirements 
cited above. A basic mathematical, physical and 
engineering sciences foundation is established in 
the first two years. Once this foundation is estab- 
lished, the large number of electrical engineering 
courses and the flexibility of the elective system 



allow a student to specialize or diversify and to 
prepare for a career either as a practicing engi- 
neer or for more theoretically oriented graduate 
work. 

To go along with this freedom, the Department 
has a system of undergraduate advising. The stu- 
dent is encouraged to discuss his program and 
career plans with his advisor in order to get maxi- 
mum benefit from the new curriculum. 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 

Course No. and Title I II 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry** .. 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics .. 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- 
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 
of an engineering degree it is a prepara- 
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule 
their freshman year as showing in the following: 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 
Course No. and Title I II Summer 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry** .4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 115— Intro to Analysis '*' 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 

SOPHOMORE YEAR I II 

General Education Courses 3 3 

MATH 246 — Differential Equations . . 3 

MATH 241— Analysis III 4 

PHYS 262, 263— General Physics 4 4 

ENES 240 — Algorithmic Analysis and 

Computer Programming 2 

ENES 243 — Digital Computer Laboratory 1 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENEE 204 — Systems and Circuits I 3 

ENEE 250 — Computer Structures 3 

Total Credits 17 16 

JUNIOR YEAR I II 

MATH xxx — i Elective Advanced Math) .. 3 

ENEE 320 — Engineering Probability 3 

ENEE 380 — Electromagnetic Theory 3 

"Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrj 
each) instead ot CHEM 103 and 104 
'"MATH 115 is an additional court* lor thoae students who do not 
quality to begin with MATH 140 



110 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



ENEE 381 — Electromagnetic Wave 

Propagation 3 

ENEE 304 — Systems and Circuits II 3 

ENEE 305 — Fundamental Laboratory 2 

ENEE 322— Signal and System Theory ... 3 

ENEE 314— Electronic Circuits 3 

ENEE xxx — Specialty Elective Laboratory 2 

Electives" , . 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Total Credits 17 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

ENEE xxx — Specialty Elective I and II .... 3 3 

Electives* 9 9 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Total Credits 15 15 

•01 the twenty-one elective credits, a minimum ol three credits must 
be from electrical engineering, and a minimum of nine credits from 
other fields of engineering, mathematics, physics, or other suitable sci- 
entific disciplines. Three credits of free electives are allowed, and the 
remaining six credit hours are technical electives and may be taken 
from EE or other technical areas (including MATH. PHYSICS or other 
scientific fields). All elective courses must be of 300 level or higher. 
However, one course of less than the 300 level may be taken if that 
course is a prerequisite to a 300 level course or higher that the stu- 
dent wishes to pursue. In all cases the student's elective program must 
be approved by an electrical engineering advisor and. in addition, by 
the Office of Undergraduate Studies of the Electrical Engineering De- 
partment if a less than 300 level course is to be credited toward grad- 
uation. 

Technical electives available in Electrical Engi- 
neering are described in the course listings. Any 
course numbered 400 to 499 inclusive that is not 
specifically excluded in its description may be 
used as part of a technical elective program. Ap- 
proval by the student's faculty advisor of an in 
depth technical elective program is required. 
Specialty electives are listed below. 

Throughout the year students are urged to con- 
tact the Electrical Engineering Undergraduate 
Studies Office for advice or any other matters re- 
lated to their studies. 

For students planning to continue in graduate 
work, technical electives should be selected to 
provide the best possible preparation for the 
probable areas of graduate specialization. 

ENEE SPECIALTY ELECTIVES 

Circuits: 

ENEE 414— Network Analysis (3) 

ENEE 416— Network Synthesis (3) 
Communications: 

ENEE 420 — Communication Theory (3) 

ENEE 421 — Introduction to Information 
Theory (3) 
Biomedical: 

ENEE 434 — Introduction to Electrical 

Processes in Biology and Medicine I (3) 

ENEE 435 — Introduction to Electrical 

Processes in Biology and Medicine II (3) 
Computers: 

ENEE 444 — Logic Design of Digital Systems (3) 

ENEE 446 — Computer Architecture (3) 
Control: 

ENEE 460— Introduction to Control I (3) 

ENEE 462— Introduction to Control II (3) 



Electrophysics: 
ENEE 480 — Electromagnetic Properties of 

Materials (3) 
ENEE 481— Antenna (3) 

ENEE SPECIALTY ELECTIVE LABORATORIES 

ENEE 413— Electronics Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 445 — Computer Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 461— Control Systems Laboratory (2) 
ENEE 483 — Electromagnetic Measurements 
Laboratory (2) 

Or an approved laboratory research program (e.g., 

apprenticeship). 

ENGINEERING 
MATERIALS PROGRAM 

Professors: Armstrong,* Arsenault,** Asimow,* 

Marcinkowski,* and Skolnick.** 
Associate Professors: Bolsaitis,** and Spain.** 

Engineering materials is the study of the rela- 
tionship between structure and properties of ma- 
terials. The principles of physics, chemistry and 
mathematics are applied to metals, ceramics, 
polymers and composite materials used in indus- 
trial applications. In addition to the traditional area 
of metallurgy, engineering materials includes the 
fields of solid state physics and polymer and ma- 
terials science and their application to modern 
industrial problems. Because of the extensive use 
of materials, the engineer finds a wide variety of 
interesting career opportunities in many com- 
panies and laboratories. 

Programs of study in engineering materials at 
the undergraduate and graduate level are offered 
through the Chemical and Mechanical Engineer- 
ing Departments. Students may use Engineering 
Materials as a field of concentration in the Bache- 
lor of Science in Engineering Program. 

Course Code Prefix— ENMA 
'Member of Mechancial Engineering Department. 
"Member of Chemical Engineering Department. 

ENGINEERING 
SCIENCES PROGRAM 

Engineering science courses represent a com- 
mon core of basic material offered to students of 
several different departments. All freshman and 
sophomore students of Engineering are required 
to take ENES 101, ENES 110, ENES 220 and ENES 
221. Other ENES courses 230, 240, and 243 are 
specified by the different departments or taken by 
the student as technical electives. The responsi- 
bility for teaching the Engineering Science courses 
is divided among the Civil, Mechanical, Chemical 
and Electrical Engineering Departments. In addi- 
tion to the core courses noted above, several 
courses of general interest to engineering or non- 
engineering students have been given ENES des- 
ignations. 



Course Code Prefix— ENES 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 111 



ENGLISH LANGUAGE 
AND LITERATURE 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Russell- 

Professors: Bode, Breyer, Cooley (Emeritus), 
Fleming, Freedman, Hovey, Isaacs, Lawson, Lut- 
wack, McManaway, Manning, Mish, Murphy, 
Myers, Panichas, Russell, Schoeck, Whittemore, 
Zeeveld (Emeritus). 

Associate Professors: Andrews (Emerita), Barnes, 
Barry, Birdsall, Brown, Coleman, 1 Cooper, Fry, 
Gravely, Greenwood, Hamilton, G., Herman, 
Holton, Houppert, Howard, Jellema, Kenny, Kin- 
naird, Miller, Peterson, Perloff, Portz, Salaman- 
ca, Smith, G., Thorberg, Vitzthum, Walt, Ward, 
Weber (Emeritus), Wilson. 

Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Cate, Cothran, 
Dunn, Gallick, Hamilton, D., James,- Kelly, Ken- 
ney, Kimble, Kleine, Kolker, Levinson, 11 Martin, 
Moore, Rowe, Rutherford, Steinberg, Swigger, 
Tyson, Van Egmond, Weigant. 

Visiting Lecturers: Glazer, Jabbour. 

Instructors: Buhlig, 1 Demaree, Ference, Gold, Pot- 
ash, Schmeissner, Smith, N., Stevenson, Town- 
send, Trousdale. 

The English major requires 30 credits, suitably 
distributed as indicated in departmental announce- 
ments, beyond the General Education require- 
ments. A student may pursue a major with empha- 
sis in English, American or Comparative Litera- 
ture; in folklore, creative writing, or in linguistics; 
or in preparation for secondary school teaching. 
Students interested in secondary teaching should 
make it known to the department as early in their 
college career as possible. 

No course with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

In selecting minor or elective subjects, students 
majoring in English, particularly those who plan to 
do graduate work, should give special considera- 
tion to courses in French, German, Latin, philos- 
ophy, and history. 

HONORS 

The Department of English offers an honors program, pri- 
marily for majors but open to others with the approval of the 
Departmental Honors Committee. Interested students should 
ask for detailed information from an English department ad- 
visor no later than the beginning of their junior year. 



Course Code Prellx— ENGL 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor and Department Chairman: Bay. 
Professors: Bickley, Jones, Harrison, Messersmith, 

and Steinhauer. 
Associate Professors: Davidson and Menzer. 
Assistant Professors: Caron and Reichelderfer. 
Lecturers: Heimpel and Spangler. 



1 Joint appointment with Afro-American Studies Program. 
1 Joint appointment with College ot Education. 
1 Joint appointment with Dean's Office. 



This curriculum prepares students for various 
types of entomological positions or for graduate 
work in any of the specialized areas of entomol- 
ogy. Professional entomologists are engaged in 
fundamental and applied research in university, 
government, and private laboratories; regulatory 
and control activities with federal and state agen- 
cies; commercial pest control and pest manage- 
ment services; sales and development programs 
with chemical companies and other commercial 
organizations; consulting, extension work; and 
teaching. 

Most of the first two years of the currciulum is 
devoted to obtaining the essential background. In 
the junior and senior years there is an opportunity 
for some specialization or for electing courses in 
preparation for graduate work. Students contem- 
plating graduate work are strongly advised to elect 
courses in physics, modern foreign languages, 
mathematics, and biometrics. 

DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla 4 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry III and 

College Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2 

MATH 110, 111 — Introduction to Mathematics 3,3 

or MATH 140, 141 — Mathematical Analysis 4,4 

ZOOL 246— Genetics 4 

or BOTN 414 — General Plant Genetics 3 

or ANSC 201 — Basic Principles of Animal Genetics .... 3 
2 of the following 3 courses: 

BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3 

BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4 

CHEM 461— Biochemistry I 3 

ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3 

ENTM 421 — Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4 

ENTM 432 — Insect Morphology 4 

ENTM 442 — Insect Physiology 4 

2 of the following 3 courses: 

ENTM 451- — Economic Entomology 4 

ENTM 462 — Insect Pathology 3 

ENTM 472 — Medical and Veterinary Entomology 4 

ENTM 399— Special Problems 2 

ENTM 498— Seminar 1 

Electives 18-23 

Course Code Prefix— ENTM 

FAMILY AND COMMUNITY 
DEVELOPMENT 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Gaylin. 
Associate Professors: Lemmon, Myricks, Olson, 

Wilson. 
Assistant Professors: Brabble, Churaman, Rubin, 

Orvedal. 
Instructors: Cornelius, Garrison, Marshall, Miller, 

O'Dowd. 
Lecturer: Greenwald, Lieberman, Messersmith. 

The department of Family and Community De- 
velopment integrates and applies aspects of the 
natural and social sciences as well as the human 



112 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



arts — all of which enhance man's quest for a more 
fully functioning life. It places particular emphasis 
upon the allied departments within the College of 
Human Ecology which in turn addresses itself to 
the problems of man and his immediate environ- 
ment. 

Specifically Family and Community Develop- 
ment provides the applied human science gen- 
eralist with a firm foundation of knowledge of 
family and community dynamics leading to serv- 
ice, teaching, and research vocations. It also 
serves the University community by offering gen- 
eral courses germaine to problems of living in a 
complex society, and stresses the concept of the 
family as the working interface between man, his 
society and the world around him. 

There are four specific though related foci with- 
in the program leading to specialized areas of 
endeavor within the applied human sciences. 

I. Family Studies: This course of study stresses 
a working knowledge of the growth of in- 
dividuals throughout the life span with par- 
ticular emphasis on intergenerational 
aspects of family living. It examines the 
pluralistic family forms and life styles with- 
in our post technological complex society 
and the development of the individual with- 
in the family within the community. 

II. Community Studies: This program empha- 
sizes the processes of social change and 
the individual as agent within that process. 
It is grounded upon the knowledge of com- 
munity structure and the workings and inter- 
actions of the various subsystems. Its sum- 
mary goals are the identification and utili- 
zation of community resources for the en- 
hancement of a better life for the individuals 
within the social system. 

III. Management and Consumer Studies: This 
program focuses upon the use of resources 
of the home and its impact upon the com- 
munity. It examines the integration of in- 
dividual, familial, and societal values of our 
technological society for the purposes of 
goal implementation within that society. It is 
the area of study most directly concerned 
with quality of life and the preparing of the 
individual for effective consumer decisions 
through the understanding of the interrela- 
tionship of consumers, business, and gov- 
ernment. 

IV. Home Economics Education: Although often 
narrowly perceived as delimited to the role 
of educator within a secondary school set- 
ting, Home Economics Education has a 
larger purview and responsibility, i.e., that 
of introducing and implementing through 
education at all levels, the theories, skills 
and philosophy of the attainment of a bet- 
ter life for all men, women and children. 
Thus it is the major interpreter of the rami- 



fication and potential impact of Home Eco- 
nomics — the applied human sciences. 
These areas of concentration will prepare stu- 
dents for roles as family life educators, extension 
specialists, consumer consultants, mental health 
team members, and teachers of home economics 
at the secondary level. 

FAMILY STUDIES CURRICULUM 

Supportive courses will be selected from either 
Human Ecology or Sociology-Psychology. 

Typical Semester 

Freshman Year Hours 

ENGL 101, 201— Composition and Literature 6 

PSYC 100 3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life 3 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and 

Families or NUTR 100 or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

Biological Science 3-4 

Health and Physical Education Requirements (4) 

Total 31-32 

Typical Semester 

Sophomore Year Hours 

ENGL Requirement 3 

Physical Science 3-4 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

MATH Requirement 3 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3 

FMCD 260 — Family Relations 3 

Supportive Courses 6 

FMCD 270 or Elective 2-3 

Total 31-34 

Semester 
Junior Year Hours 

FMCD 431 — Family Crisis and Disintegration 3 

FMCD 330 — Family Patterns 3 

EDHD 413, 306 or 411 — Human Development 6 

History Requirement 6 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 3 

Supportive Courses 6 

Electives 6 

Total 33 

Semester 
Senior Year Hours 

FMCD 487 — Legal Aspects of Family Problems .... 3 

FMCD 485 — Introduction to Family Counseling 3 

FMCD 345 or 346 — Practicum or Living 

Experience with Families 3-6 

Supportive Courses 6 

Electives 15 

Total 30-33 

COMMUNITY STUDIES CURRICULUM 

Supportive courses will be chosen from the fol- 
lowing areas: 
Human Ecology courses. 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 113 



Sociology and/or psychology or family life 
courses in the Department of Family and Com- 
munity Development beyond the core require- 
ments. 

Government and/or economics, or management 
and consumer problems courses in the Depart- 
ment of Family and Community Development be- 
yond the core requirements. 

Semester 
Typical Freshman Year Hours 

ENGL Requirement 6 

Math Requirement 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

FOOD 110— Food & Nutr. of Individuals & Families OR 

NUTR 100 or HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3 

Biological Science 3-4 

APDS 101 — Fund, of Design or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

TEXT 105 — Tex. in Contemporary Living or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

Physical Education and Health Requirement (4) 

Total 34-35 

Semester 
Typical Sophomore Year Hours 

ENGL Requirement 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

CHEM 103 (or other Science) 3-4 

ECON 205 — Fund, of Economics 3 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3 

SPCH 107 or 100 — Public Speaking 2-3 

FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food or Elective. . . 3 

FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar or Elective 2-3 

History 3 

Supportive Courses 3 

Total 28-31 

Semester 
Typical Junior Year Hours 

FMCD 330— Family Pattern OR 

SOCY 443 3 

FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance 3 

SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction 3 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management OR 

FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption 3 

Supportive Courses 12 

Electives fi 

Total 30 

Semester 
Typical Senior Year Hours 

FMCD 345 — Practicum with Families OR 

FMCD 344— Residence Experience OR 

FMCD 346 — Living Experiences with Families 3 

FMCD 370 — Communication Skills 3 

SOCY 330 — Community Organization 3 

History Requirement 3 

Supportive Courses 9 

Electives 9 

Total 30 

MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMER 
STUDIES CURRICULUM 

Supportive courses will be selected in blocks 
from economics, business administration, public 
relations, sociology, psychology, family life, or 
consumer economics. 



Semester 
Typical Freshman Year Hours 

ENGL Requirement 3 

Math Requirement 3 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

CHEM 103, OR Physical Science Requirement 3-4 

FOOD 110 — Food & Nutr. of Individuals and Families 

or NUTR 100 or HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design or 

HUMAN ECOLOGY ELECTIVE 3 

Health and Physical Education Requirements (4) 

Total 30-32 

Semester 
Typical Sophomore Year Hours 

FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar or Elective 2-3 

ECON 201 and ECON 203— Principles of Econ 6 

Biological Science 3-4 

PSYC 221— Social Psychology 3 

TXAP 221— Apparel I OR TXAP 441 OR 

TEXT 150— Intro, to Textile Materials 3 

ENGL Requirement 6 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

FOOD 200 or Elective 3 

Total 32-34 

Semester 
Typical Junior Year Hours 

FMCD 330 — Family Patterns 3 

FMCD 280 — Household Equipment and Space Utilization 

OR HSAD 241— Family Housing 3-4 

FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance 3 

Statistics 3 

History 6 

SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction 3 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management OR 

FOOD 300 — Food Economics 3 

Supportive 6 

Total 30-31 

Semester 

Typical Senior Year Hours 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 3 

FMCD 443 — Consumer Problems 3 

FMCD 344 — Resident Experience OR 

FMCD 345— Practicum 3 

Electives 1 5-20 

Supportive Courses 3 

Total 27-32 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

The focus of the curriculum is designed to pre- 
pare teachers to concentrate on contemporary 
family functions. This is implemented through the 
required courses listed below. 

Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an 
area of concentration which must be unified in 
content and which will be chosen by the student.* 



"Area of Concentration; 15 semester hours 

A) Including maximum of two home economics courses, with the remain- 
der of the 15 hours in supporting behavioral, physical and biological 
sciences, philosophy, special education, or human development 

Bl Of the 15 hours, nine must be upper division 



114 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Semester 



Typical Freshman Year I 

ENGL Requirement 3 

SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology 3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living . . 3 

FOOD 110— Food and Nutr. of Indiv. & Fam. OR 

NUTR 100— Elements ot Nutrition 3 

MATH requirement 3-4 

PHED (1) 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology .... 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 

Literature 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health . . 
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemp. Living .... 
EDSE 151 — Seminar: Home Ec Education . . 

Total 16-17 



Typical Sophomore Year 

ENGL Requirement 

HIST 

CHEM 103 — General Chemistry 

HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the 

Home OR HSAD 241 — Family Housing ... 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 

TXAP 221 — Principles and Methods of Clothing 

Design 

HIST 

CHEM 104 — General Chemistry 

FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food . . 

Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 
EDSE 210 Soph. Seminar: Home Ec 

Education 

Total 

Typical Junior Year 

EDUC 300S — Human Development and 

Learning 

FOOD 260— Meal Management 

FMCD 341— Personal and Family Finance or 
alternative 

Area of concentration* 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family OR 
EDHD 411 — Growth and Development in 
Ear!y Childhood 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . . 

EDSE 425 — Curriculum Development in Home 
Economics 

ZOOL 101 or MICB 200 

EDSE 423A — Field Experience: Child Devp. 

Area of concentration* 



Total 



(D 
3 
3 
3 

(2) 
3 
1 



Typical Senior Year 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 347 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation 

EDSE 370 — Teaching Secondary Vocational 

Home Economics 

FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home 

Management OR FMCD 345 — D. H. M. 

Practicum 

FMCD 260— Family Relations OR 

SOCY 433 — The Family and Society 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 
Area of concentration" 



Semester 
I II 



Total 



Course Code Prefixes— FMCD. HOEC 



FIRE PROTECTION 
ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Bryan. 
Assistant Professor: Hickey. 

Fire protection is concerned with the scientific 
and technical problems of preventing loss of life 
and property from fire, explosion and related 
hazards, and of evaluating and eliminating haz- 
ardous conditions. 

The fundamental principles of fire protection 
are relatively well-defined and the application of 
these principles to a modern industrialized society 
has become a specialized activity. Control of the 
hazards in manufacturing processes calls for an 
understanding not only of measures for fire protec- 
tion but of the processes themselves. Often the 
most effective solution to the problem of safe- 
guarding a hazardous operation lies in the modi- 
fication of the process rather than in the installa- 
tion of special extinguishing equipment. The ex- 
pert in fire protection must be prepared to decide 
in any given case what is the best and most eco- 
nomical solution of the fire prevention problem. 
His recommendations are often based not only 
on sound principles of fire protection but on a 
thorough understanding of the special problems 
of the individual property. 

Modern fire protection utilizes a wide variety of 
mechanical and electrical equipment which the 
student must understand in principle before he can 
apply them to special problems. The fire protec- 
tion curriculum emphasizes the scientific, techni- 
cal and humanitarian aspects of fire protection and 
the development of the individual student. 

The problems and challenges which confront 
the specialist in fire protection include the reduc- 
tion and control of fire hazards due to processes 
subject to fire or explosion in respect to design, 
installation and handling, involving both physical 
and human factors; the use of buildings and trans- 
portation facilities to restrict the spread of fire and 
to facilitate the escape of occupants in case of 
fire; the design, installation and maintenance of 
fire detection and extinguishing devices and sys- 
tems; and the organization and education of per- 
sons for fire prevention and fire protection. 

BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 

Course No. and Title | || 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .. 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics . . 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 115 



(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- enfp 416— Problem Synthesis and 

sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 °^ n a . Florliuoc , 

, , ,'.,,. Technical Electives 3 o 

does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 

of an engineering degree it is a prepara- Total 18 18 

tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule 

their freshman year as showing in the following: course code Prefix— enfp 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR ^ ^ p^p DYNA MICS AND APPLIED 

Course No. and Title I II Summer MATHEMATICS 
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

chem 103. 104— General Chemistry •• .. 4 4 Professor and Director: Crane. 

math )%-lZt aXis ! ••:::::::: 3 3 Professors: Aziz,' Babuska, Bhatia,' Brush,' Crane, 

math 140, 141— Analysis I, n 4 4 DeClaris,' Dorfman, 1 Elsasser, Faller, Hubbard, 

enes 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3 Jones, Karlovitz, Kellogg, Landsberg, Lashin- 

enes no— Mechanics 3 sky, Olver, Ortega,' Pai, Tidman, Weiss, : ' Wilker- 

General Education Courses 3 6 w Zwanzig . 

Physical Activities 1) 1 ' '.., ... a _. ,•..«_.■ 

_ _ Professors (visiting or Part-Time): Fritz, Northrop. 

Total Credits 16 18 7 /\ssoc/'are Professors: Coplan, Fix, Guernsey, 

Israel, ,; Koopman, Matthews, Rodenhuis, Rosen- 

"'Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 or. hrs. berg, Yorke. 

each) instead of CHEM 103 and 104. - . . « . .... ... .-, . T . i ^ -i 

•••math 115 is an additional course lor those students who do not Associate Professors (Visiting or Part-Time): Ogil- 

qualily to begin with MATH 140 v j 6| PapadOpOUlOS. 

sophomore year i II Assistant Professors: Gage, Thompson, Vernekar. 

General Education Requirement 3 3 Assistant Professors (Visiting or Part-Time): Bjor- 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 dal, Hsieh, Miller. 

math 246— Differential Equations 3 Visiting Lecturers: Bonner, Gerrity. 

phys 262, 263— General Physics 4 4 Professors Emeritus: Burgers, Martin. 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3 

ENES 221— Dynamics 3 

ENFP 251— Fire Protection Engineering .. 1 The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 

enfp 280— Urban Fire Problem Analysis.. 3 Mathematics is a center for applied interdisciplin- 

enfp 290— ignition and Combustion arv research in areas requiring combined efforts in 

Phenomenon physical and mathematical sciences, environment- 

To(a i 17 16 a' sciences, and engineering. It hosts a faculty of 

eminent stature to promote a variety of programs, 

junior year i N many involving members of other departments on 

^c e ; al ,fn duC ^'° n " equ, ;7 en t , h s ',:■;■■;■„ nr campus and from other institutions. Its purpose is 

CMSC 110 — Elementary Algorithmic Analysis or »* . . f •* 

ence 360— Engineering Analysis & Computer to provide graduate training for students inter- 

Programming 3 ested in having an opportunity to perform re- 

enme 320— Thermodynamics or search in a multidisciplinary environment. 

ENCE 295 — Chemical Process TL , , .. , . 

Thermodynamics 3 The Institute faculty conducts theoretical and 

ence 300— Fundamentals of Engineering experimental research in meteorology, atomic and 

Materials 3 molecular physics, plasma physics, atmospheric 

ence 330— Fluid Mechanics 3 physics, fluid dynamics, statistical mechanics, his- 

!^n ^ O o _ ^ ire o ro, . ect . ion IfT? DesiQn * tory of science, theoretical biology and geo- 

ENFP 312— Fire Protection Fluids I 3 ' . ' , 3jr 

enfp 320-Pyrometrics of Materials 3 physics, and in all areas of applied mathematics. 

enfp 321— Functional and Structural Applied mathematicians in the Institute are cur- 
Evaluation rently studying topics in numerical analysis, con- 
Approved Electives ^ tro l theory, nonlinear processes, elasticity, asym- 

Tota| 1 7 17 ptotic expansions, approximation theory, and in 

application of mathematics to the life sciences 

senior year anc j environmental sciences. Individual research 

^£SZ£WSZLi 3 3 efforts are coordinated wherever possible to con- 

Engineering 3 stitute broad programs in the atmospheric, en- 

ence 350— Fundamentals of structural Analysis or vironmental, space and life sciences. Research 

enme 411— introduction to industrial topics are determined entirely by the interests of 

™.1i in f^ in «" "'« "b :'i 3 students and faculty. Interdepartmental programs 

ENME 410 — Operations Research I or ' 

bsad 332-Operations Research i ... . 3 are strongly encouraged. 

ENNU 215 — Introduction to Nuclear 

Technology 3 > Joint with University ot Maryland Baltimore County. 

ENFP 415— Fire Protection Fluids II 3 -' J°> n > *''h History 

ruicn jm c.»t nn . A„r,,„o„k •„ c;,« Joint with Electrical Engineering 

ENFP 411— Systems Approach to Fire , Join| wi|h Pnysics 

Protection Design 3 j oint vvitfri Computer Science and Mathematics. 

ENFP 414 — Life Safety Analysis 3 Joint with Cml Engineering. 

116 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Institute faculty attempt to provide opportuni- cal research in foods. The nutrition research pro- 
ties for outstanding undergraduate students to gram is designed to develop competency in the 
participate in their research programs wherever area of nutrition for students who wish to empha- 
possible. Although the number of research posi- size physical and biological sciences. The com- 
tions for undergraduates is limited, inquiries of munity nutrition program emphasizes applied corn- 
possibilities for employment will be welcomed by munity nutrition. Dietetics develops an under- 
Institute faculty. The courses taught by Institute standing and competency in food, nutrition and 
faculty are listed in the various catalogues of the management as related to problems of dietary de- 
University as offerings in Meteorology, Physics, partments; the curriculum includes courses nee- 
Mathematics, and so forth. These are available to essary to meet the academic requirement for 
undergraduates according to the general Uni- American Dietetic Association internship and mem- 
versity regulations. bership. The coordinated dietetic internship pro- 
Students interested in pursuing advanced study gram includes internship experience coordinated 
within the Institute may be admitted to the Uni- with the didactic components and the students 
versity as graduate students in any department ar e eligible for membership in the American 
of engineering, or in Mathematics, Physics, or Dietetic Association upon graduation. Institution 
Chemistry. Those interested in meteorology may administration emphasis is related to the admin- 
be admitted directly to the Graduate Program in istration of quantity food service in university and 
Meteorology.* which exists within the Institute. college residence halls and student unions, school 
Further information may be obtained by writing lunch programs in elementary and secondary 
to the Director of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics schools, restaurants, coffee shops, and industrial 
and Applied Mathematics. cafeterias. The curriculum meets academic re- 
quirements for approved college, industry or busi- 
ennn MiiTDiTirtM AKir* ness internship and membership in the American 

FOOD, NUTRITION AND Dietetic Assoc ~ ation . 
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION 

Professor and Chairman: Prather. FRESHMAN CURRICULUM 

Associate Professors: Ahrens, Butler and Cox. Freshman Year ^ Semester 

Assistant Professor: Eheart. engl 101— Composition 3 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Berdanier, Manches- Literature Requirement 3 

ter and Sanford. MATH 110 or 115 3 

Instructors: Knighton, Niffenegger, Graham, Nor- ^°°° 2 n i°~ Sc if n " of , Food Pre P ara,ion 3 

_ ., ' »» > SPCH 107 — Public Speaking 2 

ton, Oantrell and Kaul. F00D 110 _ Fo od and Nutrition of Individuals 

Lecturers: Boehne, Stewart and Forbes. and Families 3 

Visiting Instructors: Sager, and Palmer. zool 101— General Zoology 4 

CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry I. II 4 4 

The area Of food, nutrition and institution ad- HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

ministration is broad and offers many diverse pro- P JX^ a \ n f dl> Z a[ i on .'•■;■• (1) < 1 > 

, . , . ... ~ . . '. ., L. FOOD 105— Professional Orientation 1 

fessional opportunities. Courses introduce the stu- 
dent to the principles of selection, preparation Total 17 17 

and utilization of food for human health and the 

welfare of society. Emphasis is placed on the sci- experimental foods emphasis 

entific, cultural and professional aspects of this Sophomore Year i n 

broad area of food and nutrition. The department CHEM 201 ' 202— College Chemistry III 5 

offers six areas of emphasis: experimental foods, ^.TPam ?"'?^ ^ " X % Ps ^ cho]o ^ ■■ 

. ... r . ... , .. HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 3 

community nutrition, nutrition research, dietetics, F00D 250-Science of Food Preparation ... 3 

institution administration, and a coordinated diete- Literature Requirement 3 

tic internship. Each program provides for com- ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

petencies in several areas of work; however, each micb 200— General Microbiology 4 

.••_.._. ... ,, . 1 • 1 Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement 3 

option is designed specifically for certain profes- H y ^ u " K '" e ' n •• 

sional careers. Total 14 16 

All areas of emphasis have in common several 

courses within the department and the University; Junj0r Year , emes,er || 

the curricula are identical in the freshman year. hist— History Requirement 3 3 

Experimental foods is designed to develop com- S0CY 100— introduction to Sociology 3 

petency in the scientific principles of food and nntb N im CO q L ,w C °/t . •.'■ \ 3 

r, . .. _. ....... , NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4 

their reactions. Physical and biological sciences F0 OD 440. 450— Advanced and Experimental 

in relation to foods are emphasized. The program Food Science 3 3 

is planned for students who are interested in chem 461. 462— Biochemistry 3 3 

product development, quality control and techni- F ° sc 4 12 °r 413— Principles of Food 

r ^ ' Processing I, II 3 

•See the separate listing (or the Meteorology Program. Total 16 15 

Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 117 



Senior Year 

PHYS 1 1 1— Elements of Physics 3 

FDSC 422— Food Product Research and 

Development 3 

FDSC 432— Analytical Quality Control 3 

Electives :l 12 8 

Total 15 14 

1 Nine hours ol the 20 electives must be selected Irom the following list: 

AGRI 401— Agricultural Biometrics (3) or FDSC 431 — 

Statistical Quality Control (3) 
CHEM 219 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis (3) 
Any 300 or 400 level NUTR course 
FOOD 260 — Meal Management (3) 
FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption (3) 
FOOD 445 — Advanced Food Science Lab. 1 1 1 
FOOD 480 — Food Additives (3) 
FOOD 490 — Special Problems in Foods (3) 
FDSC 430 — Food Microbiology (3) 
FDSC 412 or 413 if not taken above 
IADM 430— Quantity Food Production (3) 
FMCD 370 — Communication Skills and Techniques 

in Home Economics (3) 

COORDINATED DIETETICS EMPHASIS 

Sophomore Year I II 

CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III 5 

CHEM 261 — Introductory Biochemistry 3 

FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation .... 3 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management 3 

ZOOL 201, 202 — Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

Literature Requirement 3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

Total 18 17 

Junior Year 

NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4 

NUTR 450— Advanced Nutrition 3 

IADM 300 — Food Service Organization and 

Management 3 

IADM 430 — Quantity Food Production 3 

IADM 460, 470— Administrative Dietetics I, II.. 3 3 

IADM 440 — Food Service Personnel 

Administration 2 

IADM 420 — Quantity Food Purchasing 3 

Human Ecology Core Course 3 3 

EDHD 460 — Educational Psychology 3 

Total 16 17 

Senior Year 

History Requirement 3 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Nutrition 3 

NUTR 480— Applied Diet Therapy 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Elective 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement 3 

NUTR 470 — Community Nutrition 3 

NUTR 485 — Applied Community Nutrition 3 

Total 15 15 

DIETETICS EMPHASIS 

Sophomore Year I II 

CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III 5 

FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation ... 3 

PSYC 100 — General Psychology 3 

ZOOL 201, 202 — Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Literature Requirement 3 



FOOD 260 — Meal Management 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Total 15 

Junior Year 

NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4 

IADM 300 — Food Service Organization and 

Management 3 

History Requirement 3 

CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

IADM 420 — Quantity Food Purchasing 

NUTR 450 — Advanced Nutrition 

Total 16 

Senior Year 

NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Nutrition 3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 

Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirements 3 

IADM 430 — Quantity Food Production 3 

IADM 440 — Food Service Personnel 

Administration 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 

Electives 3 

Total 15 



13 



INSTITUTE ADMINISTRATION EMPHASIS 

Sophomore Year I II 
FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation .... 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 201, 202 — Anatomy — Physiology 4 4 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Literature Requirement 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

Total 14 16 

Junior Year I II 

History Requirement 3 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4 

IADM 300 — Food Service Organization and 

Management 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

BSAD 220, 221— Accounting 3 3 

IADM 420 — Quantity Food Purchasing 3 

Electives 3 

Total 16 15 

"Students not planning to meet academic requirements lor ADA may sub- 
stitute approved additional courses In business administration or the 
social sciences. 

Senior Year 

IADM 430 — Quantity Food Production 3 

IADM 440 — Food Service Personnel 

Administration 2 

IADM 450 — Food Service Equipment and 

Planning 2 

BSAD 380 or ECON 470 — Business Law or 

Labor Economics 3 

IADM 350 or 490 — Special Problems or Practicum 

in Institution Administration 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement 3 

Electives 3 10 

Total 14 15 

COMMUNITY NUTRITION EMPHASIS 

Sophomore Year " 

CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III 5 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 



118 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation 3 

ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

Literature Requirement 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course . . 3 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management 3 

CHEM 261 — Introductory Biochemistry 3 

Total 15 16 

Junior Year 

NUTR 300 — Science ot Nutrition 4 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

NUTR 450— Advanced Nutrition 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Elective 3 

Total 14 15 

Senior Year 

NUTR 460 — Therapeutic Nutrition 3 

NUTR 470 — Community Nutrition 3 

EDHD 460 — Educational Psychology 3 

Methods of Teaching Course 3 

History Requirement 3 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 15 15 

NUTRITION RESEARCH EMPHASIS 

Sophomore Year I II 

CHEM 201, 202— Chemistry III 5 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

FOOD 250 — Science of Food Preparation 3 

ZOOL 201, 202 — Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

Literature Requirement 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

Total 15 17 

Junior Year 

History Requirement 3 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 3 

CHEM 461 , 462— Biochemistry 3 3 

CHEM 463, 464— Biochemistry Lab 2 2 

NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 4 

NUTR 450— Advanced Nutrition 3 

Total 15 14 

Senior Year 

AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3 

NUTR 490 — Special Problems in Nutrition 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement 3 

Electives 9 8 

Total 15 14 



FOOD SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Professor and Chairman: Stark (Horticulture). 

Professors: Young (Animal Science), Davis, King 
and Mattick (Dairy Science); Kramer, Scott, 
Twigg and Wiley (Horticulture). 

Associate Professors: Buric (Animal Science); Big- 
bee (Poultry Science). 

Assistant Professors: Westhoff (Dairy Science); 
Heath and Thomas (Poultry Science). 

Food Science applies the fundamentals of the 
physical and biological sciences to the problems 



of procurement, preservation, processing, pack- 
aging, and marketing foods in a manner that 
would satisfy man's needs both nutritionally and 
aesthetically. 

Opportunities for careers in food science exist 
in areas of meats, milk and milk products, fruits 
and vegetables, poultry and eggs, sea food, baby 
foods, confections, pet foods, cereals, flavors and 
colors, etc. Specific positions in industry, univer- 
sities, and government, include product develop- 
ment, production, engineering, research, quality 
control, technical service, technical sales, and 
teaching. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 
BOTN 100— General Botany or ZOOL 101— General 

Zoology 4 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I. II 4,4 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

CURRICULUM REQUIREMENTS 

AGEN 313 — Mechanics of Food Processing 4 

ANSC 401— Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 

CHEM 201,202— College Chemistry III and College 

Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2 

FDSC 1 11 — Introduction to Food Science 3 

FDSC 398— Seminar 1 

FDSC 412,413— Principles of Food Processing I, II 3,3 

FDSC 421— Food Chemistry 3 

FDSC 422 — Food Product Research and Development ... 3 

FDSC 430— Food Microbiology 4 

FDSC 431— Statistical Quality Control 3 

FDSC 432— Analytical Quality Control 3 

FDSC Commodity Course* 6 

PHYS 121— Fundamentals of Physics 4 

Electives 10 

* FDSC 442, 451. 461, 471 or 482. 
Course Code Prelix — FDSC 

FRENCH AND ITALIAN 
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: MacBain. 

Professors: Bingham, Guyon, Quynn (Emeritus), 

Rosenfield. 
Visiting Professor: Suckling. 
Associate Professors: Demaitre, Fink, Hall, Tarica. 
Assistant Professors: Bridgers, Gilbert, Hicks, 

Lebreton-Savigny, McArthur, fvleijer, Salchen- 

berger. 
Lecturer: Lloyd-Jones. 
Instructors: Abbate, Barrabini, Bondurant, Dubois, 

Gottlieb, Guieu, Lapov, Murawski, Nespoulous- 

Neuville, Quilici, Ragazzi, Tubbs, Vaccarelli. 

The department offers a major in French, which 
consists of 39 credits of French courses beyond 
the level of the foreign language requirement. The 
French major must complete eight of the follow- 
ing courses: FREN 201, 211, 221, 301, 302, 311, 
312, 321, 322, and any five French courses num- 
uered above 330, one of which must be 401 or 
405. Students intending to apply for admission to 
graduate programs in French in this department 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 119 



must take no less than four literature courses at 
the 400-level.) An average grade of C is the mini- 
mum acceptable in the major field. Students in- 
tending to apply for teacher certification should 
consult the departmental Director of Undergradu- 
ate Advising, Dr. Marianne Meijer, as early as pos- 
sible in order to plan their programs accordingly. 

HONORS 

The department offers an honors program in 
French for students of superior ability. Honors 
work normally begins in the first semester of the 
junior year, but a qualified student may enter as 
early as the sophomore year or as late as the sec- 
ond semester of the junior year. Honors students 
are required to take at least two courses from 
those numbered 491 H, 492H, and 493H together 
with 494H, Honors Independent Study, and 495H, 
Honors Thesis Research. Honors students must 
take a final comprehensive examination based on 
the honors reading list. Admission of students to 
the honors program, their continuance in the pro- 
gram and the final award of honors are the pre- 
rogative of the Departmental Honors Committee. 



Course Code Prefixes— FREN, ITAL 

GENERAL HONORS PROGRAM 

Director: Portz. 

The General Honors Program is administered by 
the Director of the Honors Programs and by the 
Honors Committee which also acts as an advisory 
and regulatory body. Students in all Divisions or 
Colleges are eligible to apply for admission to 
the program. Admission to the General Honors 
Program should be made at the same time as 
admission to the University, although a special 
and separate application form is required for Gen- 
eral Honors and should be sent to the Director of 
Honors, Honors Office, University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Md. 20742. Students are also admitted 
after the first and second semesters of the fresh- 
man year. Students are selected on the basis of 
SAT scores, grades, rank in graduating class, 
recommendations from high school teachers and 
counselors, and other factors dealing with aca- 
demic and non-academic achievement in high 
school. Students transferring from other institu- 
tions are accepted into General Honors upon 
presentation of a distinguished record. 

General Honors students are assigned to honors 
sections of courses, when available, and are 
given the opportunity of participating in special 
General Honors seminars. Successful General 
Honors students are graduated with a citation in 
General Honors and notation of this accomplish- 
ment is made upon their transcripts. For further 
information and admission to General Honors, 
write the Director of Honors, as above. 



Course Code Prefix— HONR 



GEOGRAPHY 

Professor and Chairman: Harper. 

Professors: Ahnert, Deshler, Fonaroff, Hu. 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves, Thomp- 
son, Wiedel. 

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Dando, Groves, 
Lewis, Mitchell, Muller. 

Lecturers: Rosenthal, Rosing, Roswell, Yoshioka. 

Geography studies the spatial patterns and in- 
teractions of natural, cultural and socio-economic 
phenomena on earth's surface. The field thus 
embraces aspects of both the physical and the 
social sciences, which are applied in tne analysis 
of patterns of distribution of individual phenomena, 
to the study of complex interrelations of pheno- 
mena found in a given region, and to the synthesis 
of geographic regions. A geographer should, 
therefore, acquire background knowledge in cer- 
tain aspects of the physical as well as the social 
sciences. 

Field work and map analysis have been the 
basic tools of research for the geographer. In re- 
cent years these have been augmented by the use 
of techniques of air photo interpretation and pres- 
ently by the development of methods of interpret- 
ing data obtained from the remote sensing de- 
vices of space satellites. Modern geography also 
is making increasing application of quantitative 
methods, including the use of statistics and sys- 
tems analysis, so that mathematical training is 
becoming increasingly important for a successful 
career in geography. 

Today geographers are employed in a wide 
range of positions. Geographers in the federal 
government work in the Departments of State, In- 
terior, Defense, Agriculture, Housing and Urban Af- 
fairs, and Health, Education, and Welfare. They are 
on the staffs of the legislative research branch, the 
Library of Congress and the National Archives. At 
the state and local government level there is an 
increasing demand for geographers in planning 
positions. And in recent years more and more 
geographers have found employment in private 
industry working on problems of industrial and 
commercial location and market analysis. Teach- 
ing at all levels from elementary school through 
graduate work continues to employ more geogra- 
phers each year. Some have found geography to 
be an excellent background for careers in the 
military, journalism and general business; others 
have simply found the broad perspective of geog- 
raphy an excellent base for a general education. 
Most professional positions in geography require 
graduate training. 

REQUIREMENT FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE 
MAJOR 

Within any of the general major programs it is 
possible for the student to adjust his program to 
fit his particular individual interests. The major 
totals 33 semester hours. 



120 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



The required courses of the geography core are: 

Hours 

1. Geography Core (GEOG 201, 202, 203, 300) 12 

2. Field Study (Selected from GEOG 380, 381, 382, 383, 
384) 3 

3. A regional course 3 

4. Elective systematic and technique courses 15 

Total 33 

The Geography Core — The following four courses 
form the minimum essential base upon which ad- 
vanced work in geography can be built: 

GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical Geography 3 

GEOG 202 — Introduction to Cultural Geography 3 

GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic Geography 3 

GEOG 300— Introduction to Research & Writing 3 

The three lower division courses are to be com- 
pleted prior to GEOG 300 and all other upper di- 
vision courses. GEOG 201, 202, and 203 may be 
taken in any order and a student may register for 
more than one in any semester. GEOG 300 is spe- 
cifically designed as a preparation to upper di- 
vision work and should be taken upon com- 
pletion of one or two upper division courses. Upon 
consultation with a department advisor, a reason- 
able load of other upper division work in geogra- 
phy may be taken concurrently with GEOG 300. 

The Field Study Requirement — The field study re- 
quirement may be completed in either of two ways, 
depending on which is available in the schedule: 
(1) by taking Geography 380 — Local Field Course. 
3 hrs. or (2) by taking three out of four of the fol- 
lowing one-hour field study courses each stress- 
ing a different aspect of geographic field work: 
GEOG 381— Field Study: Physical; GEOG 382— 
Field Study: Rural; GEOG 382— Field Study: Ur- 
ban; GEOG 384— Field Study: Methods. Normal- 
ly two of the different one-hour courses will be 
offered each semester, and the student should ar- 
range to take them as is convenient during the 
junior and senior years. 

Introduction to Geography — Geography 100: Intro- 
duction to Geography is a general education 
course for persons who have had no previous con- 
tact with the discipline in high school or for per- 
sons planning to take only one course in geogra- 
phy. It provides a general overview of the field 
rather than of a single specialized subdivision. 
Credit for this course is not applied to the major. 

AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION 

Although the major program is flexible and can 
be designed to fit any individual student's own 
interest, several specializations attract numbers of 
students. They are: 

Urban Geography and Regional Development — 
Provides preparation for careers in planning and 
teaching. Majors electing this specialty take de- 
partmental courses in urban geography, industrial 
location, transportation, and economic geography 
among others and supporting courses in urban 



sociology, urban economics, and urban transpor- 
tation outside the department. 

Physical Geography — For students with special 
interest in the natural environment and in its in- 
teraction with the works of man. This specializa- 
tion consists of departmental courses in geomor- 
phology, climatology, and resources, and of sup- 
porting courses in geology, soils, meteorology, hy- 
dorology, and botany. 

Cartography — Prepares students for careers in 
map design, compilation and reproduction. The 
department offers various courses in thematic 
mapping, cartographic history and theory, map 
evaluation, and map and photo interpretation. For 
additional training students are advised to take 
supporting courses in art and civil engineering. 

Cultural Geography — Of interest to students par- 
ticularly concerned with the geographic aspects 
of population, politics, and other social and cul- 
tural phenomena, and with historical geography. 
In addition to departmental course offerings this 
specialization depends on work in sociology, an- 
thropology, government and politics, history, and 
economics. 

For further information on any of these areas of 
interest the student should contact a department- 
al advisor. 

All math programs should be approved by a 
departmental advisor. 

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR 
GEOGRAPHY (Without Foreign Language) 

Freshman Year Hours 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography 3 

GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical Geography 3 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

HISTORY — Towards general education requirement . . 3 

ENGLISH— Composition 3 

PHILOSOPHY OR FINE ARTS— Towards general 

education requirement 3 

MATH 110 or 115 — Towards general education 

requirement 3 

HLTH 105— Health Education (2) 

Physical Activities — (Men and Women) (2) 

Electives 3 

32 

Sophomore Year Hours 

GEOG 202 — Introduction to Cultural Geography 3 

GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic Geography .... 3 

HISTORY — Towards general education requirement . . 3 

ENGLISH 201, 202— World Literature 6 

Two Social Sciences — Towards general education 

requirements 6 

Electives — (depending on area of spscialization) .... 9 

30 

Junior Year Hours 

GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research and Writing 

in Geography 3 

GEOG (A Regional Course) 3 

GEOG (Systematic and Techniques courses) 6 

Supporting courses and electives 18-21 

Alternative to foreign language 

(BSAD 230 or MATH 240) 3-4 

33-37 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 121 



Senior Year Hours 

GEOG (Systematic Techniques courses, including 3 

hours ot field techniques) 12 (minimum) 

Supporting courses and electives 18 

30 

SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR 
GEOGRAPHY (With Foreign Language) 

Freshman Year Hours 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography (if needed, 

see description of course) 3 

GEOG 201— Introduction to Physical Geography 3 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

GEOL 100— Geology 3 

HISTORY — Towards general education requirements . . 3 

ENGLISH 101— Composition 3 

MATH 105 or 110 — Fundamentals of Mathematics or 

Introduction to Mathematics 3-4 

HLTH 105— Health Education (2) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) (2) 

Foreign Language 6 

33-32 

Sophomore Year Hours 

GEOG 202 — Introduction to Cultural Geography 3 

GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic Geography .... 3 

HISTORY — Towards general education requirement . 3 

ENGLISH 201, 202 — World Literature 6 

PHILOSOPHY OR FINE ARTS— Towards general 

education requirements 3 

Two Social Sciences — (Towards general education 

requirements 6 

Foreign Language 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

30 

Junior Year Hours 

GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research and Writing 

in Geography 3 

GEOG (A Regional Course) 3 

GEOG (Systematic and Techniques Courses) 6 

Supporting courses and electives 21 

33 

(In this group care must be taken to complete the 
Arts and Sciences requirement of 12 hours in 
natural science and mathematics) 

Senior Year Hours 

GEOG (Systematic and Techniques courses, including 

hours of field techniques) 12 (minimum) 

Supporting courses and electives 18 

30 

GEOGRAPHY MINOR AND SECONDARY 
EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY SPECIALIZATION 

College of Education Majors 

Secondary Education Majors with a concentra- 
tion in geography are required to take 27 hours in 
the content field. Geography 201, 202, and 203 and 
either 490 or 300 are required courses. The re- 
maining 15 hours of the program consist of 3 
hours of regional geography and 12 hours of up- 
per-division systematic courses. For majors in 
Elementary Education and others needing a geog- 
raphy course for teaching certification Geogra- 
phy 100 is the required course. 

Geography minors should take at least Geog. 



201, 202 and 203 in the Geography core and 300 
is recommended. As with the major these courses 
should be taken before any others. 



GEOLOGY 

Associate Professors: Segovia, Siegrist and Stifel. 
Assistant Professors: Weidner and Wylie. 

The geology curriculum is designed to prepare 
a student either for a career in geology with a 
Bachelor of Science degree or for advanced stud- 
ies in geology. 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4.4 

PHYS 121.122— Fundamentals of Physics 4,4 

MATH 140,141— Analysis I, II 4,4 

GEOL 100 — Introduction to Physical Geology 3 

GEOL 102 — Historical and Stratigraphic Geology 3 

GEOL 110 — Physical Geology Laboratory 1 

GEOL 112 — Historical Geology Laboratory 1 

GEOL 399 — Research Problems in Geology 1 

GEOL 422— Mineralogy 3 

GEOL 431 — Invertebrate Paleontology 3 

GEOL 441— Structural Geology 3 

GEOL (Proposed) — Summer Field Camp 5 

AGRO 202 — General Soils 4 

Major electives approved by advisor 12 

Electives 27 

Course Code Prefix— GEOL 

GERMANIC AND SLAVIC 
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: Hering. 
Professors: Best, Dobert, Hinderer, Jones. 
Associate Professors: Berry, Hitchcock. 
Assistant Professors: Dulbe, Elder, Fleck, Irwin, 

Kostovski, Pfister. 
Instructors: Dvorak, Horowitz, Huebschman, Klap- 

ouchy, Kornetchuk, Lindes, Logan, Thielke. 
Lecturer: Vollmer. 

GENERAL 

Two types of undergraduate majors are offered 
in both German and Russian: one for the general 
student or the future teacher, and the other for 
those interested in a rounded study of a foreign 
area for the purpose of understanding another na- 
tion through its literature, history, sociology, and 
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the 
B.A. degree. The department also offers M.A. and 
Ph.D. degrees in German language and literature. 

An undergraduate major in either category con- 
sists of a total of 33 hours with a C average, be- 
yond the basic Arts and Sciences language re- 
quirement. 

In selecting minor or elective subjects, students 
majoring in German or Russian, particularly those 
who plan to do graduate work, should give special 
consideration to courses in French, Spanish, Lat- 
in, philosophy, history, and English. 



122 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR: 

GERMAN 

German 221, which may be taken concurrently 
with German 321 or 322, is required unless waived 
by the head of the department. Specific minimum 
requirements in the program are: three courses in 
advanced language (one from each set: 301-302, 
311-312, 401-402); two semesters of the survey of 
literature courses (321-322); six literature courses 
on the 400-level, two of which may be taken in 
comparative literature. Taking honors courses as 
substitute for the 400-level literature courses re- 
quires special permission from the head of the de- 
partment and in no case may more than two hon- 
ors courses be selected for this purpose. 

RUSSIAN 

The specific minimum requirements are: one 
from each set: 201-202, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402; 
two semesters of the survey of literature courses 
(321-322), plus 15 hours of literature courses on 
the 400-level. 



FOREIGN AREA MAJOR: 

GERMAN 

Specific requirements in this major are: three 
courses in advanced language (one from each set: 
301-302, 311-312, 401-402); a 2-semester survey 
(321-322); two courses in civilization (421-422); 
four courses in German literature on the 400-level, 
two of which may be replaced by Comparative Lit- 
erature 401 and 402. Supporting courses should be 
selected in consultation with the student's advisor. 

RUSSIAN 

Specific requirements in this major are: three 
courses in advanced language (one from each set: 
201-202, 301-302, 311-312); Russian 321 and 322; 
Russian 401 and 402; plus 12 hours of literature 
courses on the 400-level, two of which may be re- 
placed by Comparative Literature 401 and 402. 
Supporting courses should be selected in consul- 
tation with the student's advisor. 

HONORS 

A student majoring in German who, at the time 
of application, has a general academic average of 
at least 3.0 and 3.5 or above in his major field, is 
eligible for admission to the Honors program of 
the department. Application should be directed 
to the chairman of the Honors Committee. Honors 
work normally begins in the first semester of the 
junior year but a qualified student may enter as 
early as the sophomore years or as late as the sec- 
ond semester of the junior year. 

Honors students are required to take two of the 
Honors reading courses 398H and the independent 
study course, 397H. 



Besides completing an independent study proj- 
ect, all graduating seniors who are candidates for 
Honors must take an oral examination. Admission 
of students to the Honors Program, their continu- 
ance in the program, and the final award of Hon- 
ors are the prerogative of the Departmental Hon- 
ors Committee. 

LOWER DIVISION COURSES 

There are two tracks of elementary and inter- 
mediate courses in German. Track I consists of 
three semesters of four credits each (GERM 101, 
102, 104) and Track II of four semesters of three 
credits each (GERM 111, 112, 114, 115). The lang- 
uage requirement is satisfied by passing either 
104 or 115 or equivalent. Students with only one 
year of high school language may take courses 
101 or 111 and 112 in that language for credit. 
Students who have had two or more years of 
German or Russian in high school and wish to 
continue with that language must take the place- 
ment exam. 

Students who, as a result of the placement 
exam, place in 103 or 113 must complete 104 or 
115. They may not take courses 101-102 or 111-112 
for credit unless there has been a four-year lapse 
of time between their high school language course 
and their first college course in that language. 
Those who place above 104 or 115 have fulfilled 
the language requirement. 

Transfer students with college credit have the 
option of continuing at the level for which they are 
theoretically prepared, of taking a placement ex- 
amination, or of electing courses 103 or 113 for 
credit. If a transfer student takes 103 or 113 for 
credit, he may retain transfer credit only for the 
equivalent of course 101 or 111. A transfer student 
placing lower than his training warrants may ig- 
nore the placement but DOES SO AT HIS OWN 
RISK. 

If a student has received a D in a course and 
completes the next higher course, he cannot go 
back to repeat the original D. 

A student whose native language is taught at 
the university may not meet the college require- 
ment by taking courses 101 through 312. There is 
a special option by which foreign students may 
offer a combination of FOLA 001 and 002 (English 
for Foreign Students) and 12 hours of English 
courses to satisfy both the English and foreign 
language requirements. 

ELEMENTARY HONORS 

Courses 102H and 112H in German are limited 
to specially approved candidates who have passed 
courses 101 or 111 with high grades and are rec- 
ommended by their instructors. This will allow 
them to complete their requirement by completing 
either 102H or 115. 



Course Code Prefixes— GERM. RUSS 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 123 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professor and Department Chairman: Don C. 
Piper. 

Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon, Harrison, 
Hathorn, Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly, Murphy, 
Plischke. 

Associate Professors: Claude, Conway, Devine, 
Glendening, Koury, Ranald, Reeves, Stone, Ter- 
chek, Wilkenfeld, Wolfe. 

Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth, Chap- 
les, Glass, Heisler, Ingles, Kapungu, Lanning, 
Levine, Lyons (visiting), McCarrick, McGregor, 
Melnick, Oliver, Spencer, Strouse, Werlin. 

Lecturers: Barber, Flyr. 

Instructors: Henson, Woodworth. 



Course Code Prefix— GVPT 

The Department of Government and Politics of- 
fers programs designed to prepare students for 
government service, politics, foreign assignments, 
teaching, a variety of graduate programs, and for 
intelligent and purposeful citizenship. 

At the junior/senior level students may pursue 
the general government curriculum or they may 
prusue a more specialized curriculum either in 
international affairs or in public administration. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GOVERNMENT AND 
POLITICS MAJOR 

Government and Politics majors must take a 
minimum of 36 semester hours in government 
courses and may not count more than 42 hours in 
government toward graduation. No course in which 
the grade is less than C may be counted as part 
of the major. 

The government and politics fields are as fol- 
lows: (1) American government and politics; (2) 
comparative government; (3) international affairs; 
(4) political theory; (5) public administration; (6) 
public law; and (7) public policy and political be- 
havior. 

All government majors are required to take 
GVPT 100, 170, 220, 441 or 442 (Political Theory), 
and such other supporting courses as specified by 
the department. They must take one course from 
three separate government fields as designated by 
the department; and in addition: (a) general majors 
must take at least 15 GVPT semester hours at the 
300-400 level; (b) majors taking the international 
affairs curriculum must complete at least 15 se- 
mester hours at the 300-400 level in international 
affairs and comparative government courses, in- 
cluding GVPT 300; (c) majors taking the public 
administration curriculum must complete at least 
15 semester hours at the 300-400 level in public 
administration, including GVPT 410. All students 
majoring in government with specialization in in- 
ternational affairs must take a minimum of 12 se- 



mester hours in one foreign language above the 
first year elementary course. (The first year ele- 
mentary requirement may be waived by high 
school credit or placement tests.) 

All students majoring in government must fulfill 
the requirements of a minor, which involves the 
completion of 15 semester hours from approved 
departments other than GVPT. At least six of the 
15 hours must be taken at the 300-400 level from a 
single department. Students majoring in govern- 
ment with specialization in international affairs 
may choose to take all minor courses either in 
geographical area studies or on a departmental 
basis; geographical area minors may be chosen, 
with the consent of the departmental advisor, from 
the following: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin 
America, the Middle East, and the Soviet Union. 
General majors and majors specializing in public 
administration may not minor in geographical area 
studies. 

Students who major in government may apply 
for admission to the GVPT Honors Program dur- 
ing the second semester of their sophomore year. 
Additional information concerning the Honors Pro- 
gram may be obtained at the departmental offices. 

Departmental majors who have completed at 
least 75 hours towards a degree and at least 15 
hours in GVPT are eligible to participate in the 
Department's Academic Internship Program. 

GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 

Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Re- 
search relate primarily to the problems of state 
and local government in Maryland. The bureau en- 
gages in research and publishes findings with ref- 
erence to local, state and national governments 
and their interrelationships. It undertakes surveys 
and offers its assistance and service to units of 
government in Maryland and serves as a clearing- 
house of information for them. The bureau fur- 
nishes opportunities for qualified students inter- 
ested in research and career development in state 
and local administration. 

Urban affairs have become a central focus with 
the establishment of an Urban Research Group, 
which draws on a variety of interdisciplinary fac- 
ulty interests within the University. 

The Maryland Technical Advisory Service, a di- 
vision of the bureau, provides consulting services 
to county and municipal governments of the State. 
Technical consultation and assistance are pro- 
vided on specific problems in such areas as prep- 
aration of charters and codes or ordinances, fiscal 
management, personnel management, utility and 
other service operations, planning and zoning, and 
related local or intergovernmental activities. The 
staff analyzes and shares with governmental offi- 
cials information concerning professional develop- 
ments and opportunities for new or improved pro- 
grams and facilities. 



124 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



HEALTH EDUCATION 

Professor and Chairman: Burt. 

Professors: Johnson, Kenel. 

Associate Professors: Girdano, Jones, Leviton, 

Miller, Tifft. 
Assistant Professors: Clearwater, Girdano, Needle. 
Instructors: Beno, Raymond, Sands. 

The curriculum is designed to prepare the stu- 
dent to give leadership in the development of both 
school and community health. Graduates of the 
departmental program have placement opportuni- 
ties as health educators in the public schools, 
community colleges, as well as in the public and 
voluntary health agencies. 



HEALTH CURRICULUM 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and American 

Literature 3 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 

PHED — Orientation: Developmental and 

Combative (Men) or 

PHED — Orientation Activities 

Swimming (Women) (1) (1) 

CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry 4 4 

ANTH 101 or 102— Introduction to 

Anthropology 3 

HLTH 140 — Personal and Community Health ... 3 

Electives 3 

Total 16 18 

Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202— World Literature 3 

HIST — (General Education Requirements) ... 3 3 

ZOOL 201, 202 — Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 4 4 

HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 1 

HLTH 270— Safety Education 3 

PHIL — (General Education Requirement) 3 

MATH — (Gen. Ed. Requirement other than 

MATH 001) 3 

NUTR 100 3 

Electives 3 

Total 16 17 



Junior Year 

EDMS 410 — Educational Measurement or 

HLTH 480 — Measurement in Physical 

Education and Health 3 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

MICB 420— Epidemiology and Public Health . . 2 

HLTH 310— Introduction to School Health 

Education 2 

HLTH 420— Methods and Materials in 

Health Education 3 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning 6 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

PSYC 335 — Personality and Adjustment 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 18 17 



Senior Year 

HLTH 340 — Curriculum Instruction and 

Observation 
HLTH 450— Health Problems of Children 

and Youth 
HLTH 390— Org. and Adm. of School 

Health Programs 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Ed. 
EDSE 367— Student Teaching in 

Secondary Schools 

Electives 



Total 



15 



DEGREE REQUIREMENTS IN 
HEALTH EDUCATION 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science de- 
gree in health education are as follows: 

Sem. 
Cr. 

Foundation science courses (ZOOL 101, 201. 

202; MICB 200. 420; CHEM 103. 104) 26 

General Education Requirements (ENGL 101, 

201, 202; PHIL, ANTH, SOCY I; HIST 

(6 hours); MATH (Any above MATH 001) 27 

Other specified requirements (SPCH 107; PSYCH 

100, 335; NUTR 100 11 

Professional Health Education courses (HLTH 140. 

150, 270, 310, 420, 340, 450, EDMS 410, 480, 390) 2t 

Education requirements (EDUC 300, 301; EDSE 330, 374) 20 

Physical Education requirements 2 

Electives 20 

Total 130 

MINOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION— 24 hour minor 

Twelve semester hours in health education 
(HLTH 140, 150, 310, 420, 450) 

Twelve semester hours in related areas: 

Six semester hours of biological science. 

Six semester hours of psychology or human de- 
velopment. 

MINOR IN SAFETY EDUCATION 

Students wishing to obtain a minor in safety ed- 
ucation and become certified to teach safety and 
driver education in junior and senior high schools 
should take the following courses: HLTH 150 (1), 
HLTH 260 (2), HLTH 270 (3), HLTH 280 (3), HLTH 
305 (3), HLTH 345 (3), ENPF 280 (3), and ENPF 
290 (3). In addition, six hours of psychology (other 
than the general education requirements) are re- 
quired. 



Course Code Prefix— HLTH 

HEARING AND SPEECH SCIENCES 

Professor and Chairman: Newby. 

Associate Professor: Baker. 

Research Associate Professor: Spuehler. 

Assistant Professors: Bankson, Cicci,* Doudna, 

Hamlet, Kumin, Lund, Urban.* 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Worthington. 
Research Assistant Professor: Elkins. 
Instructors: Boss, Ciaranello, Droettboom, Serota. 
Research Associates: Revoile, Wintercorn. 



•Joint appointment with School o( Medicine 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 125 



The departmental curriculum leads to the 
Bachelor of Arts degree and prepares the stu- 
dent to undertake graduate work in the fields of 
speech pathology, audiology, and speech and 
hearing science. In other words, the undergradu- 
ate program in this department is a preprofes- 
sional one. The student who wishes to work pro- 
fessionally as a speech pathologist or audiologist 
must complete at least 30 semester hours of grad- 
uate course work in order to meet state and na- 
tional certification requirements. 

The undergraduate major must complete 30 
semester hours of courses in the Department of 
Hearing and Speech Sciences and 18 semester 
hours of courses in allied fields. No course with a 
grade less than C may be used to satisfy major 
requirements. Specific information about major 
course requirements and acceptable supporting 
courses may be obtained from the department. 

HEBREW PROGRAM 

Visiting Professor: Iwry. 
Assistant Professor: Greenberg (Chairman). 
Instructors: Argaman, Klein, Landa. 
Assistant Instructor: Samet. 

A minor in Hebrew language and literature con- 
sists of 18 semester hours. Six of these hours 
must be in courses on the 400-level. 

Students who have never studied Hebrew, or 
who have little knowledge beyond reading and 
writing, may register for Elementary Hebrew with- 
out taking a placement examination. Students who 
have studied Hebrew in a Hebrew high school or 
day school, in Israel or at another university are 
required to take the placement examination. On 
questions of placement above the Hebrew 115 lev- 
el, students should consult Professor Samuel Iwry. 



Couise Code Prelix— HEBR 

HISTORY 

Professor and Chairman: Rundell. 

Professors: Bauer (Emeritus), Brush, Callcott, 
Carter, Cole, Duffy, Foust, Funkenstein, Gilbert, 
Gordon, Haber, Harlan, Jashemski, Kent, Mer- 
rill, Prange, Schuessler, Smith, Sparks. 

Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, Breslow, Cock- 
burn, Farrell, Folsom, Giffin, Greenberg, Grim- 
sted, Mayo, Olson, Stowasser, Warren, Yaney. 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Brann, Flack, Har- 
ris, Hoffman, Holum, Kaufman, Lampe, Majeska, 
Matossian, McCusker, Nicklason, Perinbam, 
Ridgway, Robertson, Shoufani, Van Ness, Wil- 
liams, Wright. 

The Department of History seeks to broaden the 
student's cultural background through the study 
of history and to provide preparation for those in- 
terested in secondary school teaching, journalism, 
research and archival work, government and for- 
eign service and graduate study. 



A faculty advisor will assist each major in plan- 
ning a curriculum to meet his personal interests. 
A "program plan," approved by the advisor, should 
be filed with the Department as soon as possible. 
Students should meet regularly with their advisors 
to discuss the progress of their studies. 

Major Requirements 

A. Candidates for a B.A. in History are required 
to complete 39 hours in History courses. 

B. The undergraduate major must attain a 
grade of C or higher in each of the courses 
sumitted to fulfill the 39-hour requirement. 

C. A minimum of twelve of the 39 hours must 
be taken at the 300 or 400 levels. 

D. The only mandatory course is HIST 389, 
Proseminar in Historical Writing (3 hours). 

E. Before registering for HIST 389, the student 
is required to have demonstrated proficiency 
in English composition by 

(1) passing (or gaining credit by examina- 
tion in) ENGL 101, 102, 103 or 171 or 
equivalent, with a grade of C or higher; 

or 

(2) passing the Advanced Placement exami- 
tion 

Supporting Courses 

History majors are required to take nine hours 
at the 300 or 400 levels in appropriate supporting 
areas outside the History Department. These 
courses do not all have to be in the same depart- 
ment but the choice of courses must be approved 
in writing by a faculty advisor. 

General Education Requirements in History 

All History courses on the 200, 300 and 400 lev- 
els are open to students seeking to meet the Uni- 
versity requirements in Area C (Division IV, Arts 
and Humanities) with the exception of HIST 256, 
257, 389, 395, 396, 399. A few other courses are 
open only to students who satisfy specified pre- 
requisites, but that does not limit them to history 
majors. It should be noted that Special Topics 
courses — HIST 298 and 398 — are offered on sev- 
eral different subjects of general interest each 
semester; descriptions may be obtained from the 
History Department office. 

Honors in History 

Students who major or minor in history may ap- 
ply for admission to the History Honors Program 
during the second semester of their sophomore 
year. Those who are admitted to the program sub- 
stitute discussion courses and a thesis for some 
of their required lecture courses, and take an oral 
comprehensive examination prior to graduation. 
Successful candidates are awarded either honors 
or high honors in history. 



126 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



The History Department offers pre-honors work 
in American history (HIST 256, 257) and pre-honors 
sections in western civilization (HIST 241H, 242H). 
Students in these sections meet in a discussion 
group instead of attending lectures. They read 
widely and do extensive written work on their own. 
Pre-honors sections are open to any student and 
are recommended for students in General Honors, 
subject only to the instructor's approval. Students 
who intend to apply for admission to the History 
Honors Program should take as many of them as 
possible during their freshman and sophomore 
years. 

Course Code Prefixes— HIST. HIFN, HIUS 

HORTICULTURE 

Professor and Chairman: Stark. 

Professors: Kramer, Link, Reynolds, Scott, Shanks, 

Thompson and Wiley. 
Associate Professors: Angell, Baker and Soergel. 
Assistant Professors: Bouwkamp and Wegkamp. 
Lecturers: Borthwick and Hendee. 
Visiting Lecturer: Koch. 

The Department of Horticulture offers instruc- 
tion in pomology (fruits), olericulture (vegetables), 
floriculture (flowers), ornamental horticulture, and 
processing of horticultural crops. These courses 
prepare students to enter commercial production 
and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing, seed production, and retail 
florists and nurseries. Students are likewise pre- 
pared to enter the allied industries as horticul- 
turists with fertilizer companies, equipment man- 
ufacturers and others. Students who wish to enter 
specialized fields of research and teaching may 
take advanced work in the department. 

The Horticultural Education option is designed 
for persons who wish to prepare for teaching 
horticulture in the secondary schools. It provides 
basic training in horticulture and includes the 
necessary courses for teacher certification. 

The Department of Horticulture is a cooperating 
department in the Food Science curriculum. 

The science requirement will be satisfied by completing 
the following courses: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4 

BOTN 100 — General Botany 4 

and four semester credits selected from the following: 

MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

GEOL 100,110 — Geology and Physical Geology 

Laboratory 3,1 

CHEM 201.202— College Chemistry III and 

College Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2 

DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS— ALL OPTIONS: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

AGRO 202— General Soils 4 

BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4 

BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4 

HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3 

HORT 398— Seminar 1 



Completion of the requirements In one of the following op- 
tions: 

POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE OPTION: 

ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4 

HORT 111, 112— Tree Fruit Production 3. 2 

HORT 212— Berry Production 3 

HORT 222— Vegetable Production 3 

HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants . 3 

HORT 411— Technology of Fruits ... 3 

HORT 422— Technology of Vegetables 3 
HORT 474 — Physiology of Maturation and 

Storage of Horticultural Crops 2 

A minimum of three additional horticultural credits 3 

Electives 29 

FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE 
OPTION: 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

HORT 132 — Garden Management 2 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3 

HORT 260 — Basic Landscape Composition 2 

HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants 3 

HORT 361 — Principles of Landscape Design 3 

HORT 451 — Technology of Ornamentals 3 

HORT 453. 454— Woody Plant Materials 3, 3 

HORT 432 — Fundamentals of Greenhouse 

Crop Production 3 

or 
HORT 456 — Production and Maintenance of 

Woody Plants 3 

Select 2 credits from the following: 

HORT 241, 242 — Greenhouse Crop Production 

Laboratory 1,1 

HORT 142 — Garden Management Laboratory 1 

Electives 25 

HORTICULTURAL EDUCATION OPTION: 

BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

HORT 132 — Garden Management 2 

HORT 142 — Garden Management Laboratory 1 

HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3 

HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3 

HORT 241 — Greenhouse Management Laboratory 1 

HORT 260- — Basic Landscape Composition 2 

HORT 361 — Principles of Landscape Design 3 

HORT 451 — Technology of Ornamentals 3 

RLED 302 — Introduction to Agricultural Education 2 

RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations .... 2 

RLED 305 — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups. . . 1 

RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Agriculture 3 

RLED 313— Student Teaching 5 

RLED 315— Student Teaching 1-4 

Elect one of the following courses: 3-6 

EDHD 460— Educational Psychology (3) 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning (6) 

A minimum of 12 additional Agriculture credits 12 

Approved Electives 3-9 



Course Code Prefix— HORT 

HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Brabble. 
Associate Professor: McWhinnie. 
Assistant Professors: Nelson, Ritzmann, Roper. 
Instructors: Erdahl, Hillerman, Holvey, Irby, Lang- 
ley, Odland, Williams, Zimmerman. 
Lecturers: Davis, Lawrence, Ribalta. 

The Department of Housing and Applied Design 
offers programs of concentration in five areas of 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 127 



design: Advertising; Costume; Crafts; Housing; In- 
terior. 

The fundamental purpose is to provide a broad 
general education in addition to individually and 
professionally oriented instruction in design. The 
programs teach the discipline and method com- 
mon to all of the areas and provide the theoretical 
and technical bases pertinent to each. This foun- 
dation can be applied to general and visually- 
environmental problem solving activities. 

ADVERTISING DESIGN: The Advertising Design 
curriculum is constructed to establish a foundation 
in the field of graphic communication. Courses 
are arranged to provide students with the ability 
to conceptualize imaginatively and to acquire and 
apply a discriminating introspection for visual 
form. Courses in Art History and related areas 
provide breadth as well as depth. Opportunities to 
examine related fields are offered through elec- 
tive courses. Students graduating from this cur- 
riculum have a broad educational experience 
qualifying them to begin in many areas of graphic 
communications. 

COSTUME DESIGN: The Costume curriculum is a 
professionally oriented program designed to pre- 
pare students for employment in the many-faceted 
fashion industry. The advanced courses encour- 
age interviews and on-the-job contacts with work- 
ing professionals. The program is tailored to the 
student's career goals by careful selection of elec- 
tive courses and the allied area block. Graduates 
completing this major are qualified for careers in 
fashion design, fashion illustration, display, sales 
promotion and retailing, fashion reporting and pub- 
lic relations, fashion co-ordination, and photog- 
raphy. 

CRAFTS DESIGN: The Crafts curriculum provides 
the student with a wide range of art and design 
experience, built upon a broad general education. 
After exposure to studio work in various craft 
media, the student should specialize in at least 
one area in order to become professionally pro- 
ficient in both designing and execution. The op- 
portunities for employment are primarily teaching 
in recreational and adult education programs, di- 
recting various forms of craft programs for the 
government, and as a practicing craftsman. 

HOUSING: This program is aimed at the explora- 
tion of the factors underlying housing problems, 
the extent of these problems as they exist today, 
and a projection to future trends and needs. 
Through integration of relevant findings from so- 
ciology, economics, architecture, and psychology, 
the program will provide a transdisciplinary con- 
ceptual framework for the development of applied 
research/problem-solving methods, and the un- 
derstanding of the social and behavioral implica- 
tions of housing processes. The need for housing 
which mediates behavior-environment congruents 
is manifest. The need to identify and optimize ap- 



propriate environmental systems toward that end 
is both economically desirable and ecologically 
necessary. Contemporary concern with social- 
environmental problems has intensified the re- 
quirement for more effective design and planning 
strategies. 

INTERIOR DESIGN: This curriculum provides the 
student with a background in design theory, his- 
tory of furniture and architecture with sufficient 
technical and rendering courses to allow the stu- 
dent to successfully present his work. Experi- 
ences within this field allows opportunity for in- 
dividual expression and style with internships and 
student organizations providing opportunities to 
meet professionals in the design field. 

ADVERTISING DESIGN CURRICULUM 



Semester 



Typical Freshman Year I 

ENGL Requirement 3 

ENGL Requirement 

Math Requirement 3 

Science Requirement 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3 

ARTS 1 10— Drawing I 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2) 

Physical Education (1) 

EDIN 101A — Mechanical Drawing 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals 
and Families or NUTR 100 — Elements of 
Nutrition or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective.. 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3 

APDS 102— Design II 

Total 17-18 

Typical Sophomore Year 

ENGL Requirement 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 

Science Requirement 

FMCD 250 — Decision in Family Living 

or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 

or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective 3 

APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 3 

APDS 211 — Action Drawing — Fashion 

Sketching 

APDS 230 — Silk Screen Printing 

APDS 237— Photography 2 

APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional 

Design 3 

Total 17 

Typical Junior Year I 

History Requirement 3 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

ARTH 450 — Twentieth Century Art 

EDIN 134— Graphic Arts I 3 

APDS 320 — Fashion llustration 3 

APDS 330 — Typography and Lettering .... 3 

APDS 331— Advertising Layout 

APDS 332— Display Design 

Supporting Elective 

Total 15 



(D 
2 



16 



Semester 



128 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Typical Senior Year 

Fine Arts Requirement — PHIL 330 3 

APDS 430, 431 — Advanced Problems in 

Advertising Design 3 

APDS 337— Adanced Photography 

APDS 380— Professional Seminar 

Supporting Electives 3 

Free Electives 6 

Total 15 

COSTUME CURRICULUM 



Semester 



Typical Freshman Year I 

ENGL Requirement 

Fine Arts Requirement — ARTH 261 (sug- 
gested) 3 

SOCY 100— Sociology of American Life ... 3 

AHTS 110 — Drawing I 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2) 

Physical Education (1) 

Science Requirement 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3 

APDS 102— Design II 

APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 

Total 15 

Typical Sophomore Year 

ENGL Requirement 3 

Math Requirement 3 

Science Requirement 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals 

and Families or NUTR 100 — Elements of 

Nutrition or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective.. 3 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family 

Living or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective 

APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional 

Design 3 

APDS 211 — Action Drawing — Fashion 

Sketching 3 

APDS 220 — Introduction to Fashion Design 

Total 15 



(D 
3 



4 
2-3 



3 
15-16 



Semester 
Typical Junior Year I II 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

History Requirement 3 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

APDS 237— Photography 2 

APDS 320 — Fashion Illustration 3 

APDS 321 — Fashion Design and Illustration . . 3 

APDS 330 — Typography and Lettering 3 

Supporting Electives 3 3 

Free Elective 3 

Total 17 15 

Typical Senior Year 

APDS 322 — Advanced Costume 4 

APDS 331 — Advertising Layout 3 

APDS 332— Display Design 3 

APDS 380 — Professional Seminar 2 

Supporting Electives 3 

Free Electives 6 9 

Total 16 14 

CRAFTS CURRICULUM 



Semester 



Typical Freshman Year 
ENGL Requirement 
ENGL Requirement 



History Requirement .3 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals 

and Families or NUTR 100 — Elements 

of Nutrition or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective . . 3 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 

or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective 3 

APDS 101— Fundamentals of Design 3 

APDS 102— Design II 3 

CRAF 101 — Craft Fundamentals and 

Materials 3 

Total 15 16 

Typical Sophomore Year 

ENGL Requirement 3 

Math Requirement 3 

Science Requirement 4 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3 

EDIN 102— Woodworking I 3 

APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional 

Design 3 

APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 3 

APDS 211 — Action Drawing — Figure 

Sketching 3 

CRAF 241 — Decorative Textiles 3 

Total 15 15-16 

Semester 
Typical Junior Year I II 

PHIL 330— Philosophy of Art 3 

Science Requirement 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

FMCD 250 — Decision in Family Living 

or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective 3 

APDS 230 — Silk Screen Printing 3 

APDS 237 — Photography 2 

CRAF 220 — Ceramics — Material and 

Processes 3 

CRAF 320 — Advanced Ceramics I 3 

CRAF 230— Metalry I 3 

CRAF 240 — Weaving 3 

Free Elective 3 

Total 15 17 

Typical Senior Year 

History Requirement 3 

APDS 380 — Professional Seminar 2 

CRAF 420 — Advanced Ceramics II 3 

CRAF 330 — Advanced Metalry I 3 

CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 — Individual Prob- 
lems in Crafts 3 3 

Supporting Electives 3 6 

Free Electives 4-5 

Total 15 15-16 



HOUSING CURRICULUM 

Typical Freshman Year I 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life ... 3 

SPCH 100 or 107 — Public Speaking 2-3 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals 

and Families 3 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3 

Physical Education (1) 

ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 



Semester 



(D 
3 
3 

(2) 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 129 



TXAP 221 — Apparel I or exemption 

APDS 102— Design II 

APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 



Total 15-16 



Typical Sophomore Year 

ENGL Requirement 

Science Requirement 

PSYC 221 — Social Psychology 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 

or Human Ecology Elective 

TEXT 150— Intro, to Textile Mat 

APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional 

Design 

HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the 

Home 

HSAD 241 — Family Housing 

HSAD 246 — Materials of Interior Design . . . 

Total 

Typical Junior Year 

Math Requirement 

Science Requirement 

History Requirement 

SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction 

Fine Arts Requirement — ARTH 341 

Elective 

FMCD 260 — Family Relations or alternative 

HSAD 342 — Space Development 

HSAD 343— Interior Design I 

Supporting Elective 

Total 

Typical Senior Year 

History Requirement 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . . 
FMCD 330 — Family Patterns or alternative . 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 

Supporting Electives 

Free Electives 



Total 

INTERIOR DESIGN CURRICULUM 

Typical Freshman Year I 

ENGL Requirement 3 

ENGL Requirement 

SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life ... 3 

History Requirement 

Math Requirement 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2) 

Physical Education (1) 

EDIN 101A — Mechanical Drawing 2 

TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals 
and Families or HUMAN ECOLOGY Elective 3 

APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3 

APDS 102— Design II 



Semester 



Total 



17 



Typical Sophomore Year 

ENGL Requirement 3 

PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology .... 3 

Science Requirement 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 

SPCH 100 or 107— Public Speaking 2-3 

FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 

or HUMAN ECOLOGY Electivve 3 

TEXT 150 — Consumer Textiles 



APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional 

Design 

APDS 237— Photography 

HSAD 246 — Materials of Interior Design . . 
APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 



Total 17-18 

Typical Junior Year 

History Requirement 3 

PHIL 330— Philosophy of Art 

TEXT 463— History of Textiles 

HSAD 340 — Period Homes and Their 

Furnishings 3 

HSAD 342 — Space Development 3 

HSAD 343— Interior Design I 

Supporting Electives 3 

ARTH 261 3 



Total 

Typical Senior Year 

Science Requirement 

HSAD 341 — Contemporary Developments in 

Architecture, Interiors, Furnishings 

HSAD 344— Interior Design II 

HSAD 345 — Professional Aspects of Interior 

Design 

HSAD 440— Interior Design III 

HSAD 441— Interior Design IV 

Supporting Electives 

Free Electives 



15 



3 

5-6 



Total 15-14 14 

Course Code Pretixes— APDS, CRAF. HSAD 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Faculty: Lowell D. Anderson, Charles J. Beatty, 
Clifton Campbell, Robert C. Cooksey, Edmund 
D. Crosby, Robert J. Gelina, Perry R. Gemmill, 
Karl E. Gettle, Paul E. Harrison, Kenneth W. 
Hastings, Dennis R. Herschbach, Sheldon J. 
Lloyd, Joseph F. Luetkemeyer, Donald Maley, 
Walter Mietus, Charles S. Richman, Walter K. 
Rickert, Kenneth F. Stough, William F. Tierney, 
Peter J. Vorac, Edward H. White. 

The Department of Industrial Education offers 
programs leading to teacher certification in indus- 
trial arts and vocational-industrial education. It 
also offers a program in education for industry 
which prepares individuals for supervisory and in- 
dustrial management positions, and an industrial 
technology program for persons with advanced 
technical preparation who wish to teach in techni- 
cal institutes or junior colleges. 

Three curricula are administered by the In- 
dustrial Education Department: (1) Vocational-In- 
dustrial Education, (2) Industrial Arts Education 
and (3) Education for Industry. The overall offer- 
ing includes both undergraduate and graduate 
programs leading to the degrees of: Bachelor of 
Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doc- 
tor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead 
either to certification as a vocational-industrial 
teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor 
of Science degree, including certification. The Uni- 



130 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



versity of Maryland is designated as the institution 
which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" cer- 
tification courses and hence the courses which 
are offered are those required for certification in 
Maryland. The vocational-industrial curriculum re- 
quires trade competence as specified by the Mary- 
land State Plan for Vocational Education. A person 
who aspires to be certified should review the State 
plan and may well contact Maryland State Depart- 
ment of Education officials. If the person has in 
mind teaching in a designated city or county, he 
may discuss his plans with the vocational-indus- 
trial official of that city or county inasmuch as 
there are variations in employments and training 
procedures. 

The Industrial Arts Education curriculum pre- 
pares persons to teach industrial arts at the sec- 
ondary school level. It is a four-year program lead- 
ing to a Bachelor of Science degree. While trade 
or industrial experience contributes significantly to 
the background of the industrial arts teacher, pre- 
vious work experience is not a condition of en- 
trance into this curriculum. Students who are en- 
rolled in the curriculum are encouraged to ob- 
tain work in industry during the summer months. 
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area 
is a part of the general education program char- 
acterized by extensive laboratory experiences. 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3 

English Literature or World Literature 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology or 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

EDIN 101 — Mechanical Drawing I 2 

EDIN 102— Woodworking I 3 

EDIN 112— Shop Calculation 3 

ART — Art elective or 

PHIL — Philosophy elective 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

EDIN 121 — Mechnical Drawing II 2 

EDIN 122— Woodworking II 3 

Total 15 17 

Sophomore Year 

English Literature or World Literature 3 

HIST 221— History of U.S. to 1865, or 

HIST 222— History of U.S. since 1865 3 

HIST — History elective 3 

PHYS 111 and PHYS 112— Elements of Physics: 

Mechanics, Heat and Sound 3 3 

EDIN 127 — Electricity — Electronics I 3 

EDIN 133— Automotives I 3 

EDIN 241 — Architectural Drawing 2 

MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics 3 

EDIN 247— Electricity— Electronics II 3 

EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding 1 

EDIN 210— Foundry 1 

Total 17 14 

Junior Year 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry 4 4 

EDUC 300— Human Development and Learning .... 6 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

EDIN 262— Machine Shop Practice I 3 

EDIN 226— General Metal Work 3 



EDIN 311 — Laboratory Practicum in Industrial 

Arts 3 

EDIN 134— Graphic Art-. I 3 

Elective (Laboratory) 4 

Elective (Unspecified) . . 3 

Total ... 17 19 

Senior Year 

EDIN 340 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation .3 

EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 8 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education .3 

EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization and 

Management 3 

EDIN 466 — Educational Foundation of 

Industrial Arts 3 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

EDUC— Electives 6 

Electives (Unspecified) 2 

Total 14 17 

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

The vocational-industrial curriculum is a four- 
year program of studies leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree in education. It is intended to de- 
velop the necessary competencies for the effective 
performance of the tasks of a vocational teacher. 
In addition to establishing the adequacy of the stu- 
dent's skills in a particular trade and the develop- 
ment of instructional efficiency, the curriculum 
aims at the professional and cultural development 
of the individual. Courses are included which 
would enrich the person's scientific, economic, 
psychological and sociological understandings. 
The vocational-certification courses for the State 
of Maryland are a part of the curriculum require- 
ments. 

Persons pursuing this curriculum must present 
documentary evidence of having an apprentice- 
ship or comparable learning period and journey- 
man experience. This evidence of background and 
training is necessary in order that the trade exami- 
nation phase of the curriculum may be accomp- 
lished. 

Persons having completed the necessary certi- 
fication courses prior to working on the degree 
program may use such courses toward meeting 
graduation requirements. However, after certifica- 
tion course requirements have been met, persons 
continuing studies toward a degree must taKe 
courses in line with the curriculum plan and Uni- 
versity regulations. For example, junior level 
courses cannot be taken until the student has 
reached full junior standing. 



Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3 

English Literature 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3 

EDIN 112— Shop Calculation 3 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 131 



MATH 110— Introduction to Mathematics or 

MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 3 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Total 13 12 

Sophomore Year 

ENGL 201— World Literature or 

Engish Literature 3 

ART — Art elective or 

PHIL — Philosophy elective 3 

HIST 221— History of the U.S. to 1865, or 

HIST 222— History of the U.S. since 1865 3 

HIST— History elective 3 

Physical Sciences 3 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

CHEM 103— General Chemistry or ZOOL 101 — 

General Zoology 4 

Total 12 13 

Trade Examination 20 

Junior Year 

EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development 3 

EDIN 465— Modern Industry 3 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning .... 6 
EDIN 462 — Occupational Analysis and Course 

Construction 3 

CHEM 104 or BOTN 101 4 

EDIN 471 — History and Principles of 

Vocational Education 3 

EDIN 457 — Tests and Measurements 3 

Approved electives 3 

Total 16 12 

Senior Year 

EDIN 340 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of Sec. Ed 3 

EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools* 8 

EDCP 410 — Introduction to Counseling and 

Personnel Services 3 

Electives 6 

EDUC 301 — Social Foundations of Education 3 

EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization and 

Management 3 

Ed. electives 3 

Total 17 15 

'Student Teaching Requirement in Vocational Education. 

Persons currently teaching in the secondary 
schools with three or more years of satisfactory 
experience at that level are not required to take 
EDIN 347— Student Teaching in Secondary 
Schools. Evidence of satisfactory teaching experi- 
ence shall be presented in the form of written 
statements from the principal area supervisor and 
department head in the school where such teach- 
ing is done. Instead of the eight credits required 
for student teaching, the individual meeting the 
above qualifications will have eight additional se- 
mester hours of elective credits. 

ELECTIVE CREDITS 

Courses in history and philosophy of education, 
sociology, speech, psychology, economics, busi- 
ness administration and other areas may be taken 
with the permission of the student's advisor. 



Elective courses in the technical area (shop and 
drawing) will be limited to courses and subjects 
not covered in the trade training experience. 
Courses dealing with advanced technology and re- 
cent improvements in field practices will be ac- 
ceptable. 

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL CERTIFICATION 

A person to become certified as a trade in- 
dustrial and service occupations teacher in the 
State of Maryland must successfully complete 18 
credit hours of instruction. 

The following courses must be included in the 
18 credit hours of instruction: 

EDIN 350— Methods of Teaching 

EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization and Management 

EDIN 457 — Tests and Measurements 

EDIN 462— Occupational Analysis and Course Construction 

The remainder of the credit hours shall be met 
through the election of the following courses: 

EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development 

EDIN 461 — Principles of Vocational Guidance 

EDIN 465 — Modern Industry 

EDIN 467 — Problems in Occupational Education 

EDIN 471 — History and Principles of Vocational Education 

EDCP 410 — Introduction to Counseling and Personnel 

Services 
EDCP 411 — Mental Hygiene in the Classroom 
Educational Psychology or its equivalent 

A person in Vocational-Industrial Education may 
use his certification courses toward a Bachelor of 
Science degree. In doing so the general require- 
ments of the University and his college must be 
met. A maximum of 20 semester hours of credit 
may be earned through examination in the trade 
in which the student has competence. Prior to 
taking the examination, the student shall provide 
documentary evidence of his apprenticeship or 
learning period and journeyman experience. For 
further information about credit by examination 
refer to the academic regulations. 

EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY 

The Education for Industry curriculum is a four- 
year program leading to a Bachelor of Science de- 
gree. The purpose of the program is to prepare 
persons for jobs within industry and, as such, it 
embraces four major areas of competence: (a) 
technical competence, (b) human relations and 
leadership competence, (c) communications com- 
petence, and (d) social and civic competence. 

Semester 
t II 

3 

3 



Freshmen Year 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 

English Literature 

SOCY 100 or ANTH 100— Introduction to 

Sociology or Introduction to 

Anthropology 

EDIN 101 — Mechanical Drawing I 

EDIN 112 — Shop Calculation 

EDIN 121 — Mechanical Drawing II 

EDIN 122— Woodworking II 

EDIN 223 — Arc and Gas Welding 

EDIN 262 — Machine Shop Practice I . . . . 



132 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



(1) 



IS 



EDlN 210 — Foundry 

Physical Education 

MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics. 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

ART— Art Elective 

English Literature 3 

EDIN 124— Sheet Metal Work 2 

BSAD 110 — Elements of Business 

Enterprise 3 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 

PHYS 111, 112— Elements of Physics: 
Mechanics, Heat and Sound or Ele- 
ments of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, 
and Optics or PHYS 121, 122— Funda- 
mentals of Physics 3 or 4 

MATH 111 — Introduction to Mathematics. . 3 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 

HIST 242— Western Civilization 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 
EDIN 184 — Organized and Supervised 

Work Experience 3 



1 

(I) 

-I 



3 or 4 

(2) 
3 
3 



Total 

Junior Year 

History Elective 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology . 

PSYC 235 — Personality and Adjustment 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry . . 

ECON 470 — Labor Economics 

EDIN 324 — Organized and Supervised 
Work Experience 

EDIN 443-444— Industrial Safety Educa- 
tion I and II 

BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I . . . 

SOCY 462 — Industrial Sociology 

Electives 



17or18 16or17 



Total 

Senior Year 

BSAD 460 — Personnel Management II or 

BSAD 230 — Business I 

BSAD 362 — Labor Relations 

BSAD 385 — Production Management .... 

EDIN 465 — Modern Industry 

EDIN 425 — Industrial Training in Industry I or 
EDIN 475 — Recent Technological Devel- 
opments in Products and Processes . . . 

PSYC 365— Industrial Psychology 

Electives 



18 



Total 



Course Code Prefix— EDIN 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS 
MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 

Chairman: Courtright. 

Professor: Patrick. 

Associate Professor: Courtright. 

Assistant Professors: Sayani, Testa. 

Instructors: Chappell, Deutsch, Smith. 

Lecturers: Fishman, Golding. 

The program of studies in information systems 
management is designed to meet the needs of 
those wishing to concentrate on the application of 
the digital computer to the analysis, design and 
administration of complex information systems. 
Students who expect to enter business administra- 



tion, public administration or organizations in 
other fields will find that this program offers a rel- 
evant preparation. 

The student entering this program will place em- 
phasis on the study of digital computer applica- 
tions and relevant mathematical methods. With the 
aid of a faculty advisor, he will select a minimum 
of 15 hours of course work in a secondary field 
such as business administration, computer sci- 
ence, economics, mathematics, psychology, public 
administration, or the sciences. 

INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT 
CURRICULUM 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition 3 

ENGL 201 (or 211 or 212 or 221 or 222)— Literature 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Fine Arts and Philosophy Elective 3 

Science (one biological and one physical) 3-4 3-4 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

History 3 



17-18 16-17 
Sophomore Year 

BSAD 220. 221— Principles of Accounting 3 3 

ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

ENGL 202 (or 211 or 212 or 221 or 222)— Literature 3 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3 

"MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4 

CMSC 103 or 110 — Introductory Algorithmic Methods 

or Elementary Algorithmic Analysis 3 

History 3 

BSAD 230 — Business Statistics I 3 



16 15 



Junior Year 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 3 

IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing Applications 

BSAD 434 — Operations Research I 3 

BSAD 435 — Operations Research II 

BSAD 430 — Linear Statistical Models in Business.. 

ECON 401, 403, 430, or 440 (any two) 3 

Secondary Field 3 

Elective 3 



Senior Year 

IFSM 410 — Information Processing Problems of 

Models of Administrative, Economic, and Political 
Systems 3 

IFSM 436 — Introduction to Systems Analysis 

IFSM 420 — Information Processing and Computa- 
tional Problems in Operations Analysis 

BSAD 438 — Topics in Statistical Analysis for 

Business and Management 3 

Secondary Field 6 

Electives 3 



* May be used for upper i 
Course Code Prefix— IFSM 



JAPANESE LANGUAGE OFFERING 

Instructor: Higuchi. 

Three semesters of Japanese are now offered 
under the administration of the Committee on 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 133 



East Asian Studies. The courses are open to all 
students interested in Japanese and East Asian 

studies. 

Course Code— JAPN 

COLLEGE OF JOURNALISM 

Professor and Dean: Hiebert. 
Professors: Bryan, Crowell, Martin, Newsom. 
Associate Professors: Brown, Grunig. 
Assistant Professors: Flippen, Lee, Petrick. 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Hoyt. 
Instructor: Arkin. 

Lecturers: Collier (PT), Dawson (PT), Geraci, Hoy 
(PT), Hymes (PT). 

REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JOURNALISM MAJOR 

Listed below are lower-division and upper- 
division requirements for majors in the College 
of Journalism. In qualifying for the degree, the 
student must complete 120 semester hours, 57 
hours of which must be upper-division credit. 

Course substitutions may be made by the fac- 
ulty advisor to take account of previous profes- 
sional experience and to develop programs to in- 
clude special study. Within the broad outlines of 
the upper-division courses themselves, students 
are encouraged to develop individual interest by 
careful choice of elective courses. 

Lower-Division Curriculum 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 (or 171) and 201 3 3 

Science (one course of which must be lab) 4 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

PSYC 100 and SOCY 100 3 3 

SPCH 100 3 

MATH 110 3 

HLTH 105' (2) 

Physical Activities* (1) (1) 

Total 17 18 

•The required HLTH 105 and PHED credits are not applied to the minimum 
of 120 needed for graduation. 

Semester 

Sophomore Year I II 

JOUR 200 and JOUR 201 3 3 

ENGL 202 3 

Foreign Language 3 3 

History 3 3 

GVPT 1 70 and ECON 205 3 3 

Fine Arts elective 3 

Total 15 15 

Upper-Division Curriculum 

Journalism Requirements 

24 credit hours in upper division journalism 
courses, including Journalism 310, News Editing. 
At least six credit hours should be taken in one 
of the following sequences for depth in a special 
field of journalism: 

JOUR 320 and 321— News Editorial. 
JOUR 330 and 331— Public Relations. 
JOUR 340 and 341— Advertising 
JOUR 350 and 351 — News Photography. 
JOUR 360 and 361 — News Broadcasting. 



All journalism majors should elect at least six 
credit hours from the following courses for breadth 
in mass communication: 

JOUR 400 — Law ot Mass Communication 

JOUR 410 — History of Mass Comunication. 

JOUR 420 — Government and Mass Communication. 

JOUR 430 — Comparative Mass Communication Systems. 

JOUR 440 — Public Opinion and Mass Communication. 

Non-Journalism Requirements 

12-18 credit hours in upper-division courses in 
one subject outside of the Journalism Depart- 
ment. 

12-18 credit hours of upper-division, non-jour- 
nalism electives, to be spread or concentrated 
according to individual needs. 

Minimum upper-division credits for 

graduation 57 

Total Lower and Upper-Division 120* 



Course Code Prefix — IOUR 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 
EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

Faculty: M. Lucia James, Jean Kennelly, W. Ber- 
nard Lukenbill. 

All students anticipating work in library science 
education should consult with advisors in this area 
at the beginning of the freshman year. Students 
enrolled in this curriculum will pursue a Bachelor 
or Arts degree with an area of concentration of 36 
hours in one of the following: humanities, social 
sciences, science, or foreign languages. Students 
may concentrate in a subject area subsumed under 
one of these four fields, or they may choose a 
broad spectrum of courses in one of the four 
areas under the guidance of their advisors. The 
minor of 18 hours will be library science educa- 
tion. 

All students who pursue a degree in library 
science education are required to complete two 
years (12 semester hours) of the same foreign 
language on the college level, or the equivalent. 
Students who have studied French, German or 
Spanish for two or more years in high school are 
required to take the Foreign Language Placement 
Examination before they continue their study of 
the language concerned. Students who are placed 
by the examination in French, German or Spanish 
114 (the third college semester) are required to 
take six additional hours of that language. Stu- 
dents who are placed in French, German or Span- 
ish 115 (the fourth college semester) are required 
to take three additional hours of that language. 
Students who are placed in French or Spanish 
or German 221 (the fifth college semester) are not 
required to take any further courses in that lan- 
guage. Students who have studied languages other 
than French, German or Spanish, or who have 
lived for two or more years in a foreign country 
where a language other than English prevails, 



134 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



shall be placed by the chairman of the respective LINGUISTICS PROGRAM 

language section, if feasible, or by the Chairman 

of the Department of Foreign Languages. Native Associate Professor and Director: Dingwall, 
speakers of a foreign language shall satisfy the Assistant Professor: Fidelholtz. 
foreign language requirement by taking 12 hours The program in linguistics is designed to pro- 
of English. vide students with a comprehensive and consistent 
Students in library science education will com- view of the accomplishments, methodology and 
plete eight semester hours in Directed Library Ex- problems of modern linguistic science which has 
perience as their student teaching requirement. as its aim the explication of the facts of specific 
It will involve a half day in school, five days per natural languages as well as of natural language in 
week, for 16 weeks. This period will be divided general. While any educated man will benefit from 
into two sections, with eight weeks spent in an an understanding of the structure and develop- 
elementary school and eight weeks in a secondary ment of language, those who expect to become 
school. A concurrent weekly seminar will also be scholars and teachers of anthropology, English, 
a part of this experience. Students completing this foreign languages, philosophy, psychology, or 
curriculum will be eligible for certification as ele- speech will find a background in linguistics invalu- 
mentary or secondary school librarians. able. Although there is not an undergraduate ma- 

Semester ' or m linguistics at this time, courses in linguistics 

Freshman Year I il mav De used to fulfill the supporting course re- 

engl 101 — Composition or alternate 3 .. quirements in some programs leading to the B.A. 

English Literature 3 Or B.S. degree. 

Social Science (Economics, Geography, Government 

and Politics, Sociology, Psychology, Course Code P , eUx _ UNG 

or Anthropology) 3 3 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

Art Music or Philosophy 3 MATERIALS RESEARCH 

MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 4 

Science 3 Director: Lippincott. 

Science (with laboratory) 4 Associate Director: Brasch. 

Foreign Language, or elective if Advanced A . . „ ... _ . ., .... 

Placement 3 3 Advisory Committee: Castellan, ex officio repre- 

"" sentative of the Office of the Vice Chancellor 

Total 16 18 for Academic Affairs, Ginter (Institute for Mole- 

„ , .. cular Physics), Gordon (Chemistry), Lin (Elec- 

Sophomore Year . . . _ . . . ... . . . ,L, 

spch 100-Pubiic Speaking 3 .. trical Engineering), Mmkiewicz (Physics and 

English Literature 3 .. Astronomy), Marcinkowski (Mechanical Engi- 

History requirements 3 3 neering), Silverman (Chemical Engineering). 

Foreign Language, or elective if Advanced 

Placement 3 3 The Center of Materials Research is an inter- 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) departmental organization which has as its func- 

Area of concentration 6 9 t j on tne SU pp 0r t f graduate research and educa- 

Tota| ^ ~ 7 tion in the field of materials sciences. This support 

consists of funds for the support of graduate stu- 

Junior Year dents working towards advanced degrees, post- 

educ 300— Human Development and Learning... 6 doctoral research appointments, the granting of 

rlnnr f °~L n,r ° d fl™ X ° ^^t^nn 3 research support to university faculty working in 

EDUC 371 — Basic Reference and Information . rK . •» ■» a 

Sources 3 the materials sciences and the purchases of cap- 

educ 372— Cataloging and Classification of ital equipment needs for graduate students or 

Library Materials 3 faculty research programs. It also operates serv- 

educ 373— Library Materials for Children ice and research facilities which are shared jointly 

^ e e c a tjv ° e , s concen,ration ;;;;;;; ;;;;;;; 3 t by graduate students and faculty from several de- 

"1 partments. 

Total 18 18 T ne scientific management of this program rests 

Senior Year solely within the University through the Director 

educ 301— Foundations of Education 3 of the Center of Materials Research, aided by an 

educ 374— Library Mate. iais for Youth 3 associate director and an Advisory Committee. 

ED s U e?vice 5_SCh001 Ubrary Administration and 3 Faculty participating in the program represent 

EDE e L rV 33 e 4-Directed Library Experience in' Eiemen- * tn e following departments: Chemical Engineering, 

tary Schools with Seminar and edse 371, Di- Chemistry, Electrical Engineering, Horticulture, 

rected Library Experience in Secondary Schools Mechanical Engineering, Molecular Physics, and 

with Seminar (4 each) 8 Physics. 

Area of concentration 6 6 

Eiectives 6 .. Funds for the Center come from both university 

and government sources, the largest single source 

Total 18 17 being the National Science Foundation. Individual 

course code Preiix-EDuc faculty members obtain NSF support for their re- 
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 135 



search when their proposals to the Center of Ma- 
terials Research are approved by the CMR Com- 
mittee and the Director. The nation's industry and 
defense needs have created a great demand for 
detailed knowledge of materials and their proper- 
ties; for example, basic research in materials sci- 
ences is important if one is to prevent failure of 
material components in anything from relatively 
simple automobile or airplane parts or a bio- 
materials component associated with a kidney 
transplant. The university thus has a role in edu- 
cating students for advanced degrees, both in re- 
search and in training, who have both the knowl- 
edge and the expertise to work with and use the 
sophisticated materials now so commonplace in 
our modern technology. 

Areas of research activity include high pressure 
phenomena; intermolecular interactions; spectra 
and structural studies; electronic and mechanical 
properties of materials; electronic structure and 
fundamental interactions in solids, interaction of 
radiation with materials; mechanical properties 
such as defect and dislocation phenomena, and 
characterization of materials; neutron scattering 
and diffraction; metallurgy and materials proper- 
ties of polymers. 

The program is interdisciplinary in nature since 
it cuts across the normal departmental lines to 
bring many disciplines to bear on the complex 
nature of many materials problems. 

The CMR provides central facilities containing 
the most modern available instrumentation for use 
by participating members of the Center. The fa- 
cilities include: X-Ray Photo-Electron Spectro- 
scopy; Electron Microscope; X-Ray; Molecular 
Spectroscopy; Sample Preparation; Coordinated 
Laser; Crystal Growth; Mechanical Testing; High 
Field Superconducting Magnet; and Special Tech- 
niques and Instrumentation. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber. 

Professors: Adams, Antman, Auslander, Brace, 
Chu, Cohen, Correl, Douglis, Edmundson,* Ehr- 
lich, Goldberg, Goldstein, Good, Gray, L. Green- 
berg, Horvath, Hummel, Jackson, Kirwan, 
Kleppner, Kubota, Lehner, Maltese, Mikulski, 
Ortega,*** Pearl, Reinhart, Rheinboldt,* Schae- 
fer, Stellmacher, Strauss, Syski, Vesentini, 
Zedek. 

Associate Professors: Benedetto, Berg, Bernstein, 
Cook, Cooper, Dancis, Ellis, Fey,** Green, Gu- 
lick, Henkelman,** Johnson, Lay, Lipsman, Lo- 
pez-Escobar, Markley, Neri, Osborn, Owings, 
Sather, Schafer, Schneider, Warner, Wolfe, 
Zalcman. 

Assistant Professors: Alexander, Anderson, Cur- 
rier, Davidson,** Fay, Fields, R. Greenberg, 
Halperin, Haris. Helzer, Hemperly, W. Hill, Muc- 



Joint Appointment: Computer Science Center. 
Joint Appointment: Department of Secondary Education. 
1 Joint Appointment- Computer Science Center and IFOAM 



ci, Niebur, Powell, Schmidt, Shepherd, Smith, 

Sweet, Unsain, Yang. 
Instructors: Brown, Chernick, Kastner, Kilbourn, 

Lepson, McClay, Meyers, Sorensen, Steely, 

Wagner. 
Faculty Research Assistant: R. Hill. 

The program in mathematics leading to the de- 
gree of Bachelor of Science in Mathematics offers 
students training in mathematics in preparation for 
graduate work, teaching and positions in govern- 
ment or industry. 

A student intending to major in mathematics 
should complete the introductory sequence MATH 
140, 141, 240, 241 or the corresponding honors 
sequence MATH 150, 151, 250, 251 and should 
have an average grade of at least B in these 
courses. 

A mathematics major is required to complete 
with at least a grade of C MATH 403, 410, 411, 
and one of MATH 240, 400, 405. A total of eight 
upper division courses (24 credits) in mathematics 
or statistics with a grade of at least C is required. 

The requirements are detailed in a department- 
al brochure which is available through the Under- 
graduate Mathematics Office. Appropriate courses 
taken at other universities or through University 
College may be used to fulfill these requirements, 
but at least four of the eight required upper di- 
vision mathematics courses must be taken in the 
Department of Mathematics. 

In addition to the above, a mathematics major 
must include at least 22 credit hours of supporting 
course work; ten specified credit hours of science 
and twelve specified credit hours of other support- 
ing course work (which need not be in science) 
are required. These requirements can be met in 
various ways; for details, the mathematics depart- 
mental brochure for majors should be consulted. 

Since most of the non-English mathematical lit- 
erature is written in French, German or Russian, 
students intending to continue studying mathe- 
matics in graduate school should obtain a reading 
knowledge of at least one of these languages. 

HONORS IN MATHEMATICS 

The Mathematics Honors Program is designed 
for students showing exceptional ability and inter- 
est in mathematics. Its aim is to give a student the 
best possible mathematical education. Participants 
are selected by the Departmental Honors Commit- 
tee during the first semester of their junior year. 
To graduate with honors in mathematics they must 
take four credits of MATH 398 and pass a final 
written and oral comprehensive examination. A 
graduate course or three credits of independent 
study may be substituted for two credits of MATH 
398. The rest of the program is flexible. Independ- 
ent work is encouraged and can be done in place 
of formal course work. A student need not major 
in mathematics to participate in the honors pro- 
gram. 

The Mathematics Department also offers a spe- 



136 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



cial Mathematics Departmental honors calculus 
sequence (MATH 150, 151, 250, 251) for promising 
freshmen with a strong mathematical background 
(usually including calculus). Enrollment in the se- 
quence is normally by invitation but any inter- 
ested student may apply to the Mathematics De- 
partmental Honors Committee for admission. 

Participants in the General Honors Program 
may enroll in special honors sections of the regu- 
lar calculus sequence (MATH 140H, 141H, 240H, 
241H). They may enroll in the honors calculus se- 
quence if invited by the Mathematics Department- 
al Honors Committee. However, the Mathematics 
Departmental Honors calculus sequence and the 
General Honors Program are distinct, and enroll- 
ment in one does not imply acceptance in the 
other. 

Neither honors calculus sequence is prerequi- 
site for participating in the Mathematics Honors 
Program, and students in these sequences need 
not be mathematics majors. 

PI MU EPSILON 

The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national hon- 
orary mathematics fraternity, meets frequently to 
discuss mathematical or educational topics of in- 
terest to undergraduates. The programs are open 
to the public. 

PLACEMENT IN MATHEMATICS COURSES 

The department has a large offering to accom- 
modate a great variety of backgrounds, interests 
and abilities. The department permits a student to 
take any course for which he has the appropriate 
background regardless of formal course work. For 
example, a student with a high school calculus 
course may be permitted to begin in the middle of 
the calculus sequence even if he does not have ad- 
vanced standing. Students may obtain undergrad- 
uate credit for mathematics courses in any of the 
following ways: passing the appropriate CEEB 
Advanced Placement examination, passing stand- 
ardized CLEP examinations, and through the de- 
partment's Credit-by Examination. Students are 
urged to consult with advisors from the Mathe- 
matics Department to assist with proper place- 
ments. 

Course Code Prefixes— MATH, STAT 

MEASUREMENT AND STATISTICS 

Faculty: C. Mitchell Dayton, John F. Giblette, 
Charles E. Johnson, George B. Macready, 
Bruce G. Rogers, William D. Schafer, William 
Sedlacek, Clayton L. Stunkard. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Programs available in the Department of Meas- 
urement and Statistics lead to the master of arts 
degree (thesis or non-thesis option) and to the 
doctor of philosophy degree. In addition to the 



general master's degree, three specialist programs 
are available: evaluation specialist, statistical an- 
alysis specialist, and measurement specialist. Po- 
tential job placements include: evaluators of vari- 
ous projects in curriculum offices in state or coun- 
ty school systems; federal projects; government 
statistical positions, private research organiza- 
tions; testing specialists in government, state and 
local school systems, and private test construc- 
tion organizations. The doctoral program is in- 
tended to produce persons qualified to: teach at 
the college level in the field of educational meas- 
urement and research methodology; conduct re- 
search studies in the field of education; advise in 
the conduct of research studies; and administer 
programs in the above areas. 

Persons interested in majoring in the Depart- 
ment must display above average aptitude and 
interest in quantitative methods as applied in the 
behavioral sciences. 



Course Code Prefix— EDMS 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 

Professor and Chairman: Dally. 

Professors: Allen, Armstrong, Asimow, Berger, 

Cunniff, Hsu, Jackson, Marcinkowski, Sayre, 

Shreeve, Talaat, Weske (Emeritus), Wockenfuss, 

Yang. 
Associate Professors: Anand, Buckley, Hayleck, 

Fourney, Marks, Morse, Sallet, Walston. 
Assistant Professors: Elkins, Forsnes, Holloway, 

Kirk, Kobayashi, Owens, Sargent, Scheffler, 

Tsui. 
Instructors: Becker, Puckett, Hagner, Whitbeck. 
Lecturers: Dawson, Seigel. 
Visiting Professor: Irwin. 

The primary function of the mechanical engi- 
neer is to create devices, machines, structures or 
processes which are used to advance the welfare 
of mankind. Design, analysis and testing are the 
essential steps in these developments. Of particu- 
lar importance are the aspects of engineering 
science and art relating to the generation and 
transmission of mechanical power, the establish- 
ment of both experimental and theoretical models 
of mechanical systems, the static and dynamic be- 
havior of fluids and the optimization of materials 
in design. Emphasis is also given to the proper 
co-ordination and management of facilities and 
personnel to achieve a successful product or 
service. 

The responsibility of the Mechanical Engineer- 
ing profession is extremely broad. The following 
divisions of the American Society of Mechanical 
Engineers indicate many of the technical areas in 
which the mechanical engineer may work: air pol- 
lution, applied mechanics, automatic controls, 
aviation and space, biomechanical and human 
factors, design engineering, diesel and gas engine 
power, energetics, fluids engineering, fuels, gas 
turbine, heat transfer, management, materials 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 137 



handling, metals engineering, nuclear engineer- 
ing, petroleum, power, pressure vessels and pip- 
ing, process industries, railroad, rubber and plas- 
tics, safety, solar energy, textiles and underwater 
technology. 

There are many career opportunities in all of 
these fields. In particular, the areas of design, 
systems analysis, management, consulting, re- 
search, maintenance, production, teaching and 
sales offer challenging and rewarding futures. 

Because of the wide variety of professional op- 
portunities available to the mechanical engineer, 
the curriculum is designed to provide the stu- 
dent with a thorough training in basic fundament- 
als including physics, chemistry, mathematics, 
mecnanics, thermodynamics, materials, heat trans- 
fer, electronics, power and design. The curricu- 
lum leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in Me- 
chanical Engineering which is usually sufficient 
for early career opportunities in industry or the 
government. Advanced graduate programs are 
available for continued study leading to Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 

Course I II 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .. 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics .. 3 

MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3 

ENES 1 10— Mechanics . . 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- 
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 
of an engineering degree it is a prepara- 
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule 
their freshman years as showing in the following: 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 
Course I II Summer 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics 3 

MATH 115— Intro to Analysis'" 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities (1) (1) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 



Semester 

I 

3 



•Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hrs. 

each) instead of CHEM 103 and 104. 
•MATH 115 is an additional course lor those students who do not quality 

to begin with MATH 140. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

General Education Courses 

MATH 241— Analysis III 

MATH 246 — Differential Equations 

PHYS 262,263— General Physics 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 

ENES 221 — Dynamics 

ENME 200 — Introduction to Mechanical 

Engineering 

ENME 216— Thermodynamics I 

Total 

JUNIOR YEAR 

General Education Courses 

ENEE 300 — Principles of Electrical 

Engineering 

ENEE 301— Electrical Engr. Lab 

ENME 300 — Materials Engineering 

ENME 301 — Materials Engr. Lab 

ENME 321 — Transfer Processes 

ENME 342— Fluid Mechanics I 

ENME 343 — Fluid Mechanics Lab 

ENME 360 — Dynamics of Machinery . . . 
ENME 381 — Measurements Laboratory . . 
ENME 382 — Engr. Anal, and Computer 

Programming 

Technical Elective 

Total 

SENIOR YEAR 

General Education Courses 

ENME 400— Machine Design 

ENME 401 — Mechanical Engineering 

Analysis and Design 

ENME 421 — Energy Conversion I 

ENME 480 — Engineering Experimentation 
Technical Elective 

Total 



•Except with the special permission of the Department Chairman, the stu- 
dent will be required to take 9 of the elective credits in the Engineering 
College. 6 of which must be in the Mechanical Engineering Department 

Technical Electives 

ENME 341 — Gas Dynamics 3 

ENME 380 — Applied Mathematics in Eng 3 

ENME 402 — Selected Topics in Engr. Design 3 

ENME 403 — Automatic Controls 3 

ENME 410 — Operations Research I 3 

ENME 411 — Introduction to Industrial 

Engineering 3 

ENME 422 — Energy Conversion II 3 

ENME 423 — Environmental Engineering 3 

ENME 424 — Advanced Thermodynamics 3 

ENME 442— Fluid Mechanics II 3 

ENME 450 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis 

for the Oceanic Environment 3 

ENME 451 — Mechanical Engineering Systems 

for Underwater Operations 3 

ENME 452 — Physical and Dynamical Oceanography .... 3 

ENME 453 — Ocean Waves. Tides and Turbulences 3 

ENME 460 — Elasticity and Plasticity I 3 

ENME 461— Dynamics II 3 

ENME 462 — Introduction to Engineering 

Acoustics 3 

ENME 463 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis 3 

ENME 465 — Introductory Fracture Mechanics 3 

ENME 481 — Engineering Experimentation 3 

ENME 488— Special Problems 3 
ENME 489 — Special Topics in Mechanical 

Engineering 3 





3" 


17 


16 


3 


3 


3 






4 


3 






3 


6* 


6* 


15 


16 



138 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



In the Mechanical Engineering Department 
there are several divisions of specialization which 
include: design and system analysis, energy con- 
version, solid and fluid mechanics and materials. 
The undergraduate student may select technical 
electives from one or more of these areas of spe- 
cilization. Students planning to continue on in the 
graduate program should preferably choose elec- 
tives to provide the best background for their 
major area. The subject material of interest to 
each field of specialization is: 

I Industrial and Systems Engineering 

a. Systems design 

b. Systems analysis 

c. Operations research 

d. Engineering management 

II Energy 

a. Thermodynamics 

b. Heat transfer 

c. Energy conversion 

d. Propulsion 

III Fluid Mechanics 

a. Compressible and incompressible flow 

b. Viscous flow 

c. Hydrodynamics 

d. Marine and ocean engineering 

IV Solid Mechanics 

a. Continuum mechanics 

b. Dynamics, vibrations and acoustics 

c. Elasticity, plasticity and viscoelasticity 

d. Plates, shells and structures 

e. Experimental mechanics 

V Materials 

See listing under Engineering Materials 
section. 

Opportunities are also available for students to 
take advanced work in engineering management, 
operations research, marine and ocean engineer- 
ing, bio-mechanical engineering, environmental 
engineering, acoustics, bio-mechanics and experi- 
mental stress analysis. 



Course Code Prefix— ENME 

METEOROLOGY PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Landsberg. 

Professor: Faller. 

Visiting Professor: Fritz. 

Associate Professors: Israel,* Rodenhuis. 

Assistant Professors: Gage, Thompson, Vernekar. 

Instructor: Li. 

Visiting Lecturers: Bonner, Gerrity. 

Research Associate: Overcamp. 

Faculty Research Assistant: Kaylor. 



•Joint appointment with civil engineering. 



These courses provide an excellent undergradu- 
ate background for those students who wish to do 
graduate work in the fields of atmospheric and 
oceanic science, meteorology, air pollution, and 
other environmental sciences. The interdisciplinary 
nature of studies in meteorology and oceanogra- 
phy assures that all science oriented students will 
gain a broadened view of physical science as a 
whole, as well as the manner in which the more 
pure sciences may be applied to understand the 
behavior of our environment. 



The Program in Meteorology, part of the Insti- 
tute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics, 
offers a number of courses of interest to under- 
graduate students. 



Course Code Prelix— METO 

MICROBIOLOGY 

Associate Professor and Chairman: Young. 
Professors: Colwell, Doetsch, Faber (Emeritus), 

Hetrick, Laffer, Pelczar. 
Associate Professors: Cook, MacQuillan, Rober- 

son. 
Assistant Professors: Vaituzis, Voll, Weiner. 
Lecturers: Janicki, Stadtman. 

The Department of Microbiology has as its pri- 
mary aim providing the student with thorough and 
rigorous training in microbiology. This entails 
knowledge of the basic concepts of bacterial cy- 
tology, physiology, taxonomy, metabolism, and ge- 
netics, as well as an understanding of the bi- 
ology of infectious disease, immunology, general 
virology, and various applications of microbiologi- 
cal principles to public health and industrial pro- 
cesses. In addition, the department pursues a 
broad and vigorous program of basic research, 
and encourages original thought and investigation 
in the above-mentioned areas. 

The department also provides desirable courses 
for students majoring in allied departments who 
wish to obtain vital, supplementary information. 
Every effort has been made to present the subject 
matter of microbiology as a basic core of material 
that is pertinent to all biological sciences. 

The curriculum outlined below, which leads to a 
bachelor's degree, includes the basic courses in 
microbiology and allied fields. 

A student planning a major in microbiology 
should consult his advisor during the first year. 
The supporting courses should be chosen only 
from the biological or physical sciences. 

No course with a grade less than C may be 
used to satisfy major requirements. 

The department has an Honors Program, and in- 
formation concerning this program may be ob- 
tained from the department. 

Twenty-four semester hours of microbiology 
courses are required. This includes MICB 200 — 
General Microbiology (4), and MICB 440 — Patho- 
genic Microbiology (4). At least sixteen additional 
semester hours must be taken from: MICB 280 — 
Ecology and Microbial Genetics (3), MICB 290 — 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 139 



Applied Microbiology (4), MICB 300— Microbiologi- 
cal Literature (1), MICB 399— Microbiological 
Problems (3), MICB 400— Systematic Bacteriology 
(2), MICB 410— History of Microbiology (1), MICB 
420— Epidemiology and Public Health (2), MICB 
450— Immunology (4), MICB 460 — General Vir- 
ology (4), MICB 470— Microbial Physiology (4), 
and MICB 490— Microbial Fermentations (4). Also 
required as supporting courses are: CHEM 103, 
104— College Chemistry I, II (4, 4), CHEM 201, 202 
— College Chemistry III and College Chemistry 
Laboratory III (3, 2), CHEM 203, 204— College 
Chemistry IV and College Chemistry Laboratory 
IV (3, 2), CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry (3, 3), 
MATH 110, 111— Introduction to Mathematics (3,3) 
or equivalent, PHYS 121, 122 — Fundamentals of 
Physics (4, 4), ZOOL 101— General Zoology (4), 
and four additional semester hours of biological 
sciences. [MATH 220, 221— Introductory Calculus 
is recommended but not required.] 



Course Code Prefix— MICB 

MOLECULAR PHYSICS 

Professor and Director: Munn. 

Professors: Benesch, Benedict. 

Associate Professors: Krisher, DeRocco, Sengers, 
Ginter. 

Assistant Professors: Alexander, Gammon. 

Research Associates: Covey, Cook. 

The Institute for Molecular Physics serves as an 
ideal place to bring together physicists and chem- 
ists to work on problems of mutual interest to the 
advantage of both. The graduate degree program 
in chemical physics is administered jointly by the 
Institute and the Chemistry and Physics Depart- 
ments. 

The current research activities include theoreti- 
cal and experimental studies in the broad fields of 
intermolecular forces (equation of state of liquids 
and gases, critical phenomena, transport phenom- 
ena in gases and plasmas, molecular collisions and 
scattering processes, biological systems), molecu- 
lar structure (spectroscopy from the microwave to 
the vacuum ultraviolet, upper atmospheric and 
auroral phenomena, planetary atmospheres, po- 
tential energy curves, molecular quantum me- 
chanics), and chemical and physical kinetics. 

Since the faculty of the Institute feels strongly 
that students should fulfill the undergraduate re- 
quirements in one of the traditional departments 
to insure a broad background in a fundamental 
subject, no undergraduate degree is offered. Mem- 
bers of the Institute teach both undergraduate and 
graduate courses in the Department of Chemistry 
and the Department of Physics and Astronomy and 
supervise thesis research of graduate students in 
these departments. The Institute also participates 
in a graduate degree program in chemical physics 



which is jointly administered by the Institute, the 
Department of Chemistry, and the Department of 
Physics and Astronomy. 

MUSIC 

Professor and Chairman: Troth. 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein, deVermond, Gor- 
don, Grentzer, Heim, Helm, Johnson, Moss, Tay- 
lor, Traver, Ulrich (Emeritus). 

Associate Professors: Blum, Garvey, Head, Horton, 
Hudson, McClelland, Meyer, Montgomery, Nos- 
saman, Pennington, Schumacher, Serwer, Shel- 
ley, Springmann, True. 

Assistant Professors: Davis, Etheridge, Fanos, 
Fleming, Gallagher, Gould, Haley, Kuhn, Olson, 
Payerle, Seidler, Skidmore, Wakefield, Wilson. 

Instructors: Barnett, Beatty, Heath, Mueller, Roes- 
ner, Steinke, Wachhaus. 

Visiting Lecturer: Lieberman. 

The objectives of the department are (1) to help 
the general student develop sound critical judg- 
ment and discriminating taste in the art of music; 
(2) to provide professional musical training based 
on a foundation in the liberal arts; (3) to prepare 
the student for graduate work in the field; and (4) 
to prepare him to teach music in the public 
schools. To this end, two degrees are offered: the 
Bachelor of Music, with a major in theory and 
composition, history and literature, or music per- 
formance; and the Bachelor of Arts, with a major 
in music. The Bachelor of Science degree, with 
a major in music education, is offered in the De- 
partments of Early Childhood-Elementary Educa- 
tion and Secondary Education; course offerings 
and degree programs are described in the sec- 
tions relating to these departments. These degree 
programs, however, are totally administered with- 
in the Music Department. 

Courses in music theory, literature and music 
performance are open to all students who have 
completed the specified prerequisites or their 
equivalents if teacher time and facilities permit. 
The University Bands, Chamber Chorus, Chapel 
Choir, Madrigal Singers, Men's Glee Club, Or- 
chestra, and Women's Chorus, as well as the 
smaller ensembles, are likewise open to qualified 
students. 

THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE 

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bache- 
lor of Music is designed for students who wish to 
prepare for music teaching on the college level. 
A list of specific courses is available in the depart- 
mental office. A grade of C or above is required 
in each major course. The course requirements in 
the three major areas may be summarized as fol- 
lows: 



140 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



K'.ajor in 



Theory and History and Applied 
Composition Literature Music 

sem. hrs. sem. hrs. sem. hrs 



Academic Courses: 








Specified' 


43 


43 


43 


Unspecified 


8 


8 


9 


Theory and Literature: 








Lower Division 


27 


23 


23 


Upper Division 


16 


22 


13 


Applied Music: 


26 


24 


32 



'In addition: eight semester hours in ensemble courses. 

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts 
degree with a major in music is designed for stu- 
dents whose interests are cultural rather than pro- 
fessional. The departmental requirements include 
nineteen semester hours in music theory, eighteen 
semester hours in music history and literature, ten 
semester hours in applied music, in addition to 
one semester hour of ensemble credit for each 
semester in residence. A list of specific courses is 
available in the departmental office. A grade of 
C or above is required in each major course. 



Course Code Prefixes— MUSC, MUED 

NATURAL RESOURCES INSTITUTE 

Director: Cronin. 

The Natural Resources Institute is a multi- 
faceted organization which, through research, 
education and training, strives to increase man's 
knowledge and awareness in the field of natural 
resources. Particular emphasis is on the renew- 
able natural resources of Maryland. 

The Institute, part of the University's Division of 
Life Sciences and Agriculture, often works close- 
ly with State and Federal agencies, as well as 
private conservation groups, conducting scientific 
research into many different areas of environment- 
al concern. 

Institute scientists, researchers and specialists 
engage in a wide range of projects and studies 
ranging from probes into pollution and power plant 
effects on animal life in and around the Chesa- 
peake Bay, to the forest and wildlife problems 
caused by insects and strip mines in Western 
Maryland. Some search for better ways to pre- 
pare, process and package Bay seafoods, and 
act as advisors to Maryland's important seafood 
industries. Others study sewage and mine drain- 
age effects on the State's freshwater lakes and 
streams. 

Environmental education is carried on by the 
Institute in the form of annual summer resource 
workshops for school teachers, and research into 
better was to teach children environmental con- 
cepts and awareness through first-hand laboratory 
experience. 

The Institute cooperates with other University 



Departments in teaching undergraduate and grad- 
uate courses in wildlife, zoology and fisheries sci- 
ence. During summer sessions, undergraduate 
and graduate level classes in estuarine sciences 
are offered to a limited number of students at the 
Institute's major research facility, the Chesapeake 
Biological Laboratory at Solomons, Maryland. 

Formerly the State Department of Research and 
Education, the Natural Resources Institute became 
a part of the University in 1961. In addition to its 
facilities in H. J. Patterson Hall on the College 
Park campus, the Institute has offices and lab- 
oratories in four strategic natural-resource areas 
of the State: the Chesapeake Biological Labora- 
tory (founded at Solomons in 1925, subsequently 
incorporated into the Institute); Hallowing Point 
Field Station (a branch of CBL near Prince Fred- 
erick); the Seafood Processing Laboratory (Cris- 
field); and the Western Maryland Center (LaVale). 

NUCLEAR 

ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Professors: Duffey, Johnson, and Silverman. 

Associate Professors: Almenas, Munno, and 
Roush.* 

Assistant Professors: Blair and Sheaks. 

Part-Time Professor: Goldman. 

Lecturer: Belcher. 



Course Code Prefix— ENNU 

Nuclear engineering deals with the practical use 
of nuclear energy from nuclear fission, fusion and 
radioisotope sources. The major use of nuclear 
energy is in electric power generation. Other uses 
are in the areas of chemical processing, medicine, 
instrumentation, and isotope tracer analysis. The 
nuclear engineer is primarily concerned with the 
design and operation of energy conversion devices 
ranging from very large reactors to miniature nu- 
clear batteries, and with the use of nuclear reac- 
tions in many environmental, biological and chemi- 
cal processes. Because of the wide range of uses 
for nuclear systems, the nuclear engineer finds in- 
teresting and diverse career opportunities in a 
variety of companies and laboratories. 

Programs of study in nuclear engineering at the 
undergraduate and graduate level are offered 
through the Chemical Engineering Department. 
Students may use nuclear engineering as a field of 
concentration in the Bachelor of Science in Engi- 
neering program. 

Students choosing nuclear engineering as their 
primary field may pursue the following general 
curriculum. Students electing nuclear engineer- 
ing as their secondary field should seek advice 
from a member of the nuclear engineering faculty. 



•Joint appointment with Physi< 



Department, Curriculum and Program information / 141 



BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 

Course No. and Title I H 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health <2> 

CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" * ... 4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics . . 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4 

ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 3 

Physical Activities (1) (D 

Total Credits 17 18 

Students who are not prepared to schedule 
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115 
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses- 
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115 
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements 
of an engineering degree .... it is a prepara- 
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule 
their freshman year as showing in the following: 

ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR 

Semester 
Course No. and Title I II Summer 

HELTH 105— Science and Theory of Health i 2 1 
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry" ...4 4 

PHYS 161— General Physics I 3 

MATH 115 — Intro, to Analysis* •* 3 

MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II 4 4 

ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3 

ENES 110 — Mechanics 3 

General Education Courses 3 6 

Physical Activities < 1 I (1) 

Total Credits 16 18 7 

"Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (4 cr. hfs. 
each) instead ol CHEM 103 and 104. 
•"MATH 115 is an additional course lor those students who do not qualify 
to begin with MATH 140. 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

General Education Courses 3 3 

MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4 

MATH 246— Differential Equations 3 

PHYS 262, 263 — General Physics 4 4 

ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3 

CMSC 100 — Intro, to Use of Computers 1 

Secondary Field Elective 2 3 

ENNU 215— Intro, to Nuc. Tech 3 

Total 17 16 

Junior Year 

General Education Courses 3 3 

ENNU 320 — Nuc. Reactor Operation 3 

ENNU 430 — Radioisotope Power Sources .... 3 

ENNU 450— Reactor Engr. I 3 

PHYS 371 — Modern Phys. for Engr 3 

Secondary Field Courses 3 3 

ENES Electives 3 3 

Technical Elective 3 

Total 18 15 

Senior Year 

General Education Courses 3 3 

ENNU 455— Nuc. React. Engr. II 3 

ENNU 480— Reactor Core Design 3 

ENNU Electives 3 6 

Secondary Field Courses 3 3 

Technical Electives 6 

Total 18 15 



PHILOSOPHY 

Acting Chairman: Brown. 

Professors: Pasch, Perkins, Schlaretzki. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Lesher, 

Martin, Svenonius. 
Assistant Professors: Cartwright, Johnson, Kress, 

Odell, Varnedoe. 
Lecturer: Curtis. 

The undergraduate course offerings of the De- 
partment of Philosophy are, as a group, intended 
both to satisfy the needs of persons wishing to 
make philosophy their major field and to provide 
ample opportunity for other students to explore 
the subject. In general, the study of philosophy 
can contribute to the education of the university 
student by giving him experience in critical and 
imaginative reflection on fundamental concepts 
and principles, by acquainting him with some of 
the philosophical beliefs which have influenced 
and are influencing his own culture, and by fa- 
miliarizing him with some classic philosophical 
writings through careful reading and discussion of 
them. Courses designed with these objectives pri- 
marily in mind are PHIL 100 (Introduction to Phi- 
losophy), PHIL 170 (Elementary Logic and Seman- 
tics), PHIL 140 (Ethics), PHIL 236 (Philosophy of 
Religion), and the historical courses 305, 310, 320, 
325, and 326. 

For students interested particularly in philo- 
sophical problems arising within their own special 
disciplines, a number of appropriate courses are 
available: PHIL 233 (Philosophy in Literature), 
PHIL 250 (Philosophy of Science), PHIL 343 (The 
Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization), PHIL 
360 (Philosophy of Language), PHIL 330 (Philos- 
ophy of Art), PHIL 457 (Philosophy of History), 
PHIL 444 (Political and Social Philosophy), PHIL 
450 (Topics in the Philosophy of Science), and 
PHIL 474 (Induction and Probability). 

The departmental requirements for a major in 
philosophy are as follows: (1) a total of at least 
30 hours in philosophy, not including PHIL 100; 
(2) PHIL 140, 271, 310, 320, 326, and at least two 
courses numbered 399 and above; (3) a grade of 
C or better in each course counted toward the 
fulfillment of the major requirement. 

For students of exceptional ability and interest 
in philosophy, the department offers an honors 
program. Information regarding this special cur- 
riculum may be obtained from the departmental 
advisors. 

The Department presents visiting speakers from 
this country and abroad in its colloqium series, 
scheduled throughout the academic year. In addi- 
tion, members of the department and advanced 
graduate students lecture on topics of current 
significance in the Graduate Workshop and in the 
undergraduate Philosophy Club. 



Course Code Prefix— PHIL 



142 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Professor and Chairman: Husman. 

Professors: Clarke, Eyler, Humphrey, Kramer. 

Associate Professors: Church, Cronin, Dotson, In- 
gram, Kelley, Love, Steel. 

Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Campbell, Freund- 
schuh, Fringer, Hult, Jackson, Johnson, Kesler, 
Krouse, McKnight, Santa Maria, Tyler, Vander- 
Velden, Wrenn. 

Instructors: Bohren, Drum, Gallagher, Kinnear, 
Long, McEwan, McHugh, Murray, Reid, Royer, 
Sigler, Terauds, Youells. 

This curriculum prepares students (1) for teach- 
ing physical education in the secondary school (2) 
for coaching and (3) for leadership in youth and 
adult groups which offer a program of physical 
activity. The first two years of this curriculum are 
considered to be an orientation period in which 
the student has an opportunity to gain an ade- 
quate background in general education as well as 
in those scientific areas closely related to this 
field of specialization. In addition, emphasis is 
placed upon the development of skills in a wide 
range of motor activities. Further, students are 
encouraged to select related areas, especially in 
the fields of biology, social science, psychology, 
health education, and recreation as fields of sec- 
ondary interest. These materially increase the vo- 
cational opportunities which are available to a 
graduate in physical education. 
EQUIPMENT: Students may be required to pro- 
vide individual equipment for certain courses. 
UNIFORMS: Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by 
the College, are required for the activity classes 
and for student teaching. These uniforms should 
be worn only during professional activities. 
Men — During the freshman and sophomore years, 
men will wear red and black T-shirts, black trunks, 
white socks, gym shoes, supporter, and sweat suit. 
Women — Appropriate uniforms, ankle socks, and 
tennis shoes, and leotard and skirt, and warm-up 
suit. 

For Student Teaching — an appropriate teaching 
costume will be selected under the guidance of 
the supervisor of student teaching before the be- 
ginning of the junior year. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN 

Freshman Year I 

ENGL 101 — Composition 3 

Social Science Elective 

MATH (any above Math 001) 3 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 

SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2 

HLTH 140 — Personal and Community Health 
PHED 180 — Introduction to Physical 

Education and Health 2 

PHED 182— Rhythmic Activities 2 

PHED 185, 187— Skills Laboratory 2 

PHED 274M— Aquatics 

Electives 3 

Total 17 



Semester 



Sophomore Year 

ENGL 201. 202— World Literature 3 3 

ZOOL 201. 202— Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 4 4 

Social Science E-'ective 3 

PHED 261M. 263M— Laboratory Skills 2 2 

HIST 221 or 222— U.S. History 3 

Science Group Requirement 

(Physics 101, 111. or Chemistry 102, 

103, or 105) 3 

HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 1 

Electives 5 1 

Total 18 16 

Junior Year 

HIST 3 

Fine Arts elective 3 

PHED 400— Kinesiology 4 

PHED 305M, 307M— Skills Laboratory 2 2 

PHED 493— History and Philosophy of 

Sport and Physical Education 3 

PHED 420— Physical Education for the 

Elementary School 3 

Theory of Coaching elective 

(PHED 323, 325 or 326) 2 

PHED 480 — Measurement in Physical 

Education and Health 3 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 5 

Electives 2 

Total 16 17 

Semester 

Senior Year | || 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education .... 3 

PHED 333— Adapted Physical Education . . 2 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 
Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 374— Student Teaching in 
Secondary Schools 8 

PHED 460— Theory of Exercise 3 

PHED 381 — Advanced Training and 

Conditioning 3 

PHED 490 — Organizations and Administra- 
tion of Physical Education 3 

PHED 314— Methods, Curriculum and 
Observation for Secondary Schools 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 17 17 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and Literature 3 3 

Social Science Elective 3 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4 

SPCH 107 — Public Speaking 2 

MATH 105 or 110 (any above MATH 001) .... 3 

PHED 180 — Introduction to Physical 

Education and Health 2 

PHED 181 — Fundamentals of Movement .... 2 

PHED 182— Rhythmic Activities 2 

DANC 100 — Dance Techniques 2 

PHED 186, 190— Skills Laboratory 2 2 

HLTH 140 — Personal and Community Health .. 3 

Electives 1 

Total 17 17 

Semester 
Sophomore Year I II 

ENGL 202— World Literature 3 

ZOOL 201, 202 — Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 4 4 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 143 



Social Science Elective 

HIST 221 or 222— U.S. History 

Science Group Requirement 

(Physics 101, 111 or Chemistry 102, 
103 or 105) 

HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 

PHED 262W, 264W— Skills Laboratory 

PHED 274W— Aquatics 

PHED 282W — Organization and Admini- 
stration of Intramurals 

Electives 



Total 

Junior Year 

Fine Arts Elective 

History 

PHED 400 — Kinesiology 

PHED 305W, 307W— Laboratory Skills 
EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

PHED 493 — History and Philosophy of 

Sports and Physical Education 

PHED 420— Physical Education for the 

Elementary Schools 

PHED 324W— Theory of Coaching 
PHED 480 — Measurement in Physical 

Education and Health 

Electives 



Total 

Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 

EDUC 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 374 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 

PHED 333 — Adapted Physical Education . . . 

PHED 460 — Theory of Exercise 

PHED 490 — Organization and Administration 

of Physical Education 

PHED 314 — Methods in Physical Education 

in Secondary Schools 

Electives 

Total 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN 
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science de- 
gree in physical education in the College of Physi- 
cal Education, Recreation and Health are as fol- 
lows: 

Sem. 
Men Cr. 

Professional Physical Education Courses 

PHED 180, 182, 185, 187, 261 M, 263M. 274M, 400, 

305M, 307M, 314. 420, (323 or 325 or 326), 333, 460, 

480, 381 , 490, 493 48 

Foundation Science courses as presented 

ZOOL 101, 201, 202; PHYS 111 or CHEM 102 16 

Education courses as prescribed 20 

General Education Requirements 

ENGL 101, 201. 202; Fine Arts; HIST, MATH 105 or 110; 

Soc. Sc.; Science, as shown above 27 

Specially prescribed requirements (SPCH 107) 2 

Health courses as prescribed (HLTH 140, 150) 4 

Electives 19 

Total 136 



Sem. 
Women Cr. 

Professional Physical Education Courses 

PHED 180, 181, 182, 186, 190, 262W, 264W, 274W, 
282W, 400, 305W, 307W, 314, 420, 324W. 460, 480, 
490, 493, DANC 100 49 

Foundation Science courses as prescribed 

ZOOL 101, 201; PHYS 111 or CHEM 102 16 

Education courses as prescribed 20 

General Education Requirements 

ENGL 101, 201, 202; Fine Arts 3 hrs.; MATH 105 or 
110; Soc. Sc. 6 hours; Science, as shown above .... 27 

Specially prescribed requirements (SPCH 107) 27 

Health courses as prescribed (HLTH 140, 150) 4 

Electives 18 



Total 



136 



MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

20 semester hours in physical education and 4 
semester hours in cognate areas. 

REQUIRED COURSES 

Men and Women— PHED 265M, 274H or 276W, 
400, 333, 460, 480, 381, 485, 487, 490, 493. 

Women— PHED 180; 186, 190, 262W, 264W (2-6); 
314; 324 W. 

ELECTIVE COURSES 

Men and Women— PHED 265M, 274H or 276W, 
400, 333, 460, 480, 381, 485, 487, 490, 493- 

If planning to teach, the cognate courses for 
men should be HLTH 140 and HLTH 150; for 
women, HLTH 150 and HLTH 420. 

Note: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30 
semester hours are required in physical educa- 
tion in addition to the following or equivalent, 
ZOOL 101, 201, 202 and chemistry or physics. 

There are two plans for a minor in elementary 
school physical education. Plan A is for students 
in the Department of Physical Education, and Plan 
B is for students outside the Department of Physi- 
cal Education. 

I. Plan A. (for students in this department) 

10 semester hours in elementary school 
physical education courses and 10 hours 
in cognate areas. 

Required Courses 

PHED 183, 184, 420, 495. 

Elective Courses 

10 hours in any of the following cognate 
areas: human development, elementary 
education, biological science, health edu- 
cation. (Not more than 6 hours shall be 
taken in any one cognate area.) 

Student Teaching 

Students will be required to do four weeks 
of their eight weeks student teaching at 
the elementary school level in physical edu- 
cation. 

II. Plan B. (for students outside this depart- 

ment) 
13 semester hours in elementary school 
physical education courses and 10 hours 
in cognate areas. 



144 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Required Courses 

PHED 183, 184, 330, 420, 495. 

Elective Courses 

10 hours in any of the following cognate 
areas: human development, elementary 
education, biological science, health edu- 
cation. (Not more than 6 hours shall be 
taken in any one cognate area.) 

HONORS PROGRAM 

THE HONORS PROGRAM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

The aim of the Honors Program is to encourage 
superior students by providing an enriched pro- 
gram of studies which will fulfill their advanced 
interests and needs. Qualified students are given 
the opportunity to undertake intensive and often 
independent studies wherein initiative, responsi- 
bility and intellectual discipline are fostered. To 
qualify for admission to the program: 

1. A freshman must have a "B" average in 
academic (college prep) curriculum of an 
accredited high school. 

2. A sophomore must have an accumulative 
GPA of 3.00 in all college courses of official 
registration. 

3. All applicants must have three formal rec- 
ommendations concerning their potential, 
character, and other related matters. 

4. All applicants must be accepted by the Fac- 
ulty Honors Committee. 

In completing the program, all honors students 
must: 

1. Participate in an honors seminar where 
thesis and other relevant research topics 
are studied. 

2. Pass a comprehensive oral examination cov- 
ering subject matter background. 

3. Successfully prepare and defend the honors 
thesis. 

On the basis of the student's performance in 
the above program, the college may vote to rec- 
ommend graduation without honors, with honors, 
or with high honors. 



Course Code Prefix— PHED 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM 

PURPOSE 

This program is suggested for many types of 
students: those whose interests cover a wide 
range of the physical sciences; those whose in- 
terests have not yet centered on any one science; 
students interested in a career in an interdiscplin- 
ary area within the physical sciences, students 
who seek a broader undergraduate program than 
is possible in one of the traditional physical sci- 
ences, preprofessional students (prelaw, premedi- 



cal); or students whose interests in business, tech- 
nical writing, advertising or sales require a broad 
technical background. This program can also be 
useful for those planning science-oriented or tech- 
nical work in the urban field; some of the Urban 
Studies courses should be taken as electives. Stu- 
dents contemplating this program as a basis for 
preparation for secondary school science teach- 
ing are advised to consult the Science Teaching 
Center staff of the College of Education for addi- 
tional requirements for teacher certification. 

The Physical Science Program consists of a 
basic set of courses in physics, chemistry and 
mathematics, followed by a variety of courses 
chosen from these and related disciplines: astron- 
omy, geology, meteorology and computer science. 
Emphasis is placed on a broad program as con- 
trasted with a specialized one. 

Students are advised by members of the Physi- 
cal Science Committee. This committee is com- 
posed of faculty members from each of the repre- 
sented disciplines and some student representa- 
tives. Assignment of advisor depends on the in- 
terest of the student, e.g., one interested princi- 
pally in chemistry will be advised by the chemis- 
try member of the committee. Students whose in- 
terests are too general to classify in this manner 
will normally be advised by the Chairman of the 
committee. 

The Physical Science Committee includes the 
following faculty and disciplines: 



E. Smith 
R. Jaquith 
J. Vandergraft 
D. Schneider 
O. Thompson 
A. deSilva Zorn 
A. Boyd 



Chairman, Astronomy: 

Chemistry: 

Computer Science: 

Mathematics: 

Meteorology: 

Physics: 

Dean's Office, PreMed: 

THE CURRICULUM 

The basic courses include MATH 140, 141 and 
one other math course for which MATH 141 is a 
prerequisite (11 or 12 credits); CHEM 103 and 
104, or 105 and 106 (8 credits); Physics 162, 262, 
263 (11 credits); or 141, 142 (8 credits); or 181, 
182, 283, 284 (16 credits) or 221, 222 (10 credits), 
or Physics 121, 122 followed by Physics 262 (12 
credits). 

The choice of the physics sequence depends 
on the student's future aims and his background. 
PHYS 161, 262, 263 is the standard sequence rec- 
ommended for most Physical Science majors. This 
sequence will enable the student to continue with 
intermediate level and advanced courses. PHYS 
141, 142 is available to students who wish a less 
extensive background in physics than is repre- 
sented by Physics 161-263 or 181-284. Students 
desiring a strong background in physics are urged 
to enroll in PHYS 181, 182, 283, 284. This is the 
sequence also used by Physics majors and leads 
directly into the advanced physics courses. PHYS 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 145 



221, 222 is designed for Education majors, and 
therefore is suitable for students thinking in terms 
of a teaching career. PHYS 121, 122 plus 262 is 
offered as an option only for students who have 
already taken PHYS 121, 122 and then decide to 
major in Physical Sciences. This sequence should 
not be selected by students already in or just 
starting the program. The rationale for requiring 
PHYS 262 to follow 121, 122 is to ensure that stu- 
dents have some physics with calculus (121, 122 
do not have a calculus corequisite). 

Beyond these basic courses the student must 
complete 24 credits of which 12 must be at the 
300 or 400 level, chosen from the following dis- 
ciplines: Chemistry, physics, mathematics, astron- 
omy, geology, meteorology, and computer sci- 
ence. Students presenting Physics 284 as part 
of their basic curriculum may include these four 
credits among these 24 credits. The 24 credits 
must be so distributed that he has at least six 
credits in each of any three of the above listed 
disciplines. The university requirement of an aver- 
age grade of at least "C" in the courses count- 
ing toward the major applies by including both the 
basic plus the broader set of courses. 

Students who wish to depart from the stipulated 
curriculum may present their proposed program 
for approval by the Physical Science Committee. 
An honors program is available to qualified stu- 
dents in their senior year. 

Certain courses offered in these fields are not 
suitable for Physical Science majors and cannot 
count as part of the requirements of the program. 
These include ASTRO 100, CMSC 100, PHYS 400, 
401, CHEM 101, 102, 107, GEOL 431, 432, 460. 
489, or courses correpsonding to a lower level 
than the basic courses specified above (e.g. 
MATH 115). 

HONORS PROGRAM 

The Physical Science honors program offers 
students the opportunity for research and inde- 
pendent study. Interested students should request 
details from their advisor. 

PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 

Professor and Chairman: Laster. 

Professor and Director of Astronomy: Westerhout. 

Assistant Professor and Associate Chairman: 
Greene. 

Professors: Alley, Banerjee, Brill, Day, Erickson, 
Ferrell, Glasser,' Glover, Greenberg, Griem, 
Holmgren, Hornyak, Kerr, Krall, Kundu, Levin- 
son, MacDonald, Marion, Misner, Myers, Oneda, 
Prange, Pugh, Reiser, :t Snow, Sucher, Trivel- 
piece, Wall, Weber, Westerhout, Yodh, G. Zorn. 

Professors, Part-Time: Brandt, Friedman, Hay- 
ward, McDonald, Opik, Rado, Slawsky. 

Visiting Professors: Escobar, Fowler. 

Associate Professors: A'Hearn, Anderson, Bar- 
dasis, Beall, Bell, Bhagat, Currie, Davidson, De- 



Silva, Dorfman," Dragt, Earl, Falk, Fivel, Glick, 
Griffin, Kacser, H. G. Kim, 1 Y. S. Kim, Matthews, 
Minkiewicz, Pati, Roos, Rose, Roush,-' E. Smith, 
Steinberg, Stephenson, Wentzel, Woo, Zipoy, B. 
S. Zorn, Zuckerman. 

Associate Professors, Part-Time: Bennett, Dixon, 
Johnson, Pechacek. 

Assistant Professors: Barnett, Brayshaw, C. Y. 
Chang, R. F. Chang, Chant, Connors, Drew, Ells 
worth, Gloeckler, Glosser, Goldberg, Gowdy, 
Harrington, Hill, Korenman, Layman,' Martin. 
O'Gallagher, Redish, Richard, Schwartz, Simon- 
son. 

Assistant Professor, Part-Time: Larson. 1 

Visiting Assistant Professors: Nutku, Pereira, S. 
Smith. 



' Also Member of Ihe Institute for Fluid Dynami 
- Joint appointment with Chemical Engineering. 
' Joint appointment with Electrical Engineering. 
' Joint appointment with Computer Science. 
1 Joint appointment with College of Education. 



The Physics program includes a broad range 
of undergraduate courses designed to satisfy the 
needs of almost every student, from the ad- 
vanced physics major to the person taking a 
single introductory physics course. In addition, 
there are various opportunities for personally di- 
rected studies between student and professor, and 
many undergraduate "research" opportunities 
also are available. For further information consult 
"Department Requirements for a B.S. degree in 
Physics," available from the Department. 

SERVICE COURSES— GENERAL EDUCATION 
REQUIREMENT 

The department offers several courses which 
are intended for students other than physics 
majors. PHYS 111, 112, 111A, or 114 are designed 
to fulfill the General Education requirements for 
non-laboratory physical science, and PHYS 117 
satisfies the requirement for a physical science 
with laboratory. PHYS 121, 122 or 141, 142 satisfy 
the requirements for professional schools such as 
medical and dental, and PHYS 161, 262, 263 sat- 
isfy the introductory physics requirement for most 
engineering programs. PHYS 318 is a one semes- 
ter course stressing contemporary topics for those 
who have completed a year of one of the above 
sequences. In addition, PHYS 420 is a one semes- 
ter modern physics course for advanced students 
in science or engineering. Either the course se- 
quence 161, 262, 263, or the full sequence 181, 
182, 283, 284 is suitable for mathematics students 
and those who major in other physical sciences. 

THE PHYSICS MAJOR 

The way most physics majors will begin their 
work is with a two-year basic sequence of physics 
courses, PHYS 181, 182. 283, 284, accompanied 
by the laboratory courses PHYS 285. 286 in the 
second year. Transfer students who come with a 



146 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



different set of introductory courses either will 
be put into an appropriate course in this se- 
quence or will take bridging courses, such as 
PHYS 404, 405, and then go on to advanced 
courses; usually they will not repeat work previ- 
ously done by taking the entire basic sequence. 

The minimum requirement for a physics major 
is 38 semester hours of work in physics, includ- 
ing four laboratory courses and PHYS 410, 411, 
421 and 422, and 19 semester hours of mathe- 
matics courses. After taking the basic sequence, 
the student will have some flexibility in his pro- 
gram, and he will be able to take specialty courses, 
such as those in nuclear physics or solid-state 
physics, which are of particular interest to him. 
In addition, a student interested in doing research 
may choose to do a Bachelor's thesis under the 
direction of a member of the faculty. 

HONORS IN PHYSICS 

The Honors Program offers to students of good 
ability and strong interest in physics a greater 
flexibility in their academic programs, and a stim- 
ulating atmosphere through contacts with other 
good students and with individual faculty mem- 
bers. There are opportunities for part-time re- 
search participation which may develop into full- 
time summer projects. An honors seminar is of- 
fered for advanced students; credit may be given 
for independent work or study, and certain grad- 
uate courses are open for credit toward the 
bachelor's degree. 

Students are accepted by the department's 
Honors Committee on the basis of recommenda- 
tions from their advisors and other faculty mem- 
bers, usually in the second semester of their junior 
year. A final written and oral comprehensive exam- 
ination in the senior year is optional, but those who 
pass the examination will graduate "with honors in 
physics." 



Course Code Prefix— PHYS 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 

There are a number of programs developed to 
prepare the pre-professional student. These cur- 
ricula, some rather general and others quite spe- 
cific, are designed to give the student the best 
background to succeed in his advanced training, 
to fill undergraduate requirements of professional 
schools, and to fit in with the requirements es- 
tablished by the organizations associated with the 
respective professions. 

Pre-professional programs require that the stu- 
dent maintain a grade point average higher than 
the minimum for graduation. The student may 
fulfill requirements by majoring in almost any dis- 
cipline in some programs, provided the specific 
requirements of the pre-professional program are 
met. The successful completion of the pre-profes- 



sional program does not guarantee admission to 
professional school. Each school has its own ad- 
missions requirements and criteria, generally 
based upon the grade point average in the un- 
dergraduate courses, the scores in aptitude tests 
(Medical College Admission Test, Law Admission 
Test, Dental Aptitude Test, etc.), a personal inter- 
view, and letters sent by the Evaluation Commit- 
tee of the college. For the specific admissions 
requirements, the student is urged to study the 
catalog of the professional school of his choice. 

Although completion of the bachelor's degree 
is a normal prerequisite for admission for dental, 
law, and medical schools, three professional 
schools of the University of Maryland in Baltimore 
— Dentistry, Law, and Medicine — have arrange- 
ments whereby a student who meets requirements 
detailed below may be accepted for professional 
school after three years (90 academic hours). For 
the students to be eligible for the "combined de- 
gree," the final thirty hours prior to entry into the 
Schools of Dentistry, Law, and Medicine must be 
taken in residence. After the successful comple- 
tion of thirty hours of work in professional school, 
the student may be eligible for a bachelor's de- 
gree. 

PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 

The first two years of the pre-professional cur- 
riculum are as follows: 

Freshman Year 

1st 2nd 
Sem. Sem. 

English Composition 101 3 

Zoology i General) 100 4 

Chemistry 103 and 104 4 4 

Psychology 100— General 3 

Sociology 100 — Introduction 3 

'Humanities 9 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

Total 14 16 

Sophomore Year 

1st 2nd 

Sem. Sem. 

Zoology 201 and 202 

Human Anatomy & Physiology 4 4 

Microbiology 200 4 

Nutrition 200 3 

* 'Social Science 3 3 

'Humanities 3 3 

Electives < lower division) 3 3 

Total 17 16 

Minimum requirement for Junior status 63 



'Humanities courses must be selected from at least three of the fol- 
lowing areas: literature, history, philosophy, fine arts, speech, math 
or language. 
"Social Sciences must include General Psychology and Sociology with 
the remaining six credits selected from courses in: psychology, 
sociology, government and politics, economics, anthropology, or geog- 
raphy. 

Although courses may be interchanged during 
the first two years, it is required that chem- 
istry precede microbiology and nutrition to en- 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 147 



able its application to these two subjects. It 
should be noted that Zoology 101 is a prerequisite 
for Zoology 201, 202 (Human Anatomy and Physi- 
ology) at the University of Maryland. 

PRE-DENTISTRY 

The pre-dental program is based upon require- 
ments established by the Council of Dental Edu- 
cation of the American Dental Association, and 
the College Park requirements for a degree fol- 
lowing either the regular four-year program or the 
combined "Arts-Dentistry" program. The program 
is designed to prepare the student for the Dental 
Aptitude Test, normally taken in the spring of the 
junior year. 

The minimum requirements for entry into den- 
tal school for either the three-year program (94 
academic hours) or the four-year program (120 
academic hours) are: 

General Education requirements 34 hours 

College requirements 

Foreign Language 0-12 

Speech 2 14 hours 

plus 

Major variable 

Supporting courses (or "minor"). . . variable 

Dental Association requirements 

Chemistry— organic 18 hours 

General 

Zoology 8 

Mathematics 4-6 

Physics 8 38-40 hours 

Electives — to complete the 94 or 120 hours required. 
Required Health and Physical Education. 

Four-Year Program. A student applies to dental 
school in his senior year, on the basis of com- 
pleting the usual degree requirements for the 
B.A. or B.S. degree by majoring in the field of his 
choice and including in his course work the 
courses specifically prescribed by dental schools. 

Three-Year Arts-Dentistry Program. Students 
whose performance during the first two years in 
residence at College Park is exceptional may be 
encouraged to seek admission to the University of 
Maryland Dental School at the end of their third 
year (94 academic hours). No undergraduate ma- 
jor is required for this program: the work of the 
first year of dental school is considered as the 
major; but students will select a minor (support- 
ing courses) from one of the following combina- 
tions: zoology, six hours on the 300-400 level; 
microbiology, eight hours on the 300-400 level; 
CHEM 219 or 321 plus three hours on the 300-400 
level in any science; CHEM 461, 462, 463, and 
464; or nine hours on the 300-400 level in any 
one department of the arts, humanities, or social 
sciences. 

Students accepted in the combined Arts-Den- 
tistry program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts- 
Dentistry) after satisfactory completion of the first 
year at the University of Maryland Dental School 
upon recommendation by the Dean of the Dental 



School and approval by the College Park Cam- 
pus, the degree to be awarded in August follow- 
ing the first year of dental school; 90 hours must 
be completed before the professional training is 
commenced. 

Schedule. The pre-dental student, regardless of 
degree sought, includes in his first-year schedule 
CHEM 103, 104 or 105, 106, ZOOL 101, 102, MATH 
110, 111 or (115), 140, ENGL 101, and the required 
health and physical education. The second year 
includes CHEM 201-204 or 211-214, the third year 
PHYS 121, 122. The schedules are completed with 
general education requirements, college require- 
ments, major department requirements and elec- 
tives. It is urged that the second year also include 
ZOOL 290 (a requirement of the University of 
Maryland Dental School) and 246. A course in sta- 
tistics (such as PSYC 200 or SOCY 201) is re- 
quired by the University of Maryland Dental 
School. 

PRE-FORESTRY 

The pre-forestry students are advised in the 
Botany Department. The State of Maryland has 
an agreement with the Southern Regional Educa- 
tion Board and North Carolina State University 
providing for five Maryland residents who have 
completed two years study in pre-forestry and 
have been accepted in the School of Forestry 
at North Carolina State University. The State of 
Maryland will make payment toward the non- 
resident tuition for a period not to exceed two 
years (four semesters) in accordance with the 
funds appropriated in the State budget for this 
purpose. 

The Pre-Forestry Curriculum Includes: 

Semester 
Credit Hours 

ENGL 101,201,202 or equivalent 9 

BOTN 100 4 

ZOOL 101 4 

MATH 110,111,220,221 12 

CHEM 103,104 8 

PHYS 121.122 8 

SPCH 107 2 

BOTN 212 3 

HORT 171 3 

AGRI 101 1 

Social Science 6 

Economics 3 

HLTH 105 (2) 

Students planning for three years in the pre- 
forestry curriculum should include BOTN 221, 
ENTM 200, AGRO 102, AGEN 100, AGRO 202, and 
BOTN 211. 

PRE-LAW 

Although some law schools will consider only 
applicants with a B.A. or B.S. degree, others will 
accept applicants who have successfully com- 
pleted a three-year program of academic work. 
Most law schools do not prescribe specific courses 



148 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



which a student must present for admission, but 
do require that the student follow one of the stand- 
ard programs offered by the undergraduate col- 
lege. Many law schools require that the applicant 
take the Law Admissions Test in the academic 
year preceding his entry into professional school. 

Four-Year Program. The student who plans to 
complete the requirements for the B.A. or B.S. 
degree before entering law school should select 
a major field of concentration. The pre-law stu- 
dent ordinarily follows a Bachelor of Arts program 
with a major in American studies, English, Ameri- 
can and English history, economics, political sci- 
ence (government and politics), psychology, soci- 
ology, or speech; a few pre-law students follow 
a bachelor of science program. 

Three-Year Arts-Law Program. The student who 
plans to enter law school at the end of his third 
year should follow the general B.A. program dur- 
ing his first two years. During his junior year, he 
will complete the requirements for a supporting 
course program (18 semester hours in one depart- 
ment, 6 hours being at the 300-400 level). His pro- 
gram during the first three years should include 
all of the basic courses required for a degree (in- 
cluding the 18-hour supporting course program) 
and all College and University requirements. The 
academic courses must total 90 hours, and must 
be passed with a minimum average of 2.0. 

Students with exceptional records who are ac- 
cepted to the School of Law of the University of 
Maryland under the Arts-Law program may re- 
ceive a B.A. degree (Arts-Law) after satisfactory 
completion of the first year of law school, upon 
recommendation by the Dean of the University of 
Maryland Law School and approval by the College 
Park Campus. The degree is awarded in August 
following the first year of law school (or after 30 
credit hours are completed). 

PRE-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Students must complete 90 semester-hours or 
more in academic subjects before being admitted 
to the senior year. (The two semester hours in 
HLTH 105 and in physical education do not count 
toward this 90 semester hour total). The following 
courses are intended as a guide for the student in 
planning a curriculum which will meet both the 
University of Maryland requirements for gradua- 
tion and the special requirements for the Registry 
Examination administered by the ASCP board of 
Schools. 

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS 
(Pre-clinical Years) 

CHEMISTRY (16-credit minimum) 

Credits 

CHEM 103, 104— College Chemistry I, II 4, 4 

CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry III and 

Laboratory 3, 2 

CHEM 203, 204— College Chemistry IV and 

Laboratory 3, 2 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE (16-credit minimum) 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4 

ZOOL 201, 202— Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 4, 4 

MICB 200— General Microbiology 4 

MATHEMATICS (6-credit minimum) 

MICB 440 — Pathogenic Microbiology 4 

MATH 1 10, 1 1 1— Introduction to Math 3, 3 

OR 
MATH 115, 140 — Introductory Analysis and 
Analysis I 3, 4 

GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES (See University Require- 
ments) 
RECOMMENDED ELECTIVES 
SPCH 100 or 107— Public 

Speaking 
PSYC 100— Psychology 
PHYS 121, 122 or 1 17 — 

General Physics 
ZOOL 246— Genetics 
ZOOL 495— Animal 

Histology 



ZOOL 475— General 

Parasitology 
ZOOL 441— Cell Biology 
CHEM 461. 462, 463, 464— 

Biochemistry 
MICB 450 — Immunology 
MICB 460— General Virology 



RECOMMENDED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR FIRST THREE 
YEARS 



Freshman Year 

First Semester 

Chemistry 103 4 

Zoology 101 4 

Math 110 3 

(or Math 115) 

English 101 3 

PHED (1) 

15 



Second Semester 

Chemistry 104 4 

Math 111 3 

(or Math 140 .. . 4) 

Speech 100 (or 107) 3 

Health 105 (2) 

English 201 3 

PHED (1) 

16 



Sophomore Year 

First Semester 

Chemistry 201 3 

Chemistry 202 2 

English 202 3 

History 3 

Psyc 100 3 

fPhysics 117 (or 121) ... 4 

18 
Junior Year 

First Semester 

fChemistry 461 3 

tChemistry 463 2 

Microbiology 440 4 

Zoology 201 4 

Phil 100 (or course in 

Fine Arts) 3 

16 

f Not required but highly recommended. 

PRE-MEDICINE 

The pre-medical program is based upon the 
requirements established by the Association of 
American Medical Colleges and the requirements 
for a degree from the College Park Campus, either 
with the four-year degree program or with the 
combined Arts-Medicine program. The curriculum 



Second Semester 

Chemistry 203 3 

Chemistry 204 2 

Microbiology 200 4 

History 3 

tPhysics 122 (or elective) 4 

16 



Second Semester 

fChemistry 462 3 

fChemistry 464 2 

Zoology 202 4 

Socy 100 (or other 

Soc. Science) 3 

Elective 3 

15 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 149 



is designed to prepare the student for the Medical 
College Admission Test, which is normally taken 
in the spring of the junior year. 

The minimum requirements for entry into medi- 
cal school for either the three-year program (90 
academic hours) or the four-year program (120 
academic hours) are: 

General Education requirements 34 hours 

College requirements 

Foreign Language 0-12 

Speech 2 14 hours 

plus 

Major variable 

Supporting courses (or "minor"). . variable 

Medical School requirements 

Chemistry — general, inorganic ... 18 hours 

organic 

quantitative** 

Zoology 16 

(In addition to ZOOL 101 
and 102, two of genetics, 
embryology, comparative 
anatomy) 

Mathematics 4-6 

Physics 8 50-52 hours 

Electives — to complete the 90 or 120 hours required. 
Required Health and Physical Education. 



*• Recommended but not required by the University of Maryland Medical 
School; required by some other medical schools. 

Four-Year Program. No specific major is re- 
quired for favorable consideration by a medical 
school admissions committee. By intelligent plan- 
ning starting in the sophomore year, the student 
can meet the above requirements as well as re- 
quirements of most majors. The student is urged 
to work closely with his pre-medical advisor for 
this planning. A student who enters the pre- 
medical program late in his college career may 
find an additional year of study necessary (either 
as a special student or as a regular undergradu- 
ate). 

Three-Year Arts-Medicine Program. After com- 
pletion of his first year of pre-medical study, an 
exceptional student may be encouraged to seek 
admission to the University of Maryland School of 
Medicine at the end of his third year (90 hours). 
During his next two years he will need to complete 
all requirements listed above, with the exception 
of the major and the regular supporting course 
program. Four additional hours on the 300-400 
level in appropriate science courses will satisfy 
the supporting course requirement. 

Students accepted in the combined Arts-Medi- 
cine program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts- 
Medicine) after satisfactory completion of the first 
year at the University of Maryland School of Medi- 
cine (30 hours), upon recommendation by the Dean 
of the School of Medicine and approval by the 
College Park Campus. The degree is awarded in 
August following the first year of medical school. 

Schedule. The pre-medical student normally in- 



cludes in his first year schedule CHEM 103, 104 
or 105, 106, ZOOL 101, 102, MATH 110, 111 or 
(115), 140, ENGL 101 and the required health 
and physical education. The second year should 
include CHEM 201-204 or 211-214 and ZOOL 290, 
246, the third year PHYS 121, 122. CHEM 219 or 
321 would also be taken in the third year in the 
case of a three-year applicant. The schedules are 
completed with general education requirements, 
college requirements, major department require- 
ments and electives. 

PRE-NURSING 

It is required that all students, including regis- 
tered nurses, enrolled in or transferring to the pro- 
gram in nursing use the following guidelines for 
the freshman and sophomore years: 

Semester 
Hours 

English Composition 3 

Chemistry (including content in 

organic chemistry) 6-8 

Human Anatomy and Physiology 6-8 

Microbiology 3-4 

'Social Sciences 12 

"Humanities 15 

Nutrition (recommended) 3 

Electives 7-12 

Minimum requirements for Junior status 59-60 

Social Sciences include Sociology, Psychology, Political Sci- 
ence, Economics, Geography, Anthropology 

Humanities include Literature, History. Philosophy, Foreign 
Languages, Mathematics, Fine Arts 



* Courses must include at least one in sociology and one in psychology. 
" Courses must be selected from at least three departments. 

The specific courses taken by basic students 
on the College Park campus are: 

Semester 
Hours 

Chemistry 103, 104 4, 4 

English 101 3 

Zoology 101 4 

"Humanities (Literature, history, philosophy. 

fine arts, math, language) 15 

Psychology 100 3 

Sociology 100 T 

Other social sciences (sociology, psychology, 
government and politics, economics, 

geography) 6 

Zoology 201, 202 4, 4 

Microbiology 200 4 

Nutrition 200 3 

Elective 3 

60 

* Courses must be selected from at least three of the areas listed. 

PRE-PHARMACY 

The preprofessional curriculum is designed to 
provide the student with those courses that sat- 
isfy the needs for a more liberal education as well 
as the scientific prerequisite courses for entrance 
into the professional program. 



150 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



First Year Credits 

Chemistry 103, 104 B 

Mathematics 115, 140 (Introductory and 

Elementary Analysis) 6-7 

Zoology 101 (or Biology) 4 

English 101 (Composition) 3 

Elective (Social Sciences) 3 

Elective (non-specific) 3 

28 
Second Year 

Chemistry 201. 202, 203, 204 *10 

Physics 121, 122 (Fundamentals) 8 

Elective (Humanities) 6 

English 201 I Literature) 3 

Elective (non-specific) 3 

Elective (Social Science) 3 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



33 



General 


Additional 


Education 


Department 


Required 


Required 


Hours 


Hours 



• Minimum requirement for organic chemistry is 8 credits. 

PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 

The minimum requirements for entry into the 
junior year of the professional program total 65 
hours plus required Health and Physical Educa- 
tion. 



Junior 

Status 

Minimum 

Required 

Hours 



9 English 9 

3 Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

6 History 6 

6 Mathematics — Introductory 

level or above 3 3 

24 Science 7 23 

Chemistry — College (8) 

Physics (8) 

Zoology— 101, 102 (8) 

12 Social Science 6 6 

Sociology — Intro, to (3) 

Psychology — Intro, to (3) 

Two courses above the 

Introductory level (6) 

3 Speech — Public Speaking 3 

2 Physical Therapy Orientation 2 

65 34 31 

Recommended course sequence for the first 
two years on College Park Campus. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



First Semester 

Chemistry 103 4 

English 101, 102 3 

Mathematics 110 3 

Sociology 100 3 

Physical Therapy 

Orientation (BTPT 110) 1 

Health 105 2 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Second Semester 

Chemistry 104 4 

Mathematics 111 3 

'Philosophy or 

Fine Arts 3 

Psychology 100 3 

Speech 100 3 

Physical Therapy 

Orientation (BTPT 111) 1 

Physical Education 1 



First Semester 

'English 3 

"History 3 

Physics 121 4 

Psychology 3 

Zoology 101 4 

17 



Second Semester 

•English 3 

'History 3 

Physics 122 4 

Psychology 3 

Zoology 102 4 

17 



'Students may choose any Fine Arts or Philosophy. English or History 
course that tills the General Education Requirements. 
For turther Information see Physical Therapy listing under the heading 
of Divisions and Colleges In this catalog. 

PHYSICAL THERAPY 

Instructor: Joan Novell. 

BTPT 110, 111— PHYSICAL THERAPY ORIENTATION. (1,1) 
One lecture per week. The courses includes a general 
explanation of the profession. Guest lecturers, films and 
field trips to local physical therapy clinics are included. 

PRE-THEOLOGY 

The College of Agriculture cooperates with the 
officers of any theological seminary who desire 
to urge prospective students to pursue courses in 
agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. 
Such pre-theological students may enroll for a 
semester or more or for the usual four-year train- 
ing of the College. In either case they should en- 
roll as members of the general curriculum in the 
College of Agriculture. Students desiring to pursue 
a pre-theological program in the College of Agri- 
culture of the University of Maryland should con- 
sult with the president or admissions officer of the 
theological seminary which they expect to attend. 

PRE-VETERINARY 
MEDICINE PROGRAM 

This program prepares students who wish to 
appy for admission to colleges of veterinary medi- 
cine. 

A student who has completed 90 academic se- 
mester credits at the University of Maryland and 
who has successfully completed 30 additional 
academic semester credits at any accredited vet- 
erinary college is eligible to make application for 
the Bachelor of Science degree from the Univer- 
sity of Maryland. Students wishing to apply for 
the Bachelor of Science degree under this ar- 
rangement must have completed all University 
and college requirements and must also have 
completed additional credits in animal science. 

The State of Maryland has an agreement with 
the Southern Regional Education Board for the 
education of students in Veterinary Medicine. 
Under this agreement up to 12 spaces per year 
are reserved in the College of Veterinary Medicine 
at the University of Georgia, and up to a total of 
six places in the four years at Tuskegee Institute, 
for qualified Maryland residents who may be of- 
fered admission by the respective institution. 

The University of Maryland has an agreement 
with the Ohio State University to enroll up to six 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 151 



Maryland residents a year who qualify and are se- 
lected by the College of Veterinary Medicine Ad- 
missions Committee at Ohio State. 

The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine at the Uni- 
versity of Georgia, the Ohio State University and 
Tuskegee Institute have the final and exclusive 
authority on all matters related to admission. 

All requirements for admission must be com- 
pleted prior to matriculation in the College of Vet- 
erinary Medicine. After applications have been 
received, academic records will be summarized 
and the qualifying applications will be forwarded 
to the College of Veterinary Medicine, University 
of Georgia. The College of Veterinary Medicine at 
the University of of Georgia will invite selected 
Maryland applicants to the University of Georgia 
for interviews. 

Similar information on applicants will be made 
available to the College of Veterinary Medicine, 
the Ohio State University and the College of Vet- 
erinary Medicine, Tuskegee Institute. 

a. Complete the curriculum shown below with 
grades not less than C in any subject and 
a minimum grade point average of 2.5; 

b. Take the veterinary medical aptitude test; 
and 

c. Be a resident of Maryland. (See definition of 
Residence and Non-Residence). 

All requirements for admission must be com- 
pleted prior to matriculation in the College of Vet- 
erinary Medicine. After applications have been re- 
ceived, academic records will be summarized and 
an evaluation of the applicant will be completed. 
The complete file will be forwarded to the College 
of Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia. The 
College of Veterinary Medicine will invite selected 
applicants to the University of Georgia for inter- 
views. Similar information on applicants will be 
made available to the College of Veterinary Medi- 
cine, Ohio State University and the College of Vet- 
erinary Medicine, Tuskegee Institute. 

The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine, University 
of Georgia, Ohio State University and Tuskegee 
Institute have the final authority on all matters re- 
lated to admission. Applicants will be advised by 
the respective colleges after final evaluations have 
been made. 

Minimum requirements for admission to the Colleges of 
Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia and Ohio State 
University are: 

English 6 

Biology 8 

Physics 8 

Chemistry 13 

Humanities and Social Sciences 15 

Mathematics 6 

Electives (zoology, physics, chemistry, 

genetics or animal science) 6 

Pre-veterinary curriculum Combined Degree Requirements: 

Biological Sciences 12 

Botany (4) 

Zoology (8) 

English and Speech 12 

Physical Sciences 30 



Chemistry (13) 

Mathematics (6) 

Physics (8) 

Animal Science 15 

Genetics 3 

Nutrition 3 

Social Science 6 

History 6 

Electives 6 

Physical Education (2) 

Health (2) 

Course Code Prefix— ANSC 

OTHER PRE-PROFESSIONAL 
AREAS 

Academic preparation for several other profes- 
sions such as optometry and osteopathy is avail- 
able. For the requirements of these professional 
schools, please consult their respective catalogs. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor and Chairman: Bartlett. 

Professors: Anderson, Crites, Goldstein, Gollub, 
Hodos, Horton, Levinson, Magoon,** Martin, 
Mclntire, D. Mills,** J. Mills, Miner,** Pumroy,** 
Steinman, Taylor, Tyler, Waldrop. 

Associate Professors: Brown, Dies, Fretz, Larkin, 
Locke,* McKenzie,** Pavey,** Schneider, 
Scholnick, Sigall, Smith, Steinman, Sternheim, 
Teitelbaum, Ward. 

Assistant Professors: Barrett, Blechman, Carroll, 
Claiborn, Coursey, Dachler, Evans, Freeman,** 
Gelso,** Holmgren, Johnson, Meltzer, Oster- 
house, Specter, Sternheim, Tanney.** 

Instructor: Horton. 

Psychology can be classified as a biological 
science (Bachelor of Science degree) and a social 
science (Bachelor of Arts degree) and offers aca- 
demic programs related to both of these fields. 
The undergraduate curriculum in psychology pro- 
vides an organized study of the behavior of man 
and other organisms in terms of the biological 
conditions and social factors which influence such 
behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program 
is arranged to provide opportunities for learning 
that will equip qualified students to pursue further 
study of psychology and related fields in graduate 
and professional schools. 

Students who are interested in the biological 
aspects of behavior tend to choose a program 
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, while 
those interested primarily in the social factors of 
behavior tend to choose the Bachelor of Arts de- 
gree. The choice of program is made in consulta- 
tion with, and requires the approval of, an aca- 
demic advisor. 

Departmental requirements are the same for the 
Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of Arts de- 
grees. A minimum of 25 hours of psychology 



1 Joint appointment with Bu 
' Affiliate appointments 



mess and Public Administration. 



152 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



course-work is required; courses taken must in- 
clude PSYC 100, 200, one of 400, 410, or 420, and 
an additional 12 hours of 400-level courses (not in- 
cluding 478 and 479). In addition to the above 
courses in psychology, all majors are required 
to take: (1) MATH 1 1 1 or 140; (2) one course, 
to be approved by an academic advisor in psy- 
chology, above the introductory level in one of 
the following fields; chemistry, computer science, 
mathematics, microbiology, physics, or zoology. 
These two courses may be used as part of the 
General Education or college requirements in 
mathematics, and science or for the supporting 
course requirements described below, but not 
for both. Majors in psychology are urged to take 
their mathematics and science courses in their 
first two years. 

The supporting courses to supplement the work 
in the major for the Bachelor of Science degree 
must include 18 hours in mathematics and sci- 
ence, beyond those courses required by the col- 
lege. A minimum of two courses must be labora- 
tory courses, and at least three courses (or 9 
hours) must be chosen at the advanced level (be- 
yond the introductory sequence). The particular 
laboratory and advanced courses must be ap- 
proved by an academic advisor in the Department 
of Psychology. 

The supporting courses for the Bachelor of Arts 
degree must include 18 hours which are chosen in 
related fields to supplement work in the major. Of 
these 18 hours, six must be chosen at the 300 and 
400 level. This set of courses must be approved 
by an academic advisor in psychology. 

All courses taken in PSYC must be counted to- 
ward the major; a grade of "C" or better must be 
earned in PSYC 100, 200 and all 400 level courses 
or the course must be repeated until a "C" or bet- 
ter is earned. The departmental grade point aver- 
age will be a cumulative computation of all grades 
earned in PSYC and must be 2.0 or above. 

Students desiring to enter graduate study in 
certain areas of psychology are advised to take an 
additional laboratory course and or participate in 
individual research projects. Such students should 
consult an advisor for information about prereq- 
uisites for graduate study in psychology. 

It should be noted that there are three course 
content areas that have two courses, one in the 
300 sequence and one in the 400 sequence. These 
include abnormal (331 and 431) personality (335 
and 435), child psychology (333 and 433), and in- 
dustrial psychology (361 and 461). The courses in 
the 300 sequence provide general surveys of the 
field and are intended for non-majors who do not 
plan further in-depth study. The courses in the 
400 sequence provide more comprehensive study 
with particular emphasis on research and me- 
thodology. The 400 series are intended primarily 
for psychology majors. It should be further noted 
that a student may not receive credit for both: 



PSYC 331 and PSYC 431 
PSYC 333 and PSYC 433 
PSYC 335 and PSYC 435 

or 
PSYC 361 and PSYC 461 

HONORS 

The Department of Psychology also offers a spe- 
cial program for the superior student which em- 
phasizes independent study and research. Stu- 
dents may be eligible to enter the Honors Program 
who have a 3.3 grade average in all courses or the 
equivalent, who are in their junior year, and who 
demonstrate interest and maturity indicative of 
success in the program. Students in their sopho- 
more year should consult their advisor or the 
Departmental Honors Committee for further in- 
formation. 



Course Code Prefix— PSYC 

RECREATION 

Professor and Chairman: Harvey. 
Associate Professors: Churchill, Strobell. 
Assistant Professor: Leedy. 
Instructors: Fain, Laudenslayer. 
Visiting Instructors: Bushart, Hutchison, Steven- 
son, Hawkins, Jarrell, Sperling. 

The increased amount of leisure time existent 
in our society because of the rapid development 
of modern civilization, and the imperative need for 
guidance in the wise use of that leisure time, has 
made society cognizant of the need for trained 
recreation leaders. 

This curriculum, therefore, is designed to meet 
the needs of students who wish to qualify for posi- 
tions in the field of recreation, and the needs of 
those students who desire a background which 
will enable them to render distinct contributions 
to community life. The College draws upon vari- 
ous other departments and colleges within the 
University for courses to balance and enrich its 
offerings for its recreation curriculum. 

Those majoring in recreation have opportunity 
for observation and practical experience in local, 
county, state, and federal public recreation pro- 
grams, in social and group work agency pro- 
grams, and in the various programs of the Armed 
Forces, American Red Cross, local hospitals, etc. 
Major students are encouraged to select an 'op- 
tion' area of interest around which to center their 
elective courses (for instance: public recreation, 
recreation for the ill and handicapped, outdoor 
recreation education, resource management pro- 
gram). 

A very active student University of Maryland 
Recreation and Parks Society, an affiliate of the 
comparable state and national organizations, ex- 
ercises degrees of leadership in selecting the an- 
nual "outstanding senior" and "outstanding alum- 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 153 



nus" awards, in the granting of the various city, 
county and state society recreation scholarships, 
in the programming of the annual 'Governor's 
Conference on Recreation,' etc. It also provides 
opportunities for university and community serv- 
ice, for rich practical experience, and for social 
fellowship for those students having a mutual pro- 
fessional recreation interest. 

REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN RECREATION 

Requirements for the Bachelor of Science de- 
gree in recreation are as follows: 

College recreation courses (RECR 130, 150 or 450, 

220, 221, 420, 349, 460, 495, 490) 25-26 

Prescribed courses in related areas (PHED 150; 161- 
164, 261-265 or 305-307; 314 (218); APDS 101; CRFT 
102 or EDIN 106; MUSC 155; SOCY 100, 330; SPCH 
100, 220; DART 311 or 440; PSYC 100; EDHD 
306) or substitutes, if necessary 39 

Additional prescribed courses in one recreation op- 
tion area (public recreation, recreation for the ill 
and handicapped, outdoor recreation education, re- 
source management, program 12 

Prescribed health courses (HLTH 140, 150) 4 

Additional General Education requirements (ENGL 9 
cr.; HIST 6 cr.; Fine Arts 3 cr.; Science 7 or 8 cr.; 
MATH 3 cr.) 28-29 

Electives (to encourage proficiency in one skill area 

or provide for a minor) 22 

Total 130 

MINOR IN RECREATION (24 hrs) 

18 semester hours in recreation and 6 semester hours 
in cognate areas, including in the 18 hours the following: 
10 hours in RECR 130, 150, 221, 420, 450, 325, 460, 495 
or 490; RECR 220; SOCY 330 or substitute 
6 hours of work in areas of the recreational skills — nature, 
arts and crafts, speech and dramatics — but not in the 
area of the student's major. 
2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports and 
dance skills. 

or 
Other courses approved by the advisor and the various 
departments involved, depending upon the student's in- 
terest and background. 

plus 
E'ective courses (6 hours) selected with the approval 
of the advisor. 

Course Code Prelix— RECR 

RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM 

Director: Yaney 

This program is for the student who wants to 
concentrate his studies in the humanities and the 
social sciences on the Russian area. It includes 
work in language and literature, history, govern- 
ment and politics, economics, and geography. The 
student may emphasize any one of these disci- 
plines in completing his courses. The program 
prepares the student for graduate work in the 
Russian area, but by proper selection of courses 
a student may concentrate his work sufficiently 
in one discipline to be able to take up graduate 
work in this particular field. 

The student following this program must meet 
the general requirements for a degree. He should 



select Russian to meet the foreign language re- 
quirement. 

The student must complete at least 30 hours of 
work in the Russian area; including 12 hours of 
advanced courses in Russian language, 6 hours in 
Russian history, 6 hours in Russian government, 
3 hours in Soviet economics, and 3 hours in Soviet 
geography. 

The student must complete an additional 18 
hours of advanced work in the above disciplines. 
Of these 18, at least 12 must all be in one of the 
departments and at the 300-400 level. 

Normally, the student's advisor will be a Russian 
specialist in the department in which he does most 
of his work. 

SECONDARY EDUCATION 

Art Education: John Lembach, Edward L. Longley, 
Jr., Harold McWhinnie. 

Business Education: C. R. Anderson, Florence 
Hall, Robert Peters, Jane O'Neill. 

Dance Education: Dorothy Madden. 

English Education: John Carr, Katherine Grimes, 
Leonard Woolf. 

Foreign Language Education: William DeLorenzo, 
James MacArthur, Augustine F. Quilici, Guenter 
Pfister. 

Home Economics Education: Christina Brown, 
Kinsey Green, Louise Lemmon, Julia Miller. 

Mathematics Education: Mildred Cole, Neil David- 
son, James Fey, James Henkelman. 

Music Education: Beula B. Blum, Mary deVer- 
mond, Stavroula Fanos, Charles Gallagher, Rose 
Marie Grentzer, Marion Mueller, Shirley J. Shel- 
ley, Corwin Taylor, Gustav Wachhaus, Bruce 
Wilson. 

Physical Education (Men): Jerry Wrenn. 

Physical Education (Women): Alice M. Love. 

Reading Education: Bruce W. Brigham, Beth 
Davey. 

Science Education: Marjorie Gardner, Melton Gol- 
mon, John Layman, J. David Lockard. 

Social Studies Education: Arthur Adkins, E. G. 
Campbell, Joseph Cirrincione, Richard Farrell, 
Jean Grambs. 

Speech Education: Blanton Croft, Ann Schickert, 
Julie Carter. 

The Department of Secondary Education is con- 
cerned with the preparation of teachers of junior 
and senior high schools in the following areas: 
general business, dance, distributive education, 
mathematics, reading science, secretarial educa- 
tion, social studies, and speech. In the areas of 
art and music, teachers are prepared to teach in 
the elementary, junior and senior high schools. 
Majors in physical education and agriculture are 
offered in the College of Physical Education, Rec- 
reation and Health and the College of Agriculture 
in cooperation with the College of Education. In 



154 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



reading education, an elective (mandatory for Eng- 
lish education students) is offered at the under- 
graduate level. Majors in reading are offered only 
at the graduate level, requiring a bachelor's de- 
gree, certification, and at least two years of suc- 
cessful teaching experience as prerequisites. 

Students enrolled in the secondary teacher 
preparation curriculum will meet the University 
general education requirements, plus the follow- 
ing: 

All students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts 
degree in secondary education are required to 
complete two years (12 semester hours) of the 
same foreign language on the college level, or the 
equivalent. If a student has had three years of one 
foreign language or two years of each of two for- 
eign languages as recorded on his high school 
transcript, he is not required to take any foreign 
languages in the college, although he may elect 
to do so. 

If a student has had one year or less of a for- 
eign language in high school, he must complete 
through Language 115 of a modern foreign lan- 
guage or Language 204 of a classical language. 

If a student has had two years of a foreign lan- 
guage in high school, he must complete through 
the intermediate level of the foreign language of 
his choice. In the modern languages, French, Ger- 
man and Spanish, he should take the placement 
test in the language in which he has had work 
if he wishes to continue the same language; his 
language instruction would start at the level indi- 
cated by the test. With the classical languages, he 
should start at the level indicated in the catalog. 

For students that come under the two immedi- 
ately preceding paragraphs, the placement test 
serves also as a proficiency test and may be taken 
by a student any time (once a semester) to try to 
fulfill the language requirement. 

Students who have studied languages other than 
French, German or Spanish or who have lived for 
two or more years in a foreign country where a 
language other than English prevails, shall be 
placed by the chairman of the respective language 
section, if feasible, or by the heads of the foreign 
language departments. Native speakers of a for- 
eign language shall satisfy the foreign language 
requirement by taking 12 hours of English. 

All students who elect the secondary education 
curriculum will fulfill the preceding general re- 
quirements and also prepare to teach one or more 
school subjects which will involve meeting specific 
requirements in particular subject matter fields. 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is offered in the 
teaching fields of art, English, dance, foreign lan- 
guages, mathematics, social studies, and speech. 
The Bachelor of Science degree is offered in art, 
business education, home economics, mathema- 
tics, music, science, and speech. 

The student teaching semester is considered a 
full-time commitment. Consequently, interference 



with this commitment due to employment is not 
permitted. 

Living arrangements, including transportation, 
for the student teaching assignments are consid- 
ered the responsibility of the student. 

ART EDUCATION 

Students in art education enroll in one of two 
programs, elementary or secondary art education. 
The proposed programs are listed below: 

SECONDARY ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3 

ENGL 201— World Literature or Alternate 3 

Social Science requirement 3 3 

ARTH 100— Introduction to Art 3 

ARTS 100— Design I 3 

ARTS 1 10— Drawing I 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

Foreign Language 3 3 

Total 16 15 

Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202— World Literature or Alternate 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Foreign Language or electives 3 3 

Mathematics 3 

ARTH 260, 261— Art History 3 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 3 

DART 1 70— Stagecraft 3 

CRAF 220— Ceramics 3 

Electives in Art* 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning .... 6 

History requirements 3 3 

Science 3 4 

APDS 330— Typography and Lettering 3 

ARTS 210— Drawing II 3 

ARTS 340— Printmaking I 3 

ARTS 330— Sculpture I 3 

Total 15 16 

Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

Electives 6 

Electives in Art* 6 

EDSE 340 — Curriculum, Instruction, Observation — 

Art 3 

EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual Education or Education 

Elective 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of Secondary 

Education 3 

EDSE 360 — Student Teaching in the Secondary 

School 8 

Total 15 17 

* Art Electives must be chosen with the approval of the advisor and of 
the 12 credit hours required in the secondary program at least three 
must be in crafts. 

ELEMENTARY ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition or Alternate 3 3 

Social Science requirement 3 3 

ARTH 100 — Introduction to Art 3 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 155 



ARTS 100— Design I or ARTE 100— 

Fundamentals of Art 3 

ARTS 1 10— Drawing I 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

Foreign Language or electives 3 3 



Total 



16 15 



Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202— World Literature or alternate 3 

Science requirement 3 

Mathematics 3 

ARTH 260, 261— Art History 3 

ARTS 220— Painting I 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3 

CRAF 220 — Ceramics 

Foreign Languages or electives 3 

Total 18 

Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning .... 6 

History requirements 3 

Foreign Language or electives 3 

ARTS 330 — Sculpture I 

DART 170— Stagecraft 3 

Electives in Art 

Total 15 

Senior Year 

CRAF 202— Creative Crafts 3 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3 

EDEL 412— Art in the Elementary School 2 

Electives in Art* * 6 

Electives 3 

EDEL 340 — Curriculum, Instruction, 

Observation Art 

EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual Ed. or Ed. Elective 

EDEL 311 — The Child and the Curriculum 

EDEL 332 — Student Teaching in the Elementary 

School 



Total 



• Art Electives must be chosen 
the 12 credit hours required ii 
must be in crafts. 



<ith the approval of the advisor, and of 
the elementary program at least three 



BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Three curricula are offered for the preparation 
of teachers of business subjects. The General 
Business Education curriculum qualifies for teach- 
ing all business subjects except shorthand. Pro- 
viding thorough training in general business, in- 
cluding economics, this curriculum leads to teach- 
ing positions on both junior and senior high school 
levels. 

The Secretarial Education curriculum is adapted 
to the needs of those who wish to become teach- 
ers of shorthand as well as other business sub- 
jects. 

The Distributive Education curriculum prepares 
students for vocational teaching requirements in 
cooperative marketing and merchandising pro- 
grams. 

GENERAL BUSINESS EDUCATION 

Freshman Year 

ENGL 101, 201— Composition, and World 

Literature or alternates 3 3 

Fine Arts and Pnilosophy requirement .... 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 



BSAD 110 — Elements of Business 

Enterprise 3 

GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic 

Geography . . 3 

MATH 110, 111— Introduction to 

Mathematics 3 3 

ECON 100 — Economic Developments .... 3 

EDSE 100, 101 — Principles of Typewriting 

and Intermediate Typewriting 2 2 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2) 

Total 18 17 

Sophomore Year 

English Literature 3 

History requirements 3 3 

ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 3 3 

EDSE 200 — Office Typewriting Problems.. 2 

Social Science requirement . . 3 

EDSE 201— Survey of Office Machines ... 2 

BSAD 220, 221— Principles of Accounting 3 3 

Science requirements 4 or 3 3 or 4 

Total 17 or 18 17 or 18 

Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 6 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing .. .. 3 

BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and 

Organization 3 

BSAD 380— Business Law 3 

Elect 300 or 400 level course in Economics . . 3 

Electives* 6 6 

Total 15 15 

* A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses In economics, business 
administration and business education courses are required. 

Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education . . 3 

IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing 

Applications 3 

EDSE 341 — Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation — Business Subjects 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 300 — Techniques of Teaching Office 

Skills . . 3 

EDSE 361— Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools . . 8 

EDSE 415 — Financial and Economic 

Education 3 

EDSE 416 — Financial and Economic 

Education . . 3 

Total 15 14 



SECRETARIAL EDUCATION 

Freshman Year 

ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and World 

Literature or alternates 

Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement .... 
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics. . 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 

EDSE 100 — Principles of Typewriting 

(If exempt. BSAD 110) 

EDSE 101 — Intermediate Typewriting .... 
EDSE 102, 103— Principles of 

Shorthand I. II 

Social Science requirement 

Physical Education 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 

Total 



3 


3 




3 


(D 


(D 




(2) 



156 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202 — World Literature or alternate . 

History requirement 3 

Science requirement 3 or 4 

ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 3 

EDSE 200 — Office Typewriting Problems.. 2 

EDSE 201— Survey of Office Machines 
EDSE 204 — Advanced Shorthand and 

Transcription 3 

EDSE 205 — Problems in Transcription ... 

Total 14 or 15 

Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 6 

BSAD 220, 221 — Principles of Accounting 3 

EDSE 304 — Administrative Secretarial 

Procedures 

BSAD 380— Business Law 

Electives* 6 

Total 15 

Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education . . 3 

EDSE 305— Secretarial Office Practice . . 3 

IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing... 3 

EDSE 300 — Techniques of Teaching 

Office Skills 

EDSE 341 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation — Business Subjects 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 361 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 

Electives — 300 or 400 Level 3 

Total 18 

DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION 

Freshman Year 

ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and American 

Literature or alternate 3 

ARTH 100— Fine Arts 3 

MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 3 

Science requirement 3 

BSAD 110 — Elements of Business 

Enterprise 3 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 

Social Science requirement 

Health 105 

PE 

Sophomore Year 

History requirement 

ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics. 
BSAD 220, 221 — Principles of Accounting 
ENGL 202 — World Literature or alternate . 
Electives' 

Total 

Junior Year 

BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and 

Organization 3 

BSAD 351— Marketing Management 

BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I . . . . 3 

BSAD 460 — Personnel Management II . . , 
EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 6 

EDSE 423 — Field Experiences: Distribution 
EDSE 415 — Financial & Economic 

Education 

Electives* 6 

Total 18 



3 

3 

4 or 3 

3 



17or 18 





3 




3 




(2) 


(1) 


(D 


16 


16 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 




3 


6 


15 


15 



Senior Year 

EDUC 301— Foundations of Education ... 3 

BSAD 380— Business Law 3 

"Electives 6 

EDSE 343 — Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation: Distributive Education ... 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles of Secondary 

Education 3 

EDSE 363— Student Teaching 8 

EDSE 420 — Organization & Coordination 

of DE 3 

Total 15 14 

• A minimum ol 55 semester hours o( courses In economics, business 
administration and business education are required. 

DANCE EDUCATION 

The Dance Education curriculum prepares stu- 
dents for teaching in the public schools, for fur- 
ther graduate study, and for possible teaching in 
college. 



Freshman Year 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 

ENGL 201 — World Literature or alternate . 

ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 

Social Science Elective 

DANC 102 — Rhythmic Invention for Dance 

DANC 100, 104 — Dance Techniques 

DANC 200 — Introduction to Dance 

MATH 1 10— Introduction to Mathematics . 
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 

History 

DART 120 Acting 

Physical Education 



Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202 — World Literature or alternate . 

MUSC 150 — Theory of Music or 

MUSC 155 — Fundamentals for the 

Classroom Teacher 

ART (Studio or History) 

ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 

DANC 248 — Dance Techniques 

DANC 348 — Dance Techniques 

DANC 208 — Elementary Dance Composition 

Social Science Elective 

MUSC 130 — Survey of Music Literature . . 
ZOOL 202 — Human Anatomy and 

Physiology 

Elective 

PHED 150 — Rhythmic Activities 

Junior Year 

History 

DANC 470 — Creative Dance for Children. . 
DANC 400 — Advanced Choreographic 

Forms 

Electives 

PHED 400 — Kinesiology 

EDUC 300— Human Developmental 

Learning 

DANC 389 — Dance Techniques 

DANC 499 — Adv. Dance Techniques 

DANC 305 — Development of Dance 

Progression 

Elective 



Semester 



(2) 
3 



(D 



3 

(D 



17 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 157 



Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3 

DANC — 484 — Theory and Philosophy of 

Dance 3 

DANC 492 — Percussion and Music Sources 

for Dance 3 

Electives 6 

EDSE 342 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation . . 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education . . 3 

EDSE 362 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools . . 8 



EDUC 301— Foundations of Education 
English electives 



ENGLISH EDUCATION 

A major in English requires 45 semester hours 
as follows: ENGL 101; 201; 211 or 212; 481; 403 or 
404 or 405; or 221 or 222; 482; 493; three hours 
each in a type, and period; 9 hours electives. Re- 
lated Fields: SPCH 100 and 240. 



Total 



FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION 

The Foreign Language Education curriculum is 
designed for prospective foreign language teach- 
ers in elementary and secondary schools. 

Elementary Education majors are required to 
have a minimum of 24 semester hours in the for- 
eign language plus EDEL 323, Foreign Language 
Methods in the Elementary School. Foreign lan- 
guage majors and Secondary Education foreign 
language majors are also eligible for admission 
into the FLES program. Interested students should 
contact the Foreign Language Education advisor 
in the Department of Secondary Education for 
further information concerning the requirements 
of FLES teachers. 



Freshman Year 

ENGL 101 — Composition 3 

Social Science requirement 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 

Foreign Language 3 

Mathematics requirement 3 or 4 

Science requirement 

Physical Education (1) 

Elective 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Total 15 or 16 

Sophomore Year 

ENGL 201; 202 or 211, 212 or 221, 222 .. . 3 

SPCH 240— Oral Interpretation 

History 3 

Foreign Language 3 

Science requirement 3 or 4 

Fine Arts or Philosophy 3 

Elective 

Total 15 or 16 

Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

ENGL 403 or 404 or 405 

American Literature and English Literature 3 

ENGL 481 — Introduction to English 

Grammar 3 

ENGL 493 — Advanced Expository Writing. 3 

English (period) 

English (type) 3 

ENGL 482— History of the English 

Language 

Free electives 3 

Total 15 

Senior Year 

EDSE 344 — Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 453 — The Teaching of Reading in the 

Secondary Schools 3 

EDSE 364 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 8 

ENGL period (major figure) 



3 
3 
3 

3 or 4 

d) 

3 



16or 17 



CLASSICAL LANGUAGE— LATIN 

A minor for teaching Latin requires 24 pre- 
scribed semester hours based upon two years of 
high school Latin. These students should take 
LATN 203, 204, 305, 351, 352, 361, 401, 402. Stu- 
dents who have had four years of high school Latin 
should begin with LATN 305 and should select two 
additional courses from among LATN 403, 404, 
405. 

Prospective Latin teachers are urged to elect 
courses which relate to their teaching area: e.g., 
LATN 170; HIST 271; HIFN 456, 410, 411, 412; 
ARTH 260; CMLT 401; and ENGL 482. 

MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES 

All prospective foreign language teachers must 
take a minimum of 42 semester hours in the for- 
eign languages including the following courses 
which are required for certification: one year of 
conversation, one year of advanced grammar and 
composition, one year survey of literature, one 
year of advanced literature (300 or 400 level) and 
one year of advanced civilization courses (300 or 
400 level) or previously approved equivalents. 

Prospective MFL teachers are urged to elect 
courses related to their teaching area and which 
will provide an integrated yet broad cultural back- 
ground: e.g., LATN 170 and basic Latin courses; 
HIST 231, 232, and HIFN 455 (for Spanish majors); 
HIST 241, 242, 251, 252; HIFN 424, 425, 432 (for 
Russian majors); HIFN 444, 433 (for French ma- 
jors); ARTH 260, 261; ECON 415, 418 (for Spanish 
majors); ECON 482 (for Russian majors); GVPT 
452 (for Spanish majors); CMLT 401, 402. 

It is recommended that students who plan to 
teach a foreign language contact the appropriate 
Foreign Language Education advisor early in their 
college career so that they can plan an integrated 
program of specialized, professional and liberal 
education. 



158 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



SECONDARY FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION 



Freshman Year 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 

ENGL 201— World Literature or alternate . 

Social Science requirement 

Science or Mathematics requirements . . 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 

Physical Education 

Intermediate Foreign Language (or 
appropriate level as certified by placement 
test) 



Semester 


I 


II 


3 






3 


3 


3 


3 or 4 


3 or 4 


3 






(2) 


(D 


(D 



Sophomore Year 

ENGL 202 — World Literature or alternate 

History requirements 

Science or Mathematics requirements . . . 
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirements . . . 
Foreign Languages — Conversation, 

Composition, or Literature 

Electives (not in Foreign Languages) . . . 



3 

3 

3 or 4 



Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

Foreign Language — Composition and Style 

Foreign Language — Literature 

Foreign Language — Advanced 

Conversation 

Electives 

Total 



15 



Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 

EDSE 345 — Curriculum, Instruction and 
Observation 3 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 
Secondary Education 3 

EDSE 365 — Student Teaching in the 
Secondary Schools 8 

Elective from EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual 
Education. EDMS 410 — Educational 
Measurement, EDEL 425 — The Teaching 
of Reading, EDSE 499T — Teaching English 
as a Second Language, EDSE 499 X-Bi- 
Lingual Education 2 or 3 

Foreign Language — Advanced Litsrature 

(400 level) 

Foreign Language 331, 332 — 
Civilization* 

Elective in Foreign Language or related area 
(e.g. Foreign Language, 300 or 400 level, 
History of France, Introduction Linguistics 
is recommended) 



Total 16 or 17 15 or 16 



3 

3 or 4 

3 

3 
3 



Total 15 or 16 15 or 16 



3 or 6 



Total 16 or 17 15 or 18 



1 Courses in related disciplines may be substituted 
Adviser in College of Education. 



nth permission o( 



HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is 
designed for students who are preparing to teach 
home economics in the secondary schools. It in- 
cludes study of each area of home economics and 
the supporting disciplines. 



Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an 
area of concentration which must be unified in 
content and which will be chosen by the student.' 



Freshman Year 
ENGL 101, 171 — Composition or alternate 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3 

FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3 

FOOD 110 — Food and Nutr. of Indiv. 
and Fam. or NUTR 100 — Elements of 

Nutrition 3 

MATH requirement 3 or 4 



Semester 



PHED 

EDSE 151 — Freshman Seminar in Home Ec. 

Education 

PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology... 
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design . 

ENGL— Literature 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 
TEXT 105 — Textiles and Clothing 

in Contemp. Living 



d) 



Total 17 or 18 



Sophomore Year 

ENGL— Literature 

History 

CHEM 103— College Chemistry I 

HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the 

Home or HSAD 241 — Family Housing . . 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 

EDSE 210 — Sophomore Seminar in Home 

Economics Education 

TXAP 221— Apparel I 

History 

CHEM 104— College Chemistry II 

FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food. 
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement 
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family 

Living 



Total 



Junior Year 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

FOOD 260 — Meal Management 

FMCD 341— Personal and Family Finance 

or alternative 

Area of concentration 

EDSE 423A Fid Exp (Child Dev Lab) 

FMCD 332— The Child in the Family or 

EDHD 411— Child Growth and 

Development 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . 
EDSE 425 — Problems in Teaching Home 

Economics 

ZOOL 101 or MICB 200 

Area of concentration 



Total 



Senior Year 

EDSE 347 — Curriculum, Instruction & 

Observation* * 

EDSE 330 — Principles & Methods of 

Secondary Education** 

EDSE 370 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools: Home Economics" 

FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home 

Management or FMCD 345D — H.M. 

Practicum 

FMCD 260— Family Relations or SOCY 443 

The Family and Society 



(1) 



3 

3 

3 

(2) 



16 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 159 



EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 
Area of Concentration* 



Total 14-17 15-18 



* Area ol Concentration: 15 semester hours. 

A) Including maximum of two home economics courses, with the re- 
mainder ol the 15 hours in supporting behavioral, physical and biologi- 
cal sciences, philosophy, special education, or human development. 

B) Ot the 15 hours, nine must be upper division. 
*• Student teaching block. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION 

A major in mathematics requires the completion 
of MATH 241 or its equivalent and a minimum of 
15 semester hours of mathematics courses at the 
400 level. These 400 level courses must include 
MATH 403, 450 and one of the geometry courses, 
430 or 437. The remainder of the courses in mathe- 
matics are to be selected with the approval of the 
advisor. The major must be supported by one of 
the following science sequences: CHEM 103 and 
104; PHYS 181 and 182 or 221 and 222 or 161 and 
262; BOTN 100 and three hours in BOTN courses 
for which BOTN 100 is a prerequisite; two courses 
chosen from ZOOL 101, 102, 290, 246, 201 or 
equivalent; ASTR 110 and 180 and three more 
hours of astronomy (not including ASTR 100 or 
105); MICB 200 plus three hours of microbiology 
courses. 



Freshman Year 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 
Fine Arts and Philosophy requirement .... 

Social Science requirement 

MATH 115, 140 — Introductory Analysis and 

Analysis I 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 
Physical Education 

— Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or 

alternate 

History requirement 

Science requirement 

MATH 141, 240— Analysis I and 

Linear Algebra 

Electives 



3 
(2) 



(D 
3 



(D 
3 



Total 

Junior Year 

MATH 241— Analysis IV 

MATH 403 — Introduction to Abstract 

Algebra 

Math, electives, including Geometry 

requirement 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

Electives 



Total 

Senior Year 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 

EDSE 350— Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation — Mathematics 



EDSE 372 — Student Teaching in Secondary 
Schools — Mathematics 

Education elective 

MATH 450 — Fundamental Concepts of 
Mathematics 

Math, elective 

EDUC 301— Foundations of Education . . . 

Electives 



Total 



MUSIC EDUCATION 

The curriculum in music leads to a Bachelor of 
Science degree in education with a major in music 
education. It is planned to meet the growing de- 
mand for specialists, supervisors and resource 
teachers in music in the schools. The program pro- 
vides training in the teaching of vocal and instru- 
mental music and leads to certification to teach 
music at both elementary and secondary school 
levels in Maryland and many other states. There 
are two options. The vocal option is for students 
whose principal instrument is voice or piano; the 
instrumental option is for students whose principal 
instrument is an orchestral instrument. 

All students are carefully observed at various 
stages of their programs by members of the Music 
Education faculty. This is intended to insure the 
maximum development and growth of each stu- 
dent's professional and personal competencies. 
Each student is assigned to an advisor who guides 
him through the various stages of advancement in 
the program of music and music education. 



INSTRUMENTAL OPTION 

Freshman Year 

MUSC 108, 109 — Applied Music (principal 
instr.) 

MUSC 131 — Introduction to Music 

MUSC 150, 151 — Theory of Music 

MUSC 101, 103— Class Piano 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 

SPCH 110 — Voice and Diction 

Social Science requirements 

MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 
or MATH 110 — Introduction to 
Mathematics 

Total 



Semester 

I 

2 
3 
3 
2 



II 



4 or 3 



16 17or16 



MUSC 129G— Orchestra or MUSC 129— 

Band (1) 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) 

Sophomore Year 

MUSC 208. 209 — Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 2 

MUSC 250, 251 — Advanced Theory of Music 4 

MUSC 113, 114, 116. 117— Class Study of 

Instruments (3-4 courses) 2 or 4 

ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or 

alternates 3 

Biological Science requirement 4 

Physical Science requirement 



(1) 

(D 



Total 15 or 17 14 or 16 



160 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



MUSC 229G— Orchestra or MUSC 2291 — 

Band (1) (1) 

MUSC 129 — Chamber Music Ensemble 

elective) (1) (1) 

Junior Year 

MUSC 408, 409 — Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 2 2 

MUSC 330, 331— History of Music 3 3 

MUSC 490, 491— Conducting 2 2 

MUSC 120, 213— Class Study of Instruments 

(2 or 3 courses) 2 4 or 2 

MUED 410— Methods of Class Instrumental 

Instruction . . 2 

MUED 470 — Music in Secondary Schools 2 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 6 

Elective . . 3 

Total 17 16 or 14 

MUSC 329G— Orchestra or MUSC 329I — 

Band (1) (1) 

MUSC 329— Chamber Music Ensemble 

(elective) (1) (1) 

Senior Year 

MUSC 418 — Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 2 

MUSC 100— Class Voice 2 

MUSC 486 — Orchestration 2 or 3 

MUED 420 — Band and Orchestra Techniques 

and Administration . . 2 

EDSE 373, EDEL 335— Student Teaching . . . 8 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3 
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

History requirement 3 3 

Total 15 or 16 13 

MUSC 329G— Orchestra or MUSC 329I — 

Band (1) (1) 

Muse 329 — Chamber Music Ensemble 

(elective) (1) (1) 



VOCAL OPTION 

Freshman Year 

MUSC 108, 109 — Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 

MUSC 131 — Introduction to Music 

MUSC 150, 151— Theory of Music 

MUSC 100— Class Voice MUSC 099B, 

Applied Music (voice)— MUSC 102, 103 — 

Class Piano 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 

SPCH 1 10 — Voice and Diction 

Social Science requirement 

MATH 105— Fundamentals of Mathematics or 

MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics 

Total 

MUSC 129A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 129B— 
Women's Chorus, MUSC 129— Chamber 
Ensemble, or MUSC 129C— University 

Choir 

HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health 
Physical Education 

Sophomore Year 

MUSC 208, 209 — Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 

MUSC 200, 201 — Advanced Class Voice . . 
MUSC 202, 203 — Advanced Class Piano . . 



16 17or16 



(1) 

(2) 
(1) 


(D 


2 
2 
2 


2 
2 
2 



4 
3 
3 
16 

(D 



(D 



MUSC 250, 251— Advanced Theory of 

Music ... 4 

ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or 
alternates 3 

Biological Science requirement 4 

Physical Science requirement 

Total 17 

MUSC 229A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 229B— 
Women's Chorus, MUSC 229— Chamber 
Music Ensemble, or MUSC 229C— University 
Choir (1) 

Junior Year 

MUSC 408. 409— Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 2 

MUSC 110 — Class Study of String 

Instruments, 111 — Class Study of Wind 

Instruments 2 

MUSC 330, 331— History of Music 3 

MUSC 490. 491— Conducting 2 

MUED 462 — Music for the Elementary 

School Specialist 2 

MUED 470 — Music in Secondary Schools 
EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

Elective 3 

Total 14 

MUSC 329A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 329B— 
Women's Chorus, MUSC 329 — Chamber Music 
Ensemble, or MUSC 329C— University 
Choir (1) 

Senior Year 

MUSC 410 — Applied Music (principal 

instr.) 2 

MUED 480 — The Vocal Music Teacher and 

School Organization 2 

MUED 472 — Methods and Materials in Vocal 

Music for Secondary Schools 

EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 3 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 

EDSE 372, EDEL 335— Student Teaching . 4 

History requirement 3 

Total 14 

MUSC 329A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 329B— 
Women's Chorus, MUSC 329 — Chamber Music 
Ensemble, or MUSC 329C — University 
Choir (1) 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH 
EDUCATION 



This curriculum is designed to prepare students 
for teaching physical education in elementary and 
secondary schools. To obtain full particulars on 
course requirements, the student should refer to 
the sections on the Department of Physical Edu- 
cation and the Department of Health Education. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

A science major consists of 52 semester hours 
study in the academic sciences. 

The following courses are required for all Sci- 
ence Education majors: BOTN 100; CHEM 103; 
CHEM 104; PHYS 121, 122 or 221, 222 or ZOOL 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 161 



101 ; and a year of mathematics. Additional courses 
are selected from the academic sciences, with the 
approval of the student's advisor, so as to provide 
a minimum of 36 hours in a particular science 
teaching area, e.g., biology, chemistry, physics, 
and earth sciences, as noted below. 

Preparation for biology teaching will include 
BOTN 202; ZOOL 102; MICB 200; genetics (ZOOL 
246 or BOTN 414); Human Anatomy and Physi- 
ology (ZOOL 201 and/or 202); a field course in 
both Botany and Zoology (BOTN 212, 462-464, or 
417; ZOOL 470, 480 or ENTM 200); CHEM 201, 
202. 

Preparation for chemistry teaching will include 
CHEM 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204, 481, 482, 498 
and upper division courses such as CHEM 321. 
401, 403, 421, 440, 461. Math preparation should 
include MATH 115, 140, 141. MATH 240 and 241 
or 246 are also recommended. 

Preparation for physics teaching will include 
math through at least MATH 240, with 241 and 246 
also recommended. Physics courses will include 
introductory physics with calculus (PHYS 221, 
222), lab courses (PHYS 285, 286), Intermediate 
Theoretical Physics 404, 405, and Modern Physics 
(PHYS 420). In addition, a physics teacher should 
take course work in Astronomy (110, 180). Partici- 
pation in PSSC or Harvard Project Physics courses 
(when offered) would be desirable. 

Preparation for earth science teaching will in- 
clude one year of biology (BOTN 100 and ZOOL 
101), one year of chemistry (CHEM 103 and 104), 
one year of physics (PHYS 221, 222 preferred), 
MATH 115 and 140, and at least 30 hours of earth 
sciences with 18 hours concentration in one of 
the earth science fields and six hours minimum in 
each of two other earth science areas: GEOL 100, 
102, 110, 421, 422, 431, 441, 460, 489, 499; ASTR 
100 and 105, 110, 180, 410, 498; GEOG 440, 445, 
446, 441, 370, 372, 462. 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101— Composition 3 

BOTN 100— General Botany 4 

CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry 4 4 

MATH 115 — Introductory Analysis, MATH 

140— Analysis, MATH 110, 111 3 4 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

ZOOL 101— General Zoology .. 4 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health .. (2) 

Total 15 15 

Sophomore Year 

English Literature 3 3 

History requirement 3 3 

PHYS 121, 122 — Fundamentals of Physics, or 

PHYS 221, 222— General Physics: 

Mechanics, Heat and Sound, or PHYS 

161, 262, 263 4 or 5 4 or 5 

Science 3 or 4 3 or 4 

Arts or Philosophy requirement . . 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Total 16 or 18 16 or 18 



Junior Year 

EDUC 300— Human Development and 

Learning 6 

Science and Mathematics 12 9 

General Education requirements 3 3 

Total 15 18 

Senior Year 

EDSE 352 — Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education . . 3 

EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in the 

Secondary Schools 8 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3 

Science and Mathematics 12 

Total 15 14 

SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION 

OPTION I (HISTORY CONCENTRATION) 

Requires 54 semester hours of which at least 27 
must be in history, including HIST 221, 222, 241, 
242 and 12 hours of 300 or 400-level history 
courses including HIST 389; 30 hours of related 
social sciences as outlined below: 

At least one course in each of the following 
areas: geography, sociology, (or ANTH 101) gov- 
ernment and politics, and two courses in econom- 
ics. Fifteen semester hours of social science elec- 
tives are required of which nine hours must be in 
the 300 or 400 level. These courses may be se- 
lected from any one or combination of relevent 
fields. The selection of the courses or fields are 
at the discretion of the adviser as a defensible 
area of study. 

OPTION II (GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION) 

Requires 27 semester hours in geography and 
30 semester hours in history and social science. 
The geography requirements are GEOG 201, 202, 
203, 490, 6 hours of upper-division systematic 
geography, and 3 hours of regional geography. 
The history and social science requirements are: 
SOCY 100 (or ANTH 101), ECON 110 and 205. 
GVPT 110, HIST 221, 222, plus two 300 or 400 level 
history electives. Either option must include one 
course concerning ethnic or cultural minorities. 

Semester 

Freshman Year I II 

ENGL 101 — Composition . . 3 

SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3 

Foreign Languages 3 3 

Mathematics requirement 3 or 4 

Science requirement 3 or 4 

HIST 221. 222— History of The United States 

to 1865. History of The United Stales 

since 1865 3 3 

Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement 3 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2) 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

Total 15 or 16 16 or 17 



162 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Sophomore Year 

English Literature 3 3 

HIST 241, 242— Western Civilization 3 3 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography . . 3 

GVPT 170 — American Government 3 

Science requirement 3 or 4 

Foreign Languages 3 3 

SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology (or 

ANTH 101) 3 

ECON 110 — Economic Developments .... .. 3 

Total ... 18 or 19 15 

Junior Year 

ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . 3 

History electives 3 3 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning . . 6 

History elective (300 or 400 level) 6 3 

Social Science electives 3 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3 

HIST 389 — Proseminar in Historical Writing 3 

Social Science electives 6 

Electives 3 

EDSE 353 — Curriculum, Instruction and 

Observation . . 3 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education . . 3 

Elective from EDMS 410; EDUC 440; 

EDSE 453, 499 3 

EDSE 376 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools . . 8 

Total 15 17 



SPEECH EDUCATION 

A major in speech requires 37 semester hours. 
It is the policy to build a program of study in an- 
ticipation of the needs of prospective teachers in 
the communication field of speech and drama. 
The following speech courses are required: SPCH 
100, 200, 110, 220, 350, 325, DART 120, and SPHR 
302, plus 15 hours of electives in speech and 
drama. A teaching minor in English is also recom- 
mended. Students desiring a Bachelor of Arts de- 
gree also must meet departmental foreign lan- 
guage requirements. 

Semester 
Freshman Year I II 

SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3 

English Composition 3 

Social Science requirements 3 3 

RATV 124 . . 3 

Science requirement 3 3 

English Literature 3 

SPCH 110— Voice and Diction . . 3 

History requirement . . 3 

Physical Education (1) (1) 

HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health. (2) 

DART 110 — Introduction to the Theatre .. 3 

Total 18 19 

Sophomore Year 

English Literature 3 

SPCH 200 — Advanced Public Speaking . . . . 3 

SPCH 220 — Group Discussion . . 3 

Science requirement 3 



DART 120— Acting 

SPCH 350— Fundamentals of Speech 

Communication 

MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 

History requirement 

Minor requirement 

General elective 

Total . ... 

Junior Year 

DART 311— Play Production 

EDUC 300 — Human Development and 

Learning 

SPHR 302— Handicapped School Children 

Speech electives 

Minor requirements 

SPCH 325— Parliamentary Law 

General electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

DART 330— Play Directing 

EDSE 354 — Curriculum, Instruction, and 

Observation 

EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of 

Secondary Education 

Elective from EDMS 410, EDUC 440, 

EDSE 453 

EDSE 377 — Student Teaching in Secondary 

Schools 

SPCH 230— Debate 

Minor requirements 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education .... 
General elective 

Total 

Course Code Prefix— EDSE 



SOCIOLOGY 

Associate Professor and Acting Chairman: 

Federico. 
Professors: Dager, Janes, Lejins.* 
Associate Professors: Cussler, Henkel, Hirzel, Mc- 

Intyre, Meeker, Pease. 
Assistant Professors: Finsterbusch, Franz, Greis- 

man, Harper, Hornung, J. Hunt, L. Hunt, Kruegel. 

Lengermann, Mortimer, M. Pate, T. Pate, 

Schwartz, Simons. 
Lecturer: Richardson. 
Instructors: Hughes, Slan, Weakland. 

The major in sociology offers: (1) a liberal edu- 
cation especially directed toward understanding 
the complexities of modern society and its social 
Droblems; (2) a broad preparation for various 
types of professions, occupations and services 
dealing with people; (3) preparation of qualified 
students for graduate training in sociology. 

A minimum of 30 hours in sociology is required 
of majors. Required courses include SOCY 200,- 
SOCY 201, SOCY 202, SOCY 203. Twelve hours of 
course work in sociology must be at the 300-400 
level. In addition, MATH 110 or higher is required 
of majors. 



'Joint appointment 
Enforcement. 



nth the Institute of Criminal Justice and law 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 163 



SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE 
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor and Chairman: Hesse. 

Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg, Marra-Lopez, 

Mendeloff, Nemes, Parsons (Emeritus), Rand 

(Emerita). 
Associate Professor: Rovner. 
Assistant Professors: DeLorenzo, Natella, Norton, 

Sosnowski. 
Lecturers: Igel, Rentz. 
Instructors: Barilla, Borroto, Diz, Garcia, Lesman 

Sendra, Wooldridge. 

MAJORS 

Two types of undergraduate majors are offered 
in Spanish: one for the general student or the 
future teacher, and the other for those interested 
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the pur- 
pose of understanding another nation through 
its literature, history, sociology, economics, and 
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the 
B.A. degree. 

An undergraduate major in either language and 
literature or area studies requires a total of 39 
hours with a C average, above the basic foreign 
language requirement. 

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR 

Courses: SPAN 201, 221, 301-302; 311 or 312, 
321-322 or 323-324; 401 or 402 plus five courses 
on the 400 level in literature (one of which may 
be elected outside of the field of literature) for a 
total of 39 hours. 

Twelve hours of supporting courses, two of 
which must be on the 300-400 level in a single 
department other than the major and education. 
Suggested areas: government and politics, art, 
history, philosophy and comparative literature, 
etc., for a combined total of 51 hours. 

FOREIGN AREA MAJOR 

The area study major in Spanish endeavors to 
provide the student with the knowledge of the 
various aspects of Spain and Spanish America. 
Specific requirements in this major are SPAN 201, 
301-302, 311-312, 321-322 or 323-324, 424-425 or 
446-447, and four semester courses in Spanish 
literature numbered 408-498, for a total of 39 
hours. 

Twelve hours of supporting courses, six of 
which must be on the 300-400 level in a single 
department other than the major and education. 
Suggested areas: economics, government and 
politics, geography, history, philosophy, etc., for 
a combined total of 51 hours. 

HONORS IN SPANISH 

A student whose major is Spanish and who, at 
the time of application, has a general academic 
average of 3.0 and 3.5 in his major field may apply 



to the Chairman of the Honors Committee for ad- 
mission to the Honors Program of the department. 
Honors work normally begins in the first semester 
of the junior year, but a qualified student may 
enter as early as the sophomore year or as late 
as the second semester of the junior year. Honors 
students are required to take two courses from 
those numbered 491, 492, 493 and the seminar 
numbered 496, as well as to meet other require- 
ments for a major in Spanish. There will be a final 
comprehensive examination covering the honors 
reading list, which must be taken by all gradu- 
ating seniors who are candidates for honors. Ad- 
mission of students to the Honors Program, their 
continuance in the program, and the final award 
of honors are the prerogative of the Departmental 
Honors Committee. 

ELEMENTARY HONORS 

Course 102H in Spanish is limited to specially 
approved candidates who have passed course 101 
with high grades, and will allow them to enter 
104H or 201. 

LOWER DIVISION COURSES 

The elementary and intermediate courses in 
Spanish consist of three semesters of four credits 
each (101, 102, 104). The language requirement 
is satisfied by passing 104 or equivalent. 

Spanish 101 may be taken for credit by those 
students who have had two or more years of Span- 
ish in high school, provided there has been a 
lapse of at least four years between the date of 
their last high school course in Spanish and the 
date of their first Spanish course at the University. 

Transfer students with college credit have the 
option of continuing at the next level of study, or 
*»f taking a placement examination, or of electing 
courses 103 or 104. If a transfer student takes 
course 103 for credit, he retains transfer credit 
only for the equivalent of course 101. A transfer 
student placing lower than his training should war- 
rant may ignore the placement but DOES SO AT 
HIS OWN RISK. If he takes 104 for credit, he re- 
tains transfer credit for the equivalent of courses 
101 and 102. 

A student whose native language is Spanish 
or Portuguese may not use either language to sat- 
isfy the Arts and Sciences language requirement. 

If a student has received a D in a course, ad- 
vanced and completed the next higher course, he 
cannot go back and repeat the original D. 



Courses Code Prelix— SPAN. PORT 

SPECIAL EDUCATION 

Faculty: Samuel C. Ashcroft, Joan Goodman, Jean 
R. Hebeler, Mildred Holt, Linda Jacobs, William 
p orter, Margaret Rogers, Eric Seidman, Betty H. 
Simms, Peter Valletutti. 

The Special Education Department offers an un- 



164 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



dergraduate program which prepares students for 
a teaching position in either an elementary or sec- 
ondary level special education program. Students 
who complete the undergraduate program receive 
the Bachelor of Science degree and meet Mary- 
land State Department of Education requirements 
for the standard professional certificate in special 
education. 

Students at the undergraduate level pursue a 
sequential program in the broad area of learning 
differences, concentrating either in the area of the 
mentally retarded on learning disabilities (per 
ceptually impaired). Progress through the program 
is dependent upon the student's achieving the 
r equisite special teaching competencies required 
'or graduation. Field experiences are required of 
all students in the department prior to their stu- 
dent teaching experiences. An area of supporting 
academic content consisting of 15 credit hours 
beyond the General Education Requirement is in- 
cluded in each student's program. This support- 
ing academic content may be developed in and 
among the areas of psychology, sociology, anthro- 
pology, and hearing and speech. 

A minimum of 129 semester hours plus the four 
required hours in health and physical education 
are necessary for graduation. 

Each upper level undergraduate student is as- 
signed a faculty advisor. The student consult? 
with his advisor regarding specific details of his 
program, alternatives, etc. The following repre- 
sents a "typical" program. 

Semester 

Freshman Year I " 

ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 3 

English Literature 

PSYCH 100 — Introduction to Psychology . . 3 

SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology ... 3 

GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography .. 3 

ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of Art Education 3 
MUSC 155 — Fundamentals for the Classroom 

Teacher 3 

Biological Sciences 3 or 4 

Physical Education 0) 0) 

HEALTH (2) 

FINE ARTS (Art, Dance, Music, Philosophy) . . 3 



15or 16 



Sophomore Year 

English Literature 3 

U. S. History 3 

History 

Physical Science 3 or 4 

SCIENCE (Physical or Biological) 

MATH 210— Elements of Mathematics ... 4 

MATH 211— Elements of Geometry 

SPHR 202 — Fundamentals of General 
American Speech or SPCH 100— Public 
Speaking, or SPCH 110 — Voice and 

Diction 

Academic Content or elective 3 

EDSP 288 — Special Problems in 
Special Education 1 



Junior Year 

HISTORY 

EDUC 300— Human Development and 

Learning 6 

EDEL 302 — Science in the Elementary 

School 2 

EDEL 326 — The Teaching of Reading .... 
EDEL 305 — Language Arts in the Elementary 

School 

EDEL 307 — Social Studies in the Elementary 

School 

EDEL 314 — Mathematics in the Elementary 

School 2 

EDSP 470 — Introduction to Special 

Education 3 

EDSP 471, 491 — Characteristics of 

Exceptional Children 

471 — Mentally Retarded or 

491 — Learning Disabilities (Perceptually 
Impaired) 
EDSP 472, 492 — Education of 

Exceptional Children 

472 — Mentally Retarded or 

492 — Learning Disabilities (Perceptually 

Impaired 

Electives, Supporting Academic Content. 3 

16 

Senior Year 

EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3 

PHED 420 — Physical Education in the Elementary 
Schools (3) or MUED 352— Music for the 
Elementary Classroom Teacher (2) or EDEL 
412 — Art in the Elementary School (2) . 2 or 3 

EDSP 473, 483 — Curriculum for Exceptional 
Children 

EDEL 333 — Student Teaching in the 
Elementary School 

EDSP 349 — Student Teaching of Exceptional 
Children 

Electives, Supporting Academic Content . . 9 



14 to 15 



17or18 16or17 



Course Code Prelix— EDSP 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Acting Chairman: Linkow. 

Professors: Aylward, Pugliese. 

Associate Professors: Kirkley, Linkow, O'Leary, 

Meersman, Niemeyer, Vaughan. 
Assistant Professors: Croft, Falcione, Jamieson, 

Onder, Provensen, Starcher, G. S. Weiss, Wol- 

vin, Zelenka. 
Instructors: Berdan, Blum, Carter, Caudill, Cokely, 

Cusmano, Doyle, DuMonceau, Elliott, M. Harris, 

P. Harris, Helfand, Karr, Klann, Lea, McCleary, 

Maynard, Mosbo, Paver, Pearson, Rosenthal, 

Smulowitz. 
Assistant Instructor: Todd. 
Lecturers: Abrams, Hawkins, Hoachlander, Niles, 

Kraus, Read, Schikert, F. Weiss, M. Weiss. 

The departmental curricula lead to the Bachelor 
of Arts degree and permit the student to develop 
a program with emphasis in one of the three areas 
of the department: (1) Speech communication 
(political communication, organizational communi- 
cation, urban communication, educational com- 
munication, and interpersonal communication), (2) 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 165 



Dramatic art (educational theater, acting, direct- supportive courses students add to their major 

ing, producing, theater history, and technical studies a concentration of work in an allied area 

theater), (3) Radio-television-film (broadcasting, such as art, business, economics, family services, 

programming, directing, broadcast law and regu- journalism, sciences, or speech and dramatic art. 

lation, international broadcasting, film production, | n the rexf/7e science major emphasis is placed 

and contemporary cinema). In cooperation with n the scientific and technological aspects of the 

the Department of Secondary Education, the de- field. Graduates will be qualified for employment 

partment provides an opportunity for teacher cer- j n many facets of the textile industry including re- 

tification in the speech and drama education pro- search and testing laboratories, consumer techni- 

gram. cal service and marketing programs, and in buy- 

The curriculum is designed to provide: (1) a ing and product evaluation, 

liberal education through special study of the In the textiles and apparel major emphasis is 

arts and sciences of human communication, (2) placed on the cultural, economic and professional 

preparation for numerous opportunities in busi- aspects of the field. Students are prepared for ca- 

ness, government, media and related industries, reers in fashion merchandising and promotion, in- 

and education. struction and demonstration with business and 

Since communication is a dynamic field, the educational organizations, fashion designing, con- 
course offerings are under constant review and sumer services, and technical or managerial po- 
development, and the interested student should sitions with a clothing manufacturer, 
obtain specific information about a possible pro- Graduates of the fexf/7e marketing major will 
gram from a departmental advisor. be qualified for careers in business where they 

The major requirements are: 30 hours of course will function as communicators between the textile 
work in any of the divisions exclusive of those producer and consumer in merchandising and 
courses taken to satisfy University or Division- fashion promotion, in consumer education pro- 
al requirements. Of the 30 hours, at least 15 grams and in textile production promotion and de- 
must be upper division, in the 300 or 400 series. velopment. 

No course with a grade less than C may be used Graduates completing the major in consumer 

to satisfy major requirements. economics will be able to provide liaison between 

Each of the possible concentrations in the de- the consumer and producers and distributors of 

partment requires certain courses in order to goods and services utilized directly by families 

provide a firm foundation for the work in that and may work in consumer education programs, 

area. Specific information about these course re- in marketing and consumer relation divisions in 

quirements and course options for the supporting business and industry, or in government agencies 

(minor) program should be obtained from an ad- providing consumer services, 

visor in the particular area. A department Honors Program permits out- 

The department offers numerous specialized standing undergraduates to explore in depth on 
opportunities for those interested through co-cur- an individual basis a program of work which will 
ricular activities in theater, film, television, read- strengthen their undergraduate program and their 
ers' theatre, debate and forensics. For the su- professional interests. Students selected for the 
perior student an Honors Program is available, program must have a "B" average or better to be 
and interested students should consult their ad- considered. Students in the honors program par- 
visor for further information no later than the be- ticipate in a junior honors seminar and present 
ginning of their junior year. a senior thesis. 

Course Code Prefixes— spch, dart, ratv Freshman Year (Common To All Majors) 

English Requirement 3 3 

TCYTII CO AKin Matn 1 1G or 115 3-4 

ICAMLMMiNU Sociology 100 3 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS speech 107 or 100 2-3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 3 

Professor and Chairman: Smith. Textiles in Contemporary Living TEXT 105 ... . 3 

Professor: DardiS. Physical Science (CHEM 103. 104 or 105, 106) 4 4 

Visiting Professor: Fourt. "? al, . h ,'"*•••' / • J?{ 

. f. „ . Physical Education (1) (1) 

Associate Professor: Buck. ___ ___ 

Visiting Associate Professor: Clark. 17-18 15-16 

Assistant Professors: Block, Heagney, Spivak, textiles and apparel 

Wilbur (Emeritus). Semester 

Visiting Assistant Professor: Thain. Sophomore Year Hours 

Instructors: Marro, Mihelcic, Pledger. English Requirement 3 

Lecturer: Hacklander. gj-J «£,«" »3 * 3 

Students may select one of four majors. Each ^ °™ ft"™ <£«* gj 3 3 

offers diverse professional opportunities. Through introduction to Textile Materials text 150 . . 3 

166 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



Textile Materials: Evaluation and Characteriza- 
tion TEXT 250 

Elective 

15 
Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Apparel Design: Draping TXAP 420 or 

Apparel Design: Experimental Processes 

TXAP 425 

Textile Science: Chemical Structure and 

Properties of Fibers TEXT 452 or 

Environmental Textiles TEXT 355 

History 

Fine Arts Requirement 

Marketing BSAD 350 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Electives 

Senior Year 

TXAP 441 — Clothing and Human Eehavior or 

CNEC 437— Consumer Behavior 

TEXT 465 — Economics of the Textile and 

Apparel Industries or CNEC 435 — 

Economics of Consumption 

History 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course . . 
Electives 



3 
3 
3 

20 

32 



TEXTILE MARKETING 

Sophomore Year 

English Requirement 3 

Economics 201 and 203 3 

Psychology 100 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (APDS 101) 3 
TXAP 221 and 222 or 

Home Economics Electives 3 

Introduction to Textile Materials TEXT 150 ... 3 
Textile Materials: Evaluation and Characteriza- 
tion TEXT 250 

Elective 

15 
Junior Year 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Textile Science: Chemical Structure and 
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452 or 

Environmental Textiles TEXT 355 

Fine Arts Requirement 

History 

Marketing BSAD 350 

Journalism 341, 330, 371, 331 (or alternative) 

RATV 315 (or alternative) 

Electives 

Senior Year 

Clothing and Human Behavior TXAP 441 or 

Consumer Behavior CNEC 437 

Economics of the Textile and Apparel 

Industries TEXT 465 

Statistics BSAD 230 

BSAD 352, 450 or 452 

Electives 



Semester 
Hours 



TEXTILE SCIENCE 

Sophomore Year 

English 202 3 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Psychology 100 

Introduction to Textiles TEXT 150 3 



3 

3 

3 

20-21 

32-33 

Semester 
Hours 

3 
3 



Textile Materials: Evaluation and Characteriza- 
tion TEXT 250 

Chemistry 201, 202, 203, 204 or 211, 212, 

213, 214 5 

Mnth 140, 141 or 110, 111 3-4 

14-15 
Junior Year 

Fine Arts Requirement 

Physics 121, 122 or 161, 262 

Textile Science: Chemical Structure and 
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course 

Sociology 100 

Statistics 

Economics 201 and 203 

Electives 



5 
3-4 



31-32 



Senior Year 

Textile Science: Finishes TEXT 454 or 

Textile Science: Chemistry and Physics of Fibers 

and Polymers TEXT 456 

Economics of the Textile and Apparel 

Industries TEXT 465 or 

Economics of Consumption CNEC 435 

History 

Electives 



30 



CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

Sophomore Year 

English Requirement 3 

Economics 201 and 203 3 

Psychology 100 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (FOOD 110 or 

NUTR 100) 3 

Family Housing HSAD 241 

HUMAN ECOLOGY Core Course (HSAD 241) . . 3 

Math 111 or 140 or Statistics BSAD 230 3-4 

Consumer Product Information 

Elective (Math 141 for students completing 

this math sequence) 

Elective 

15-16 
Junior Year 

Economics of Consumption CNEC 435 

Fine Arts Requirement 

Consumer Product Information 

Statistics BSAD 230 or 330 

Economics 401 and 403 

Electives 

Senior Year 

Consumer Behavior CNEC 437 

The Consumer and the Law CNEC 431 

History 

Marketing BSAD 350 

Electives 



Semester 
Hours 



3-4 
3 



Course Code Prefixes— TEXT, TXAP, CNEC 

URBAN STUDIES PROGRAM 

Professor and Director: Thomas P. Murphy. 
Professors: Harper, Janes, Kidd. 
Assistant Professors: Chaples, Groves. 
Lecturers: Colman, Shanley. 

This interdisciplinary program is designed for 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 167 



students interested in government and other pub- 
lic service careers and graduate study in urban 
affairs, as well as for students who wish to under- 
stand urban society. The faculty is drawn from 
six colleges and schools of the University. The 
B.A. in Urban Studies degree can be given by any 
of the colleges or schools on campus which wish 
to participate in the program. 

The program assumes a comprehensive ap- 
proach to urbanism and includes attention to the 
total metropolitan area, including suburbs as well 
as central cities, their interrelationship, and state 
and federal policy. In addition to an interdisciplin- 
ary or multi-disciplinary staff, the program will be 
characterized by students from a variety of dis- 
ciplines, a wide variety of research projects, and 
a set of "core" seminars dealing with cities or ur- 
banization as they involve economic factors, social 
problems, political and governmental activities, 
and environmental and physical aspects. Con- 
temporary urban problems will be emphasized and 
modern methodological and analytical techniques 
will be dealt with. The program assumes that cities 
and urbanization are complex and require the 
knowledge and intellectual skills of many different 
disciplines. 

REQUIREMENTS 

In general, for a Bachelor's degree in Urban 
Studies, a student should register in a college or 
school, satisfy university and college or school 
requirements, and complete course work in urban 
and urban-oriented subject matter. 

The major in Urban Studies requires 42 credits: 

15 in URBS core courses 

15 in urban oriented courses within a depart- 
ment or program selected as a disciplinary 
urban specialization. 

12 within one of three basic fields and from 
at least two departments. 

The URBS Core Courses include the following: 
URBS 210— Survey of the Field and Urban 

Studies 
URBS 320 — The City and the Developing Na- 
tional Culture of the United States 
URBS 350 — Introduction to Urban Field Study 
URBS 395 — Pro-Seminar in Urban Literature 
URBS 399 — Independent Study in Urban 

Topics 
URBS 430 — Practicum in the Urban Commun- 
ity and Urban Organizations 
URBS 480 — Urban Theory and Simulation 

The prerequisites for these core courses are 
nine hours selected from 100 and 200 level courses 
in Architecture, Business Administration, Econom- 
ics, Education, Geography, Government and Poli- 
tics, History, Journalism, and Sociology. 

Departments and programs currently offering 
sufficient urban oriented courses for the disciplin- 
ary urban specialization include: Afro-American 



Studies, Agricultural and Extension Education, 
Agricultural and Resource Economics, American 
Studies, Anthropology, Architecture, Business Ad- 
ministration, Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, 
Civil Engineering, Computer Science, Criminal 
Justice and Criminology, Economics, Education, 
English, Family and Community Development, 
Geography, Government and Politics, Health, His- 
tory, Information Systems Management, Journal- 
ism, Meteorology, Physical Sciences, Psychology, 
Recreation, and Sociology. 

The three basic fields and the departments 
whose courses meet the requirements are: 

1. Social-economic-behavioral: 
Afro-American Studies, Agricultural and Ex- 
tension Education, Agricultural and Resource 
Economics, Architecture, Business Admin- 
istration, Criminal Justice and Criminology, 
Economics, Education, Family and Com- 
munity Development, Cultural Geography, 
Government and Politics, Health, Informa- 
tion Systems Management, Journalism, Psy- 
chology, Recreation, and Sociology. 

2. Physical-environmental: 

Chemical Engineering, Chemistry, Civil Engi- 
neering, Computer Science, Physical Geog- 
raphy Geology, Health, Landscape, Archi- 
tecture, Meteorology, Physical Sciences. 

3. Historical-cultural-humanistic: 
Afro-American Studies, American Studies, 
Anthropology, Architecture, Education, Eng- 
lish, History, Journalism, Recreation, and So- 
ciology. 



Course Code Prefix— URBS 

ZOOLOGY 

Professor and Chairman: Corliss. 
Professor and Assistant Chairman: Haley. 
Professors: Anastos, Brown, Grollman, Jachow- 

ski, Schleidt. 
Research Professors: Eisenberg," Flyger,* Glin- 

os,* Otto.* 
Associate Professors: Barnett, Brinkley, Clark, 

Contrera, Highton, Levitan, Linder, Morse, Pot- 
ter, Ramm, Small. 
Assistant Professors: Allan, Gill, Golmon, Goode, 

Imberski, Morton, Pierce, Rees, Strathmann, 

Vermeij, Woodin. 
Instructors: Danstedt, Knox, Korr. Montviloff, 

Moore, Neidhard't, Piper, Rabin, Spalding. 

The Department of Zoology offers a program 
leading to a B.S. with a major in Zoology. A core 
of required courses and restricted electives in 
zoology, as well as supporting courses in other 
fields, provides an introduction to, and an appre- 
ciation of, the broad field of zoology. Through se- 
lection of additional elective courses to complete 

•Adlunct members ol Ihe faculty 



168 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information 



to required 30 credit hours in zoology, the student 
may explore in greater depth some phase of 
zoology which is of particular interest to him. 

All majors are required to complete a minimum 
of 30 hours in zoology with an average grade of 
"C". Required courses include ZOOL 101, 102, 
246, and one course from each of Groups I, II, and 
III listed below. Additional courses to complete 
the required 30 hours in zoology may be selected 
from any of the undergraduate courses in zoology 
except ZOOL 146 — Heredity and Man (3), ZOOL 
201, 202 — Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) 
and ZOOL 207S — Development of Human Body 
(2), which are not acceptable for credit toward 
the major. At least 12 hours of courses taken for 
completion of the major must be at advanced level 
(300 or 400). Required supporting courses are 
listed in "D" below. 

A. Required Courses in Zoology 
Zool. 101 — General Zoology (4) 
Zool. 102— The Animal Phyla (4) 
Zool. 246 — Genetics (4) 

B. Restricted Electives in Zoology 

One course must be selected from each of the 
following groups. At least two of the three 
courses taken in fulfillment of the group re- 
quirements must be laboratory courses. 

GROUP I 
Zool. 411— Cell Biology (4) 
Zool. 413 — Biophysics (3) 
Zool. 421 — Vertebrate Physiology (4) 
Zool. 422 — Vertebrate Physiology (4) 
Zool. 426 — General Endocrinology (3) 

GROUP II 
Zool. 430 — Vertebrate Embryology (4) 
Zool. 472 — General Protozoology (4) 
Zool. 475 — General Parasitology (4) 
Zool. 481 — Invertebrate Zoology (4) 
Zool. 482 — Marine Vertebrate Zoology (4) 
Zool. 483 — Vertebrate Zoology (4) 

GROUP III 

Zool. 440— Evolution (3) 

Zool. 446 — Molecular Genetics (3) 

Zool. 456 — Zoogeography (3) 

Zool. 460— Ethology (3) 

Zool. 461 — Ethology Laboratory (3) 

Zool. 470 — Animal Ecology (3) or: 

Zool. 470 — Advanced Ecology (2) and 
Zool. 471 — Lab. and Field Ecology (2) 

Zool. 480 — Hydrobiology (4) 

C. Total Requirements for Zoology Courses 

The major must earn a total of 30 hours in 
Zoology including the required courses and re- 
stricted electives listed above. The additional re- 
quired hours may be selected from additional 



courses in Groups I, II, and III, or from other 
courses in Zoology including: 

Zool. 205— History of Zoology (1) 
Zool. 206 — Zoological Literature (1) 
Zool. 209— Basic Study in Zoology (1-4) 
Zool. 319 — Special Problems in Zoology (1-2) 
Zool. 328 — Selected Topics in Zoology (1-4) 

Students participating in the Departmental Hon- 
ors Program may take the following courses in 
fulfillment of the course requirements in Zoology: 
Zool. 308H— Honors Seminar (1) 
Zool. 309H— Honors Independent Study (1-4) 
Zool. 318H — Honors Research (1-2) 

D. Required Supporting Courses: 

1. Chem. 103, 104 — College Chemistry I and 
II (4, 4) 

2. Chem. 201, 202 — College Chemistry III and 
Laboratory (3, 2) 

3. Mathematics through one year of Calculus 
(completion of Math. 220, 221 — Elementary 
Calculus (3, 3) or Math. 140, 141— Analysis 
I, II (4, 4) 

4. Phys. 121, 122 — Fundamentals of Physics 
(4, 4) or Phys. 141, 142 — Principles of Phys- 
ics (4, 4) 

5. One of the following courses: 

Agri. 401 — Agricultural Biometrics (3) 

Chem. 203, 204— College Chemistry IV (3) 
and College Chemistry Laboratory IV (2) 

Chem. 219 — Elements of Quantitative An- 
alysis (4) 

Math. 240 — Linear Algebra (4) 

Psych. 200— Statistical Methods in Psy- 
chology (3) 

Socy. 201 — Introductory Statistics for 
Sociology (3) 

Stat. 400— Applied Probability and Statis- 
tics I (3) 

Stat. 464 — Introduction to Biostatistics (3) 

It is strongly recommended that the supporting 
courses in chemistry and mathematics be com- 
pleted as early in the curriculum as possible. Stu- 
dents desiring to enter graduate study in certain 
areas of zoology are advised to take biochemistry, 
physical chemistry, statistics or advanced mathe- 
matics as a part of their undergraduate training. 

HONORS 

The Department of Zoology also offers a special 
program for the exceptionally talented and promis- 
ing student. The Honors Program emphasizes the 
scholarly approach to independent study rather 
than adherence to a rigidly prescribed curriculum. 
Information regarding this program may be ob- 
tained from the departmental office or from the 
chairman of the zoology Honors Program. 



Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 169 




■MHHBHHHH^H 



IV 
COURSES 

IN ALPHABETICAL 

ORDER 

BY COURSE NUMBER 



Courses numbered from 000 to 099 are non- 
credit courses and include such subjects as re- 
quired physical education and review of high 
school math. The figure given in parentheses after 
the title is for the purpose of billing. 

Courses numbered from 100 to 199 are pri- 
marily freshmen courses and are open to under- 
graduate students who meet the stated prerequi- 
site and curricular requirements. 

Courses numbered from 200-299 are primarily 
sophomore courses and are open to undergradu- 
ate students who meet the stated prerequisite and 
curricular requirements. 

Courses numbered from 300-399 are junior and 
senior courses not acceptable for credit toward 
graduate degrees. Under some conditions, second 
semester sophomores may register for 300 level 
courses with the dean's approval. 

Courses numbered from 400-499 are junior and 
senior courses acceptable for credit toward some 
graduate degrees. 

Courses numbered from 500-599 are profes- 
sional school courses and post-baccalaureate 
courses. 

Courses numbered from 600-899 are restricted 
to graduate students. 

Course numbers ending with an 8 or 9 indicate 
the course may be repeated for credit. 



AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES 

AASP 100. INTRODUCTION TO AFRO-AMERICAN 
STUDIES. (3) 
A survey of significant aspects of black life and thought 
which are reflected in black literature, music and art. 
This interdisciplinary course examines the African cul- 
tural and historical backgrounds and traces the develop- 
ment of black culture in Africa, the United States and 
the Caribbean from the fifteenth century to contemporary 
times. Emphasis is placed upon the social, political and 
economic changes in black life that have influenced the 
ideas of black artists and spokesmen. 

AASP 101. ELEMENTARY SWAHILI. (3) 

An introductory course in the Swahili language. Study 
of linguistic structure and development of audio-lingual 
ability. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per 
week. 

AASP 102. INTERMEDIATE SWAHILI. (3) 

Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. 
Further study of linguistic structure and development 
of audio-lingual and writing ability, and introduction to 
the reading of literary texts. 

AASP 112. ADVANCED SWAHILI. (3) 

For students who wish to develop fluency and confi- 
dence in the speaking, reading and writing of Swahili 
language. Discussions in Swahili. 

AASP 302. BLACK CULTURE IN THE UNITED STATES. (3) 
Examines important aspects of American negro life and 
thought which are reflected in Afro-American literature, 
drama, music, and art. Beginning with the cultural heri- 
tage of slavery. Surveys the changing modes of black 
creative expresssion from the nineteenth century to the 
present. 



Course Offerings / 171 



AASP 311. THE AFRICAN SLAVE TRADE. (3) 

Ttie relationship of the slave trade of Africans to the 
development of British capitalism and its industrial 
revolution; and to the economic and social development 
of the Americas. 

AASP 312. SOCIAL AND CULTURAL EFFECTS OF 
COLONIZATION AND RACISM. (3) 

A comparative approach to the study of the social and 
cultural effects of colonization and racism on black peo- 
ple in Africa, Latin America and in the United States — 
community and family life, religion, economic institutions, 
education and artistic expression. 

AASP 400. DIRECTED READINGS IN AFRO-AMERICAN 
STUDIES. (3) 

The readings will be directed by the director of Afro- 
American studies. The topics will be chosen by the di- 
rector to meet the needs and interests of individual stu- 
dents. 

AASP 401. SEMINAR IN AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES. (3) 
The theory and concepts of the social and behavioral 
sciences as they relate to Afro-American studies. Re- 
quired for the certificate in Afro-American studies. Pre- 
requisites: At least 15 hours of Afro-American studies 
or related courses or permission of the director. 

AASP 411. NINETEENTH CENTURY BLACK RESISTANCE 
MOVEMENTS. (3) 

A comparative description of the black resisitance move- 
ments in Africa and America during the nineteenth 
century; analysis of their relationship, similarities and 
dissimilarities as well as their impact on twentieth 
century black nationalism. 

AASP 428. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BLACK DEVELOPMENT. 
(3) 

A multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary educational 
experience concerned with questions relevant to the de- 
velopment of black people everywhere. Development 
implies political, economic, social, and culture change 
among other things. Consequently, a number of topics 
may be examined and studied. 

AASP 429. SPECIAL TOPICS IN BLACK CULTURE. (3) 
An interdisciplinary approach to the role of black artists 
around the world. Emphasis is placed upon contributions 
of the black man in Africa, the Caribbean and the United 
States to the literary arts, the performing arts, and the 
visual arts. Course content will be established in terms 
of those ideas and concepts which reflect the cultural 
climate of the area in which they were produced. Atten- 
tion to individual compositions and works of art through 
lectures, concepts, field trips, and audio-visual devices. 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

AGEN 100. BASIC AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 
TECHNOLOGY. (3) 
An introduction to the application of engineering con- 
cepts. Topics include quantitation and measurement; 
mechanical, thermal, fluid, and electrical principles and 
their relationship to biological systems and materials 
of agricultural and aquacultural products. (For non-engi- 
neering majors.) 

AGEN 200. INTRODUCTION TO FARM MECHANICS. (2) 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A study 
of the hand tools and power equipment and their safe 
use as it applies to mechanized farms. Principles and 
practice in arc and gas welding, cold metal and sheet 
metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting, woodworking, 
plumbing, blueprint reading and use of concrete. 

AGEN 305. FARM MECHANICS. (2) 

Two laboratory periods a week. Available only to sen- 
iors in agricultural education. This course consists of 
laboratory exercises in practical farm shop and farm 



equipment maintenance, repair, and construction proj- 
ects, and a study of the principles of shop organization 
and administration. 

AGEN 313. MECHANICS OF FOOD PROCESSING. (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory. Prerequisite; PHYS 
111 or 121. Applications in the processing and preserva- 
tion of foods of power transmission, hydraulics, elec- 
tricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, instruments and 
controls, materials handling and time and motion anal- 
ysis. 

AGEN 324. ENGINEERING DYNAMICS OF BIOLOGICAL 
MATERIALS. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite; ENME 340. In- 
vestigates the physical parameters (impact, tempera- 
ture, humidity, light, etc.) governing the response of 
biological materials. Analysis of unit operations and 
their effect on the physical and quality characteristics 
of agricultural products. 

AGEN 343. FUNCTIONAL DESIGN OF MACHINERY AND 
EQUIPMENT. (3) 

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week 
Prerequisite: ENES 221. Theory and methods of agri- 
cultural machine design. Application of machine de- 
sign principles and physical properties of soils and 
agricultural products in design of machines to perform 
specific tasks. 

AGEN 401. AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION EQUIPMENT. 

(3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
AGEN 100. Principles of operation and functions of 
power and machinery units as related to tillage; cutting, 
conveying and separating units; and control mechan- 
isms. Principles of internal combustion engines and 
power unit components. 
AGEN 402. AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS HANDLING AND 

ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
AGEN 100. Characteristics of construction materials 
and details of agricultural structures. Fundamentals of 
electricity, electrical circuits, and electrical controls. 
Materials handling and environmental requirements of 
farm products and animals. 

AGEN 421. POWER SYSTEMS. (3) 

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisites: ENME 216. ENEE 300 and ENME 340. 
Analysis of energy conversion devices including internal 
combustion engines, electrical and hydraulic motors. 
Fundamentals of power transmission and coordination 
of power sources with methods of power transmission. 

AGEN 422. SOIL AND WATER ENGINEERING. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 340. Ap- 
plications of engineering and soil sciences in erosion 
control, drainage, irrigation and watershed management. 
Principles of agricultural hydrology and design of water 
control and conveyance systems. 

AGEN 424. FUNCTIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN 
OF AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES. (3) 

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: AGEN 324 or ENME 340. An analytical ap- 
proach to the design and planning of functional and 
environmental requirements of plants and animals in 
semi or completely enclosed structures. 

AGEN 432. GENERAL HYDROLOGY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic 
hydrologic principles pertaining to the properties, dis- 
tribution and circulation of water as related to public 
interest in water resources. 

AGEN 433. ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: MATH 246. 
ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties, distribution and 
circulation of water from the sea and in the atmosphere 
emphasizing movement overland, in channels and 



172 / Course Offerings 



through the soil profile. Qualitative and quantitative 
factors are considered. 

AGEN 435. AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING. (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent ol department. A study of the 
engineering aspects of development, utilization and 
conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on 
harvesting and processing acquatic animals or plants 
as related to other facets of water resources manage- 
ment. 

AGEN 489. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING. (1-3) 
Prerequisite: Approval of department. Student will select 
an engineering problem and prepare a technical report. 
The problem may include design, experimentation, and/ 
or data analysis. 

AGEN 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FARM MECHANICS. 
(1-3) 
Prerequisite: Approval of department. Not acceptable for 
majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned 
in proportion to credit. 

AGRICULTURE 

AGRI 101. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE. (1) 

Required of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in 
agriculture. Other students must get the consent of the 
instructor. A series of lectures, introducing the student 
to the broad field of agriculture. 

AGRI 301. INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 
BIOMETRICS. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite: University math requirement. Descriptive 
statistics, sampling, confidence interval estimation, in- 
troduction to hypothesis testing, simple regression and 
correlation. Course emphasis shall be in application of 
simple statistical techniques and on interpretation of the 
statistical results. 

AGRI 401. AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent. Probability, 
measures of central tendency and dispersion, frequency 
distributions, tests of statistical hypotheses, regression 
analyses, multiway analysis with emphasis on the use 
of statistical methods in agricultural research. 

AGRI 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURE. (1-3) 
Credit according to time scheduled and organization of 
the course. A lecture series organized to study in depth 
a selected phase of agriculture not normally associated 
with one of the existing programs. 

AGRONOMY 

AGRO 100. CROP PRODUCTION LABORATORY. (2) 

Two laboratory periods a week. Demonstration and ap- 
plication of practices in the identification, distribution 
and management of field crops. 

AGRO 102. CROP PRODUCTION. (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 100 or concurrent enrollment there- 
in. Culture, use, improvement, adaptation, distribution, 
and history of field crops. 

AGRO 103. WORLD CROPS AND FOOD SUPPLY. (3) 

An introduction to the relationship of crops with civiliza- 
tion. The past, present, and future interactions of the 
biology of crop plants and world affairs and population 
will be studied. The future impact of crops on world 
affairs will be emphasized. 

AGRO 105. SOIL AND THE ENVIRONMENT. (3) 

A study of soils as an irreplaceable natural resource. 
Importance of soils in the ecosystem, and analysis of 
land resource areas in the U.S. Discussion of soils as a 
pollutant and the pollution of soils by various agents 
and the role of soil as a medium for storage, decon- 
tamination or inactivation of pollutants. 



AGRO 202 GENERAL SOILS. (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: CHEM 103 or permission of instructor. A study 
of the fundamentals of soils including their origin, de- 
velopment, relation to natural sciences, effect on civili- 
zation, physical properties, and chemical properties. 
AGRO 398. SENIOR SEMINAR. (1) 

Reports by seniors on current scientific and practical 
publications pertaining to agronomy. 
AGRO 403. CROP BREEDING. (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246. Principles and 
methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated 
plant and perennial forage species. 
AGRO 404. TOBACCO PRODUCTION. (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the history, adapta- 
tion, distribution, culture, and improvement of various 
types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems 
in Maryland tobacco production. Physical and chemical 
factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco 
will be stressed. 
AGRO 405. TURF MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisite: BOTN 100. A study of principles and practices 
of managing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, 
playgrounds, airfields and highways for commercial sod 
production. 
AGRO 406. FORAGE CROP PRODUCTION. (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or concurrent en- 
rollment therein. Study of the production and manage- 
ment of grasses and legumes for quality hay, silage, and 
pasture. 
AGRO 407. CEREAL CROP PRODUCTION. (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or concurrent en- 
rollment therein. Study of the principles and practices 
of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean produc- 
tion. 
AGRO 411. SOIL FERTILITY PRINCIPLES. (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 202. A study of the chemical, physi- 
cal, and biological characteristics of soils that are impor- 
tant in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, 
chemical, or biological nature and their correction by 
the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed 
and illustrated. 
AGRO 412. COMMERCIAL FERTILIZERS. (3) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A 
study of the manufacturing of commercial fertilizers and 
their use in soils for efficient crop production. 
AGRO 413. SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study 
of the Importance and causes of soil erosion, methods 
of soil erosion control, and the effect of conservation 
practices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is 
placed on farm planning for soil and water conservation. 
The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field 
trips. 
AGRO 414. SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND GEOGRAPHY. (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study 
of the genesis, mo.rphology, classification and geograph- 
ic distribution of soils. The broad principles governing 
soil formation are explained. Attention is given to the 
influence of geographic factors on the development and 
use of the soils in the United States and other parts of 
the world. The laboratory periods will be largely devoted 
to the field trips and a study of soil maps of various 
countries. 

AGRO 415. SOIL SURVEY AND LAND USE. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. An 
introduction to soil survey interpretation as a tool in 
land use both in agricultural and urban situations. The 
implications of soil problems as delineated by soil sur- 
veys on land use will be considered. 



Course Offerings / 173 



AGRO 417. SOIL PHYSICS. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or permis- 
sion of instructor. A study of physical properties of soils 
with special emphasis on relationship to soil produc- 
tivity. 

AGRO 421. SOIL CHEMISTRY. (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite: AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study 
of the chemical composition of soils; cation and anion 
exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil conditions; and 
soil fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of 
soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on their 
relation to fertilizer requirements. 

AGRO 422. SOIL BIOCHEMISTRY. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites: AGRO 202. CHEM 104 or consent of instruc- 
tor. A study of biochemical processes involved in the 
formation and decomposition of organic soil constitu- 
ents. Significance of soil-biochemical processes in- 
volved in plant nutrition will be considered. 

AGRO 423. SOIL-WATER POLLUTION. (3) 

Prerequisite: Background in biology and CHEM 104. Re- 
action and fateof pesticides, agricultural fertilizers, in- 
dustrial and animal wastes in soil and water will be dis- 
cussed. Their relation to the environment will be empha- 
sized. 

AGRO 451. CROPPING SYSTEMS. (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. The coordination 
of information from various courses in the development 
of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different 
objectives in various areas of the state and nation. 

AGRO 452. SEED PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION. (2) 
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of seed pro- 
duction, processing, and distribution; federal and state 
seed control programs; seed laboratory analysis; re- 
lease of new varieties; and maintenance of foundation 
seed stocks. 
AGRO 453. WEED CONTROL. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use 
of cultural practices and chemical herbicides in the con- 
trol of weeds. 
AGRO 499. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRONOMY. (1-3) 
Prerequisites: AGRO 202, 406, 407 or permission of in- 
structor. A detailed study, including a written report of 
an important problem in agronomy. 

AMERICAN STUDIES 

AMST 426. CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN AMERICA. (3) 
Prerequisite: Junior standing. A study of American Insti- 
tutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from the 
Co'onial period to the present. 

AMST 427. CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN AMERICA. (3) 
Prerequisite: Junior standing. A study of American insti- 
tutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from the 
colonial period to the present. 

AMST 436. READINGS IN AMERICAN STUDIES. (3) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. An historical survey of 
American values as presented in various key writings. 

AMST 437. READINGS IN AMERICAN STUDIES. (3) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing. An historical survey of 
American values as presented in various key writings. 

AMST 446. POPULAR CULTURE IN AMERICA. (3) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing and permission of instruc- 
tor. A survey of the historical development of the popu- 
lar arts and modes of popular entertainment in America. 

AMST 447. POPULAR CULTURE IN AMERICA. (3) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing and AMST 446. Intensive 
research in the sources and themes of contemporary 
American popular culture. 



ANIMAL SCIENCES 

ANSC 101. PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL SCIENCE. (3) 

Two lectures and one, two-hour laboratory period per 
week. A comprehensive course, including the develop- 
ment of animal science, its contributions to the economy, 
characteristics of animal products, factors of efficient 
and economical production and distribution 
ANSC 201. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL GENETICS. (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. The 
basic principles and laws of Mendelian genetics as ap- 
plied to economically important domestic animals. In- 
cluded will be gene action and interaction, linkage and 
crossing over, recombination, cytological maps, chromo- 
somal aberrations, mutations, structure of the genetic 
material and regulation of genetic information. 
ANSC 203. FEEDS AND FEEDING. (3) 

Credit not allowed for ANSC major. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 
103, 104. Elements of nutrition, source, characteristics 
and adaptability of the various feedstuffs to the several 
classes of livestock. A study of the composition of feeds, 
the nutrient requirements of farm animals and the form- 
ulation of economic diets and rations for livestock. 
ANSC 211. ANATOMY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS. (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi- 
site: ZOOL 101. A systematic gross and microscopic 
comparative study of the anatomy of the major domestic 
animals. Special emphasis is placed on those systems 
important in animal production. 
ANSC 212. APPLIED ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Three lectures and one three hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite: ANSC 211 or equivalent. The phy- 
siology of domesticated animals with emphasis on func- 
tions related to production, and the physiological adap- 
tion to environmental influences. 
ANSC 221. FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION. 
(3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. This 
course deals with the adaption of beef cattle, sheep, 
swine and horses to significant and specific uses. Breed- 
ing, feeding, management practices and criteria for 
evaluating usefulness are emphasized. 
ANSC 222. LIVESTOCK EVALUATION. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisite: ANSC 221 or permission of instructor. A study 
of type and breed characteristics of beef cattle, sheep 
and swine and the market classes of livestock which 
best meet present day demands. One field trip of about 
two days duration is made during which students par- 
ticipate in the Annual Eastern Intercollegiate Livestock 
Clinic. 
ANSC 223. SEMINAR. (1) 

One lecture per week. Reviews, reports and discussions 
of pertinent subjects in animal science. 
ANSC 226. MAN. CULTURE, ANIMALS. (2) 

A general study of the importance of animals in the 
cultural development of man. Historical and contempor- 
ary uses of particular animal species will be explored. 
Environmental limitations to human development which 
have been overcome by man-animal relationships will 
be emphasized. 
ANSC 230. INTRODUCTION TO HORSE MANAGEMENT. 
(3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. A general course In horse management for stu- 
dents who intend to work in activities closely related to 
the horse industry. The basis for the usefulness of horses 
to individuals and society will be developed by applica- 
tion of the principles of nutrition, physiology, anatomy, 
genetics, behavior, and environmental control. 
ANSC 242. DAIRY PRODUCTION. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisite: ANSC 101. A comprehensive course in dairy 



174 / Course Offerings 



breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy cattle nutrients, 
feeding and management. 

ANSC 244. DAIRY CATTLE TYPE APPRAISAL. (1) 

Freshmen, by permission of instructor. Two laboratory 
periods. Analysis of dairy cattle type with emphasis on 
the comparative judging of dairy cattle. 

ANSC 252. INTRODUCTION TO THE DISEASES OF 
WILDLIFE. (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 101. The 
principal diseases of North American Wildlife will be 
briefly considered. For each disease, specific attention 
will be given to the following: signs evidenced by the 
affected animal or bird, causative agent, means of trans- 
mission and effects of the disease on the population of 
the species involved. Also included where appropriate 
is a consideration of the threat that each disease may 
pose to man or his domestic animals. 

ANSC 261. ADVANCED POULTRY JUDGING. (1) 

Prerequisite: ANSC 101. One lecture or laboratory period 
per week. The theory and practice of judging and culling 
by physical means is emphasized, including correlation 
studies of characteristics associated with productivity. 
Contestants for regional collegiate judging competitions 
will be selected from this class. 

ANSC 262. COMMERCIAL POULTRY MANAGEMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite: ANSC 101. A symposium of finance, invest- 
ment, plant layout, specialization, purchase of supplies 
and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler 
and turkey production; foremanship, advertising, selling, 
by-products, production and financial records. Field 
trips required. 

ANSC 301. ADVANCED LIVESTOCK EVALUATION. (2) 

Two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 
222 and permission of instructor. An advanced course 
in meat animal evaluation designed to study the rela- 
tionship and limitations that exist in evaluating breeding 
and market animals and the relationship between the 
live market animal and its carcass. Evaluating meat 
carcasses, wholesale meat cuts and meat grading will 
be emphasized. The most adept students enrolled in 
this course are chosen to represent the University of 
Maryland in intercollegiate judging contests. 

ANSC 398. SEMINAR. (1) 

Prerequisite: Approval of the staff. Presentation and dis- 
cussion of current literature and research work in animal 
science, or in fish and wildlife management. Repeatable 
to a maximum of two hours. 

ANSC 399. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE. 
(1-2) 
Prerequisite: Approval of staff. Work assigned in pro- 
portion to amount of credit. A course designed for ad- 
vanced undergraduates in which specific problems re- 
lating to animal science will be assigned. 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 104; 
ANSC 212 recommended. A study of the fundamental 
role of all nutrients in the body, including their diges- 
tion, absorption, and metabolism. Dietary requirements 
and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and 
farm animals and man will be considered. 

ANSC 402. APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisites: MATH 110, ANSC 401 or permission of in- 
structor. A critical study of those factors which influence 
the nutritional requirements of ruminants, swine and 
poultry. Practical feeding methods and procedures used 
in formulation of economically efficient rations will be 
presented. 

ANSC 406. ANIMAL ADAPTATIONS TO THE ENVIRON- 
MENT. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: Anatomy and 
physiology or concurrent registration in physiology. The 
specific anatomical and physiological modifications em- 
ployed by animals adapted to certain stressful environ- 



ments will be considered. Particular emphasis will be 
placed on the problems of temperature regulation and 
water balance. Specific areas for consideration will in- 
clude: animals in cold (including hibernation), animals 
in dry heat, diving animals and animals in high altitudes. 

ANSC 407. ADVANCED DAIRY PRODUCTION. (1) 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of 
vocational agriculture and county agents. It includes a 
study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, 
breeding and management. 

ANSC 411. BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF SHELLFISH. 
(4) 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each 
week. Field trips. Identification, biology, management, 
and culture of commercially-important molluscs and 
Crustacea. Prerequisite: One year of biology or Zoology. 
This course will examine the shellfisheries of the world, 
but will emphasize those of the northwestern Atlantic 
Ocean and Chesapeake Bay. 

ANSC 412. INTRODUCTION TO DISEASES OF ANIMALS. 
(3) 

Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101. Two lectures and 
one laboratory period per week. This course gives basic 
instruction in the nature of disease: including causation, 
immunity, methods of diagnosis, economic importance, 
public health aspects and prevention and control of the 
common diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and 
poultry. 

ANSC 413. LABORATORY ANIMAL MANAGEMENT. (3) 
A comprehensive course in care and management of 
laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on phy- 
siology, anatomy and special uses for the different 
species. Disease prevention and regulations for main- 
taining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will 
be required. 

ANSC 414. BIOLOGY AND MANAGEMENT OF FISH. (4) 
Prerequisite: One year of biology or zoology. Two lec- 
tures and two three-hour laboratories a week. Funda- 
mentals of individual and population dynamics; theory 
and practice of sampling fish populations; management 
schemes. 

ANSC 416. WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory. An introduction to the 
interrelationships of game birds and mammals with their 
environment, population dynamics and the principles of 
wildlife management. 

ANSC 422. MEATS. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisite: ANSC 221. A course designed to give the basic 
facts about meat as a food and the factors influencing 
acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It 
includes comparisons of characteristics of live animals 
with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses 
as well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and mer- 
chandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory 
periods are conducted in packing houses, meat distri- 
bution centers, retail outlets and university meats lab- 
oratory. 
ANSC 423. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite: ANSC 401. Application of various phases of 
animal science to the management and production of 
beef cattle, sheep and swine. 
ANSC 424. LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite: ANSC 423. Applications of various phases of 
animal science to the management and production of 
beef cattle, sheep and swine. 

ANSC 426. PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 201, or equivalent, ANSC 222, 
ANSC 423 or 424. Graduate credit (1-3 hours) allowed 
with permission of instructor. The practical aspects of 
animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, develop- 



Course Offerings / 175 



merit, systems of breeding and pedigree study are con- 
sidered. 

ANSC 442. DAIRY CATTLE BREEDING. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisites: ANSC 242, ANSC 201. A specialized course 
in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on methods 
of evaluation and selection, systems of breeding and 
breeding programs. 

ANSC 444. ANALYSIS OF DAIRY PRODUCTION SYSTEMS. 
(3) 

Prerequisites: AGEC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214, or per- 
mission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy 
farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns 
associated with each segment. The economic impact of 
pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent de- 
velopments in animal nutrition, and genetics, agricultural 
economics, agricultural engineering, and agronomic prac- 
tices are discussed as they apply to management of a 
dairy herd. (Alternating springs. 1974-76) 

ANSC 446. PHYSIOLOGY OF MAMMALIAN REPRODUC- 
TION, (3) 

Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy 
and physiology or reproductive processes in wild and 
domesticated mammals. 

ANSC 452. AVIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (2) 

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: 
A basic course in animal physiology. The basic phy- 
siology of the bird is discussed, excluding the repro- 
ductive system. Special emphasis is given to physiologi- 
cal differences between birds and other vertebrates. 

ANSC 462. PHYSIOLOGY OF HATCHABILITY. (1) 

One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: 
ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology of embryonic develop- 
ment as related to principles of hatchability and prob- 
lems of incubation encountered in the hatchery industry 
are discussed. 

ANSC 464. POULTRY HYGIENE. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Pre- 
requisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101. Virus, bacterial 
and protozoon diseases, parasitic diseases, prevention, 
control and eradication. 

ANSC 466. AVIAN ANATOMY. (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 
ZOOL 102. Gross and microscopic structure, dissection 
and demonstration. 

ANSC 467. POULTRY BREEDING AND FEEDING. (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of voca- 
tional agriculture and extension service workers. The 
first half will be devoted to problems concerning breed- 
ing and the development of breeding stock. The second 
half will be devoted to nutrition. 

ANSC 477. POULTRY PRODUCTS AND MARKETING. (1) 
This course is designed primarily for teachers of voca- 
tional agriculture and county agents. It deals with the 
factors affecting the quality of poultry products and with 
hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grad- 
ing, preservation problems and market outlets for 
Maryland poultry. 

ANSC 480. SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISH AND WILDLIFE 
MANAGEMENT. (3) 
Three lectures. Analysis of various state and federal 
programs related to fish and wildlife management. This 
would include: fish stocking programs, Maryland deer 
management program, warm water fish management, 
acid drainage problems, water quality, water fowl man- 
agement, wild turkey management and regulations rela- 
tive to the administration of these programs. 

ANSC 487. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE. (1) 
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. This course is de- 
signed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture 
and Extension Service personnel. One primary topic to 



be selected mutually by the instructor and students will 
be presented each session. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

ANTH 101. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY- 
ARCHAEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) 
May be taken for credit in the General Education Pro- 
gram. General patterns of the development of human 
culture; the biological and morphological aspects of man 
viewed in his cultural setting. 

ANTH 102. INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY- 
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS. (3) 
Social and cultural principles as exemplified In ethno- 
graphic descriptions. The study of language within the 
context of anthropology. 

ANTH 221. MAN AND ENVIRONMENT. (3) 

A geographical introduction to ethnology, emphasizing 
the relations between cultural forms and natural environ- 
ment. 

ANTH 241. INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY. (3) 

A survey of the basic aims and methods of archaeological 
field work and interpretation, with emphasis on the 
reconstruction of prehistoric ways of life. 

ANTH 261. INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHRO- 
POLOGY. (3) 
The biological evolution of man, including the process 
of race formation, as revealed by the study of the fossil 
record and observation of modern forms. 

ANTH 271. LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3) 

A non-technical introduction to linguistics, with special 
consideration of the relations between language and 
other aspects of culture. (Listed also as LING 101). 

ANTH 371. INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3) 

Introduction to the basic concepts of modern descriptive 
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinations 
of the methods of comparative linguistics, internal recon- 
struction, dialect geography. Listed also as ENGL 280 
and LING 100. 

ANTH 389. RESEARCH PROBLEMS. (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Introductory train- 
ing in anthropological research methods. The student 
will prepare a paper embodying the results of an ap- 
propriate combination of research techniques applied 
to a selected problem in any field of anthropology. 

ANTH 397. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY. (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A survey of the 
historical development and current emphasis in the theo- 
retical approaches of all fields of anthropology, providing 
an integrated frame of reference for the discipline as a 
whole. 

ANTH 401. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY— PRINCIPLES 
AND PROCESSES. (3) 
Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination of 
the nature of human culture and its processes, both 
historical and functional. The approach will be topical 
and theoretical rather than descriptive. 

ANTH 402. CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY— WORLD 
ETHNOGRAPHY. (3) 
Prerequisite: ANTH 101. 102. or 221. A descriptive survey 
of the culture areas of the world through an examina- 
tion of the ways of selected representative societies. 

ANTH 412. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF OCEANIA. (3) 
A survey of the cultures of Polynesia. Micronesia, 
Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural-his- 
torical problems will be emphasized. 

ANTH 414. ETHNOLOGY OF AFRICA. (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples 
and cultures of Africa and their historical relationships, 
with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of 
the Sahara. 



176 / Course Offerings 



ANTH 417. PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE FAR EAST. 
(3) 
A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China, 
Korea and Japan. Major anthropological questions will 
be dealt with in presenting this material. 

ANTH 423. ETHNOLOGY OF THE SOUTHWEST. (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, eco- 
nomic and social institutions, religion, and mythology ol 
the Indians of the southwest United States. 

ANTH 424. ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA. (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and 
cultures of North America north of Mexico and their his- 
torical relationships, including the effects of contact 
with European-derived populations. 

ANTH 426. ETHNOLOGY OF MIDDLE AMERICA. (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background 
and modern social, economic and religious life of Indian 
and mestizo groups in Mexico and Central America; 
processes of acculturation and currents in cultural de- 
velopment. 

ANTH 431. SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF PRIMITIVE 
PEOPLES. (3) 
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey 
of the structures of non-literate and folk societies, cov- 
ering both general principles and special regional de- 
velopments. 

ANTH 434. RELIGION OF PRIMITIVE PEOPLES. (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the re- 
ligious systems of primitive and folk societies, with 
emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects 
of culture. 

ANTH 436. PRIMITIVE TECHNOLOGY AND ECONOMY. (3) 
A survey of technology, food economy and general eco- 
nomic processes in non-industrial societies. 

ANTH 437. POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN PRIMITIVE 
SOCIETY. (3) 

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of 
important anthropological theories concerning this as- 
pect of society. 

ANTH 441. ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD WORLD. (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archae- 
ological materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, with em- 
phasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 

ANTH 451. ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE NEW WORLD. (3) 
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archae- 
ological materials of North and South America with em- 
phasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 

ANTH 461. ADVANCED PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3) 
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 261. A technical introduction 
to the hereditary, morphological, physiological, and be- 
havioral characteristics of man and his primate ancestors 
and relatives, with emphasis on evolutionary processes. 

ANTH 498. FIELD METHODS IN ETHNOLOGY. (1-6) 

Field training in the collection and recording of ethno- 
logical data. 

ANTH 499. FIELD METHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY. (1-6) 
Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey 
and excavation. 

APPLIED DESIGN 

APDS 101. FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN. (3) 

Knowledge of basic art elements and principles gained 
through design problems which employ a variety of me- 
dia. 

APDS 102. DESIGN II. (3) 

Prerequisite: APDS 101. Continued exploration of design 
as a means of visual expression with added emphasis on 
color and lighting. 

APDS 103. DESIGN III— THREE-DIMENSIONAL DESIGN. 
(3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102, 



Creative efforts directed to discriminating use of form, 
volume, depth, and movement. 

APDS 104. SURVEY OF ART HISTORY. (3) 

A rapid survey of Western culture expressed through and 
influenced by the visual arts: monumental and resident- 
ial architecture; furniture, textiles and costume; painting 
and sculpture. 

APDS 210. PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102 
or equivalent. Comparative approach to basic presenta- 
tion techniques used in the several areas of commercial 
design. 

APDS 211. ACTION DRAWING— FASHION SKETCHING. (3) 
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 and 
consent of instructor. Study of the balance and pro- 
portion of the human figure. Sketch techniques applied 
to action poses and fashion drawing in soft and litho- 
graph pencils, pastels, water color, ink. Drawing from 
model. 

APDS 212. DESIGN WORKSHOP FOR TRANSFERS. (5) 
Prerequisite: APDS 101 or equivalent. Provides oppor- 
tunity for transfer students to remove deficiences in 
lower-level design courses. Study of color, lighting and 
presentation techniques. May be taken no later than 
one semester after transfer into department. 

APDS 220. INTRODUCTION TO FASHION DESIGN. (3) 
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 101 or 
equivalent. Basic fashion figure drawing. Original designs 
rendered in transparent and opaque water color, soft 
pencil, pastels, and ink. Primarily for non-majors. 

APDS 230. SILK SCREEN PRINTING. (3) 

Three laboratory periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102, 
or equivalent. Use of silk screen processes in execution 
original designs for commercial production. 

APDS 237. PHOTOGRAPHY. (2) 

One lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisites: APDS 
101, 102, or equivalent. Study of fundamental camera 
techniques. Exploration of the expressive possibilities in 
relation to the field of design and visual communication. 

APDS 320. FASHION ILLUSTRATION. (3) 

First semester. Three studio periods. Prerequisites: 
APDS 101, 102, 103, 210, 211. Fabric and clothing struc- 
ture as they relate to illustration. Opportunity to explore 
rendering styles and techniques appropriate to repro- 
duction methods currently used in advertising. Guidance 
in development of individuality in presentations. 

APDS 321. FASHION DESIGN AND ILLUSTRATION. (3) 
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 320. Design 
and illustration of fashions appropriate to the custom 
market and to mass production. 

APDS 322. ADVANCED COSTUME. (4) 

Prerequisite: APDS 320, 321. Advanced problems in 
fashion illustration or design. Problems chosen with 
consent of instructor. 

APDS 330. TYPOGRAPHY AND LETTERING. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102. 
Experience in hand lettering techniques as a means of 
understanding lettering styles in design composition. 
Recognition of type faces used in advertisement, book 
and magazine layout. Effect of printing processes on 
design choices. 

APDS 331. ADVERTISING LAYOUT. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 330. EDIN 
101A. Design of advertising layouts from initial idea to 
finished layout. Typography and illustration as they 
relate to reproduction processes used in direct ad- 
vertising. 

APDS 332. DISPLAY DESIGN. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: EDIN 101A, APDS 
330 or equivalent. Application of design principles to 
creative display appropriate to exhibits, design shows, 
merchandising. Display construction. 



Course Offerings / 177 



APDS 337. ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (2) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 237. Com- 
position, techniques and lighting applicable to illustra- 
tion, documentation, advertising design, and display. 

APDS 380. PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR. (2) 

Two lecture-discussion periods. Prerequisite: Junior 
standing and consent of instructor. Exploration of pro- 
fessional and career opportunities, ethics, practices, 
professional organizations. Portfolio evaluation. 

APDS 430. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN ADVERTISING 
DESIGN. (3) 
Two studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 331. Advanced 
problems in design and layout planned for developing 
competency in one or more areas of advertising design. 

APDS 431. ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN ADVERTISING 
DESIGN. (3) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 430. Advanced 
problems in design and layout planned for developing 
competency in one or more areas of advertising design. 

APDS 437. ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (3) 

Three laboratory periods. Continuation of APDS 337. 

APDS 499. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN APPLIED DESIGN. 
(3-4) 

A— ADVERTISING 
B— COSTUME 

Open only to advanced students who, with guidance can 
work independently. Written consent of instructor. 

ARCHITECTURE 

ARCH 170. INTRODUCTION TO THE BUILT ENVIRON- 
MENT. (3) 

Introduction of (1) conceptual, perceptual, behavioral 
and technical aspects of the environment; and (2) meth- 
ods of analysis, problem solving and implementation. 
For students not majoring in architecture. Prerequisites: 
None. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 200. BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. (4) 

Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural 
design, including the study of visual design fundamen- 
tals. Field problems involving the student in the study of 
actual developmental problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours 
per week. 
ARCH 201. BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. (4) 

Prerequisite: Architecture 200. Introduction to the pro- 
cesses of visual and architectural design, including the 
study of visual design fundamentals. Field problems in- 
volving the student in the study of actual developmental 
problems. Lecture, studio. 9 hours per week. 
ARCH 214. MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUC- 
TION I. (2) 

Two lectures per week. Architecture students only or 
permission of instructor. An introduction to the materials 
of construction, their properties, attributes and deficien- 
cies. 
ARCH 215. MATERIALS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUC- 
TION II. (2) 

Two lectures per week. Architecture students only or 
permission of instructor. Describes the methods by 
which the architect combines materials to produce 
structural systems. 
ARCH 220. HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Survey of architectural history. Lecture. 3 hours per 
week. 
ARCH 221. HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Prerequisits: ARCH 120. Continuation of survey of archi- 
tectural history. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 240. BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY. (2) 

Provides a student with the basic concepts of clarity 
and organization on a two-dimensional surface and 
stresses photography as a tool for visual communication. 
Lecture one hour per week, three hours of laboratory 
per week. 



ARCH 242. DRAWING I. (2) 

Introduces the student to basic techniques of sketching 
and use of various media. 

ARCH 300. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO I. (4) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 200. 201. Develops a basic under- 
standing of the elements of environmental control, basic 
structural systems, building processes, materials, and 
the ability to manipulate them. Lecture, studio, 9 hours 
per week. Corequisite: ARCH 132. 

ARCH 301. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO II. (4) 

Prerequisite: Architecture 300. Develops a basic under- 
standing of the forms generated by different structural 
systems, environmental controls and methods of con- 
struction. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week. Corequisite 
—ARCH 311. 

ARCH 310. BUILDING SYSTEMS I. (4) 

Prerequisites: MATH 221, Physics 122 and ARCH 201. In- 
troduction to architectural science and technology treat- 
ing principles of structures, environmental mechanical 
controls, and construction. Corequisite: Architecture 300. 
Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 311. BUILDING SYSTEMS II. (4) 

Prerequisite: Architecture 300 and 310. Develops working 
knowledge of the design principles and parameters ol 
three areas of architectural science and technology: 
structures, environmental-mechanical controls, and con- 
struction. Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week. Corequisite. 
Architecture 301. 

ARCH 322. STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE. (3) 
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Architectural innovations from the Carolingian 
through the Gothic periods. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 324. STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE ARCHITECTURE 
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Study of Renaissance architectural principles 
and their development in the Baroque period. Lecture, 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 326. STUDIES IN MODERN ARCHITECTURE. (3) 
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Study of architectural problems from 1750 to 
the present. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 340. ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (2) 

Prerequisite: Architecture 240. Allows the student to in- 
vestigate independently areas of photographic communi- 
cation not covered in the basic course. Lecture, 1 hour 
per week; 3 hours lab. 

ARCH 342. STUDIES IN VISUAL DESIGN. (3) 

Studio work at an intermediate level in visual design 
divorced from architectural problem solving. Prerequi- 
site: Arch 201. Lecture, studio work, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 350. THEORY OF URBAN FORM. (3) 

Urban spatial forms of the past and present; theories of 
design of complexes of buildings, urban space and com- 
munities. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 352. THE ARCHITECT IN THE COMMUNITY. (3) 
The architect's role in the social and political dynamics 
of urban environmental design decision-making pro- 
cesses, including study of determination and expression 
of user needs, community aspirations, formal and in- 
formal program and design review processes. Seminar. 
1 hour per week, field observation, approximately 3 
hours per week. 
ARCH 360. BASIC SITE ANALYSIS. (3) 

Study of criteria and principles essential to the support 
of natural systems in physical site development. For 
architecture students or by permission of instructor. 
Lecture-lab, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 370. THEORIES AND LITERATURE OF 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Limited to architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Provides an understanding of some historical 
and present theories of architectural design readings 
and seminar discussions. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 



178 / Course Offerings 



ARCH 372. SIGNS, SYMBOLS AND MESSAGES IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the 
instructor. Class limited to 15-20 students. Signs and 
symbols in buildings and cities, messages conveyed and 
purposes for conveying these messages. Readings, pho- 
tographic reports and minor problem-solving assign- 
ments. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 374. COMPUTER AIDED ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. 
(3) 
Applications of computer-aided design in architecture, 
using existing problem-solving routines and computer 
graphic techniques. Prerequisite: Arch. 201, CMSC 103. 
Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 376. THE ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAM AS 
FUNCTIONAL FORM GENERATOR. (3) 
The study of architectural programming as derived from 
functional needs of man in his environment. Analysis, 
synthesis and evaluation of categories of needs, with 
concentration on human response to forms generated 
by programs with emphasis on non-qualifiable human 
needs. Architecture majors or by permission of instruc- 
tor. Lecture, seminars, field trips, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 400. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO III. (4) 

Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on com- 
prehensive building design and introduction to urban 
design factors. Prerequisites: Architecture 301 and Arch- 
itecture 311. CoreqL'Site, Architecture 410, except by 
permission of the De t l. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 401. ARCHITECTURE STUDIO IV. (4) 

Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on urban 
design factors. Prerequisites: Architecture 400 and Arch- 
itecture 410. Corequisite, Architecture 411, except by 
permission of the Dean. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per 
week. 

ARCH 410. BUILDING SYSTEMS III. (4) 

Applications of principles in architectural structures, en- 
vironmental controls and construction. Prerequisites: 
Architecture 301 and Architecture 311. Corequirte, Arch- 
itecture 400. Lecture, studio. 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 411. BUILDING SYSTEMS IV. (4) 

Applications of principles and further analysis of systems 
and hardware in architectural structures, environmental 
controls and construction. Prerequisites: Architecture 
400 and Architecture 410. Corequisite, Architecture 401. 
Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week. 

ARCH 413. STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS IN ARCHITECTURE. 
(3) 

Theory and application of selected complex structural 
systems as they relate to architectural decisions. Pre- 
requisite: Arch. 410 or by permission of the instructor. 
Seminar, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 420. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITECTURE. (3) 
Survey history of American Architecture from the 17th 
century to the present. Lecture. 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 422. LATE 18TH CENTURY PARISIAN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

The theoretical background, formulation, and develop- 
ment of late Eighteenth Century architecture in Paris, 
and its relationship to contemporaneous British and con- 
tinental developments in architecture and peripheral 
fields. A reading knowledge of French will be required. 
Colloquium, independent research. By permission of the 
instructor. 

ARCH 424. HISTORY OF RUSSIAN ARCHITECTURE. (3) 
Survey history of Russian architecture from the 10th 
lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 426. READINGS IN CONTEMPORARY 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 326. Readings and analysis of recent 
architectural criticism. Seminar, three hours per week. 



ARCH 427. INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Permission of the instructor. Independent research in 
architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 450. INTRODUCTION TO URBAN PLANNING. (3) 
Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and 
techniques dealing with normative, urban, structural, 
economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning 
as a process. Architecture majors or by permission of 
instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 472. ECONOMIC DETERMINANTS OF 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Introduction of economic aspects of present day archi- 
tecture: government policy, land evaluation, and project 
financing; construction materials and labor costs; cost 
analysis and control systems. Architecture majors, ex- 
cept by permission of instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 
hours per week. 

ARCH 478. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE. (1-4) 
Directed study under individual faculty guidance with 
enrollment limited to advanced undergraduate students. 
Project proposals must receive a recommendation from 
the School Curriculum Committee and approval of the 
Dean of the School prior to registration. Public oral pre- 
sentation to the faculty of a final report or project will be 
required at final submission for credit. 

ARCH 500. ADVANCED TOPICAL PROBLEMS IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (6) 
Offers several studio options in advanced topical prob- 
lems from among which the student selects one. Studios 
are structured under generic titles, and include lec- 
tures, field trips, and assigned readings as well as 
directed independent work. Offered fall term only. Pre- 
requisite: ARCH 401. Lecture, studio 12 hours per week. 
Architecture majors only. 

ARCH 501. ADVANCED TOPICAL PROBLEMS IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (6) 

Offers several studio options in advanced topical prob- 
lems from among which the student selects one. Studios 
are structured under generic titles, and include lec- 
tures, field trips, assigned readings as well as directed 
independent work. Offered spring term only. Prerequi- 
site: ARCH 500. Lecture, studio, 12 hours per week. 

ARCH 512. ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of se- 
lected complex structural systems and methods. Pre- 
requisite: ARCH 411. Labs, field trips, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 514. ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS IN 
ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

Qualitative ana'ysis of selected environmental systems as 
design determinants. Prerequisite: Architecture 411. Lec- 
ture, laboratory, 3 hours per week. 

ARCH 570. INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL 
MANAGEMENT. (2) 

Introduction to architectural professional practice man- 
agement, including social, organizational, project man- 
agement, legal and cost control aspects of the perform- 
ance of complex, comprehensive environmental design 
services. Prerequisite: ARCH 401. Lecture, 2 hours per 
week. 

AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 

AREC 240. ENVIRONMENT AND HUMAN ECOLOGY. (3) 
Pollution and human crowding in the modern environ- 
ment. Causes and ecological costs of these problems. 
Public policy approaches to the solution of problems 
in environment and human ecology. 

AREC 250. ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS. 

(3) 

An introduction to economic principles of production. 

marketing, agricultural prices and incomes, farm labor, 

credit, agricultural policies, and government programs. 



Course Offerings / 179 



AREC 251. MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. 
(3) 

The development of marketing, its scope, channels, and 
agencies of distribution, functions, costs methods used 
and services rendered. 

AREC 300. AGRICULTURAL ESTIMATING METHODOLOGY. 
The history, organization and administration of, and 
services provided by the statistical reporting service of 
the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the survey 
sampling methods used by that agency for computing 
the department's official statistics on crops livestock 
and livestock products, production, agricultural prices 
and farm employment. Emphasis is on statistical pro- 
cedures used for preparing approximately 350 reports 
issued annually by the crop reporting board of the U.S. 
Statistical Reporting Service. (Designed especially for 
foreign students in FAO and Aid-Program of Technical 
Cooperation but very beneficial to any student interested 
in the area.) 

AREC 301. AGRICULTURAL ESTIMATING METHODOLOGY. 
The history, organization and administration of, and 
services provided by the statistical reporting service of 
the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the survey 
sampling methods used by that agency for computing 
the department's official statistics on crops, livestock 
and livestock products, production, agricultural prices 
and farm employment. Emphasis is on statistical pro- 
cedures used for preparing approximately 350 reports 
issued annually by the crop reporting board of the U.S. 
Statistical Reporting Service. (Designed especially for 
foreign students in FAO and Aid-Program of Technical 
Cooperation but very beneficial to any student interested 
in the area.) 

AREC 398. SEMINAR. (1) 

Students will obtain experience in the selection, pre- 
paration and presentation of economic topics and prob- 
lems which will be subjected to critical analysis. 

AREC 399. SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-2) 

Concentrated reading and study in some phase or prob- 
lem in agricultural economics. 

AREC 404. PRICES OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS. (3) 
An introduction to agricultural price behavior. Emphasis 
is placed on the use of price information in the decision- 
making process, the relation of supply and demand in 
determining agricultural prices, and the relation of prices 
to grade, time, location, and stages of processing in the 
marketing system. The course includes elementary 
methods of price analysis, the concept of parity and the 
role of price support programs in agricultural decisions. 

AREC 406. FARM MANAGEMENT. (3) 

The organization and operation of the farm business to 
obtain an income consistent with family resources and 
objectives. Principles of production economics and 
other related fields are applied to the individual farm 
business. Laboratory period will be largely devoted to 
field trips and other practical exercises. 

AREC 407. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF THE FARM 
BUSINESS. (3) 

Application of economic principles to develop criteria 
for a sound farm business, including credit source and 
use, preparing and filing income tax returns, methods 
of appraising farm properties, the summary and analysis 
of farm records, leading to effective control and profit- 
able operation of the farm business. 

AREC 414 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL 
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. (3) 
The different forms of businesses are investigated. 
Management functions, business indicators, measures 
of performance, and operational analysis are examined. 
Case studies are used to show applications of manage- 
ment techniques. 



AREC 416 MARKETING MANAGEMENT OF AGRI- 
BUSINESS ENTERPRISES. (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 414 or permission of instructor. 
Principles, functions, institutions and channels of 
marketing viewed from the perspective of a manager of 
an agricultural business enterprise. The managerial 
framework for analyzing the entire marketing program 
of a firm is developed and utilized. 

AREC 427. AGRICULTURAL COMMODITY MARKETS— 
AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3) 

Problems, institutions and functions within marketing 
systems for poultry and eggs, dairy, grain, horticultural, 
livestock, tobacco and forestry products. Practical appli- 
cations of elementary economic theory in a framework 
for analysis of market problems. 

AREC 432. AGRICULTURAL POLICY AND PROGRAMS. (3) 
A study of public policies and programs related to the 
problems of agriculture. Description analysis and ap- 
praisal of current policies and programs will be em- 
phasized. 

AREC 444. WORLD AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION AND 
TRADE. (3) 

World production, consumption, and trade patterns for 
agricultural products. International trade theory applied 
to agricultural products. National influences on Interna- 
tional agricultural trade. 

AREC 445. FOREIGN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMIES. (3) 
Analysis of the agricultural economy of selected areas 
of the world. The interrelationships among institutions 
and values, such as government and religion, and the 
economics of agricultural organization and production. 

AREC 452. ECONOMICS OF RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT. 
(3) 

Economic, political, and institutional factors which in- 
fluence the use of land resources. Application of elemen- 
tary economic principles in understanding social conduct 
concerning the development and use of natural and 
man-made resources. 

AREC 484. INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS IN 
AGRICULTURE. (3) 

An introduction to the application of econometric tech- 
niques to agricultural problems with emphasis on the 
assumptions and computational techniques necessary 
to derive statistical estimates, test hypotheses, and make 
predictions with the use of single equation models. In- 
cludes linear and non-linear regression models, internal 
least squares, discriminant analysis and factor analysis. 

AREC 485. APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL PRO- 
GRAMMING IN AGRICULTURE. BUSINESS. AND ECO- 
NOMIC ANALYSIS. (3) 
This course is designed to train students in the applica- 
tion of mathematical programming (especially linear 
programming) to solve a wide variety of problems in 
agriculture, business and economics. The primary em- 
phasis is on setting up problems and interpreting re- 
sults. The computational facilities of the computer science 
center are used extensively. 

AREC 495. HONORS READING COURSE IN AGRICUL- 
TURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS I. (3) 

Selected readings in political and economic theory 
from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a basic under- 
standing of the development of economic and political 
thought as a foundation for understanding our present 
society and its cultural heritage. Prerequisite, accept- 
ance in the Honors Program of the Department of Agri- 
cultural and Resource Economics. 
AREC 496. HONORS READING COURSE IN AGRICUL- 
TURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS II. (3) 

Selected readings in political and economic theory from 
1850 to the present. This course continues the develop- 
ment of a basic understanding of economic and political 
thought begun in AREC 495 by the examination of mod- 
ern problems in agricultural and resource economics in 



180 / Course Offerings 



the light ot the material read and discussed in AREC 495 
and AREC 496. Prerequisite: Successful completion ol 
AREC 495 and registration in the Honors Program of the 
Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics. 

AIR SCIENCE 

ARSC 100. GENERAL MILITARY COURSE (FRESHMEN). 
(1) 

General military course — freshmen year, ARSC 100 and 
101. In the first two years, cadets meet these classes 
once per week, in addition to one hour of Leadership 
and Management Laboratory each week. 

ARSC 101. GENERAL MILITARY COURSE (FRESHMEN). 
(D 

General military course — freshmen year, ARSC 100 and 
101. In the first two years, cadets meet these classes 
once per week, in addition to one hour of Leadership 
and Management Laboratory each week. 

ARSC 200. GENERAL MILITARY COURSE (SOPHOMORES). 
(D 
General military course — sophomore year, ARSC 200 and 
201. In the first two years, cadets meet these classes 
once per week, in addition to one hour of Leadership 
and Management Laboratory each week. 

ARSC 201. GENERAL MILITARY COURSE (SOPHOMORES). 
(1) 

General military course — sophomore year, ARSC 200 and 
201. In the first two years, cadets meet these classes 
once per week, in addition to one hour of Leadership 
and Management Laboratory each week. 

ARSC 300. PROFESSIONAL OFFICER COURSE (JUNIORS). 
(3) 
The growth and development of aerospace power. Re- 
quires three class hours, plus one hour of Leadership 
and Management Laboratory per week. 

ARSC 301. PROFESSIONAL OFFICER COURSE (JUNIORS). 
(3) 
The growth and development of aerospace power. Re- 
quires three class hours, plus one hour of Leadership 
and Management Laboratory per week. 

ARSC 302. PROFESSIONAL OFFICER COURSE (SENIORS). 
(3) 

The professional officer. Requires three class hours, plus 
one hour of Leadership and Management Laboratory 
per week. 

ARSC 303. PROFESSIONAL OFFICER COURSE (SENIORS). 
(3) 

The professional officer. Requires three class hours, plus 
one hour of Leadership and Management Laboratory 
per week. 

ART EDUCATION 

ARTE 100. FUNDAMENTALS OF ART EDUCATION. (3) 
Two hours of laboratory and two hours of lecture per 
week. Fundamental principles of the visual arts for 
teaching on the elementary level. Elements and prin- 
ciples of design and theory of color. Studio practice 
in different media. 



ART HISTORY 

ARTH 100. INTRODUCTION TO ART. (3) 

Basic tools of understanding visual art. This course 
stresses major approaches such as techniques, subject 
matter, form, and evaluation. Architecture, sculpture, 
painting, and graphic arts will be discussed. Required 
of all art majors in the first year. 

ARTH 260. HISTORY OF ART. (3) 

A survey of western art as expressed through architec- 
ture, sculpture and painting. Prehistoric times to renais- 
sance. 



ARTH 261. HISTORY OF ART. (3) 

A survey of western art as expressed through architec- 
ture, sculpture and painting from renaissance to the 
present. 

ARTH 284. INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN ART. (3) 

General concepts preparing the student for a better 
understanding of African cultures through an appreci- 
ation of their art. 

ARTH 320. MASTERPIECES OF PAINTING. (3) 

A study of the contributions of a few major painters, 
ranging from Giotto to Titian. 

ARTH 321. MASTERPIECES OF PAINTING. (3) 

A study of the contributions of a few major painters, 
ranging from El Greco to Picasso. 

ARTH 330. MASTERPIECES OF SCULPTURE. (3) 

A study of the contributions of a few major sculptors, 
ranging from Polykleitos to Ghiberti. 

ARTH 331. MASTERPIECES OF SCULPTURE. (3) 

A study of the contributions of a few major sculptors, 
ranging from Ghiberti to Moore. 

ARTH 340. MASTERPIECES OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

A study of great architecture from Stonehenge to the 
Cathedral at Pisa. 

ARTH 341. MASTERPIECES OF ARCHITECTURE. (3) 

A study of great architecture from Abbaye-Aux-Hommes 
to Dulles Airport. 

ARTH 402. CLASSICAL ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the classical cul- 
tures. First semester will stress Greece. 

ARTH 403. CLASSICAL ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the classical cul- 
tures. Second semester will stress Rome. 

ARTH 404. BRONZE AGE ART. (3) 

Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean. 

ARTH 406. ART OF THE EAST. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting. First semester will 
stress India. 

ARTH 407. ART OF THE EAST. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting. Second semester 
will stress China and Japan. 

ARTH 410. EARLY CHRISTIAN AND BYZANTINE ART. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture, painting, and mosaic of Early 
Christian Rome, the Near East and the Byzantine Em- 
pire. 

ARTH 412. MEDIEVAL ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the middle ages. 
First semester will stress Romanesque. 

ARTH 413. MEDIEVAL ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. 
Second semester will stress the Gothic Period. 

ARTH 416. NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINTING IN THE 
15TH CENTURY. (3) 
Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 

ARTH 417. NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINTING IN THE 
16TH CENTURY. (3) 
Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 
ARTH 422. EARLY RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY. (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 to 
1430. 

ARTH 423. EARLY RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 
to 1475. 

ARTH 424. HIGH RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475 
to 1500. 

ARTH 425. HIGH RENAISSANCE ART IN ITALY. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500 
to 1525. 

ARTH 430. EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the major south- 
ern European centers in the 17th century. 



Course Offerings / 181 



ARTH 431. EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major north- 
ern European centers in the 17th century. 

ARTH 434. FRENCH PAINTING. (3) 

French painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouguet to 
Poussin. 

ARTH 435. FRENCH PAINTING. (3) 

French painting from 1600 to 1800. From LeBrun to 
David. 

ARTH 440. 19th CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo- 
Classicism to Romanticism. 

ARTH 441. 19th CENTURY EUROPEAN ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from 
Realism to Impressionism and Symbolism. 

ARTH 445. IMPRESSIONISM AND NEO-IMPRESSION- 
ISM. (3) 
Prerequisite: ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instructor. 
History of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: art- 
ists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence 
on 20th century. 

ARTH 450. 20th CENTURY ART. (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 19th 
century to 1920. 

ARTH 451. 20th CENTURY ART. (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the 
present. 

ARTH 454. NINETEENTH AND TWENTIETH CENTURY 
SCULPTURE 
Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the present. 
Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of sculpture 
during the 20th century. 

ARTH 460. HISTORY OF THE GRAPHIC ARTS. (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261, or con- 
sent of instructor. Graphic techniques and styles in 
Europe from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists. 

ARTH 462. AFRICAN ART. (3) 

First semester, the cultures west of the Niger River 
(Nigeria through Mali) from 400 B.C. to the present. 
The art is studied through its iconography and function 
in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the 
artists, including a study of the societies, cults and 
ceremonies during which the art was used. 

ARTH 463. AFRICAN ART. (3) 

Second semester, the cultures East and South of Nigeria. 
The art is studied through its iconography and function 
in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the 
artists, including a study of the societies, cults and 
ceremonies during which the art was used. 

ARTH 464. AFRICAN ART RESEARCH. (3) 

Seminar with concentration on particular aspects of 
African art. The course is given at the Museum of African 
Art in Washington, D.C. 

ARTH 470. LATIN AMERICAN ART. (3) 

Art of the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods. 

ARTH 471. LATIN AMERICAN ART. (3) 
Art of the 19th and 20th centuries. 

ARTH 476. HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States 
from the Colonial period to about 1875. 

ARTH 477. HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN ART. (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States 
from about 1875 to the present. 

ARTH 489. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY. (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department head or instructor. 
May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 

ARTH 498. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART HISTORY I. (2-3) 
For advanced students, by permission of Department 
Chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content 
differs. 

ARTH 499. DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART HISTORY II. (2-3) 



ART STUDIO 

ARTS 100. DESIGN. (3) 

Principles and elements of design through manipulation 
and organization of materials in two and three dimen- 
sions. 
ARTS 110. DRAWING I. (3) 

Six hours per week. An introductory course with a 
variety of media and related techniques. Problems based 
on still life, figure and nature. 
ARTS 200. INTERMEDIATE DESIGN. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100, 110. A 
continuation of Design I with more individually struc- 
tured problems in terms of form, composition and 
meaning. 
ARTS 210. DRAWING II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100, 110. Origi- 
nal compositions from the figure and nature, supple- 
mented by problems of personal and expressive draw- 
ing. 

ARTS 215. ANATOMICAL DRAWING. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 210 or per- 
mission of instructor. A drawing course based on the 
study of anatomical structure emphasizing the human 
body. 

ARTS 220. PAINTING I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100. 110. Basic 
tools and language of painting. Oil and watercolor. 

ARTS 277. ARCHITECTURAL PRESENTATION. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100, 110. Tech- 
niques of wash and watercolor in architectural, interior 
and landscape architectural rendering. 

ARTS 310. DRAWING III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. Emphasis 
on understanding organic form, as it is related to study 
from the human figure and to pictorial composition. 

ARTS 320. PAINTING II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 210, 220. Origi- 
nal compositions based upon nature, figure and still 
life, supplemented by expressive painting. Choice of 
media. 

ARTS 324. PAINTING III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 320. Creative 
painting for advanced students. Problems require a 
knowledge of pictorial structure Development of per- 
sonal direction. Choice of media. 

ARTS 330. SCULTURE I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. (For stu- 
dents majoring in Art History, by permission of depart- 
ment.) Volumes, masses and planes, based on the use 
of plastic earths. Simple armature construction and 
methods of casting. 

ARTS 334. SCULPTURE II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 330. Nature as 
a point of developing ideas into organic and architec- 
tural forms. 

ARTS 335. SCULPTURE III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 334. Problems 
involving plastic earths and other material capable of 
being modeled or cast. Choice of individual style en- 
couraged. 

ARTS 340. PRINTMAKING I. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. (For stu- 
dents majoring in Art History, by permission of depart- 
ment.) Basic printmaking techniques in relief, intaglio. 
and planographic media. 

ARTS 344. PRINTMAKING II. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210 One print 
media including extensive study of color processes. In- 
dividually structured problems. 

ARTS 410. DRAWING IV (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 310 Advanced 
drawing, with emphasis on human figure, its structure 



182 / Course Offerings 



and organic likeness to lorms In nature. Compositional 
problems deriving Irom this relationship are also 
stressed. 

ARTS 420. PAINTING IV (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 324. Creative 
painting. Emphasis on personal direction and sell-criti- 
cism. Group seminars. 

ARTS 430. SCULPTURE IV. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 335. Problems 
and techniques of newer concepts, utilizing various ma- 
terials, such as plastics and metals. Technical aspects 
of welding stressed. 

ARTS 440. PRINTMAKING III. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 340 and 344 
Contemporary experimental techniques of one print 
medium with group discussions. 

ARTS 441. PRINTMAKING IV. (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 440. Continua- 
tion of ARTS 440. 

ARTS 498 DIRECTED STUDIES IN STUDIO ART. (2-3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department 
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content 
differs. 

ASTRONOMY 

ASTR 100. INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (3) 

Every semester. An elementary course in descriptive 
astronomy, especially appropriate for non-science stu- 
dents. Sun. moon, planets, stars and nebulae, galaxies, 
evolution. The course is illustrated with slides and dem- 
onstrations of instruments. 

ASTR 105. INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ASTRONOMY. (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ASTR 100. An 
elementary course in modern astronomy elaborating on 
some of the topics which could only be mentioned briefly 
in ASTR 100. Appropriate for non-science students. 

ASTR 110. ASTRONOMY LABORATORY. (1) 

Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Previous 
or concurrent enrollment in ASTR 100. Exercises in- 
clude use of photographs of moon, sun, stars, nebulae 
and galaxies, and spectra; experiments demonstrating 
scientific concepts used in astronomy; daytime and 
nighttime observations if weather permits. Appropriate 
for non-science majors. 

ASTR 180. DESCRIPTIVE AND ANALYTICAL ASTRON- 
OMY. (3) 

Fall semester. Three lectures per week. A general sur- 
very course intended for science majors. Prerequisite: 
MATH 115 or equivalent; a knowledge of trigonometry 
and logarithms will be assumed. This introductory course 
will deal with the sun and the solar system, stars and 
astrophysics, stellar systems and cosmology. It should 
not normally be taken by students who have already had 
ASTR 100 and 105. 

ASTR 210. PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY. (2-3) 

Prerequisites: ASTR 180 and MATH 140. ASTR 100 and 
105 may be substituted for ASTR 180 if approved by 
instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory 
per week. 2-3 credits, according to work done. This 
course is designed primarily for astronomy majors and 
will give the student familiarity with techniques used 
by astronomers and an understanding of how astronomi- 
cal data are obtained. Students registered for 2 credits 
will not be required to do all the exercises. Topics will 
include coordinate systems, optics, photometry, binary 
stars, distance determination, Hertzsprung-Russell dia- 
gram, solar observations, moon, galactic structure and 
galaxies. 

ASTR 398. SPECIAL TOPICS IN ASTRONOMY: AS 
ANNOUNCED. (3) 

Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of instructor. 
This course is designed primarily for students not ma- 



joring in astronomy and is suitable for nonscience stu- 
dents. It will concentrate study in some limited field in 
astronomy which will vary from semester to semester. 
Possible subjects for study are the solar system, extra- 
galactic astronomy and cosmology, the inconstant uni- 
verse. Students may repeat the course several times as 
different topics are offered, up to a maximum of 9 credits. 

ASTR 399. HONORS SEMINAR. (1-6) 

Credit according to work done. (Cr. Arr.) Enrollment is 
limited to students admitted to the Honors Program in 
Astronomy. 

ASTR 400. INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS I. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422 
or consent of instructor. Spectroscopy, structure of the 
atmospheres of the sun and other stars. Observational 
data and curves of growth. Chemical composition. 

ASTR 401. INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ASTR 400. A brief 
survey of stellar structure and evolution, and of the 
physics of low-density gases, such as the interstellar 
medium and the solar atmosphere. Emphasis is placed 
on a good understanding of a few theoretical concepts 
that have wide astrophysical applications. 

ASTR 410. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. (3) 

Prerequisites: Working knowledge of calculus, physics 
through PHYS 284 or 263, and 3 credits of astronomy. An 
introduction to current methods of obtaining astronomi- 
cal information including radio, infrared, optical, ultra- 
violet, and x-ray astronomy. The laboratory work will 
involve photographic and photoelectric observations with 
the department's optical telescope and 21-cm line spec- 
troscopy, flux measurements and interferometry with 
the department's radio telescopes. 

ASTR 411. OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY. (3) 

Prerequisites: ASTR 410, working knowledge of calculus, 
physics through PHYS 284, or 263, and 3 credits of 
astronomy. An introduction to current methods of obtain- 
ing astronomical information including radio, infrared, 
optical, ultra-violet, and x-ray astronomy. The laboratory 
work will involve photographic and photoelectric ob- 
servations with the department's optical telescope and 
21-cm line spectroscopy, flux measurements and inter- 
ferometry with the department's radio telescopes. Ob- 
servatory work on individual projects. Every semester. 

ASTRO 420. INTRODUCTION TO GALACTIC 
RESEARCH. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: MATH 141 and 
at least 12 credits of introductory physics and astronomy 
courses. Stellar motions, methods of galactic research, 
study of our own and nearby galaxies, clusters of stars. 

ASTRO 450. CELESTIAL MECHANICS. (3) 

Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or con- 
sent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, 
equations of motion. 

ASTR 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ASTRONOMY. (1-6) 
Prerequisite: Major in physics or astronomy and-or con- 
sent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit accord- 
ing to work done. 

BIOLOGY 

BIOL 101. ORGANIZATION AND INTERRELATIONSHIPS IN 
THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD. (3) 
An introductory lecture course for the nonscience major 
emphasizing the fundamental organization, processes 
and interdependence of living organisms and the bio- 
logical effects associated with human influences on 
the ecocystem. 

BOTANY 

BOTN 100. GENERAL BOTANY. (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Gen- 
eral introduction to botany, touching briefly on all 



Course Offerings / 183 



phases ot the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental 
biological principles on the higher plants. 
H— HONORS 
Two lectures, one discussion and one three hour lab. 
A broad study of plant science with emphasis on current 
conceptions of major fields of interest. Designed for 
general honors students, as well as for freshman stu- 
dents with superior training in biology or chemistry, for 
upper class science majors, and for those students seek- 
ing an advanced treatment of BOTN 100. 

BOTN 202. THE PLANT KINGDOM. (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent. A brief evolutionary 
study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and their 
relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing their struc- 
ture reproduction, habitats, and economic importance. 

BOTN 211. PRINCIPLES OF CONSERVATION. (3) 

Three lectures per week. A study of the principles of 
economical use of our natural resources including 
water, soil, plants, minerals, wildlife and man. 

BOTN 212. PLANT TAXONOMY. (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite: BOTN 100, or equivalent. An introductory 
study of plant classification, based on the collection and 
identification of local plants. 

BOTN 221. DISEASE OF PLANTS. (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite: BOTN 100, or equivalent. An introductory 
study of the symptoms and casual agents of plant di- 
seases and measures for their control. 

BOTN 302. PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE. (3) 

One lecture a week. Laboratory periods by arrangement. 
Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent and permission of 
instructor. Preparation of temporary and permanent 
mounts, including selection of material, killing and fix- 
ing, embedding, sectioning, and staining methods; 
photomicrography, film and paper processing and prepa- 
ration of photographic illustrations for research publica- 
tion. 

BOTN 389. TUTORIAL READINGS IN BOTANY (Honors 
Course). (2-3) 
Prerequisite: Admission to the Department of Botany 
Honors Program. A review of the literature dealing with 
a specific research problem in preparation for original 
research to be accomplished in Botany 399. Papers will 
be assigned and discussed in frequent sessions with 
the instructor. 

BOTN 398. SEMINAR. (1) 

Repeatable to a maximum of two semester hours credit. 
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Discussion and 
readings on special topics, current literature, or prob- 
lems and progress in all phases of botany. Minor ex- 
perimental work may be pursued if facilities and the 
qualifications of the students permit. For seniors only, 
majors and minors in botany or biological science. 

BOTN 399. RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN BOTANY. (1-3) 

Prerequisites: Twenty hours of Botany courses and the 
permission of the instructor. Research and/or integrated 
reading in botany under the direction and close super- 
vision of a member of the faculty (May be repeated for 
a maximum of 6 credits). 

BOTN 399H. HONORS RESEARCH. (1-3) 
Research problem to follow BOTN 389. 

BOTN 401. HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF BOTANY. (1) 
Prerequisites: Twenty semester credit hours in biologi- 
cal sciences including BOTN 100 or equivalent. Dis- 
cussion of the development and ideas and knowledge 
about plants, leading to a survey of contemporary work 
in botanical science. 

BOTN 405. SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. (3) 

Two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: 
BOTN 212 or equivalent. An advanced study of the prin- 
ciples of Systematic Botany. Laboratory practice with 



difficult plant families including grasses, sedges, le- 
gumes, and composites. Field trips arranged. 
BOTN 407. TEACHING METHODS IN BOTANY. (2) 

Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per 
week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite: BOTN 100, or 
equivalent. A study of the biological principles of com- 
mon plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual 
aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary 
schools. 

BOTN 411. PLANT ANATOMY. (3) 

Summer or University College. Lectures and labs to be 
arranged. The origin and development of the organs and 
the tissue systems in the vascular plants. 

BOTN 413. PLANT GEOGRAPHY. (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100, or equivalent. A study of plant 
distribution throughout the world and the factors gen- 
erally associated with such distribution. 

BOTN 414. PLANT GENETICS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent. The basic prin- 
ciples of plant genetics are presented; the mechanics 
of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation to 
the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics of specialized 
organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations 
of basic and economic significance, gene action, genetic 
maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in 
relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics 
considered. 

BOTN 415. PLANTS AND MANKIND. (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent. A survey of the 
plants which are utilized by man, the diversity of such 
utilization, and their historic and economic significance. 

BOTN 416. PRINCIPLES OF PLANT ANATOMY. (4) 

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per 
week. The origin and development of cells, tissues, and 
tissue systems of vascular plants with special emphasis 
on seed-bearing plants. Particular stress is given to the 
comparative, systematic, and evolutionary study of the 
structural components of the plants. Prerequisite: Gen- 
eral Botany. 

BOTN 417. FIELD BOTANY AND TAXONOMY. (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or General Biology. Four two- 
hour laboratory periods a week for eight weeks. The 
identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, emphasizing 
the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other 
techniques will be used. Numerous short field trips will 
be taken. Each student will make an individual collection. 

BOTN 422. RESEARCH METHODS IN PLANT PATHOL- 
OGY. (2) 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 
221, or equivalent. Advanced training in the basic re- 
search techniques and methods of plant pathology. 

BOTN 424. DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL OF PLANT 
DISEASES. (3) 
Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Three lectures per week. A 
study of various plant diseases grouped according to 
the manner in which the host plants are affected. Em- 
phasis will be placed on recognition of symptoms of the 
various types of diseases and on methods of transmis- 
sion and control of the pathogens involved. 

EOTN 426. MYCOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per 
week. An introductory study of the morphology, classi- 
fication, life histories, and economics of the fungi. 

BOTN 427. FIELD PLANT PATHOLOGY. (1) 

Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be arranged. 
Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or equivalent. The techniques 
of pesticide evaluation and the identification and control 
of diseases of Maryland crops are discussed. Offered in 
alternate years or more frequently with demand. 

BOTN 441. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (4) 

Two lectures and one 4-hour laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisites: BOTN 001 and General Chemistry. Or- 
ganic chemistry strongly recommended. A survey of the 



184 / Course Offerings 



general physiological activities of plants. 

BOTN 462. PLANT ECOLOGY. (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. Two lectures per week. The 
dynamics of populations as affected by environmental 
factors with special emphasis on the structure and com- 
position of natural plant communities, both terrestial 
and aquatic. 

BOTN 463. ECOLOGY OF MARSH AND DUNE VEGETA- 
TION. (2) 

Two lectures a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. An exam- 
ination of the biology of higher plants in dune and marsh 
ecosystems. 

BOTN 464. PLANT ECOLOGY LABORATORY. (1) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent 
enrollment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a 
week. The application of field and experimental methods 
to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation 
an environmental factors. 

BOTN 475. ALGAL SYSTEMATICS. (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite: BOTN 100. An intensive study of algal struc- 
tures, morphology, classification and nomenclature in- 
cluding preparation, preservation and identification pro- 
cedures. 

BOTN 477. MARINE PLANT BIOLOGY. (4) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or General Biology plus organic 
chemistry or the consent of the instructor. Five one-hour 
lectures and three, 3-hour laboratories each week for 
six weeks. An introduction to the taxonomic. physiologi- 
cal and biochemical characteristics of marine plants 
which are basic to their role in the ecology of the 
oceans and estuaries. 

BOTN 497. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MARINE RESEARCH. 
(1-3) 
Prerequisites: BOTN 100 or general biology plus organic 
chemistry or consent of instructor. Recommended con- 
current or previous enrollment in BOTN 477, Marine 
Plant Biology. An experimental approach to problems 
in marine research dealing primarily with the phytoplank- 
ton, the larger algae, and marine spermatophytes. Em- 
phasis will be placed on their physiological and bio- 
chemical activities. 

BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

BSAD 001. WORKSHOP (3) 

BSAD 110. BUSINESS ENTERPRISE (3) 

A survey course covering the internal and functional or- 
ganization of a business enterprise, its organization and 
control. 

BSAD 220. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING (3) 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. The principles of ac- 
counting for business enterprise and the use of account- 
ing data in making business decisions. 
A — Limited to non-accounting majors. See description 
above for BSAD 220. 

BSAD 221. PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING (3) 

Prequisite: Sophomore standing. The principles of ac- 
counting for business enterprise and the use of account- 
ing data in making business decisions. 
A — Limited to non-accounting majors. See description 
above for BSAD 221. 

BSAD 230. BUSINESS STATISTICS I. (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220 or consent of instructor. An 
introductory course in statistical concepts including 
probability from a naive set theory approach, random 
variables and their properties, and the probability dis- 
tributions of selected discrete and continuous random 
variables. The concepts of sampling, sampling distribu- 
tions, and the application of these concepts to estima- 
tion hypothesis testing are included as are brief surveys 
of the regression and ANOVA models. 



BSAD 231. BUSINESS STATISTICS I (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 141 or consent of instructor. Course 
description is identical to BSAD 230, except for prere- 
quisite. This course is designed primarily for majors in 
Management Science, Statistics, and Information Sys- 
tems Management. 

BSAD 301. ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING (3) 

Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin- 
istration curricula will register for ISFM 401. For detailed 
information on prerequisites and description of the 
course, refer to ISFM 401. The credits earned in ISFM 

401 may be included in the total credits earned in the 
area of concentration in business administration. 

BSAD 302. ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING APPLICA- 
TIONS (3) 

Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin- 
istration curricula will register for IFSM 402. For detailed 
information on prerequisites and description of the 
course, refer to IFSM 402. The credits earned in IFSM 

402 may be included in the total credits earned in the 
area of concentration in business administration. 

BSAD 310. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 221 or 221A. A comprehensive study 
of the theory and problems of evaluation of assets, ap- 
plication of funds, corporation accounts and statements, 
and the interpretation of accounting statements. 

BSAD 311. INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 221 or 221A. A comprehensive study 
of the theory and problems of valuation of assets, ap- 
plication of funds, corporation accounts and statements, 
and the interpretation of accounting statements. 

BSAD 320. ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 221 or 221A. A study of the factors 
involved in the design and installation of accounting sys- 
tems: the organization, volume and types of transactions, 
charts of accounts, accounting manuals, the reporting 
system. 

BSAD 321. COST ACCOUNTING. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 221 or 221A. A study of the basic 
concepts of product costing and cost analysis for man- 
agement planning and control. Emphasis is placed on 
the role of the accountant in organizational management, 
analysis of cost behavior, standard cost, budgeting, re- 
sponsibility accounting and relevant costs for decision 
making. 

BSAD 323. INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 221 or 221A. A study of the important 
provisions of the Federal Tax Laws, using illustrative 
examples, selected questions and problems, and the 
preparation of returns. 

BSAD 332. OPERATIONS RESEARCH FOR 
MANAGEMENT DECISIONS. (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220, BSAD 230. A survey course in 
the philosophy, techniques, and applications of opera- 
tions research to managerial decision making. The 
course is designed primarily for students not majoring 
in management science, statistics, or ISM. Techniques 
covered include, linear programming, transportation and 
assignment models, Markov processes, inventory and 
queueing models. Emphasis is placed on formulating 
and solving decision problems in the functional areas 
of management. 

BSAD 340. BUSINESS FINANCE. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 221 or 221A. This course deals with 
principles and practices involved in the organization, fi- 
nancing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises: the 
various types of securities and their use in raising funds, 
apportioning income, risk, and control: intercorporate re- 
lations; and new developments. Emphasis is on solution 
of problems of financial policy faced by management. 

BSAD 343. INVESTMENTS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 340. An introduction to financial in- 
vestments. Topics include securities and securities mar- 



Course Offerings / 185 



kets; investment risks, returns, and constraints; portfolio 
policies; and institutional investment policies. 

BSAD 350. MARKETING PRINCIPLES AND ORGANIZA- 
TION. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. This is an introductory 
course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is to give 
a general understanding and appreciation of the forces 
operating institutions employed, and methods followed 
in marketing agricultural products, natural products, 
services and manufactured goods. 

BSAD 351. MARKETING MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisites; BSAD 230 and BSAD 350. A study of the 
work of the marketing division in a going organization. 
The work of developing organizations and procedures 
for the control of marketing activities is surveyed. The 
emphasis throughout the course is placed on the determ- 
ination of policies, methods, and practices for the effec- 
tive marketing of various forms of manufactured pro- 
ducts. 

BSAD 352. ADVERTISING. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 350. A study of the role of advertis- 
ing in the American economy; the impact of advertis- 
ing on our economic and social life, the methods and 
techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners; 
the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media 
in the development of an advertising campaign, modern 
research methods to improve the effectiveness of adver- 
tising and the organization of the advertising business. 

BSAD 353. RETAIL MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 220 and 350. Retail store organiza- 
tion, location, layout and store policy; pricing policies, 
price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to 
buying; purchasing methods; supervision of selling; 
training and supervision of retail sales force; and admin- 
istrative problems. 

BSAD 360. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. (3) 

The basic course in personnel management includes 
manpower planning, recruitment, selection, development, 
compensation, and appraisal of employees. Explores the 
impact of scientific management and unionism on these 
functions. 

BSAD 362. LABOR RELATIONS. (3) 

A study of the development and methods of organized 
groups in industry with reference to the settlement of 
labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor 
union and employer association activities, arbitration, 
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade 
agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions, 
employee representation, and injunctions. 

BSAD 364. MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION 
THEORY. (3) 

The development of management and organization 
theory, nature of the management process and function 
and its future development. The role of the manager as 
an organizer and director, the communication process, 
goals and responsibilities. 

BSAD 370. PRINCIPLES OF TRANSPORTATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A general course cover- 
ing the five fields of transportation, their development, 
service, and regulation. 

BSAD 371. TRAFFIC AND PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION 
MANAGEMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite: Junior standing. Examines the management 
aspects of the business firm in moving their raw mater- 
ials and finished goods, through traffic, warehousing, in- 
dustrial packaging, materials handling, and inventory. A 
systematic examination of the trade-off possibilities and 
management alternatives to minimize cost of product 
flow and maximizing customer service is provided. 

BSAD 380. BUSINESS LAW. (3) 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, ne- 
gotiable instruments, agency partnerships, corporations, 
real and personal property, and sales. 



BSAD 381. BUSINESS LAW. (3) 

Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, ne- 
gotiable instruments, agency, partnerships, corporations, 
real and personal property, and sales. 

BAD 385. PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT (3) 

Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise, con- 
centrating on the economies of production. Introduces a 
grounding in analytical method early so that the broad 
problem areas of system design, operation and control 
can be based upon the analytical method. 

BSAD 390. RISK MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH III. Designed to acquaint the student 
with the nature and significance of risk in business en- 
terprise. The problems relating to both pure and specu- 
lative risk in business are considered; and methods of 
solution involving risk assumption, transfer, reduction, 
and the use of insurance are analyzed as aids in man- 
agement decision making. 

BSAD 391. PRINCIPLES OF RISK AND INSURANCE. (3) 
Prerequisite: MATH III. Emphasizes the use of insurance 
in resolving problems involving personal and business 
risks. Life, accident and health, fire and casualty, auto- 
mobile, and marine insurance are examined as means of 
dealing with these risks. The theory and legal aspects of 
insurance are considered, as well as the quantitative 
measurement of risks. 

BSAD 392. INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL BUSI- 
NESS MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the domestic 
and foreign environmental factors affecting the interna- 
tional operations of U.S. business firms. The course also 
covers the administrative aspects of international mar- 
keting, finance and management. 

BSAD 393. REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. This course covers the 
nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a business, 
basic principles, construction problems and home owner- 
ship, city planning, and public control and ownership of 
real estate. 

BSAD 401. INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS. (3) 
Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin- 
istration curricula will register for IFSM 436. For detailed 
information on prerequisites and descriptions of the 
course, refer to IFSM 436. The credits earned in IFSM 
436 may be included in the total credits earned in the 
area of concentration in business administration. 

BSAD 420. UNDERGRADUATE ACCOUNTING 
SEMINAR. (3) 
Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or 
consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one- 
third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding 
current non-text literature, current problems and case 
studies in accounting. 

BSAD 421. UNDERGRADUATE ACCOUNTING 
SEMINAR. (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major 
or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper 
one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstand- 
ing current non-text literature, current problems and 
case studies in accounting. 

BSAD 422. AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 311. A study of the principles and 
problems of auditing and application of accounting 
principles to the preparation of audit working papers 
and reports. 

BSAD 423. APPRENTICESHIP IN ACCOUNTING (0) 

Prerequisites: Minimum of 20 semester hours in ac- 
counting and the consent of the accounting staff. A 
period of apprenticeship is provided with participating 
certified accounting firms. 

BSAD 424. ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 311. Advanced accounting theory to 
specialized problems in partnerships, ventures, consign- 



186 / Course Offerings 



merits, installment sales, insurance, statement ol affairs, 
receiver's accounts, realization and liquidation reports, 
and consolidation ol parent and subsidiary accounts 

BSAD 425. CPA PROBLEMS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 311. or consent of instructor. A study 
of the nature, form and content of CPA. examinations 
by means of the preparation of solutions to, and an anal- 
ysis of, a large sample of CPA. problems covering the 
various accounting fields. 

BSAD 426. ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING. (2) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 321. A continuation of basic cost ac- 
counting with special emphasis on process costs, stand- 
ard costs, joint costs, and by-product cost. 

BSAD 427. ADVANCED AUDITING THEORY AND 
PRACTICE. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 422. Advanced auditing theory and 
practice and report writing. 

BSAD 430. LINEAR STATISTICAL MODELS 
IN BUSINESS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 231 or consent of instructor. A 
course in model building involving an intensive study 
of the general linear stochastic model and the applica- 
tions of this model to business problems. The model is 
derived in matrix form and this form is used to analyze 
both the regression and ANOVA formulations of the 
general linear model. 

BSAD 431. DESIGN OF STATISTICAL EXPERIMENTS 
IN BUSINESS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. A survey course 
covering ANOVA models, basic and advanced experi- 
mental design concepts. Non-parametric tests and cor- 
relation are emphasized. Applications of these tech- 
niques to business problems in primarily the marketing 
and behavioral sciences are stressed. 

BSAD 432. SAMPLE SURVEY DESIGN FOR BUSINESS 
AND ECONOMICS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. A course in the 
design of probability samples. Simple random sampling, 
stratified random sampling, systematic sampling, and 
cluster sampling designs are developed and compared 
for efficiency under varying assumptions about the 
population sampled. Advanced designs such as multi- 
stage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are sur- 
veyed. Implementing these techniques in estimating 
parameters of business models is stressed. 

BSAD 433. STATISTICAL DECISION THEORY IN 
BUSINESS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or BSAD 231. A course in the 
Bayesian approach to the use of sample information in 
decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, 
expected returns, and expected utility are examined. 
Application of these concepts to decision-making in 
the form in various contexts are considered. 

BSAD 434. OPERATIONS RESEARCH I. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 231 and MATH 240 or permission of 
instructor. This course is designed primarily for students 
majoring in Management Science, Statistics and Infor- 
mation Systems Management. It is the first semester of 
a two semester introduction to the philosophy, tech- 
niques and applications of Operations Research. Topics 
covered include linear programming, postoptimatility 
analysis, network algorithms, dynamic programming, in- 
ventory and equipment replacement models. 

BSAD 435. OPERATIONS RESARCH II. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 434, or permission of instructor. The 
second semester of a two-part introduction to Operations 
Research. The primary emphasis is on stochastic models 
in management science. Topics include stochastic linear 
programming, probabilistic dynamic programming, Mar- 
kov processes, probabilistic inventory models, queueing 
theory and simulation. 

BSAD 436. APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL 
PROGRAMMING IN MANAGEMENT SCIENCE. (3) 



Prerequisite: BSAD 434 or permission of instructor. A 
course in the theory and applications of linear, integer, 
and nonlinear programming models to management de- 
cisions. Topics covered include the basic theorems of 
linear programming; the matrix formulation of the sim- 
plex, and dual simplex algorithms: decomposition, cut- 
ting plane, branch and bound, and implicit enumeration 
algorithms; gradient based algorithms; and quadratic 
programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model 
formulation and solution using prepared computer al- 
gorithms. 

BSAD 438. TOPICS IN STATISTICAL ANALYSIS FOR 
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisite: BAD 430 and MATH 240 or permission of 
the instructor. A course in selected topics in statistical 
analysis which are relevant to management for students 
with knowledge of basic statistical methods. Topics in- 
clude evolutionary operation and response surface 
analysis, forecasting techniques, pathologies of the 
linear model and their remedies, multivariate statistical 
models, and non-parametric models. 

BSAD 440. FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 340. Analysis and discussion of 
cases and readings relating to financial decisions of the 
firm. The application of finance concepts to the solution 
of financial problems is emphasized. 

BSAD 443. SECURITY ANALYSIS AND VALUATION. (3) 
Prerequisite: BSAD 343. Study and application of the 
concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to the 
analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially 
common stock. 

BSAD 445. COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 340 and ECON 430. Analysis and 
discussion of cases and readings in commercial bank 
management. The loan function is emphasized; also the 
management of liquidity reserves, investments for in- 
come, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions, 
policies, organization, structure, services, and regulation 
are considered. 

BSAD 450. MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 230 and BSAD 350. Recommended 
that BSAD 432 be taken prior to this course. This course 
is intended to develop skill in the use of scientific meth- 
ods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of mar- 
keting data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing 
research; the planning of survey projects, sample de- 
sign, tabulation procedure and report preparation. 

BSAD 451. CONSUMER ANALYSIS. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 350 and 351. Recommended that 
Psychology 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course. 
Considers the growing importance of the American con- 
sumer in the marketing system and the need to under- 
stand him. Topics include the foundation considerations 
underlying consumer behavior such as economic, social, 
psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the con- 
sumer in marketing situations — as a buyer and user of 
products and services — and in relation to the various in- 
dividual social and marketing factors affecting his be- 
havior. The influence of marketing communications is 
also considered. 

BSAD 452. PROMOTION MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 350 and BSAD 352. This course is 
concerned with the way in which business firms use ad- 
vertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and other 
methods as part of their marketing program. The case 
study method is used to present problems taken from 
actual business practice. Cases studied illustrate prob- 
lems in the use and coordination of demand stimulation 
methods as well as analysis and planning. Research, test- 
ing and statistical control of promotional activities are 
also considered. 

BSAD 453. INDUSTRIAL MARKETING. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 350 plus one other marketing 
course. The industrial and business sector of the market- 



Course Offerings / 187 



ing system is considered rather than the household or 
ultimate consumer sector. Industrial products range from 
raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a 
plant, business office, or institution. Topics include prod- 
uct planning and introduction, market analysis and fore- 
casting, channels, pricing, field sales force management, 
advertising, marketing cost analysis, and government re- 
lations. Particular attention is given to industrial, busi- 
ness and institutional buying policies and practice and 
to the analysis of buyer behavior. 

BSAD 454. INTERNATIONAL MARKETING. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 350 plus any other marketing 
course. A study of the marketing functions from the view- 
point of the international executive. In addition to the 
coverage of international marketing policies relating to 
product adaptation, data collection and analysis, chan- 
nels of distribution, pricing, communications, and cost 
analysis, consideration is given to the cultural, legal, fi- 
nancial, and organizational aspects of international mar- 
keting. 

BSAD 455. SALES MANAGEMENT. (3) 

The role of the sales manager, both at headquarters 
and in the field, in the management of people, resources 
and marketing functions. An analysis of the problems in- 
volved in sales organization, forecasting, planning, com- 
municating, evaluating and controlling. Attention is given 
to the application of quantitative techniques and perti- 
nent behavioral science concepts in the management of 
the sales effort and sales force. 

BSAD 460. PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT— ANALYSIS AND 
PROBLEMS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 360. Recommended, BSAD 230. Re- 
search findings, special readings, case analysis, simula- 
tion, and field investigations are used to develop a better 
understanding of personnel problems, alternative solu- 
tions and their practical ramifications. 

BSAD 462. LABOR LEGISLATION. (3) 

Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial re- 
lations. Cases include the decisions of administrative 
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

BSAD 464. ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 364. An examination of research and 
theory concerning the forces which contribute to the 
behavior of organizational members. Topics covered in- 
clude: work group behavior, supervisory behavior, inter- 
group relations, employee goals and attitudes, communi- 
cation problems, organizational change, and organiza- 
tional goals and design. 

BSAD 467. UNDERGRADUATE SEMINAR IN PERSONNEL 
MANAGEMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. This course is open 
only to the top one-third of undergraduate majors in 
personnel and labor relations and is offered during the 
fall semester of each year. Highlights major develop- 
ments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations. 

BSAD 470. MOTOR TRANSPORTATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 370. The development and scope of 
the motor carrier industry; different types of carriers, 
economics of motor transportation, service available, 
federal regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost 
to highway users, highway barriers. 

BSAD 471. WATER TRANSPORTATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 370. Water carriers of all types, de- 
velopment and types of services, trade routes, inland 
waterways, company organization, the American Mer- 
chant Marine as a factor in national activity. 

BSAD 472. COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORTATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 370. The air transportation system of 
the United States; airways, airports, airlines. Federal 
regulation of air transportation: economics, equipment, 
operations, financing, selling of passenger and cargo 
services. Air mail development and services. 



BSAD 473. ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION PROB- 
LEMS. (3) 

Prerequisite: BSAD 370. A critical examination of cur- 
rent government transportation policy and proposed solu- 
tions. Urban and intercity managerial transport problems 
are also considered. 

BSAD 474. URBAN TRANSPORT AND URBAN DEVELOP- 
MENT. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the role 
of urban transportation in present and future urban de- 
velopment. The interaction of transport pricing and serv- 
ice, urban planning, institutional restraints, and public 
land uses is studied. 

BSAD 480. LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS. (3) 

The course examines the principal ideas in law stressing 
those which are relevant for the modern business exec- 
utive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country 
will be one of the central topics of study. Several lead- 
ing antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly the 
reasoning process as well as the interplay of business, 
philosophy, and the various conceptions of the nature of 
law which give direction to the process. Examination of 
contemporary legal problems and proposed solutions, 
especially those most likely to affect the business com- 
munity, are also covered. 

BSAD 481. PUBLIC UTILITIES. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated in- 
dustries as specific examples, attention is focused on 
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as 
constitutional law, administrative law. public administra- 
tion, government control of business, advanced econom- 
ic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxa- 
tion, finance, engineering, and management. 

BSAD 482. BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT. (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of 
government in modern economic life. Social control of 
business as a remedy for the abuses of business enter- 
prise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of 
limitations on government regulation of private enter- 
prise. 

BSAD 485. ADVANCED PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT. (3) 
Prerequisite: BSAD 385. A study of typical problems en- 
countered by the factory manager. The objective is to 
develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in man- 
agement control of production and in the formulation of 
production policies. Among the topics covered are plant 
location, production planning and control, methods anal- 
ysis, and time study. 

BSAD 490. URBAN LAND MANAGEMENT. (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of 
urban land and property. Included are such subjects as 
land use and valuation matters. 

BSAD 493. HONORS STUDY. (3) 

First semester of senior year. Prerequisite: Candidacy 
for Honors in Business Administration. The course is de- 
signed for honors students who have elected to conduct 
intensive study (independent or group). The student will 
work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and 
the Chairman of the Honors Committee. They shall de- 
termine that the area of study is of a scope and intensity 
deserving of a candidate's attention. Formal written and 
or oral reports on the study may be required by the 
faculty advisor and or Chairman of the Honors Program 
Group meetings of the candidates may be called at the 
discretion of the faculty advisors and or Chairman of the 
Honors Committee. 

BSAD 494. HONORS STUDY. (3) 

Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: BSAD 
493, and continued candidacy for Honors in Business 
Administration. The student shall continue and complete 
the research initiated in BSAD 493. Additional reports 
may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor 
and Honors Program Chairman. Group meetings may be 
held. 



188 / Course Offerings 



BSAD 495. BUSINESS POLICIES. (3) 

Prerequisites: BSAD 340, 350, 364 and senior standing. 
A case study course in which the aim is to have the stu- 
dents apply what they have learned of general manage- 
ment principles and their specialized functional applica- 
tions to the overall management function in the enter- 
prise. 

PHYSICAL THERAPY 

BTPT 110. PHYSICAL THERAPY ORIENTATION. (1) 

General introductory course to the profession of physical 
therapy and the relationship to other health professions. 
Orientation of the student is done by visual aids, dis- 
cussion and visits to physical therapy departments. 

BTPT 111. PHYSICAL THERAPY ORIENTATION. (1) 
Continuation of BTPT 110. 

CHEMISTRY 

CHEM 101. INTRODUCTORY COLLEGE CHEMISTRY. (2) 
Two lectures and one recitation per week. An introduc- 
tion to the study of matter. This course is intended to 
be followed by CHEM 103. This course may not be taken 
for credit by students with credit in CHEM 001, 003, 005, 
102, 103. or 105 or their equivalents. This course may 
not be taken to satisfy the General Education science 
requirement. 

CHEM 102. CHEMISTRY OF MAN'S ENVIRONMENT. (4) 
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Non-mathematical presentation of basic chemical prin- 
ciples and applications in cosmochemistry, geochem- 
istry, biochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Particular 
emphasis is placed on the development of man's environ- 
ment and his effect upon it. This course is for the gen- 
eral student and does not satisfy the requirements of 
the professional schools. 

CHEM 103. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4) 

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or satisfactory 
performance on qualifying test. The first semester of a 
general chemistry sequence intended for students whose 
curricula require a year or more of chemistry to provide 
a working knowledge Of the science. Nature and com- 
position of matter; chemical calculations; atomic struc- 
ture; solutions. 

CHEM 104. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (4) 

Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or 105. A 
continuation of CHEM 103. The chemistry of carbon, 
aliphatic compounds; acids and bases, aromatic com- 
pounds; stereochemistry; halides; amines and amides; 
acids, esters; carbohydrates; natural products. 

CHEM 105. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. A more rigorous treatment of the 
material of CHEM 103. Admission by invitation of the 
Chemistry Department based on performance on a quali- 
fying test. 

CHEM 106. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or 105 and 
consent of the Chemistry Department. A more rigorous 
treatment of the material of CHEM 104. 

CHEM 107. CHEMISTRY AND MAN. (3) 

Lecture course intended for non-chemistry majors. The 
impact of chemistry on man. The chemistry of the uni- 
verse around us, of life, of the body, of the mind, of 
food and drugs, of consumer goods, and of everyday 
living. Basic knowledge of chemistry helpful to the in- 
telligent citizen of today. 

CHEM 201. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY III. (3) 

Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 104 or 106. A continuation of CHEM 104. Organic 
chemistry, with emphasis on molecular structure; stereo- 



chemistry, conformational analysis; substitution reac- 
tions; carbonium ions; spectroscopy; aromaticity; syn- 
thetic processes. This course must be accompanied by 
CHEM 202 unless credit for CHEM 202 has previously 
been established. 

CHEM 202. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY LABORATORY III. (2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to 
accompany CHEM 201. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 201. 

CHEM 203. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY IV. (3) 

Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 104 or 106. Introductory analytical and theoretical 
chemistry. Bonding theory; electrochemistry; molecular 
energetics and structure; chemical dynamics; equi- 
librium; determination of composition of matter. This 
course must be accompanied by CHEM 204 unless credit 
for CHEM 204 has previously been established. 

CHEM 204. COLLEGE CHEMISTRY LABORATORY IV. (2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to 
accompany CHEM 203. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 203. 

CHEM 211. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY III. (3) 
Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite: 
CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the Chemistry Depart- 
ment. A more rigorous treatment of the material of 
CHEM 201. This course must be accompanied by CHEM 
212 unless credit for CHEM 212 has previously been 
established. 

CHEM 212. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 
LABORATORY III. (2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the Chem- 
istry Department. A more rigorous treatment of the 
material of CHEM 202. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 211. 

CHEM 213. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY IV. (3) 
Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of Chemistry De- 
partment. A more rigorous treatment of the material 
of CHEM 203. This course must be accompanied by 
CHEM 214 unless credit for CHEM 214 has previously 
been established. 

CHEM 214. PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY 
LABORATORY IV. (2) 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week. 
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the 
Chemistry Department. A more rigorous treatment of 
the material of CHEM 204. This course must be accom- 
panied by CHEM 213. 

CHEM 302. RADIOCHEMICAL SAFETY PROCEDURES. (1) 
One lecture per week. A lecture and demonstration 
course. Radiation hazards, principles and practices of 
radiation safety, federal (AEC, ICC) codes and state 
public health. 

CHEM 321. QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 203-204 or 213-214. Volu- 
metric, gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric 
methods. Intended for students in agricultural chemistry, 
general physical science, science education, etc. 

CHEM 398. SPECIAL PROJECTS. (2) 

Honors projects for undergraduate students. 

CHEM 399. INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL RE- 
SEARCH. (1-2) 
Prerequisite: Junior standing. Registration only upon 
consent of the course coordinator. The course will allow 
students to conduct basic research under the super- 
vision of a member of the department. May be repeated 
for credit to a maximum of four credits. 

CHEM 401. INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481. 



Course Offerings / 189 



CHEM 403. RADIOCHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: One year of 
college chemistry and one year of college physics. 
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic 
nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology; chemical, bio- 
medical and environmental applications of radioactivity; 
nuclear processes as chemical tools; interaction of radi- 
ation with matter. 

CHEM 421. ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (3) 
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 482. Volu- 
metric, gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric meth- 
ods. 

CHEM 423. ORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week, Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM 203-204 or 213-214, and consent of the in- 
structor. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydro- 
gen, nitrogen, halogen and certain functional groups. 

CHEM 430. CHEMICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORA- 
TORY I. (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Corequisite: CHEM 481. An introduction to the 
principles and applications of quantitative techniques 
useful in chemistry, with emphasis on modern instru- 
mentation. Computer programming, electronic circuits, 
spectroscopy, chemical separations. 

CHEM 431. CHEMICAL MEASUREMENTS LABORA- 
TORY II. (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481; Corerequisite: CHEM 
482. An introduction to the principles and applications of 
quantitative techniques useful in chemistry, with em- 
phasis on modern instrumentation. Communications 
techniques, vacuum systems, thermochemistry, phase 
equilibria, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry. 

CHEM 433. CHEMICAL SYNTHESIS. (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 201-202 or 211-212, and 203- 
204 or 213-214. 

CHEM 441. ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 203 or 213. 

CHEM 443. QUALITATIVE ORGANIC ANALYSIS. (3) 

One lecture and two-three hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 201-202 or 211-212, and 203- 
204 or 213-214. The systematic identification of organic 
compounds. 

CHEM 461. BIOCHEMISTRY I. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 203-204 or 
213-214, or permission of instructor. A comprehensive 
introduction to general biochemistry wherein the chem- 
istry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic 
acids, and proteins are discussed. 

CHEM 462. BIOCHEMISTRY II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 461. A 
continuation of CHEM 461. 

CHEM 463. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY I. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 461 or concurrent registration in CHEM 461. 

CHEM 464. BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY II. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
site: CHEM 462 or concurrent registration in CHEM 462. 
and CHEM 430 or CHEM 463. 

CHEM 472. PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 
equivalent, and senior standing. A survey of historical 
and modern theories of the origin of the universe and 
the solar system. The origin of elements and their dis- 
tributions in space, on extra-terrestrial bodies and on 
earth. Discussion of the origin of igneous rocks, of the 
physical and chemical factors governing development 
and distribution of sedimentary rocks, of the oceans, 
and of the atmosphere. Organic sediments, the internal 



structures of Earth and the planets, the role of Isotopes 
in geothermometry and in the solution of other problems. 

CHEM 473. GEOCHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or 
GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry applied to 
structures, properties and reactions of minerals and 
non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed on the relation 
of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, 
order-disorder, polymorphism, and isomorphism. 

CHEM 474. ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, or 
equivalent. The sources of various elements and chemi- 
cal reactions between them in the atmosphere and hy- 
drosphere are treated. Causes and biological effects of 
air and water pollution by certain elements are dis- 
cussed. 

CHEM 475. CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or 
equivalent, and one additional semester of physical sci- 
ence. An introduction to physical, chemical and geo- 
logical processes that occur in the marine environment 
including physical and chemical properties of sea water, 
geology of the sea floor, general circulation of the ocean, 
currents, waves, and tides. 

CHEM 481. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY I. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 203-204 
or 213-214, MATH 141. PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 
263 may be taken concurrently with CHEM 481) or con- 
sent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and 
chemical engineers. 

CHEM 482. PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY II. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 or 
consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists 
and chemical engineers. 

CHEM 485. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other 
selected topics. 

CHEM 486. ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LABORA- 
TORY. (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi- 
sites: CHEM 482 and consent of instructor. 

CHEM 498. SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY (3) 

Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour lab- 
oratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature 
of the topic being considered. Course may be repeated 
for credit if the subject matter is substantially different, 
but not more than three credits may be accepted in 
satisfaction of major supporting area requirements for 
chemistry majors. 

CHINESE 

CHIN 101. INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY CHINESE. (6) 

Introduction to reading, writing, and speaking Chinese 
with an emphasis on mastering the essentials of pro- 
nunciation, basic characters and structural patterns. 
Eight hours per week. 

CHIN 102. INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY CHINESE (6) 

Introduction to reading, writing, and speaking Chinese 
with an emphasis on mastering the essential of pronun- 
ciation, basic characters and structural patterns. Eight 
hours per week. 

CHIN 103. REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY CHINESE. (3) 

Designed for students with prior experience with the 
Chinese language, either written or spoken, who have 
need of further preparation before entering CHIN 201. 
CHIN 103 may be taken simultaneously with CHIN 201. 
104 with 202. on recommendation of the director of the 
Chinese program. 

CHIN 104. REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY CHINESE. (3) 

Designed for students with prior experience with the 
Chinese language, either written or spoken, who have 
need of further preparation before entering CHIN 201. 



190 / Course Offerings 



CHIN 103 may be taken simultaneously with CHIN 201. 
104 with 202. on recommendation o( the director of the 
Chinese program. 

CHIN 201. INTERMEDIATE CHINESE. (3) 

Three recitations per week; additional electronic labora- 
tory in CHIN 201. Prerequisite: CHIN 102 or equivalent. 
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of 
Chinese life, thought and culture. 

CHIN 202. INTERMEDIATE CHINESE. (3) 

Three recitations per week. Prerequisite: CHIN 201 or 
equivalent. Reading of texts de signed to give some 
knowledge of Chinese life, thought and culture. 

CHIN 301. ADVANCED CHINESE. (3) 

Advanced level of study of language patterns and syntax 
as well as development of vocabulary and skills neces- 
sary to prepare the student for eventual use of original 
sources. Prerequisite: CHIN 201, 202, or permission of 
the director of the Chinese program. 

CHIN 302. ADVANCED CHINESE. (3) 

Advanced level of study of language patterns and syntax 
as well as development of vocabulary and skills neces- 
sary to prepare the student for eventual use of original 
sources. Prerequisite: CHIN 201, 202. or permission of 
the director of the Chinese program. 

CHIN 401. READINGS FROM CHINESE HISTORY. (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or equivalent. Based on anthol- 
ogy of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. 

CHIN 402. READINGS FROM CHINESE HISTORY. (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or equivalent. Based on anthol- 
ogy of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. 

CHIN 411. CHINESE CIVILIZATION. (3) 

This courses supplements GEOG 422: Cultural Geogra- 
phy of China and Japan. It deals with Chinese literature, 
art, folklore, history, government, and great men. The 
course is given in English. 

CHIN 412. CHINESE CIVILIZATION. (3) 

Developments in Chinee since 1911. The course is given 
in English. 

CHIN 421. CHINESE LINGUISTICS. (3) 
Prerequisite: CHIN 102 or equivalent. 

CHIN 422. CHINESE LINGUISTICS. (3) 
Prerequisite: CHIN 102 or equivalent. 

COLLEGE AIMS 

CLAM 108. COLLEGE AIMS. (1) 

This course is primarily aimed at orienting new students 
toward the practice of efficient study techniques. It will 
be concerned with such topics as: How to study and 
develop higher level work skills; diagnosing and remedy- 
ing skill disabilities; handling problem area which dis- 
tracts students from their studies. 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

CMLT 401. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE. (3) 

Survey of the background of European literature through 
study of Greek and Latin literature in English transla- 
tions, discussing the debt of modern literature to the 
ancients. 

CMLT 402. INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE. (3) 

Study of the medieval and modern continental literature. 

CMLT 411. THE GREEK DRAMA. (3) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and 
Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the 
historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the 
effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized 
world. 

CMLT 415. THE OLD TESTAMENT AS LITERATURE. (3) 
A study of sources, development and literary types. 



CMLT 416. NEW TESTAMENT AS- LITERATURE. (3) 

A study ol the books of the New Testament, with atten- 
tion to the relevant historical background and to the 
transmission of the text. A knowledge of Greek is help- 
ful, but not essential. 

CMLT 421. THE CLASSICAL TRADITION AND ITS INFLU- 
ENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE RENAISSANCE. (3) 
Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek 
or Latin required. 

CMLT 422. THE CLASSICAL TRADITION AND ITS INFLU- 
ENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE RENAISSANCE. 
(3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek 
or Latin required. 

CMLT 430. LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES. (3) 

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the middle 
ages studied in translation. 

CMLT 433. DANTE AND THE ROMANCE TRADITION. (3) 
A reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the discov- 
ery of reality in western literature. 

CMLT 461. ROMANTICISM— EARLY STAGES. (3) 

Emphasis on England. France and Germany. Reading 
knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 462. ROMANTICISM— FLOWERING AND INFLU- 
ENCE. (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading 
knowledge of French or German required. 

CMLT 469. THE CONTINENTAL NOVEL. (3) 

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the 
Existentialists, selected from literatures of France, Ger- 
many, Italy, Russia, and Spain. 

CMLT 470. IBSEN AND THE CONTINENTAL DRAMA. (3) 
Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some atten- 
tion given to selected predecessors, contemporaries 
and successors. 

CMLT 479. MAJOR CONTEMPORARY AUTHORS. (3) 

CMLT 488. GENRES. (3) 

A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, 
epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy, 
etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit 
up to six hours when different material is presented. 

CMLT 489. MAJOR WRITERS. (3) 

Each semester two major writers from different cultures 
and languages will be studied. Authors will be chosen 
on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and 
aesthetic contexts, analogies between their respective 
works, and the importance of each writer to his literary 
tradition. 

CMLT 496. CONFERENCE COURSE IN COMPARATIVE 
LITERATURE. (3) 
Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course, 
correlating the courses in various literatures which the 
student has previously taken with the primary themes 
and masterpieces of world literature. This course is re- 
quired of undergraduate majors in Comparative Litera- 
ture, but must not be taken until the final year of the 
student's program. 

CMLT 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE LIT- 
ERATURE. (3) 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CMSC 100. INTRODUCTION TO USE OF THE DIGITAL 
COMPUTER. (1) 

An introduction to the use of FORTRAN for solution of 
simple computational tasks. The use of a conversational 
mode to simplify the computational process will be em- 
phasized. Where possible students will be assigned to 
sections of comparable background. Examples and prob- 
lems for the sections will be chosen appropriate to the 
background of the students. 



Course Offerings / 191 



CMSC 103. INTRODUCTORY ALGORITHMIC 
METHODS. (3) 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite: MATH 111 or equivalent. Recom- 
mended for students not majoring in mathematics, the 
physical sciences or engineering. Study of the algo- 
rithmic approach in the analysis of problems and their 
computational solution. Definition and use of a particular 
algorithmic language. Computer projects based on ele- 
mentary algebra and probability; linear equations and 
matrices; and the ordering, searching, sorting, and 
manipulating of data. 

CMSC 110. ELEMENTARY ALGORITHMIC ANALYSIS. (3) 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. Pre- or corequisite; MATH 141 or equivalent. Rec- 
ommended for students majoring in mathematics, the 
physical sciences or engineering. Concept and proper- 
ties of an algorithm, language and notation for describ- 
ing algorithms, analysis of computational problems and 
development of algorithms for their solution, use of 
specific algorithms for their solution, use of specific 
algorithmic languages in solving problems from numeri- 
cal mathematics, completion of several projects using 
a computer. 

CMSC 210. LANGUAGE AND STRUCTURE OF COM- 
PUTERS. (3) 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per 
week. Prerequisite: CMSC 103 or CMSC 110 or equiva- 
lent. Logical basis of computer structure, machine pre- 
sentation of numbers and characters, flow of con- 
trol, instruction codes, arithmetic and logical operations, 
indexing and indirect addressing, input-output, push- 
down stacks, symbolic representation of programs and 
assembly systems, subroutine linkage, macros, inter- 
pretive systems, and recent advances in computer or- 
ganization. Several computer projects to illustrate basic 
concepts. 

CMSC 268. NUMERICAL CALCULUS LABORATORY. (1-2) 
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. 
Prerequisite: MATH 240, or concurrent registration there- 
in and CMSC 110, or equivalents. Laboratory work in the 
development of algorithmic solutions of problems taken 
from numerical calculus with emphasis on efficiency of 
computation, and the control of errors. Basic one-credit 
laboratory includes completion of several machine proj- 
ects on material related to MATH 240. Second credit in- 
volves more comprehensive projects based on similar or 
related material. 

CMSC 340. INTRODUCTION TO DISCRETE STRUC- 
TURES. (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 110 or equivalent. This is the same 
course as ENEE 450. Review of set algebra including 
relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic 
structures including semigroups and groups. Graph 
theory including trees and weighted graphs. Boolean 
algebra and propositional logic. Applications of these 
structures to various areas of computer science and 
computer engineering. 

CMSC 388. SPECIAL COMPUTATIONAL LABORA- 
TORY. (1-2) 
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour. 
Prerequisite: CMSC 103 or equivalent. Arranged for spe- 
cial groups of students to give experience in developing 
algorithmic solutions of problems or using particular 
computational systems. May be taken for cumulative 
credit up to a maximum of six hours where different 
material is covered. 

CMSC 400. INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER 
LANGUAGES AND SYSTEMS. (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course 
suitable for non-CMSC majors with no programming 
background. Organization and characteristics of com- 
puters. Procedure oriented and assembly languages 
Representation of data, characters and instructions. In- 



troduction to logic design and systems organization. 
Macro definition and generation. Program segmentation 
and linkage. Extensive use of the computer to complete 
projects illustrating programming techniques and ma- 
chine structure. (CMSC400 may not be counted for 
credit in the graduate program in Computer Science.) 

CMSC 410. COMPUTER ORGANIZATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is the same 
course as ENEE 440. Introduction. Computer elements. 
Parallel adders and subtracters. Micro-operations. Se- 
quences. Computer simulation. Organization of a com- 
mercially available stored program computer. Micropro- 
grammed computers. A large-scale batch-processing 
system. 

CMSC 420. DATA AND STORAGE STRUCTURES. (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 210 and CMSC 340 or equivalent. A 
study of intrinsic structures of data, such as arrays, 
strings, trees, and lists, and their relation to storage 
media. Representation of data structures in storage by 
records, files, etc. Special storage structures such as 
content addressed, trie, and associative memories. 
Referencing, processing, and management techniques 
based on the structuring, e.g., list processing. Storage 
and accessing efficiency, as well as dynamic flexibility 
of various methods. 

CMSC 440. STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING 
LANGUAGES. (3) 
Prerequisite: CMSC 210 or equivalent. Formal definition 
of languages including specification of syntax and se- 
mantics. Syntactic structure and semantics of simple 
statements including precedence, infix, prefix, and post- 
fix notation. Global structure and semantics of algorith- 
mic languages including declarations and storage allo- 
cation, grouping of statements and binding time of con- 
stituents, subroutines, coroutines, tasks and parameters. 
List processing and data description languages. 

CMSC 450. ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS. (3) 
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is 
the same course as MATH 444. An elementary develop- 
ment of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, 
and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov algo- 
rithms, Turing machines and recursive functions. Topics 
include Post productions, word problems, and formal 
languages. 

CMSC 460. COMPUTATIONAL METHODS. (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or 452, and CMSC 110 or equi- 
valent. Study of the basic computational methods for 
interpolation, least squares, approximation, numerical 
quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and trans- 
cendental equations, systems of linear equations and 
initial value problems for ordinary differential equations. 
The emphasis is placed on a discussion of the methods 
and their computational properties rather than on their 
analytic aspects. Intended primarily for students in the 
physical and engineering sciences. This course should 
not be taken by students who have passed MATH 
CMSC 470. (Listed also as MATH 460.) 

CMSC 470. INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL 
ANALYSIS. (3) 
Prerequisite: MATH 241. Introduction to the analysis of 
numerical methods for solving linear systems of equa- 
tions, nonlinear equations in one variable, interpolation 
and approximation problems and the solution of initial 
value problems for ordinary differential equations. Stress 
is placed on providing the student with a good under- 
standing of the theoretical foundations of the various 
methods. Intended primarily for students in mathematics, 
applied mathematics, and computer science This course 
should not be taken by students who have passed 
MATH CMSC 460 (Listed also as MATH 470.) 

CMSC 485. SIMULATION OF CONTINUOUS SYSTEMS. (3) 
Prerequisites: CMSC 110 and MATH 246. or equivalent 
Introduction to digital simulation; simulation by MIMIC 
programming; simulation by FORTRAN programming; 



192 / Course Offerings 



simulation by DSL-90 (or CSMP) programming; logic 
and construction of a simulation processor; similarity 
between digital simulations of continuous and discrete 
systems. 
CMSC 498. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMPUTER 
SCIENCE. (1-3) 
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An individualized 
course designed to allow a student or students to pur- 
sue a specialized topic or project under the supervision 
of the senior staff. Credit according to work done. 

CONSUMER ECONOMICS 

CNEC 385. JUNIOR HONORS SEMINAR. (1) 

Spring semester. Limited to juniors in the departmental 
Honors Program. Readings, reports and discussion of 
selected topics. 

CNEC 431. THE CONSUMER AND THE LAW. (3) 

Three lectures a week. A study of legislation affecting 
consumer goods and services. Topics covered include 
product safety and liability, packaging and labeling, de- 
ceptive advertising, and consumer credit. The implica- 
tions of such legislation for consumer welfare with par- 
ticular emphasis on the disadvantaged groups in our 
society will be examined. 

CNEC 435. ECONOMICS OF CONSUMPTION. (3) 

Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: 
ECON 201 and 203 or ECON 205 for non-majors. The 
application of economic theory to a study of consumer 
decision-making and its role in a market economy at 
both the individual and aggregate levels. Topics covered 
include empirical studies of consumer spending and 
saving, the consumer in the market and collective con- 
sumption. 

CNEC 437. CONSUMER BEHAVIOR. (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and 
SOCY 100. An application of the behavioral sciences to 
a study of consumer behavior. Current theories, models 
and empirical research findings are explored. 

CNEC 488. SENIOR HONORS THESIS. (1-4) 

Limited to students in the departmental Honors Program. 
An independent literary, laboratory or field study, con- 
ducted throughout the student's senior year. Student 
should register in both fall and spring. 

CNEC 498. SPECIAL STUDIES. (2-4) 

Independent study by an individual student or by a group 
of students in advanced work not otherwise provided in 
the department. Students must prepare a description of 
the study they wish to undertake. The plan must be ap- 
proved by the faculty directing the study and the depart- 
ment chairman. 

CRAFTS 

CRAF 101. CRAFT FUNDAMENTALS AND MATERIALS. (3) 
Three laboratory periods. Prerequisite: APDS 101 or 
equivalent. Introduction to materials and techniques. 
Recognition of design limitations imposed by inherent 
quality of materials. 

CRAF 102. RECREATIONAL CRAFTS. (2) 

Two laboratory periods. Problems to encourage creative 
expression in variety of materials. Emphasis on achieve- 
ment of aesthetic quality in use of easily available ma- 
terials, simple tools. Suitable for nonmajors. 

CRAF 202. CREATIVE CRAFTS. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 101 or 102. 
Problems to stimulate creative experimentation as ap- 
proach to design. Work with paper, fabric, clay, wood, 
metal, glass, etc. 

CRAF 220. CERAMICS I— MATERIALS AND PRO- 
CESSES. (3) 
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 and 
consent of the instructor. Fundamental preparation and 



use ol clay. Execution of original designs while develop- 
ing elementary skills in the production of clay sculpture 
and pottery. 

CRAF 230. METALRY I. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 plus 
one additional design course, or equivalent Opportunity 
to develop basic skills in the execution of creatively con- 
ceived jewelry design problems in copper, pewter, silver 
and gold. Standards of craftsmanship as they relate to 
design quality. 

CRAF 240. WEAVING. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102, or 
equivalent, TEXT 105. Basic weaves, patterns drafts. 
Creative weaving as a study of texture, pattern and color 
appropriate to purpose. 

CRAF 241. DECORATIVE TEXTILES. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102 or 
equivalent. Execution of original designs appropriate to 
textile decoration, fibers and fabrics and to the process 
involved (i.e. batik, block printing, silk screen, stitchery, 
and applique). 

CRAF 320. ADVANCED CERAMICS I. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 220. Exper- 
ience in experimental development of body and textures, 
glazes and colors, and their utilization in clay products 
of original design. Calculation of body and glaze com- 
position. 

CRAF 330. ADVANCED METALRY I. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 230. Ad- 
vanced application of skills to design and fabrication of 
metals; jewelry, stone setting, metal casting, and form- 
ing. 

CRAF 340. ADVANCED WEAVING 'TEXTILE DESIGN. (3) 
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 240. Execu- 
tion of original textile designs which reflect the demands 
both of the custom market and of mass production. 
Problems chosen with the consent of instructor. 

CRAF 341. ADVANCED WEAVING/TEXTILE DESIGN. (3) 
Two studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 241. Execution 
of original textile designs which reflect the demands 
both of the custom market and of mass production. 
Problems chosen with the consent of instructor. 

CRAF 420. ADVANCED CERAMICS II. (3) 

Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 330. Ex- 
perience in experimental development of body and tex- 
tures, glazes and colors and their utilization in clay pro- 
ducts of original design. Calculation of body and glaze 
composition. 

CRAF 428. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN CERAMICS. (3) 

Prerequisites: CRAF 220, CRAF 320, CRAF 420. Open to 
students with demonstrated ability* and with the po- 
tential for a high level of achievement in studio produc- 
tion or in research. Total undergraduate credit permitted 
in all individual problems courses in crafts is a maxi- 
mum of nine hours. Consent ot crafts faculty. No less 
than B average on prerequisites and presentation of work 
for evaluation. 

CRAF 430. ADVANCED METALRY II. (3) 

Two studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 330. Advanced 
application of skills to the design and fabrication of 
metals; jewelry, stone setting, metal casting, cloisonne. 
Hand-raised hollow. 

CRAF 438. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN METALRY. (3) 

Prerequisites: CRAF 230, CRAF 330, CRAF 430. Open to 
students with demonstrated ability" and with the po- 
tential for a high level of achievement in studio produc- 
tion or in research. Total undergraduate credit permitted 
in all individual problems courses in crafts as a maxi- 
mum of nine hours. Consent of crafts faculty. No less 
than B average on prerequisites and presentation of 
work for evaluation. 

Course Offerings / 193 



CRAF 448. INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN TEXTILE DE- 
SIGN. (3) 

Prerequisites: CRAF 240 or CRAF 241 and CRAF 340 or 
CRAF 341. Open to students with demonstrated ability" 
and with the potential for a high level of achievement 
in studio production or in research. Total undergraduate 
credit permitted in all individual problems courses in 
crafts is a maximum of nine hours. Consent of crafts 
faculty. No less than B average on prerequisites and pre- 
sentation of work for evaluation. 



CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY 

CRIM 220. CRIMINOLOGY. (3) 

Prerequisites: SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. 
Criminal behavior and the methods of its study; causa- 
tion; typologies of criminal acts and offenders; punish- 
ment, correction and incapacitation; prevention of crime. 

CRIM 359. FIELD TRAINING IN CRIMINOLOGY AND 
CORRECTIONS. (1-3) 

Prerequisites: SOCY 100; for crime control field training, 
CRIM 220 and CRIM 450. Enrollment restricted to avail- 
able placements. Supervised field training in public and 
private social agencies. The student will select his par- 
ticular area of interest and be responsible to any agency 
for a definite program of in-service training. Group meet- 
ings, individual conferences and written program reports 
will be a required part of the course. 

CRIM 388. INDEPENDENT READING COURSE IN 

CRIMINOLOGY. (3) 

H— HONORS 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. For honors students only. This 
course is designed for the needs of the honors students 
in criminology. 

CRIM 389. INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN CRIMI- 
NOLOGY. (3) 
H— HONORS 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. For honors students only. This 
course is designed for the needs of the honors students 
in criminology. 

CRIM 399. INDEPENDENT STUDY IN CRIMINOLOGY. (1-6) 
Prerequisites: Written consent of faculty under whose 
direction the study is to be performed, and at least 12 
hours of criminology credit. Integrated reading or re- 
search under direction and supervision of faculty mem- 
ber. 

CRIM 450. JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (3 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvevnile delinquency in rela- 
tion to the general problem of crime; analysis of factors 
underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and preven- 
tion. 

CRIM 451. CRIME AND DELINQUENCY PREVENTION. (3) 
Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of in- 
structor. Methods and programs in prevention of crime 
and delinquency. 

CRIM 452. TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS AND 
DELINQUENTS IN THE COMMUNITY. (3) 

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of in- 
structor. Analysis of the processes and methods in the 
modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a com- 
munity setting. 

CRIM 453. INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS 
AND DELINQUENTS. (3) 

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of in- 
structor. History, organization and functions of penal 
and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 

CRIM 498. SELECTED TOPICS IN CRIMINOLOGY. (3) 

Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates 
in criminology. Such courses will be offered in response 
to student request and faculty interest. No more than 
six credits may be taken by a student in selected topics. 



DANCE 

DANC 100. DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2) 

A study of dance movement in terms of placement, 
rhythm, dynamics, space, improvisation, and dance 
phrases. 

DANC 102. RHYTHMIC INVENTION FOR DANCE. (2) 

A course designed to show how rhythm affects the total 
dance movement picture and develops the dancer's 
rhythmic awareness and response. Understanding of 
rhythmic principles, movement isolation, design, phras- 
ing, syncopation. 

DANC 104. DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2) 

Further development of the materials in DANC 1009. 
Prerequisite: DANC 100 or equivalent. 

DANC 110. INTRODUCTORY EXPLORATION IN DANCE. (3) 
Technique, improvisation, and theory of dance for be- 
ginning non-major students. Films, lectures. Hours in 
fine arts for the general education requirement. 

DANC 199. WORKSHOP. (1-2) 

Admission by consent of instructor. Planning, choreo- 
graphy and presentation of demonstrations and concerts. 
May be repeated for credit until 6 credits have been 
earned. 

DANC 200. INTRODUCTION TO DANCE. (3) 

Three lectures a week. A study of dance as a form of 
communication and as an art form. The course includes 
a survey of the theories and styles of dance, and of 
their relationships to other art forms. Lectures will be 
supplemented by observations, films, and guest speakers. 

DANC 208. ELEMENTARY DANCE COMPOSITION. (3) 
Prerequisite: DANC 104 or equivalent. The study of 
basic principles of dance composition in terms of space, 
time, dynamics, and movement invention. The develop- 
ment of critical awareness and judgment with regard to 
composing. 

DANC 248. DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2) 
A — Modern 
B— Ballet 

Prerequisite: DANC 104 or equivalent. A study of dance 
techniques and styles. 

DANC 265. ELEMENTARY DANCE NOTATION. (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 102 or equivalent. Movement analy- 
sis for purposes of recording dance;